UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F

o REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017
OR
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
o SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number: 001-36027
MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Howick Close
Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa, 1686
(Address of principal executive offices)



Paul Dell
Interim Chief Financial Officer
Telephone (27) 11-654-8000
paul.dell@mixtelematics.com
Fax (27) 11-654-8286
Howick Close
Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa, 1686
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
Title of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), each representing 25
ordinary shares, no par value
New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares, no par value
New York Stock Exchange (for listing purposes only)





Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None
(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
603,434,240 Ordinary Shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
o Yes x No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
o Yes x No


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
x Yes o No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). (*)
o Yes o No
(*) This requirement does not apply to the registrant in respect of this filing.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o
Accelerated filer x
Non-accelerated filer o
 
 
Smaller reporting company o
 
 
Emerging growth company x  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP o
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x
Other o

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
o Item 17 o Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
o Yes x No





TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
Part I
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part II
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 







FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report includes certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including without limitation, statements regarding our position to execute on our growth strategy, and our ability to expand our leadership position. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other statements that are not historical facts and statements identified by words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “seeks”, “estimates” or words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views about our plans, intentions, expectations, strategies and prospects, which are based on the information currently available to us and on assumptions we have made. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, expectations, strategies and prospects as reflected in, or suggested by, those forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that the plans, intentions, expectations or strategies will be attained or achieved.
Furthermore, actual results may differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements and will be affected by a variety of risks and factors that are beyond our control including, without limitation, our ability to attract, sell to and retain customers; our ability to improve our growth strategies successfully, including our ability to increase sales to existing customers, the introduction of new solutions and international expansion; our ability to adapt to rapid technological change in our industry; competition from industry consolidation; loss of key personnel or our failure to attract, train and retain other highly qualified personnel; our ability to integrate any businesses we acquire; our dependence on our network of dealers and distributors to sell our solutions; our dependence on key suppliers and vendors to manufacture our hardware; businesses may not continue to adopt fleet management solutions; our future business and system development, results of operations and financial condition; expected changes in our profitability and certain cost or expense items as a percentage of our revenue; changes in the practices of insurance companies; the impact of laws and regulations relating to the Internet and data privacy; our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologies and address any infringement claims; significant disruption in service on, or security breaches of, our websites or computer systems; our dependence on third-party technology; fluctuations in the value of the South African Rand; economic, social, political, labor and other conditions and developments in South Africa and globally; our ability to issue securities and access the capital markets in the future; and other risks set forth under “Item 3D. Risk Factors” or elsewhere in this annual report.
We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this annual report as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
The consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report on Form 20-F have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS).
Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “MiX”, the “Group”, “we”, “our” or “us” refer to MiX Telematics Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless the context requires otherwise, the “Company” means MiX Telematics Limited.
Our fiscal year ends on March 31 and all references to a fiscal year, refer to the fiscal year ended March 31. References to “R” are to South African Rand and references to “U.S. Dollars” and “$” are to United States Dollars. Unless otherwise indicated we have translated U.S. Dollar amounts from South African Rand at the exchange rate of R13.4124 per $1.00, which was the R/$ exchange rate reported by Oanda.com as of March 31, 2017. These translations should not be construed as representations that the South African Rand amounts represent, or have been or could be converted into, United States dollars at that or any other rate.


i





ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
3A. SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial and operating data at and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The selected financial data set forth below for the years ended as at March 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2017 has been derived from our consolidated financial statements included in Item 18 of this annual report on Form 20-F. The financial data as at March 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2017, should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our consolidated financial statements. Financial data as at March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, and for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our previously published consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this document. The selected financial data set forth below should be read together with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”. The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.
Our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report and certain data derived therefrom are presented in South African Rand.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which differ in certain significant respects from Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP).
Consolidated Income Statement Data
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Revenue

$114,823

 

R1,540,058

 

R1,465,021

 

R1,389,380

 

R1,271,658

 

R1,171,480

Cost of sales
(37,188
)
 
(498,785
)
 
(439,305
)
 
(449,663
)
 
(422,034
)
 
(424,545
)
Gross profit
77,635

 
1,041,273

 
1,025,716

 
939,717

 
849,624

 
746,935

Sales and marketing
(13,540
)
 
(181,601
)
 
(203,767
)
 
(171,948
)
 
(148,012
)
 
(132,849
)
Administration and other charges (1)
(53,816
)
 
(721,810
)
 
(682,865
)
 
(617,908
)
 
(530,114
)
 
(428,209
)
Operating profit
10,279

 
137,862

 
139,084

 
149,861

 
171,498

 
185,877

Finance income/(cost) - net
775

 
10,391

 
150,327

 
80,778

 
40,660

 
(6,011
)
Profit before taxation
11,054

 
148,253

 
289,411

 
230,639

 
212,158

 
179,866

Taxation
(1,999
)
 
(26,812
)
 
(106,920
)
 
(81,623
)
 
(60,574
)
 
(51,400
)
Profit for the year

$9,055

 

R121,441

 

R182,491

 

R149,016

 

R151,584

 

R128,466

Attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owners of the parent

$9,056

 
121,458

 
182,989

 
149,622

 
151,589

 
128,471

Non-controlling interests
(1
)
 
(17
)
 
(498
)
 
(606
)
 
(5
)
 
(5
)
 

$9,055

 

R121,441

 

R182,491

 

R149,016

 

R151,584

 

R128,466


1



 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Earnings per share (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic ($/R)
$0.01
 
R0.19
 
R0.24
 
R0.19
 
R0.21
 
R0.20
Diluted ($/R)
$0.01
 
R0.19
 
R0.23
 
R0.19
 
R0.20
 
R0.19
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted earnings per share (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic ($/R)
$0.01
 
R0.17
 
R0.11
 
R0.13
 
R0.17
 
R0.20
Diluted ($/R)
$0.01
 
R0.17
 
R0.11
 
R0.13
 
R0.16
 
R0.20
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (’000)
629,626

 
629,626

 
775,139

 
789,316

 
732,171

 
658,456

Diluted (’000)
631,819

 
631,819

 
783,414

 
804,385

 
768,306

 
674,772

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends per share (South African cents) (4)


 
8.00

 
14.00

 

 
6.00

 
12.00

Dividends per share (United States cents) (4)


 
0.60

 
1.04

 

 
0.45

 
0.89

(1)  
Includes other income/(expenses) - net.
(2)  
See note 29 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on earnings per share.
(3)  
Adjusted earnings per share is a non-IFRS financial measure. See “Adjusted earnings per share” as described on page 6 below.
(4)  
See note 30 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on dividends.

Other Financial and Operating Data
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands, except subscribers)
Subscription revenue

$92,445

 

R1,239,914

 

R1,158,229

 

R998,335

 

R853,716

 

R686,720

Adjusted EBITDA  (1)

$22,489

 

R301,613

 

R277,215

 

R282,994

 

R280,678

 

R292,490

Subscribers
622,062

 
622,062

 
566,177

 
512,344

 
450,502

 
359,643

(1)  
See “Adjusted EBITDA” below for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with IFRS.
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
 
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
$28,018
 
R375,782
 
R877,136
 
R945,381
 
R830,449
 

R147,702

Total assets
142,159
 
1,906,689

 
2,378,281
 
2,228,608
 
1,977,100
 
1,152,788

Working capital
25,399
 
340,659

 
931,696
 
996,085
 
849,204
 
114,252

Total indebtedness  (1)
1,450
 
19,449

 
17,477
 
20,469
 
31,551
 
59,477

Total equity (2)
$107,582
 
R1,442,931
 
R1,919,808
 
R1,864,572
 
R1,671,630
 

R867,874

(1)  
Total indebtedness includes amounts outstanding at the balance sheet date for bank overdraft and borrowings.
(2)  
Includes non-controlling interest.

2




Adjusted EBITDA
To provide investors with additional information regarding its financial results, the Company has disclosed Adjusted EBITDA within this annual report. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS financial measure; it does not represent cash flows from operations for the periods indicated and should not be considered an alternative to profit for the year as an indicator of the Company’s results of operations or as an alternative to cash flows from operations as an indicator of liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as the profit for the period before income taxes, net finance income/(costs) including foreign exchange gains/(losses), depreciation of property, plant and equipment including capitalized customer in-vehicle devices, amortization of intangible assets including capitalized in-house development costs and intangible assets identified as part of a business combination, share-based compensation costs, transaction costs arising from the acquisition of a business or investigating strategic alternatives, restructuring costs, profits/(losses) on the disposal or impairments of assets or subsidiaries, certain non-recurring initial public offering (“IPO”) costs, insurance reimbursements relating to impaired assets and certain litigation costs.
We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this annual report because it is a key measure that the Company’s management and Board of Directors use to understand and evaluate its core operating performance and trends; to prepare and approve its annual budget; and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of the Company’s core business. Accordingly, the Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating its operating results.

3



We present below, a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with IFRS.
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Adjusted EBITDA

$22,489

 

R301,613

 

R277,215

 

R282,994

 

R280,678

 

R292,490

Add:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net profit on sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

 

 

 

 
97

 
314

Insurance reimbursement (1)

 

 

 
3,237

 

 

Decrease in restructuring cost provision

 

 
333

 

 

 

Reversal of impairment (2)
59

 
791

 

 

 

 

Less:


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation (3)
(7,345
)
 
(98,508
)
 
(75,037
)
 
(61,099
)
 
(47,887
)
 
(41,201
)
Amortization (4)
(3,335
)
 
(44,734
)
 
(47,586
)
 
(46,294
)
 
(44,941
)
 
(56,985
)
Impairment (5)
(236
)
 
(3,166
)
 
(4,776
)
 
(1,646
)
 
(379
)
 
(5,158
)
Share-based compensation costs
(247
)
 
(3,311
)
 
(5,820
)
 
(7,578
)
 
(4,611
)
 
(3,151
)
Equity-settled share-based compensation costs
(168
)
 
(2,247
)
 
(7,838
)
 
(5,220
)
 
(4,611
)
 
(3,151
)
Cash-settled share-based compensation costs (6)
(79
)
 
(1,064
)
 
2,018

 
(2,358
)
 

 

Net loss on sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
(20
)
 
(262
)
 
(208
)
 
(456
)
 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve released due to liquidation of intermediary subsidiary holding company

 

 

 

 

 
(394
)
Increase in restructuring costs provision (7)
(1,086
)
 
(14,561
)
 

 
(11,267
)
 
(2,745
)
 

Non-recurring initial public offering costs

 

 

 

 
(8,503
)
 

Transaction costs arising from the acquisition of a business

 

 

 
(93
)
 
(211
)
 
(38
)
Transaction costs arising from investigating strategic
alternatives (8)

 

 
(5,037
)
 

 

 

Net litigation costs (9)

 

 

 
(7,937
)
 

 

Operating profit
10,279

 
137,862

 
139,084

 
149,861

 
171,498

 
185,877

Finance income/(cost) - net
775

 
10,391

 
150,327

 
80,778

 
40,660

 
(6,011
)
Taxation
(1,999
)
 
(26,812
)
 
(106,920
)
 
(81,623
)
 
(60,574
)
 
(51,400
)
Profit for the year

$9,055

 

R121,441

 

R182,491

 

R149,016

 

R151,584

 

R128,466

(1) Insurance reimbursement related to the helicopter asset impaired during the second quarter of the 2015 fiscal year .
(2) The reversal of impairment of R0.8 million relates to in-vehicle devices in the Brazil segment.
(3) Includes depreciation of property, plant and equipment (including in-vehicle devices).
(4) Includes amortization of intangible assets (including capitalized in-house development costs and intangible assets identified as part of a
business combination).
(5) In fiscal year 2017, asset impairments relate to the impairment of capitalized product development costs of R2.6 million in the Africa segment
and R0.5 million in the CSO segment. In 2016, R2.9 million impairment of in-house software and R1.9 million related to in-vehicle devices is included.

4



In fiscal year 2015, asset impairments included R0.5 million impairment of computer equipment and furniture and fittings, R0.6 million related to the helicopter asset and R0.5 million impairment of capitalized product development costs. In fiscal year 2014, the asset impairments were related to product development costs and furniture and fittings. In fiscal year 2013, the asset impairments were related to the impairment of product development costs capitalized.
(6)     Cash-settled share-based payments are described in note 20 to our consolidated financial statements.
(7)
Restructuring costs incurred in fiscal year 2017 and 2015 are described in note 19 to our consolidated financial statements. In fiscal year 2014, the Europe fleet solutions segment implemented a restructuring plan, which resulted in operating cost savings for the segment.
(8)
Transaction costs incurred in fiscal year 2016 arising from investigating strategic alternatives are described in note 23 to our consolidated financial statements.
(9)     Net costs relating to litigation and the related insurance proceeds in 2015 are described in note 23 to our consolidated financial statements.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. Some of these limitations are:
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to the Company; and
other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.
Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including operating profit, profit for the year and our other results.
Adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share is defined as profit attributable to owners of the parent, MiX Telematics Limited, excluding net foreign exchange gains/(losses) net of tax, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
We have included Adjusted earnings per share in this annual report because it provides a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business by excluding net foreign exchange gains/(losses) from earnings. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted earnings per share provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results.
A reconciliation of adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the parent to profit attributable to owners of the parent is presented below.
Reconciliation of adjusted earnings
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Profit attributable to owners of the parent

$9,056

 

R121,458

 

R182,989

 

R149,622

 

R151,589

 

R128,471

Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses
(110
)
 
(1,476
)
 
(144,038
)
 
(73,525
)
 
(38,128
)
 
4,681

Income tax effect on the above component
(1,141
)
 
(15,307
)
 
48,647

 
25,873

 
10,458

 
(1,098
)
Adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the parent

$7,805

 

R104,675

 

R87,598

 

R101,970

 

R123,919

 

R132,054

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (’000)
629,626

 
629,626

 
775,139

 
789,316

 
732,171

 
658,456

Diluted (’000)
631,819

 
631,819

 
783,414

 
804,385

 
768,306

 
674,772


5




A reconciliation of earnings per share to adjusted earnings per share is presented below.
Reconciliation of earnings per share to adjusted earnings per share
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Basic earnings per share ($/R)
$0.01
 
R0.19
 
R0.24
 
R0.19
 
R0.21
 
R0.20
Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses
0.00
 
0.00
 
(0.19)
 
(0.09)
 
(0.05)
 
0.01
Income tax effect on the above component
0.00
 
(0.02)
 
0.06
 
0.03
 
0.01
 
(0.01)
Basic adjusted earnings per share ($/R)
$0.01
 
R0.17
 
R0.11
 
R0.13
 
R0.17
 
R0.20
Exchange rates
The following table shows the exchange rates (published by the South African Reserve Bank until March 31, 2014, and Oanda.com thereafter) of South African Rand for U.S. Dollars (per $1.00) for the periods and dates indicated. Since exchange rates are determined by the market, there can be no assurance that the exchange rate will be maintained at current levels. The average rate is calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on each day during a monthly period, and the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during an annual period.
 
High
 
Low
 
Average
 
Period-end
Fiscal year ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
15.8673
 
12.4379
 
14.0340
 
13.4124
2016
16.8231
 
11.7694
 
13.8856
 
14.8330
2015
12.4792
 
10.3068
 
11.0646
 
12.0907
2014
11.3573
 
8.8762
 
10.2102
 
10.5953
2013
9.3247
 
7.6268
 
8.5386
 
9.2521
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Month
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 2017 (through June 30, 2017)
13.0705
 
12.7156
 
12.8940
 
13.0535
May 2017
13.6370
 
12.8701
 
13.2584
 
13.1194
April 2017
13.8788
 
12.9900
 
13.4442
 
13.3693
March 2017
13.4124
 
12.4379
 
12.9108
 
13.4124
February 2017
13.4669
 
12.9126
 
13.1866
 
13.0284
January 2017
13.7630
 
13.2908
 
13.5803
 
13.5007
On June 30, 2017 , the exchange rate of South African Rand for U.S. Dollars, as reported by Oanda.com, was R 13.0535 per $1.00.
3B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
Not applicable.
3C. REASONS FOR OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.

6





3D. RISK FACTORS
Important factors that could cause actual financial, business or operating results to differ materially from expectations are disclosed in this annual report, including without limitation, the following risk factors. In addition to the risks listed below, we may be subject to other material risks that, as of the date of this report, are not currently known to us or that we deem immaterial at this time.

Risks Relating to Our Business
We may be unable to maintain our relationships with our existing customers, which could result in a loss of subscription revenue.
We provide our solutions principally on a subscription basis, typically with an initial subscription term of three to five years and renewal terms varying from one to five years, or, for certain customers, on a month-to-month basis. However, our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the initial term or after any renewal term expires. We may be unable to retain existing customers and, as a result, our revenue would be adversely affected. Customers may choose not to renew their subscriptions for many reasons, including:
the belief that our solutions are not required for their needs or are not cost-effective;
a desire to reduce discretionary spending;
a belief that our competitors’ solutions provide a better value;
changes in our customers’ business, and regulations impacting our customers’ business that may decrease the need for our fleet and mobile asset management solutions;
economic downturn in our customers’ industry;
because of a reduction in discounts offered by insurers to vehicle owners who have installed our products; or
a belief that a return on investment cannot be demonstrated.
Our enterprise fleet management customers may also not renew for reasons entirely out of their control, such as the dissolution of their business. Enterprise customers may also decrease the number of vehicles covered by subscription contracts if their fleet sizes decrease.
Our subscription contracts generally do not provide our customers with an early termination option without penalty. However, if customers do not honor their subscriptions for the full term, our remedies may be limited to re-negotiation of contract terms or legal recourse through the courts, which may not be successful or cost-effective, and we may not be able to recoup all of our costs.
A significant loss of or failure to renew our subscription-based contracts could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our inability to adapt to rapid technological change in our industry could impair our ability to remain competitive and result in a decline in market acceptance of our products.
The industries in which we compete are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent introductions of new products and evolving industry standards. In addition to the mobile asset management industry, we are subject to changes in the automotive, mobile handset, GPS navigation device, information technology, telecommunications and enterprise software industries. As the technology used in each of these industries evolves, we will face new integration and competition challenges. For example, as truck and automobile manufacturers continue to develop in-vehicle technology, GPS-based tracking solutions may become standard equipment and result in new sources of competition. If we are unable to adapt to rapid technological change, i t could impair our ability to remain competitive and result in a decline in market acceptance of our products.

7





The development of new or improved products, systems or technologies that compete with our products may render our products less competitive and we may not be able to enhance our technology in a timely manner. In addition to the competition resulting from new products, systems or technologies, our future product enhancements may not adequately meet the requirements of the developing marketplace, and may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenues. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Industry consolidation may result in increased competition, which could result in a loss of customers and/or a reduction in revenue.
Some of our competitors have made, or may make, acquisitions or enter into partnerships or other strategic relationships to offer more comprehensive services or achieve greater economies of scale. In addition, new entrants not currently considered competitors may enter our market through acquisitions, partnerships or strategic relationships. We expect these trends to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions. Many potential entrants may have competitive advantages over us, such as greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more varied services and larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial, technical and other resources. Industry consolidation may result in competitors with more compelling service offerings or greater pricing flexibility than we have or business practices that make it more difficult for us to compete effectively, including on the basis of price, sales and marketing programs, technology or service functionality. These pressures could result in a loss of subscribers and/or a reduction in revenue.
The loss of one or more of our key personnel, or our failure to attract, train and retain other highly qualified personnel, could prevent us from executing our growth plan.
We depend on the continued service and performance of our key personnel. The loss of one or more key members of our senior management team could materially and adversely affect our operations. In addition, the loss of other key sales, product development or technology personnel could disrupt our operations and have a materially adverse effect on our ability to grow our business.
To execute our growth plan, we must continue to attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these employees is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel. We may experience difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. Our failure to attract and train new personnel, or our failure to retain, focus and motivate our current personnel, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may expand by acquiring or investing in other companies, which may divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our shareholders and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business.
We may in the future acquire complementary products, services, technologies or businesses. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our portfolio of solutions or to expand our ability to provide our solutions in foreign jurisdictions. Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to complete these transactions may be subject to conditions or approvals that are beyond our control, including anti-takeover and antitrust laws in various jurisdictions. We may seek to acquire other companies or businesses using our shares as consideration. Under the South African Companies Act, No.71 of 2008, or the “Companies Act”, we are prohibited from issuing shares representing 30% or more of our outstanding equity in connection with an acquisition without shareholder approval by way of special resolution. In terms of Johannesburg Stock Exchange (“JSE”) Listings Requirements, an acquisition or disposal constituting 30% or more of the market capitalization of the acquiring entity, will require shareholder approval. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close.
An acquisition, investment or new business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel or operations of acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired company choose not to work for us, the acquired company’s technology is not easily compatible with ours or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in management or otherwise. Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for the development of our business. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment or business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown liabilities, including litigation against the companies we may acquire. For one or more of those transactions, we may:
issue additional equity securities that would dilute our shareholders;

8





use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;
incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay or that may place burdensome restrictions on our operations;
incur large charges or substantial liabilities; or
become subject to adverse tax consequences, or substantial depreciation or amortization, deferred compensation or other acquisition-related accounting charges.
Any of these risks could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to increase sales of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to grow our business and increase revenue.
We intend to increase sales of our solutions by increasing penetration in our existing markets and by entering new markets that represent a large potential source of demand for these solutions. Our success in increasing sales may be tied to a wide variety of factors, including demand for our services, price and service competition, our relationships with third party distributors and dealers, the rate of new vehicle sales, the oil price, general economic conditions and, in the case of our safety and security solutions, the perceived threat of vehicle theft and discounts offered by insurers.
Some car and truck manufacturers have begun installing factory fitted substitute products and services, such as certain GPS-based products, in new vehicles prior to their initial sale, which may preclude us from increasing sales to subscribers purchasing such vehicles. Our inability to market and sell our solutions to new customers, at or prior to the initial sale by the manufacturer, could materially and adversely affect our ability to grow our business and increase revenue.
In the Middle East and Australasia segment and the Americas segment, we generate significant revenues from the oil and gas sector, and we may not be able to diversify and/or successfully enter into new verticals, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to grow our business and increase revenue.
We depend on certain key suppliers and vendors to manufacture our hardware, and an interruption in the supply of our hardware could impair our production capacity, which would impact our ability to supply hardware to customers.
We currently purchase key GSM (Global System for Mobile communications) module components of our hardware from two key suppliers. These modules and many of the other components used in the manufacture of our products have extended lead times on orders. We do not have volume commitments to or from these suppliers, and therefore cannot require them to deliver components to us. An interruption in the supply of components from suppliers or a failure to identify the need to re-order components in a timely manner would significantly impact our operations and require us to identify and integrate our manufacturing and supply logistics with an alternate supplier, or use a substitute component, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, we currently depend principally on two vendors in South Africa to manufacture our hardware on a contract basis. Each of these contracts is terminable on 12 months’ written notice. We have no financial control over, and limited operational influence on these suppliers and the conduct of their businesses. These suppliers could negatively impact our business by, among other things, extending delivery times, raising prices and limiting supply due to their own shortages and business requirements. Our two contract manufacturers produce different products for us and production capacities at these facilities are not interchangeable in the short term. If the facilities of one of our contract manufacturers were to suffer a major casualty event, it could take as much as three to five months, or longer, to replace production capacity. An extended interruption in the supply of hardware from our contract manufacturers could materially and adversely affect our production capacity and hence our ability to fulfill sales orders.
We depend on our network of dealers and distributors to sell our solutions and adverse changes in our relationships with significant dealers and distributors could cause a decline in sales.
We currently distribute our products to small fleet operators and consumers both directly and through various distribution channels, including automobile dealers, aftermarket automotive parts and service suppliers, and automobile insurers and retailers, which we collectively refer to as “distributors”.

9





We currently distribute our products to enterprise fleet customers, being large enterprise fleets, to small fleet operators, both directly and through third parties, who are assigned specific geographic territories in which they can sell, which we refer to as “dealers”.
We sell our solutions both directly and through our global network of independent dealers and distributors. We are dependent on our dealers and distributors, who account for a meaningful percentage of our total sales. The terms of our agreements with our dealers do not usually include minimum purchase obligations, are specific to a geographic territory and are primarily non-exclusive. Our dealer agreements generally have a fixed initial term, after which they continue indefinitely, subject to the right of either party to terminate on specified notice, generally ranging from 90 days to one year, or for breach. Similarly, our distributor agreements do not include minimum purchase obligations and consist principally of a commission agreement applicable to sales generated by the distributor. If our relationships with our dealers and distributors deteriorate, or if a dealer or distributor, or group of related dealers and distributors, accounting for a material portion of our sales elects not to do business with us in the future, our sales could decline materially, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We depend on our cellular network providers for the transmission of data from installed in-vehicle devices to our data centers and we would incur significant costs if the services of these network providers became unavailable to us.
We contract with cellular network providers in each of our markets to provide cellular network services. These cellular networks transmit data from our customers’ in-vehicle devices to our data centers, where it is managed for the benefit of our customers. Certain of our installed in-vehicle devices contain a SIM card that is compatible with a specific cellular network provider. If a cellular network provider in one of our markets were to refuse to continue contracting with us for any reason, or were to go out of business, we could incur significant costs related to the replacement of SIM cards for our customers and could suffer damage to our reputation and customer relationships. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The markets in which we participate are highly fragmented and competitive, with relatively low barriers to entry, and such competition could result in reduced operating margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, and the loss of market share.
The market for our solutions is highly fragmented, consisting of a significant number of vendors, with relatively low barriers to entry. Competition in our market is based primarily on:
functionality and reliability;
total cost of ownership;
breadth and depth of application functionality for fleet deployments;
product performance;
interoperability;
brand and reputation;
customer service;
distribution channels;
regional geographic expertise, including localized language support, support for applicable government regulations and the ability to comply with local Internet and data privacy regulations;
size of customer base and reference accounts within key industry segments;
ability to deliver ongoing value and return on investment;
ease of deployment and use;
relevant industry domain expertise and functionality; and
the financial resources of the vendor.
We compete with a number of companies in each of the geographic markets in which we operate. Such competition could result in reduced operating margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and the loss of market share, any of which would harm our operating results. We expect competition to intensify in the future with the introduction of new technologies, the use of mobile devices and new market entrants from outside the telematics industry, such as enterprise software vendors.

10





The market for safety and security solutions is highly competitive. We compete in the safety and security solutions market primarily on the basis of the technological innovation, value-added services offered, brand recognition, rate of successful recoveries of mobile assets, and quality and price of our products and services. Our most competitive market is the vehicle and mobile asset tracking and recovery solutions market, due to the existence of a wide variety of competing products and services, and alternative technologies that offer various levels of protection and tracking capabilities. Some of these competing products and services, such as certain GPS-based products, are installed in new cars by vehicle manufacturers prior to their initial sale, which may make it more difficult to compete for such subscribers. Furthermore, providers of competing services or products may extend their offerings to the locations in which we operate, or new competitors may enter the safety and security solutions market.
We could be exposed to product liability claims, which could result in significant damage to our reputation and material economic loss.
Our products, and the batteries that many of them contain, could malfunction and cause damage to our customers’ property. In particular, the rechargeable batteries in our in-vehicle devices may be prone to leaking due to environmental factors, such as extreme weather conditions or overuse. Leaks in these batteries could damage our customers’ in-vehicle devices and vehicles. Our safety and security solutions may be disabled or prove to be ineffective as a result of techniques employed by car thieves, or the discovery of technological weaknesses by such persons. If there were a systematic failure of any of our products, we could suffer significant damage to our reputation, and any insurance we maintain might not be sufficient to prevent us from suffering a material economic loss.
Failure of businesses to adopt fleet management solutions could reduce the demand for our solutions.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantial revenue from the sale of subscriptions for fleet management solutions to commercial customers. Widespread acceptance and use of fleet management solutions is critical to our future revenue growth and success. If the market for fleet management solutions fails to grow, or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, demand for our solutions would be negatively affected.
The market for fleet management solutions is subject to changing customer demand and trends in preferences. Some of the potential factors that could affect interest in and demand for fleet management solutions include:
the effectiveness and reliability of solutions;
fluctuations in fuel and vehicle maintenance costs, which are significant drivers of customer demand for fleet management solutions;
assumptions regarding general mobile workforce inefficiency and the extent to which efficiency can be improved through fleet management solutions;
the level of governmental and regulatory burdens on the fields of transportation and occupational health and safety;
the price, performance, features and availability of products and services that compete with ours;
our ability to maintain high levels of customer satisfaction; and
the rate of acceptance of web-based solutions generally.
Failure of businesses to adopt fleet management solutions could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
A decline in vehicle sales and/or an increase in the sales of factory fitted GPS solutions in new vehicles in our markets could result in reduced demand for our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our revenue.
A reduction in sales of new vehicles and/or an increase in factory fitted GPS solutions in new vehicles could reduce our addressable market for solutions. New vehicle sales may decline for various reasons, including adverse changes in the general economic environment, a reduction in our customers’ discretionary spending, or an increase in new vehicle tariffs, taxes or gas prices. A decline in vehicle production levels or labor disputes affecting the automobile industry in the markets where we operate, may also impact the volume of new vehicle sales. A decline in sales of new vehicles in the markets in which we provide our solutions would result in reduced demand for such products and services, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

11





Demand for our fleet management solutions decreases when prices for crude oil and natural gas decrease, which could materially and adversely affect our revenue.     
Demand for our fleet management solutions can fluctuate with the prices for crude oil and natural gas, which impacts the attractiveness of our services and also directly affects our customers in the oil and gas industry, from whom we derive a significant portion of our revenues. Subscription revenues from oil and gas customers in fiscal year 2017 represented 20.7% of our total subscription revenue. Generally, lower oil and gas prices reduce the return on investment for many of our customers. Gains in fuel efficiency may lead to a relative decrease in the return on investment of our solutions perceived by our customers. The oil and gas industry is complex, and numerous geopolitical, economic, environmental and other factors affect pricing. Expectations for future crude oil and natural gas prices may affect our customers’ spending habits. Prolonged or substantial declines in crude oil and/or natural gas prices, or the perception that such prices will decrease in the future, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in practices of insurance companies in the markets in which we provide our solutions could materially and adversely affect demand for products and services.
We depend in part on the practices of insurance companies in some of our markets to support demand for certain of our products and services. For example, in South Africa, which is currently the largest market for our products and services, insurance companies either mandate the installation of tracking devices as a prerequisite for providing insurance coverage to owners of certain vehicles, or provide discounts on insurance premiums to encourage vehicle owners to subscribe to vehicle tracking and mobile asset recovery solutions such as ours. We benefit from insurance companies’ continued practice in the South African and certain other markets of:
accepting mobile asset location technologies such as ours as a preferred security product;
providing premium discounts for using location and recovery products and services such as ours; and
mandating the use of our products and services, or similar products and services, for certain vehicles.
If any of these policies or practices change, revenues from the sale of our products and services could decline, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We face many risks associated with our existing and potential new international operations, which could prevent us from successfully expanding into new geographic markets, or operating successfully in existing geographic markets.
We are a global company with substantial assets located in a number of countries. We provide our services in approximately 120 countries with 17 offices in nine countries. In some international markets, customer preferences and buying behavior may be different, and we may use business or pricing models that are different from our traditional subscription model to provide fleet management solutions to customers in those markets, or we may be unsuccessful in implementing the appropriate business model. Our revenue from new foreign markets may not exceed the costs of establishing, marketing, and maintaining our international offerings.
In addition, expanding international operations into new territories may subject us to risks with which we have limited experience. These risks include:
lack of familiarity with local markets, including legal and regulatory requirements;
difficulties in finding and maintaining, or potentially replacing, local dealers and distributors;
established local competitors;
laws favoring local competitors;
the cost and burden of monitoring and complying with legal and regulatory requirements in new territories, and/or changes to existing legal and regulatory requirements, including those relating to the Internet and data privacy and security;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates or restrictions on currency exchange;
potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of transfer pricing, value added or other tax systems, double taxation and restrictions and/or taxes on the repatriation of earnings;
dependence on third parties, including some commercial partners with whom we may not have extensive experience;
increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

12





political, social, and economic instability, terrorist attacks, and security concerns in general;
reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and
increased exposure and vulnerability to claims that we have infringed on the intellectual property of third parties.
Operating in international markets requires significant management attention and financial resources. The investment and additional resources required to establish operations and manage growth in additional territories may not produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.
Our European Regional Sales Office is headquartered in the United Kingdom (U.K.). The United Kingdom voting to leave the European Union could adversely affect our European business.
The United Kingdom’s referendum and the consequential decision to leave the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” could negatively impact our business.
Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon has been triggered during March 2017 and as such the U.K. has been granted a period of up to 2 years to conclude the negotiations of its exit deal from the European Union. As a result of this we could experience low growth in the region due to indecision as businesses hold off on investment decisions until such time as there is more certainty on the various elements that will influence the performance of businesses after the U.K.’s exit from the European Union. The cost of servicing Europe from the U.K. may no longer be a viable option, and we may need to consider alternative options. The costs of having an U.K.-headquartered business may increase as a result of the potential weakening of the British Pound. It is possible that Europe will not continue to trade as a single market with the U.K., but it is unlikely the U.K. will still be party to existing trade agreements signed by the European Union. This could lead to increased customs duties, tariffs and withholding taxes for the sale of our hardware and services from the U.K into Europe, and may result in us being less profitable.

Security or privacy breaches in our electronic transactions or data may expose us to additional liability or result in a loss of customers, either of which events could harm our business.
Any inability on our part to protect the information security of our platforms or the privacy of confidential information could have a material adverse effect on our profitability by exposing us to additional liability, increasing our expenses relating to resolution of these breaches, and deterring users from using our product and services. Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, computer viruses, distributed denial of service attacks, spurious spam attacks, intentional acts of vandalism and similar events. We cannot assure you that our current security methods and measures will effectively counter evolving security risks, prevent future slowdowns or disruptions, protect against extraordinary attacks while addressing the security and privacy requirements of existing and future users. Any system failures, slowdowns or disruptions will likely result in unanticipated disruptions in service to our users, decreased levels of user satisfaction and significant negative effects on our reputation, which could cause materially and adversely affect our business.
We utilize third-party encryption and authentication technology providers to secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet, including private customer data such as bank account numbers. Advances in technological capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography as well as other events or developments, could result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect sensitive transaction data, including the technology provided by third-parties. If any such compromise of our security, or the security of our customers, were to occur, it could result in misappropriation of proprietary information or interruptions in operations, and have an adverse impact on our reputation or the reputation of our customers. If we are unable to detect and prevent unauthorized access to or use of bank account numbers, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Our operating results may be harmed if we are required to collect sales, use, services or other related taxes for our solutions in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so.
We do not believe that we are ordinarily required to collect sales, use, services or other similar taxes from our customers in certain jurisdictions. However, one or more countries or states may seek to impose sales, use, services, or other tax collection obligations on us, including for past sales. A successful assertion by one or more jurisdictions that we should collect sales or other taxes on the sale of our solutions, could result in substantial tax liabilities, including interest and penalty charges for past sales and decrease our ability to compete for future sales. We review applicable rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe sales and use taxes apply in a particular jurisdiction, we voluntarily engage tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with their rules and regulations. We cannot assure you that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related penalties for past sales in jurisdictions where we presently believe sales and use taxes are not

13





due. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that we have recorded sufficient provisions on our consolidated financial statements to cover taxes.
Although our client contracts ordinarily provide that our clients must pay all applicable sales and similar taxes, they may be reluctant to pay back taxes, and may refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes. If we are unable to collect and pay back taxes and the associated interest and penalties, we will have incurred unplanned expenses that may be substantial.
The nature of our business results in our services being provided within multiple jurisdictions, including certain jurisdictions in which we may not have anticipated our services being provided or with which we may not have had prior dealings. Accordingly. there may be unforeseen obligations related to certain jurisdictions that were not identified or not adequately provided for in our contracts. These obligations could materially and adversely affect our financial position.

An actual or perceived reduction in vehicle theft and crime rates, may adversely impact demand for certain of our solutions, which could result in a loss of customers and a decline in growth.
Demand for our vehicle tracking and asset recovery solutions is influenced by prevailing or expected vehicle theft rates. Vehicle theft rates may decline as a result of various factors, such as the availability of improved security systems, implementation of improved or more effective law enforcement measures, and improved economic or political conditions in markets that have high theft rates. If vehicle theft rates in our markets decline significantly, or if vehicle owners or insurance companies believe that vehicle theft rates have declined or are expected to decline, demand for some of our products and services may decline, which could result in a loss of customers and a decline in growth.
We are subject to U.S. and other anti-corruption laws, trade controls, economic sanctions and similar laws and regulations, including those in the jurisdictions where we operate. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to civil, criminal and administrative penalties and harm our reputation.
Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of various foreign jurisdictions. These laws and regulations place restrictions on our operations, trade practices, partners and investment decisions. In particular, our operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption and trade control laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the “FCPA”, various export controls and economic sanctions programs, including those administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or the “OFAC”, as well as Australian and European sanctions. We monitor compliance in accordance with the 10 principles as set out in the United Nations Global Compact Principles, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development recommendations relating to corruption, and the International Labor Organization Protocol in terms of certain of the items to be monitored. As a result of doing business in foreign countries and with foreign partners, we are exposed to a heightened risk of violating anti-corruption and trade control laws as well as sanctions regulations.
The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business, or securing any improper business advantage. It also requires us to keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect our transactions. As part of our business, we may deal with state-owned business enterprises, the employees of which are considered foreign officials for purposes of the FCPA. In addition, the United Kingdom Bribery Act, or the “Bribery Act”, has been enacted and came into effect on July 1, 2011. The provisions of the Bribery Act extend beyond bribery of foreign public officials and also apply to transactions with individuals not employed by a government. The provisions of the Bribery Act are also more onerous than the FCPA in a number of other respects, including jurisdiction, non-exemption of facilitation payments and penalties. Some of the international locations in which we operate, lack a developed legal system and have higher than normal levels of corruption.
Economic sanctions programs restrict our business dealings with certain sanctioned countries, persons and entities. In addition, because we act through dealers and distributors, we face the risk that our dealers, distributors and customers might further distribute our products to a sanctioned person or entity, or an ultimate end-user in a sanctioned country, which might subject us to an investigation concerning compliance with OFAC or other sanctions regulations.
Violations of anti-corruption and trade control laws and sanctions regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, denial of export privileges, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts and revocations or restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment. We have developed policies and procedures as part of a company-wide compliance program that is designed to assist our compliance with applicable U.S. and international anti-corruption and trade control laws and regulations, including the FCPA, the Bribery Act and trade controls and sanctions

14





programs administered by OFAC, and provide regular training to our employees to comply with these laws and regulations. However, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, consultants, partners, agents or other associated persons will not take actions in violation of our policies and these laws and regulations, or that our policies and procedures will effectively prevent us from violating these regulations in every transaction in which we may engage, or provide a defense to any alleged violation. In particular, we may be held liable for the actions that our local, strategic or joint venture partners take inside or outside of the United States, even though our partners may not be subject to these laws. Such a violation, even if our policies prohibit it, could materially and adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Our continued international expansion, including in developing countries, and our development of new partnerships and joint venture relationships worldwide, could increase the risk of FCPA, OFAC or Bribery Act violations in the future.
Operating in emerging markets subjects us to greater risks than those we would face if we only operated in more developed markets, which could increase our operating costs and inhibit our growth plan.
Emerging markets, including Africa, Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Asia and South America, are subject to greater risks than more developed markets. The Middle East region is experiencing ongoing instability, which has affected and may continue to affect our growth in the area. Although there have been some positive developments in Brazil, such as a return to positive growth due in part to rate cuts and policy reform supporting growth, the Brazilian market continues to experience political and economic issues such as a low economic growth rates, growing unemployment rate, high inflation rates and corruption allegations, which affects our growth in the region and our ability to introduce new services to the region. South Africa is experiencing political and economic issues which could affect our ability to maintain our existing customer base as well as our ability to grow our existing customer base. The political, economic and market conditions in many emerging markets present risks that could make it more difficult to operate our business successfully. These risks include:
political and economic instability, including higher rates of inflation and currency fluctuations;
higher levels of corruption, including bribery of public officials;
loss due to civil strife, acts of war or terrorism, guerrilla activities and insurrection;
a lack of well-developed legal systems which could make it difficult for us to enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights;
logistical and communications challenges;
potential adverse changes in laws and regulatory practices, including import and export license requirements and restrictions, tariffs, legal structures and tax laws;
difficulties in staffing and managing operations and ensuring the safety of our employees;
restrictions on the right to convert or repatriate currency or export assets;
greater risk of uncollectable accounts and longer collection cycles; and
introduction or changes to indigenization and empowerment programs.
Laws and regulations relating to the Internet and data privacy in the markets in which we operate are complex and continuously evolving, and compliance costs are high. As these laws and regulations continue to evolve, we may be required to increase our compliance-related expenditures, limit the manner in which we collect information, the types of information that we collect, or the solutions we offer, which may impede our ability to provide our solutions or reduce our profit margins in specific geographic regions.
Various laws and regulations associated with the Internet and data privacy are complex and increase our cost of doing business. Furthermore, these laws and regulations expose us to fines and penalties if we fail to comply with them. Although we have implemented procedures designed to comply with international best practices and have initiated the process of establishing additional group policies, charters and procedures to assist in maintaining data privacy and data security, we have not undertaken a formal legal review to determine our compliance with data privacy and data security laws in jurisdictions outside South Africa. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors and agents will not take actions in violation of any policies and/or procedures we do establish regarding data privacy and data security, particularly as we expand our operations through organic growth and acquisitions. While they may take actions in violation of policies and/or procedures, the Company remains responsible for, and obligated to implement policies and procedures and enter into contracts with service providers that require appropriate protections. Any violations could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, including substantial fines or prohibitions on our ability to offer our products in one or more countries, and could also

15





materially damage our reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The transmission of data over the Internet and cellular networks is a critical component of our SaaS business model. Additionally, as cloud computing continues to evolve, increased regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely, particularly in the areas of data privacy and data security. In addition, taxation of services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies, or by private organizations for accessing the Internet, may be imposed. Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchange over the Internet, could result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based services, which could harm our business.
Our solutions and products enable us to collect, manage and store a wide range of data related to fleet management such as mobile asset location and fuel usage, speed and mileage. We obtain our data from a variety of sources, including our customers and third-party providers. The United States and various state governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution and use of personal information, as well as requirements that must be followed if a breach of such personal information occurs. The European Union and the United Kingdom have adopted legislation (including directives, national laws and regulations) that increase or change the requirements governing data collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal information in these jurisdictions. The current European Union legislation related to data protection is Directive 95/46/EC, which we refer to as the Data Protection Directive. This will, however, be superseded by The General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which was published in the Official Journal of the European Union on May 4, 2016, with effect from May 25, 2018.
The Protection of Personal Information Act, No, 4 of 2013 (the “POPI Act”) was promulgated into law in November 2013 in South Africa. Certain sections of the POPI Act, came into effect on April 11, 2014. The remaining sections of the POPI Act will commence on a date to be determined by the South African President. The POPI Act allows for a one year transition period from its commencement for all persons to comply with its requirements. We have evaluated the potential impact of the POPI Act, taking into account our existing and planned privacy and data security practices and procedures. We have initiated the process of establishing additional group data protection and security policies, charters and procedures, to assist in maintaining data privacy and data security. As such we do not believe the POPI Act’s implementation will have a material impact on our business.
We may also be subject to costly notification and remediation requirements if we, or a third party, determines that we have been the subject of a data breach involving personal information of individuals. Data breach notification regulations vary among the countries where we conduct business, and also vary among the states of the United States, and any breach of personal information could be subject to any number of these requirements.
We have sought to implement international best practices regarding data privacy and data security. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply, or are perceived to fail to comply, with current or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. Moreover, if future laws and regulations limit our customers’ ability to use and share this data or our ability to store, process and share data with our customers over the Internet, demand for our solution could decrease and our costs could increase. We might also have to limit the manner in which we collect information, the types of information that we collect, or the solutions we offer. Any of these would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
A governmental challenge to our transfer pricing policies or practices could impose significant costs on us.
Transfer pricing policies are a significant component of the management of our operations across international boundaries. The global transfer pricing environment, including with respect to operational and reporting requirements, is continuously evolving and subject to input from multiple sources and jurisdictions. These complexities require management to closely monitor new developments.
Many countries routinely examine transfer pricing policies of taxpayers subject to their jurisdiction, and authorities challenge transfer pricing policies aggressively where there is potential non-compliance and impose significant interest charges and penalties where non-compliance is determined. Although the documentation of and support for our transfer pricing policies has not been the subject of a governmental proceeding beyond examination to date, there can be no assurance that a governmental authority will not challenge these policies more aggressively in the future or, if challenged, that we will prevail. We could suffer significant costs related to one or more challenges to our transfer pricing.
South Africa signed the Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement on the Exchange of Country-by-Country(“CbC”) Reports on January 27, 2016. The South African Revenue Services (“SARS”), South Africa’s tax collecting authority,

16





published its CbC reporting requirements on December 23, 2016, which confirms that South Africa participates in the Base Erosion and Profit Shifting projects, which have been implemented to reduce global tax avoidance. These regulations apply with effect from fiscal years of multinational groups beginning on or after January 1, 2016. In terms of the published CbC reporting requirements, the ultimate parent entity of a multinational enterprise or group that is a resident for tax purposes in South Africa is required to file a CbC report containing the information set out in Article 4 of the Government Notice. For us, this CbC report must be filed within 12 months from March 31, 2017. Failure to comply with these reporting requirements may result in material adverse impact to our financial results due to the imposition of fines and penalties .
Reduction in regulation in certain markets may adversely impact demand for certain of our solutions by reducing the necessity for, or desirability of, our solutions.
Regulatory compliance and reporting is driven by legislation and requirements, which are often subject to change, from regulatory authorities in nearly every jurisdiction globally. For example, in the United States, fleet operators can face numerous complex regulatory requirements, including mandatory Compliance, Safety and Accountability driver safety scoring, hours of service, compliance and fuel tax reporting. The reduction in regulation in certain markets may adversely impact demand for certain of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to correctly implement a new Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”), Customer Relationship Management System (“CRM”) and Billing System could have a material and adverse affect on our operations.  
We are currently implementing a new fully-integrated Group-wide ERP, CRM and billing system with the aim of enabling management to achieve enhanced quality, reliability and timeliness of information; improved integration and visibility of information stemming from different management functions and countries; and optimization and global management of corporate processes.
The adoption of a new ERP and billing system, which will replace the various accounting systems within our individual operations, poses several challenges relating to, amongst other things, migration of data, potential instability of the new system, communication of new rules and procedures, and the training of personnel. We are aware of the potential risks associated with a global system implementation and intend to adopt mitigation plans and contingency plans, in order to ensure business continuity, that include a phased approach and the pilot of a small business division before embarking on the full roll-out.  However, there can be no assurance that a new ERP, CRM and billing system will be successfully implemented and failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our operations and ability to execute on our growth strategy.
If the accounting estimates we make, and the assumptions on which we rely, in preparing our consolidated financial statements prove inaccurate, our actual results may be adversely affected.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgements about, among other things, warranty and maintenance provisions, current and deferred income taxes, impairment estimates, useful lives of customer relationships and product development costs, capitalization of development costs and the level of receivable allowances. These estimates and judgements affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, the amounts of charges accrued by us, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances and at the time they are made. If our estimates or the assumptions underlying them are not correct, actual results may differ materially from our estimates and we may need to, among other things, accrue additional charges that could adversely affect our results of operations, which in turn could adversely affect our stock price. In addition, new accounting standards, amendments and interpretations of accounting standards have occurred and may occur in the future that could adversely affect our reported financial results.

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property
We have not traditionally relied on patents to protect our intellectual property, and we rely on trade secrecy laws, confidentiality agreements, confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, which provide only limited protection and may subject us to litigation.
Our future success and competitive position depend in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologies. We rely primarily on trade secrecy laws, confidentiality agreements, confidentiality procedures

17





and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, all of which provide only limited protection and may not currently, or in the future, provide us with a competitive advantage. Our confidentiality agreements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors and other advisers may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets or develop similar technologies and processes, and, in either event we would not be able to assert trade secret rights.
We also rely, to a limited extent, on patent, trademark and copyright law. A patent covering certain aspects of our Beam-e product was issued in South Africa during fiscal year 2014 and a patent covering a method for driver verification was issued during fiscal year 2015. A further patent application for an asset tracking system and method remains pending in Brazil. We have traditionally not sought patent protection over our intellectual property. As a result, we may not be able to successfully defend our intellectual property from third-party infringement.
We cannot assure you that any future trademark registrations will be issued for pending or future applications, or that any registered trademarks will be enforceable, or provide adequate protection of our proprietary rights, or that any such trademarks will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented.
Effective patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our solutions are available, or where we have employees or independent contractors. In addition, the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in Internet-related industries are uncertain and continue to evolve. The steps we have taken, and will take, may not prevent unauthorized use, reverse engineering, or misappropriation of our technologies and we may not be able to detect any of the foregoing. Any of the foregoing events could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
An assertion by a third party that we are infringing its intellectual property could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses.
The fleet management, mobile asset management and technology industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Much of this litigation involves patent-holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenues of their own, and against whom our own limited patent portfolio may provide little or no deterrence. We have been subject to such claims in the past and may face additional claims in the future.
We have not historically conducted comprehensive art searches to determine whether our solutions infringe the patent rights of third parties in our current markets, or those markets we may enter in the future. Third parties may assert that we are infringing on patents, of which we are currently unaware and that would have been disclosed by prior art searches if they had been conducted. Our status as a public company in the United States will raise our visibility and may invite holders of patents who have not previously sought to enforce them against us, to bring or threaten claims for infringement or seek to negotiate royalty or other payments from us. The fact that we have relatively few patents associated with our intellectual property means that we may not be able to successfully defend our intellectual property from third-party infringement. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We cannot assure you that we will prevail in any future intellectual property infringement litigation given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in such litigation. Defending such claims, regardless of their merit, could be time-consuming and distracting to management, result in costly litigation or settlement, cause development delays, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. In addition, we are obligated to indemnify some of our customers and other contract counterparties against third parties’ claims of intellectual property infringement based on our solutions. If our solutions violate any third-party intellectual property rights, we could be required to withdraw those solutions from the market, re-develop those solutions or seek to obtain licenses from third parties, which might not be available on reasonable terms, or at all. Any efforts to redevelop our solutions, obtain licenses from third parties on favorable terms or license a substitute technology might not be successful and, in any case, might substantially increase our costs and harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Withdrawal of any of our solutions from the market could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

18





Our software may contain undetected defects or software errors, which could result in damage to our reputation or market rejection of our products.
We must update our solutions quickly to keep pace with the rapidly changing market, including the third-party software and devices with which our solutions integrate, and we have a history of frequently introducing new releases. Our solutions and/or updates to our solutions could contain errors or defects, which were not detected during our review processes, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. Our software may not be free from errors or defects, which could result in damage to our reputation or harm to our operating results.
We warrant that our hardware will be free of defects for various periods of time. The operation of the hardware is controlled by the firmware loaded on the hardware. We generally provide firmware updates to our fleet customers by “over-the-air” wireless communication of the updated firmware directly to our customers’ in-vehicle devices. If the firmware does not function as expected and it prevents the uploading of updated firmware, then the problem could not be corrected by an the over-the-air update and would require direct servicing of the installed on-board computer by trained personnel, which imposes a very significant cost on us. Variations among communications protocols in the markets in which we operate increase the risk of error in the remote installation of firmware. Although we attempt to manage this risk by introducing firmware updates in stages, so that the success of deployment can be assessed on a small number of in-vehicle devices before the deployment risk is expanded to a larger customer base, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in detecting firmware operation and integration problems or otherwise in managing our exposure to remediation expense related to the deployment of firmware updates.
Our “over-the-air” transmission of firmware updates could permit a third party to disable our customers’ in-vehicle devices or introduce malware into our customers’ in-vehicle devices, which could expose us to widespread loss of service and/or customer claims.
“Over-the-air” transmission of our firmware updates potentially provides the opportunity for a third party, who has deep inside knowledge of our systems, to modify or disable our customers’ in-vehicle systems or introduce malware into our customers’ in-vehicle systems. No such incidents have occurred to date, but there can be no assurance that they will not occur in the future. Damage to our customers’ in-vehicle devices as a result of such incidents could only be remedied through direct servicing of their installed in-vehicle devices by trained personnel, which would impose a very significant cost on us, particularly if the incidents were widespread. Moreover, such incidents could expose us to widespread loss of service and/or claims by our customers under various theories of liability, the outcome of which would be uncertain. Third party interference with our over-the-air transmission of firmware, or with our customers’ in-vehicle devices during such process, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any significant disruption in service on, or security breaches of, our SaaS platform or computer systems, could compromise our information, damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers.
Our brand, reputation, and ability to attract, retain, and serve our customers depend upon the reliable performance of our service and our customers’ ability to access our solutions at all times. Our customers rely on our solutions to make operating decisions related to their fleet, as well as to measure, store and analyze valuable data regarding their businesses. We collect and store sensitive data, including data transmitted from our customers’ in-vehicle devices concerning the location of their mobile assets, as well as personally identifiable information concerning our customers and employees. Our solutions are vulnerable to interruption and our data centers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, computer viruses or hackers, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events, any of which could limit our customers’ ability to access our solutions. Prolonged delays or unforeseen difficulties in connection with adding capacity or upgrading our network architecture may cause our service quality to suffer. Any event that significantly disrupts our service or exposes our data to misuse could damage our reputation and harm our business and operating results, including causing us to issue credits to customers, subjecting us to potential liability, reducing our customer retention rates, or increasing our cost of acquiring new customers, any of which would have the effect of reducing our revenue and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Any breach of our data or system security could result in our customer data being accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen, our business and operations being interrupted, a loss of confidence in our products and services and other negative consequences such as civil liability, including under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and regulatory penalties, any or all of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

19





In addition, we store data, host our solutions and serve all of our customers from our servers, which are located at third-party data center facilities in Algiers in Algeria, Sydney in Australia, Muscat in Oman, Cape Town and Johannesburg in South Africa, Dublin in Ireland, and Ashburn, Virginia in the United States. While we control and have access to the servers and some of the physical components that are located in these external data centers, we do not control the operation of these facilities or certain equipment. Problems faced by our third-party data center locations, with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their customers, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our customers. Third-party operators of our data centers could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy, faced by our secure third-party data center operators or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict.
In addition to data hosted at third party data centers, we are in the process of transitioning our data to cloud-based hosting service platforms such as Amazon Web Services (AWS). The use of such service presents similar risks to the use of a conventional third party hosted environment, although at a level that is viewed internally as considerably lower. The use of cloud-based servicing may however present additional complexity which may be more easily managed using physical data centers, for example the jurisdiction of data and applicability of various laws and regulations denoting the transfer of data between jurisdictions is more complex in a cloud based environment.
Certain of our customer agreements currently, and may in the future, provide minimum service level commitments regarding items such as uptime, functionality or performance. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments for these customers, or suffer extended periods of service unavailability, we are or may be contractually obligated to provide these customers with credits for future subscriptions, provide services at no cost or pay other penalties, which could adversely impact our profitability. Additionally, if our contracted or physical capacity is unable to keep up with our growing needs, this could have an adverse effect on our business. Our disaster recovery systems are located at our third-party hosting facilities. We use a redundant architecture and regularly review and increase capacity. However, our systems have not been tested under all disaster conditions and may not have sufficient capacity to recover all data and services in the event of an outage. In the event of a disaster in which our disaster recovery systems are irreparably damaged or destroyed, we would experience interruptions in access to our services. Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any errors, defects, disruptions, or other performance problems with our solutions could harm our reputation and may damage our data. Interruptions in our services could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, cause us to issue refunds to customers, subject us to potential liability, or adversely affect our subscriber retention rates.
Our solutions rely on third-party software and any inability to license such software from third parties could render our solutions ineffectual.
We rely on software and other intellectual property licensed from third parties, including mapping software and data from Here, Google and TomTom, to develop and provide solutions to our customers. In addition, we may need to obtain future licenses from third parties to use software or other intellectual property associated with our solutions. We cannot assure you that these licenses will be available to us on acceptable terms, without significant price increases or at all. Any loss of the right or inability to obtain the right to use any such software or other intellectual property required for the development and maintenance of our solutions could result in interruptions in the provision of our solutions until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available from others, is identified, obtained, and integrated, which could harm our business.
In addition, we incorporate some open source software into our platform. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. courts or courts of other jurisdictions, and there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our solutions, to re-develop our solutions, to discontinue sales of our solutions, or to release our proprietary software source code under the terms of an open-source license, any of which could adversely affect our business.
We depend on third-party technology, including cellular and GPS networks, and any disruption, failure or increase in costs could impede the functionality of our solutions.
Two critical links in our current solutions are between in-vehicle devices and GPS satellites, and between in-vehicle devices and cellular networks, which allow us to obtain location data and transmit it to our system. Increases in the fees charged by cellular carriers for data transmission or changes in the cellular networks, such as a cellular carrier discontinuing support of the network currently used by our in-vehicle devices, requiring retrofitting of our in-vehicle devices, could increase our costs and impact our profitability. We have initiated activities to migrate new installations to the next generation of cellular network compatibility, in order to maximize expected useful life of our in-vehicle devices. However, cellular carriers could

20





in the future discontinue support for our currently utilized cellular technologies. Also, while we have included the ability to store GPS data in our in-vehicle devices in case of temporary cellular network connectivity failure, widespread disruptions or extended failures of the cellular networks would adversely affect our solutions’ functionality and utility and harm our financial results.
GPS is a satellite-based navigation and positioning system consisting of a network of orbiting satellites. These satellites and their ground support systems are complex electronic systems, subject to electronic and mechanical failures and possible sabotage and it is not certain that the U.S. government will remain committed to the operation and maintenance of GPS satellites in the future. In addition, technologies that rely on GPS depend on the use of radio frequency bands and any modification of the permitted uses of these bands may adversely affect the functionality of GPS and, in turn, our solutions. The satellites and their ground control and monitoring stations are maintained and operated by the U.S. Department of Defense, which does not currently charge users for access to the satellite signals, but we cannot assure you that it will not do so in the future. Any disruption, failure or increase in costs could impede the functionality and/or cost of our solutions, which could adversely affect our business.
Our solutions integrate with third-party technologies and if our solutions become incompatible with these technologies, our solutions would lose functionality and our customer acquisition and retention could be adversely affected.
Our solutions integrate with third-party software and devices to allow our solutions to perform key functions. We cannot guarantee that this ease of integration will continue or that we will be able to integrate with other products at all or without additional cost. Additionally, previously unidentified errors, viruses or bugs may also be present in third-party software that our customers use in conjunction with our solutions. Changes to third-party software that our customers use in conjunction with our solutions could also render our solutions ineffective. Customers may conclude that our software is the cause of these errors, bugs or viruses and terminate their subscriptions. The inability to easily integrate with, or the presence of any defects in, any third-party software could result in increased costs, or in delays in software releases or updates to our products until such issues have been resolved, which could damage our reputation and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Certain of our products may fail to comply with the EU Radio Equipment Directive.
Following a 12 month transitional period, the EU Radio Equipment Directive (“RED”) was fully effective from June 13, 2017. RED applies to radio equipment, which is defined as equipment for “radio determination” and includes a selection of our products. RED further requires that radio equipment utilizing certain software must demonstrate compliance of the equipment together with the software. Manufacturers, importers and distributors have specific duties to ensure that relevant equipment complies with RED. As a manufacturer, we must be able to demonstrate compliance using one of the specified conformity assessment procedures.
If any radio equipment is not compliant, the member state concerned is to take all appropriate measures to prohibit or restrict the equipment from being made available in or have it withdrawn from the market.  Member states are to introduce effective, proportionate and dissuasive penalties, which may include criminal penalties for serious infringements. Any of such consequences could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to South Africa
Fluctuations in the value of the South African Rand have had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on our results of operations, which may make it difficult to evaluate our business performance between reporting periods and may also adversely affect the price of our ADSs.
The South African Rand is the primary operating and financial reporting currency for our business operations. Depreciation in the South African Rand may negatively impact the prices at which our ADSs trade. The U.S. Dollar/South African Rand, Euro/South African Rand, Australian Dollar/South African Rand and British Pound/South African Rand exchange rates have historically been volatile and we expect this volatility to continue. We provide detailed information about historical U.S. Dollar/South African Rand exchange rates in “Item 3A. Selected Financial and Operating Data”.
Due to the significant fluctuation in the value of the South African Rand and its impact on our results, you may find it difficult to compare our results of operations between financial reporting periods. This difficulty may have a negative impact on the price of our ADSs and/or increase their volatility. During fiscal year 2017, the South African Rand/U.S. Dollar exchange rate averaged R14.06 and fluctuated between a high of R15.87 and a low of R12.44. This compares to an average exchange rate of R13.78, during fiscal year 2016, which fluctuated between a high of R16.82 and a low of R11.77. The South

21





African Rand exchange rate is affected by various international and South African economic and political factors. For further information on the South African Rand/U.S. Dollar exchange rate movements post the end of fiscal year 2017, please refer to “Item 3A. Selected Financial and Operating Data”.
A portion of the proceeds from the IPO as well as certain dividends received from foreign subsidiaries are held in U.S. Dollars. These funds are therefore subject to the South African Rand/U.S. Dollar exchange fluctuations. We also operate internationally and are exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the South African Rand, the U.S. Dollar, the Euro, the Australian Dollar, Brazilian Real and the British Pound. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our financial results and cash flows. Fluctuation in currency exchange rates impacts our operating results. We have implemented a foreign currency hedging policy to reduce our net exposure, on certain recognized assets and liabilities, to fluctuations in foreign currencies. Our policy is primarily based on economic hedging principles of managing certain of our on balance sheet risk, as opposed to using derivative financial instruments. We do not attempt to hedge currency translation risk. Our future attempts to hedge against foreign currency risk could be unsuccessful and expose us to losses. Refer to “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for more details on foreign currency exchange risk.
If we do not achieve applicable black economic empowerment objectives in our South African businesses, we risk not being able to renew certain of our existing contracts which service South African government and quasi-governmental customers, as well as not being awarded future corporate and governmental contracts which would result in the loss of revenue.
The South African government, through the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, No 53 of 2003 (as amended by the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Amendment Act, No. 46 of 2013), the Generic Codes of Good Practice (“B-BBEE Codes”) and industry charters published pursuant thereto, collectively “B-BBEE”, has established a legislative framework for the promotion of Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment. Achievement of B-BBEE objectives is measured by a scorecard which establishes a weighting for the various components of B-BBEE.
The B-BBEE Codes were reviewed by the South African Department of Trade and Industry and a new set of B-BBEE Codes were promulgated in October 2013. The new B-BBEE Codes came into effect on May 1, 2015 and have different requirements and emphasis than the previous codes. In addition to the B-BBEE Codes, industry charters apply to certain of our entities.
It is important for us to achieve applicable B-BBEE objectives. B-BBEE objectives are pursued, in significant part, by requiring parties who contract with corporate, governmental or quasi-governmental entities in South Africa to achieve B-BBEE compliance through satisfaction of an applicable scorecard. Parties improve their B-BBEE contributor level when contracting with businesses that have earned good B-BBEE contributor levels in relation to their scorecards.
We have two material end-customers, which previously required MiX Telematics Enterprise SA Proprietary Limited to maintain a B-BBEE contributor level 3 as measured under the new B-BBEE Codes. The value of these contracts represented 3.8% of our total revenue for fiscal year 2017. As of March 31, 2017, one of our material end-customer agreements has a five-month remaining term. MiX Telematics Enterprise SA Proprietary Limited has attained the agreed compliance targets in fiscal year 2017. Failing to achieve applicable B-BBEE objectives could jeopardize our ability to maintain existing business or to secure future business from corporate, governmental or quasi-governmental customers that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We face the risk of disruption from labor disputes and changes to South African labor laws, which could result in significant additional operating costs or alter our relationship with our employees.
Our operations may be materially affected by changes to labor laws. South African laws relating to labor that regulate work time, provide for mandatory compensation in the event of termination of employment for operational reasons, and impose monetary penalties for non-compliance with administrative and reporting requirements in respect of affirmative action policies, could result in significant costs. In addition, future changes to South African legislation and regulations relating to labor may increase our costs or alter our relationship with our employees. The resulting disruptions could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

22





Socio-economic inequality in South Africa or regionally may subject us to political and economic risks which may affect the ownership or operation of our business.
We are incorporated and own significant operations in South Africa. As a result, we are subject to political and economic risks relating to South Africa. South Africa was transformed from a racially based government into a democracy in 1994, with successful rounds of democratic elections held under a modern constitution during 1994, 1999, 2004, 2009 and most recently, in May 2014. We fully support government policies aimed at redressing the disadvantages suffered by the majority of citizens under the previous non-democratic dispensation and recognize that in order to implement these policies, our operations and profits may be impacted. However, South Africa faces many challenges in overcoming substantial racial differences in levels of economic and social development among its people. While South Africa features highly developed and sophisticated business sectors and financial and legal infrastructure at the core of its economy, large parts of the country’s black population, particularly in rural areas, do not have access to adequate education, health care, housing and other services, including water and electricity. In addition, South Africa also has higher levels of crime and unemployment than the United States.
The ruling party which has controlled the South African government since democracy has committed itself to creating a stable, democratic, free market economy, which it has achieved to a great extent. It remains difficult however, to predict the future political, social and economic direction of South Africa or the manner in which any future government will attempt to address the country’s inequalities. It is also difficult to predict the impact that addressing these inequalities will have on our business. Furthermore, there has been regional, political and economic instability in countries neighboring South Africa, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Although political conditions in South Africa are generally stable, changes may occur in the composition of its ruling party or in its political, fiscal and legal systems which might affect the ownership or operation of our business, which may, in turn, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These risks may include changes in legislation, arbitrary interference with private ownership of contract rights, and changes to exchange controls, taxation and other laws or policies affecting foreign trade or investment and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any changes in investment ratings, regulations and policies or a shift in political attitudes both within and towards South Africa are beyond our control and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The economy of South Africa is currently experiencing a recession, which could reduce our anticipated revenue, and is also exposed to high inflation and interest rates, which could increase our operating costs.
On May 6, 2017, Statistics South Africa determined that the South African economy is in a current state of recession. Additionally, the economy of South Africa has in the past and may in the future continue to be, characterized by rates of inflation and interest rates that are substantially higher than those prevailing in the United States and other highly developed economies. These characteristics may be exacerbated by virtue of the fact that the three major ratings agencies downgraded South African credit ratings as follows:
downgraded to non-investment grade by Standard & Poor’s on April 3, 2017;
downgraded to non-investment grade by Fitch on April 7, 2017; and
downgraded by Moody’s on June 9, 2017, but remained as investment grade.
Consequently, the economic conditions in South Africa could reduce our anticipated revenue growth, increase our South African-based costs, decrease our operating margins and adversely affect our ability to obtain cost-effective debt financing in South Africa.
Our financial flexibility could be constrained by South African currency restrictions, which, in turn, could hinder our normal corporate functioning.
South African companies are subject to exchange control limitations, which could hinder our normal corporate functioning, particularly given our significant expansion outside of South Africa in recent years. Exchange controls have been relaxed in recent years and may continue to be relaxed (for example, we have established a domestic treasury management company which is discussed in “Item 10D. Exchange Controls”). However, South African companies remain subject to certain restrictions on their ability to raise and deploy capital outside of the Southern African Common Monetary Area, which includes South Africa, Namibia, Lesotho and Swaziland. These restrictions have affected the manner in which we have

23





financed our acquisitions outside South Africa. These restrictions or any adverse changes to these restrictions could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Relating to an Investment in our Ordinary Shares and American Depositary Shares or “ADSs”
Sales of our ordinary shares may adversely affect the prices of our ordinary shares and ADSs.
Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, including sales by our officers, directors and principal shareholders, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our ordinary shares or our ADSs as well as our ability to raise capital through an offering of our securities. In the future, we may also sponsor the sale of shares currently held by some of our shareholders, or issue new shares. We can make no prediction as to the timing of any such sales or the effect, if any, that future sales of our ordinary shares, or the availability of our ordinary shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs prevailing from time to time.
The price of our ordinary shares or ADSs may be volatile and fluctuate significantly, which could result in substantial losses for investors.
Market prices for securities may be volatile in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. Such volatility could negatively impact the perceived value and market prices of our ordinary shares or ADSs. In addition to the risks described in this ‘Risk Factors’ section of the annual report, some of the factors that may cause these market prices to fluctuate include:
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial results or the financial results of our competitors;
loss of existing customers or inability to attract new customers;
actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate;
our announcement of results for a financial reporting period that are lower than expected, whether caused by our results of operations or by currency fluctuations;
changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by securities analysts;
failure of any of our solutions to achieve or maintain market acceptance;
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
changes in our capital structure, including issuances or repurchases of securities or the incurrence of debt;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant products, technologies, services, contracts, acquisitions, or strategic alliances;
success of competitive products or services;
regulatory developments in South Africa, the United States or other countries;
actual or threatened litigation involving us or our industry;
additions or departures of key personnel;
breaches of security;
general perception of the future of the fleet and mobile asset management market or our solutions;
sales of ADSs or ordinary shares by our shareholders;
ADS price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of the ADSs; and
changes in general economic, industry, and market conditions.
We issue quarterly press releases and other disclosure of our financial results. Our quarterly operating results will fluctuate in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately plan our expenses, long sales cycles for our enterprise fleet management solutions, service outages or security breaches and any related occurrences which could impact our reputation as well as fluctuations in currency exchange rates. If our quarterly operating results or guidance fall below the expectations of research analysts or investors, the price of our ordinary shares and the ADSs could decline substantially.

24





In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our ordinary shares and ADSs. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in, very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.
Exchange rate volatility may adversely affect the market price of the ADSs and any dividends payable to ADS holders.
As discussed above and further discussed below, there have been significant fluctuations in the exchange rate between the South African Rand and the U.S. Dollar. Unforeseen events in international markets, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in capital flows, political developments or inflation rates may cause exchange rate instability that could, in turn, depress the value of the South African Rand, thereby decreasing the U.S. Dollar value of the ADSs and any dividends or distributions paid on the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs.
Our shares trade on more than one market and this may result in price variations.
Our ordinary shares have been traded on the JSE since 2007, and the ADSs have been traded on the New York Stock Exchange or “NYSE” since August 2013. Trading in our ordinary shares and ADSs on these markets takes place in different currencies (U.S. Dollars on the NYSE and South African Rand on the JSE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, trading days and public holidays in the United States and South Africa). The trading prices of our ordinary shares and ADSs on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our ordinary shares on the JSE could cause a corresponding decrease in the trading price of the ADSs on the NYSE.
The requirements of being a public company in the United States may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business and could have a negative effect on our results of operations and financial condition, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company or an “EGC”.
We are required to comply with various regulatory and reporting requirements, including those required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Complying with these reporting and regulatory requirements is time consuming, which may result in increased costs to us and could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
As a public company in the United States, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act”, and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”). These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual reports and file or make public certain additional information, with respect to our business and financial condition in our home country . SOX requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Furthermore, as our business changes and if we expand either through acquisitions or by means of organic growth, our internal controls may become more complex and we will require significantly more resources to ensure our internal controls remain effective. Failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could adversely affect out operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we identify material weaknesses, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remediated, could reduce the market’s confidence in our financial statements and negatively affect our share price.
As an EGC, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups or “JOBS” Act, we may take advantage of certain temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of SOX (and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder). When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of being a public company or the timing of such costs.

25





Certain provisions of South African law may limit or otherwise discourage a takeover or business combination that could otherwise benefit our shareholders.
Various transactions including, without limitation, those which result in a person, or a group of persons acting in concert, holding shares entitled to exercise or cause to be exercised 35% of more of the voting rights at meetings of our shareholders will be subject to the Fundamental Transactions and Takeover Regulations, or the “Takeover Regulations”, promulgated in terms of Section 196 of the Companies Act, which are regulated by the Takeover Regulation Panel. The Takeover Regulations impose various obligations in such circumstances including the requirement of an offer to minority shareholders.
A transaction will be subject to the approval of the competition authorities in terms of the Competition Act, No 89 of 1998, as amended (“Competition Act”), if it results in the acquisition of “control”, as defined in the Competition Act and otherwise falls within the scope of the Competition Act. The Competition Act prohibits a transaction (falling within its scope) from being implemented without the necessary approvals.
To the extent applicable, a transaction may be subject to JSE Listings Requirements as well as the approval of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank, and other applicable regulatory bodies. In addition, certain fundamental transactions such as mergers, amalgamations, schemes of arrangements and sales of a majority of a company’s assets, require the approval of shareholders exercising 75% of the voting rights, and if 15% or more of a company’s shareholders vote against the transaction, any dissenting shareholder may, within five days, require the company, at its expense, to obtain court approval before implementing the resolution. Even if less than 15% of the shareholders vote against the resolution, any dissenting shareholder may apply to court for a review of the transaction. Such regulations, including the Takeover Regulations and the Competition Act, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us including an extraordinary transaction (such as a merger, tender offer, scheme of arrangement or sale of all or substantially all of our assets) that might provide a premium price for our shareholders.
The concentration of ownership of our capital stock limits your ability to influence corporate matters.
At June 30, 2017 , our executive officers, directors, current 5% or greater shareholders and entities affiliated with them, beneficially own 34.4% of our ordinary shares. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our ordinary shares and the ADSs because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with concentrated share ownership. In addition, these shareholders, acting together, may be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Shareholders owning greater than 25% of our outstanding ordinary shares will have the ability to block certain corporate actions, including the issuance of additional equity securities for cash. See “Certain provisions of South African law may limit our ability to issue securities and access the capital markets in the future, which could hinder our ability to raise capital in the future”. Consequently, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of exacerbating the delays and limitations on capital market transactions and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Certain provisions of South African law may limit our ability to issue securities and access the capital markets in the future, which could hinder our ability to raise capital in the future.
The authority of our Board of Directors to issue additional securities is limited by the JSE Listings Requirements and certain provisions of the Companies Act and Memorandum of Incorporation, and as a result we may be unable to access the capital markets on a timely basis when it is opportune to do so. Under the JSE Listings Requirements, the issuance of equity securities, or securities convertible into equity securities, for cash by our Board of Directors requires shareholder approval, either by means of a specific authority for a specific transaction or by way of a general authority, for a limited time period. If a general authority is not in place, we may experience extended delays and uncertainty in seeking shareholder approval of financing transactions and as a result we may be unable to execute financings with available investors, on advantageous terms or at all. Moreover, while a general authority could allow our Board of Directors to issue for cash additional ordinary shares representing up to 15% of the ordinary shares outstanding at the time of the general authorization, as a practical matter, shareholders in the South African market are often reluctant to grant general authorities up to the 15% threshold. The Company has sought a general authority to issue equity securities, or securities convertible into equity securities, for cash, limited to 5% of the ordinary shares outstanding at the time the general authorization is sought. A general authorization would not permit our Board of Directors to issue ordinary shares for cash with a greater than 10% discount to the 30-day volume-weighted average price, or “VWAP”, as of the issuance date, which, if we were to experience significant financial difficulties in the future, could prevent us from obtaining funds when needed. Shareholders owning greater than 25% of our outstanding ordinary shares have the ability to block an issuance of ordinary shares for cash. The Company has sought a

26





further limited authority approving the placement of 10% of the authorized but unissued shares of the Company under the control of directors who may issue such shares in their discretion.  This authority, if approved by a majority of shareholders, is only valid until the Company’s next annual general meeting or until renewed; is in line with the Memorandum of Incorporation and provides limited flexibility to execute financing transactions or any approval of a general authorization to our Board of Directors. While we will be able to issue non-convertible debt securities without shareholder approval, we will not be able to grant any voting rights to debt holders, which would be likely to increase the cost of any such debt issuance to the Company.
The relative volatility and illiquidity of the South African securities markets may substantially limit your ability to sell the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs at the price and time you desire.
Our ordinary shares are listed for trading on the JSE. Investing in securities that trade in emerging markets, such as South Africa, often involves greater risk than investing in the securities of issuers in the United States, and such investments are generally considered to be more speculative in nature. The South African securities market is substantially smaller, less liquid, more concentrated and can be more volatile than major securities markets in the United States. There is also significantly greater concentration in the South African securities markets than in major securities markets in the United States. At June 30, 2017, total market capitalization amounted to R13,657 billion ($1,018.24 billion) and this market capitalization was represented by 386 companies. Accordingly, although you are entitled to withdraw the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs from the depositary at any time, your ability to sell such shares at a price and time you desire may be substantially limited. The Bank of New York Mellon or “BNYM” serves as the depositary (“the depositary”) with respect to the ADSs.
Holders of our ADSs in the United States may have difficulty bringing actions, and enforcing judgements, against us, our directors and our executive officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the federal securities laws or other laws of the United States or any state thereof.
We are incorporated in South Africa. The majority of our directors and senior management (and certain experts named herein) reside outside of the United States. A significant portion of the assets of these persons and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to enforce against these persons or us a judgement obtained in a United States court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of the United States or any state thereof. A foreign judgement is not directly enforceable in South Africa, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by South African courts provided that:
the court that pronounced the judgement had jurisdiction to entertain the case according to the principles recognized by South African law with reference to the jurisdiction of foreign courts;
the judgement is final and conclusive (that is, it cannot be altered by the court which pronounced it);
the judgement has not lapsed;
the recognition and enforcement of the judgement by South African courts would not be contrary to public policy, including observance of the rules of natural justice which require that the documents initiating the United States proceeding were properly served on the defendant and that the defendant was given the right to be heard and represented by counsel in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal;
the judgement was not obtained by fraudulent means;
the judgement does not involve the enforcement of a penal or revenue law of the foreign state; and
the enforcement of the judgement is not otherwise precluded by the provisions of the South African Protection of Businesses Act of 1978, as amended (“POB Act”).
It is the policy of South African courts to award compensation for the loss or damage actually sustained by the person to whom the compensation is awarded. Although the award of punitive damages is generally unknown to the South African legal system, that does not mean that such awards are necessarily contrary to public policy. Whether a judgement was contrary to public policy depends on the facts of each case. Exorbitant, unconscionable, or excessive awards will generally be contrary to public policy. South African courts cannot enter into the merits of a foreign judgement and cannot act as a court of appeal or review over the foreign court. South African courts will usually implement their own procedural laws and, where an action based on an international contract is brought before a South African court, the capacity of the parties to the contract will usually be determined in accordance with South African law.
It is doubtful whether an original action based on United States federal securities laws may be brought before South African courts. A plaintiff who is not a resident in South Africa may be required to provide security for costs in the event of

27





proceedings being initiated in South Africa. Furthermore, the Rules of the High Court of South Africa require that documents executed outside South Africa must be notarially authenticated for the purpose of use in South Africa.
We are an emerging growth company (“EGC”) and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our ADSs less attractive to investors and, as a result, adversely impact the price of our ADSs and result in a less active trading market for our ADSs.
We are an EGC, as defined in the JOBS Act and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of SOX for an extended period of time.
We intend to take advantage of these disclosure exemptions until we are no longer an EGC. We cannot predict whether investors will find our ADSs less attractive because of our reliance on some or all of these exemptions. If investors find our ADSs less attractive, as a result, it may adversely impact the price of our ADSs and there may be a less active trading market for our ADSs.
We will cease to be an EGC upon the earliest of:
the last day of fiscal year 2019;
the last day of the fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more;
the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or
the last day of any fiscal year in which the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.
We are a foreign private issuer (“FPI”) and have disclosure obligations that are different from those of United States domestic listed companies, and are permitted in some cases to follow corporate governance standards applicable to South African companies, which may limit the protections afforded to investors.
We are an FPI for purposes of SEC rules and within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same requirements that are imposed upon United States domestic issuers by the SEC. Under the Exchange Act, we are subject to reporting obligations that are less frequent and in certain respects less detailed than those of United States domestic reporting companies. For example, we are not required to issue quarterly reports, proxy statements that comply with the requirements applicable to United States domestic reporting companies or individual executive compensation information that is as detailed as that required of United States domestic reporting companies. We have four months after the end of each fiscal year to file our annual reports with the SEC and will not be required to file current reports on the same basis as United States domestic reporting companies. Furthermore, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the requirements to report short-swing profit recovery contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
In addition, under the NYSE corporate governance standards, an FPI may elect to comply with the practices of its home country and not to comply with most corporate governance requirements applicable to United States companies with securities listed on the NYSE. We currently follow South African practices concerning corporate governance and intend to continue to do so. Accordingly, you do not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of domestic companies that are subject to all NYSE corporate governance requirements. For example, NYSE-listed companies that are not foreign private issuers are required to have a board of directors a majority of which satisfy NYSE listing standards for independence and to have fully independent audit, compensation and nominating committees of the board of directors. Although our Audit and Risk Committee members are required to meet independence standards established by SEC rules, our independent directors are subject to applicable South African standards for independence, which are different. Our Nominations and Remuneration Committee members are also be subject to applicable South African practice on corporate governance.

28





We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.
We are an FPI and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to United States domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of our ordinary shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or, (b) (i) a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be United States citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (iii) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lost this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to United States domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and NYSE rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under United States securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a United States domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as an FPI. As a result, we expect that a loss of FPI status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to United States domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors.
Our registered public accounting firm has not yet provided attestation over the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in compliance with Section 404(b) of SOX and if we fail, for whatever reason to effectively implement internal control procedures, we will incur additional costs in addressing our non-compliance and our stock price could decline due to related market concerns.

For as long as we are an EGC, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of SOX. We could be an EGC until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our IPO. Even if our management concludes that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may still decline to attest to our management’s assessment or may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future. Failure to comply with Section 404 could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions, impair our ability to raise revenue, cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and negatively affect our share price.

Holders of the ADSs may not receive dividend payments, which could cause you to lose some or all of the value of any dividend distribution.
Under the terms of our deposit agreement with the depositary for the ADSs, the depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs into U.S. Dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. Dollars to the United States. If this conversion is not possible or if any government approval becomes necessary and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is permissible to do so. If the exchange rate fluctuates significantly during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency or distribute a payment to you, you may lose some or all of the value of any dividend distribution. We currently intend to pay regular dividends and will consider the issuance of such dividends on a quarter-by-quarter basis.
ADS holders may be subject to additional risks related to holding ADSs rather than ordinary shares.
ADS holders do not hold ordinary shares directly and thus are subject to, among others, the following additional risks:
as an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not be able to exercise shareholder rights, except through the depositary as permitted by the deposit agreement;
distributions on the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs will be paid to the depositary, and before the depositary makes a distribution to you on behalf of your ADSs, any withholding taxes that must be paid will be deducted. Additionally, if the exchange rate fluctuates during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution; and

29





we and the depositary may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without the ADS holders’ consent in a manner that could prejudice ADS holders.
You must act through the depositary to exercise your voting rights, as a result of which you may be unable to exercise your voting rights on a timely basis.
As a holder of ADSs (and not the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs), we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not be able to exercise shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs and ADS holders will be able to exercise voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs only in accordance with the deposit agreement relating to the ADSs. There are practical limitations on the ability of ADS holders to exercise their voting rights due to the additional procedural steps involved in communicating with these holders. For example, holders of our ordinary shares will receive notice of shareholders’ meetings by mail and the securities exchange news service of the JSE, and will be able to exercise their voting rights by either attending the meeting in person or voting by proxy. ADS holders, by comparison, will not receive notice directly from us. Instead, in accordance with the deposit agreement, we will provide notice to the depositary as soon as practicable of any applicable meeting date. If we ask it to do so, the depositary will mail to holders of ADSs the notice of the meeting and a statement as to the manner in which voting instructions may be given by holders as soon as practicable after receiving notice from us of any such meeting. Subject to satisfaction of the foregoing standard, there is no specified number of days within which the depositary must mail ADS holders the notice of meeting and voting instructions. To exercise their voting rights, ADS holders must then instruct the depositary as to voting the ordinary shares represented by their ADSs. Due to these procedural steps involving the depositary, the process for exercising voting rights may take longer for ADS holders than for holders of ordinary shares. The ordinary shares represented by ADSs for which the depositary fails to receive timely voting instructions may not be voted at all.
Judgements of South African courts with respect to the ADSs will be payable only in South African Rand, which could expose any prevailing party to exchange rate risk until the judgement is collected.
If proceedings are brought in a South African court seeking to enforce the rights of holders of the ADSs, any judgement made in favor of such holders, even if the judgement is on an obligation deemed to be denominated in U.S. Dollars, could only be made or awarded in South African Rand based on the exchange rate in effect at the time the judgement is entered. The prevailing party in such proceeding would therefore bear exchange rate risk until the judgement could be collected and converted into another currency.
By purchasing ADSs, holders will irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of state or federal courts in New York, New York in connection with any legal suit, action or proceeding relating to the deposit agreement or the ADSs.
By purchasing ADSs or an interest therein, holders of ADSs irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving us or the depositary, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement or the ADSs, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and by purchasing ADSs or an interest therein holders irrevocably waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such proceeding. We have agreed to indemnify the depositary and its agents under certain circumstances. Neither the depositary nor any of its agents will be liable to holders or beneficial owners of ADSs or interests in ADSs for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (including, without limitation, lost profits) of any form incurred by any person or entity, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought.
There is a risk that we will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC”, which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders of ordinary shares or the ADSs.
We may be classified as a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes, which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequence to U.S. holders.
Based on the current price of our ADSs and the composition of our income and assets, we do not believe that we are a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ended March 31, 2017. However, a separate determination must be made after the close of each taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC. We cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for any future taxable year. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder held an equity share or an ADS, certain adverse United States federal income tax consequences could apply to the U.S. holder. See “Item 10E. Taxation – PFIC Rules”.

30





ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
4A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY
MiX Telematics Limited is a public company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa. Our registered offices are located at Matrix Corner, Howick Close, Waterfall Park, Bekker Road, Midrand, South Africa; our telephone number is +27-11-654-8000 and our web address is www.mixtelematics.com. We currently have our primary listing on the JSE and have a secondary listing of our ADSs on the NYSE.
We were founded in 1996 in Johannesburg, South Africa as Matrix Vehicle Tracking Proprietary Limited, and since that time, we have grown both organically and through acquisitions. Matrix Vehicle Tracking Proprietary Limited was renamed TeliMatrix Proprietary Limited in 2001, TeliMatrix Limited in 2007 and finally MiX Telematics Limited in 2008, subsequent to our listing on the JSE.
In 2007, we acquired Control Instruments OmniBridge Proprietary Limited and certain affiliated entities (which we refer to collectively as “OmniBridge”), which provided fleet management services in both the South African and international markets. In November 2007, we listed our shares on the JSE, in order to facilitate the OmniBridge acquisition. In 2008, we acquired Tripmaster Corporation, located in the United States and Safe Drive, which included both Safe Drive International Proprietary Limited, located in Australia; and Safe Drive FZE, located in the United Arab Emirates. These acquisitions extended our geographic reach, broadened our customer relationships and expanded our driver safety and training solution offerings. In May 2012, we acquired Intellichain (located in South Africa), as part of our strategy to broaden our transportation management software functionality. On August 9, 2013, following a successful United States IPO, the Company’s ADSs were listed on the NYSE and are traded under the symbol MIXT. In December 2013, we acquired a proprietary software development business from Roitech Proprietary Limited (located in South Africa). The acquisition enhanced and broadened our fleet management smart phone application offerings. On November 1, 2014, we acquired the operating business of Compass Fleet Management (“Compass”), a South Africa based provider of specialized fleet management solutions in Southern Africa that are delivered off the Group’s hardware and software platform. These specialized fleet management solutions complement the Group’s existing fleet management solutions and the acquisition broadens the array of services offered to current and future fleet management customers.
We currently have offices in the following locations:
Country
Office location
South Africa
Midrand, Stellenbosch, Durban, Cape Town, Bloemfontein and Nelspruit
United States
Boca Raton, Florida and Houston, Texas
United Kingdom
Birmingham and Swindon
Australia
Perth and Brisbane
United Arab Emirates
Dubai
Brazil
S ã o Paulo
Thailand
Bangkok
Uganda
Kampala
Romania
Bucharest
Our agent for service of process in the United States is MiX Telematics North America, Inc. 750 Park of Commerce Blvd., Suite 100, Boca Raton, Florida 33487.
For further information on our principal investments and capital expenditures, see the description of our business in “Item 4B. Business Overview” and “Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

31





4B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW
Overview
We are a leading global provider of fleet and mobile asset management solutions delivered as Software-as-a-Service or “ SaaS”. Our solutions deliver a measurable return by enabling our customers to manage, optimize and protect their investments in commercial fleets or personal vehicles. We generate actionable intelligence that enables a wide range of customers, from large enterprise fleets to small fleet operators and consumers, to reduce fuel and other operating costs, improve efficiency, enhance regulatory compliance, promote driver safety, manage risk and mitigate theft. Our solutions rely on our proprietary, highly scalable technology platforms, which allows us to collect, analyze and deliver information based on data from our customers’ vehicles. Using an intuitive, web-based interface, our fleet customers can access large volumes of historical and real-time data, monitor the location and status of their drivers and vehicles and view a wide selection of reports.
We have a global presence, with customers located in approximately 120 countries across six continents. We currently serve a highly diverse customer base, including more than 5,000 fleet operators, which represented 73 % of our subscription revenue for fiscal year 2017. We target sales of our enterprise fleet management solutions to customers who desire a premium solution, generally for large fleets, which we define as fleets of 50 or more vehicles. Large fleets accounted for 86 % of our fleet subscriptions at March 31, 2017. We believe we have a satisfied customer base and, among our more than 700 large fleet operator customers, we experienced an annual customer retention rate of 95 % in fiscal year 2017. We have multinational enterprise fleet customer deployments with companies such as Baker Hughes, Bechtel Corporation, BP, Chevron, DHL, G4S, Halliburton, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Praxair, Scania, Schlumberger, Shell, The Linde Group, Total and Weatherford. We also offer a range of subscription-based fleet and vehicle management solutions to meet the needs and price points of small fleet operators and consumers. Our safety and security features, including driver performance and vehicle monitoring, are important attributes of our solutions for these customers.
We have consistently grown our customer base. As evidence of this growth, subscribers, one of our key operating metrics and a factor influencing our rate of subscription revenue growth, increased at a compound annual growth rate of 17.9% from April 1, 2012, to March 31, 2017, and as of March 31, 2017, we tracked and managed over 622,000 subscribers. As a further indicator of our scale, in fiscal year 2017, we collected data on an average of approximately 110  million trips per month representing as many as 6.7 billion vehicle locations per month. The monthly price charged per subscriber varies among our customers depending on the services and features they require, hardware options, the customer size, route to market and the geographic location of the customer. Consequently, our rate of subscription revenue growth is influenced by not only the rate of growth in the number of subscribers but also by the evolving mix of our subscriber base.
Industry Overview
Challenges Facing Fleet Operators Worldwide
Fleet managers operate in an increasingly competitive and highly regulated global environment. Timely and accurate decision-making enabled by solutions that provide real-time visibility into vehicle location and driver performance is critical to managing a safe, efficient fleet. In some developing areas of the world, ensuring driver and vehicle safety and security is also particularly challenging given high crime rates, which have resulted in automotive insurance mandates and regulatory requirements for vehicle tracking. Consequently, fleet managers and consumers demand solutions that promote driver and passenger safety, mitigate risk, drive operational efficiencies, improve stolen vehicle recovery rates and reduce automotive insurance rates. The business environment for fleet managers is further complicated by the large number of transportation-related regulatory and compliance requirements worldwide, and the frequency with which rules and regulations change.
Legacy fleet management solutions inadequately address industry needs as many businesses use discrete manual processes, such as spreadsheet- and paper-based systems and telephones, to monitor vehicle and driver activity. These approaches are labor intensive, prone to error, do not provide continuous monitoring of fleets, make it difficult to optimize fleet utilization and manage operating costs and generate minimal business intelligence. Additionally, legacy fleet management technology frequently provides limited functionality beyond basic location-based tracking and makes it difficult for fleet operators to fully benefit from the cost savings and efficiency improvements associated with more robust fleet management offerings.

32





Fleet operators face many significant challenges, which can include:
Significant operating costs . Fuel costs represent a significant cost for fleet operators. For example, the American Transportation Research Institute estimates that fuel and oil, driver wages and benefits, repair and maintenance and truck insurance premium costs collectively represented approximately 80% of total trucking operational costs per mile in 2015. Certain driving behaviors, such as speeding, harsh acceleration, harsh braking and excessive idling contribute to poor fuel efficiency as well as increased wear and tear and maintenance costs.
Poor visibility into fleet operations . Fleet operators frequently maintain vehicles across multiple geographic regions and often lack visibility into their fleets and oversight of their drivers. Poor fleet visibility makes it challenging to optimize fleet utilization, vehicle fleet size and miles driven while still meeting core business and customer servicing requirements. Poor driver oversight makes it difficult for operators to validate hours worked or customers visited, incentivize greater efficiency and discourage unproductive, undesirable or dangerous worker behavior.
Challenges in maintaining regulatory compliance . Internal compliance and reporting is driven by legislative and regulatory requirements, which are often subject to change, from regulatory authorities in nearly every jurisdiction globally. This can be particularly burdensome for fleet operators managing large vehicle fleets in multiple jurisdictions. For example, in the United States, fleet operators can face numerous complex regulatory requirements, including mandatory hours of service compliance and fuel tax reporting and more recently electronic logging devices (“ELD”) legislation that requires truck drivers to log their hours of service electronically by December 2017.
Challenges in managing risk . Fleet operators are responsible for hiring, training and identifying risks associated with their drivers. Vehicle crashes are a leading cause of workplace injury and lead to significant costs for fleet operators, including financial liability and increased insurance premiums. Fleet operators need visibility into driving behavior to proactively identify and remediate drivers with poor driving habits.
Inefficient data management . Fleet operators receive operational information from many disparate sources, including communications from their technicians and customers, paper-based reports, third-party receipts for items such as fuel purchases, vehicle maintenance logs and customer invoices. While simply collecting this unstructured data is burdensome, organizing and analyzing the data to identify trends and other actionable business intelligence can be even more challenging.
Challenges Facing Fleet Operators and Consumers in Developing Markets
In certain developing regions of the world, driver safety and vehicle security are significant concerns given high crime rates and the impact these higher crime rates have on consumers, insurance costs and regulatory requirements. More specifically, fleet operators and consumers often need to address challenges including:
Managing the impact of crime . Vehicle crime rates in developing regions of the world often far exceed those in the United States and Western Europe, resulting in potentially significant costs for fleet operators and consumers. For example, we estimate that the rate of vehicle theft in South Africa is approximately three times higher than that in the United States.
Reducing insurance costs . In developed and developing regions, insurers often provide incentives for fleet operators and consumers who subscribe to a safety and security mobile asset management solution. Some insurance providers will not insure vehicles that lack a tracking solution or will make the insurance premium cost prohibitive without one. Furthermore, insurance provider interest in safety and security solutions has increased following the introduction of driver performance monitoring solutions, which can enable innovative usage-based insurance and claims management initiatives. 
Complying with regulatory mandates . The growing introduction of stringent Occupational Health & Safety legislation in developing markets is adding pressure to fleet operators, who need to fulfill their Duty of Care whilst also complying with laws regulating driving hours, rest time, fuel taxes, etc.
Industry Trends
There have been substantial advances in the capabilities, reliability and affordability of technologies that can be used to cost-effectively collect and disseminate large amounts of vehicle data and video footage. GPS positioning and advanced on-board systems generate valuable, objective real-time information, which provides the basis for driver and vehicle management solutions. Similarly, significant advances in the performance, reliability and affordability of fixed and wireless networks, computing power and data storage capabilities have supported the rise of cloud computing that enables the delivery

33





of SaaS. These technological advances and market shifts have helped to foster demand for subscription-based fleet and mobile asset management solutions like ours.
While fleet and mobile asset management solutions can offer a wide range of features and benefits, the reasons for adopting these solutions often vary by customer type and geography. In developed regions, including North America and Western Europe, many fleet operators adopt fleet management software solutions in order to obtain greater visibility over their vehicles and mobile workforces, to achieve cost savings through efficiency improvements, including reduced fuel consumption, and to reduce regulatory compliance burdens. In many developing regions, including Eastern Europe, Latin America, Africa, the Middle East and parts of Asia, the security of personnel and asset protection features afforded by vehicle tracking and monitoring, resulting in greater asset visibility and a lower impact of theft, are also important reasons for the adoption of fleet and mobile asset management solutions. In Australia and parts of Africa, Asia, Europe and the Middle East, compliance with health and safety standards and policies are a key reason for adoption of these systems. Recognizing the variety of motivations influencing our existing and potential customers is an important aspect of developing and marketing our solutions.
Market Opportunity
We believe that the addressable market for our fleet management solutions is large, growing and under-penetrated. According to a report by ABI Research, there were more than 190 million commercial vehicles registered globally by the end of December 2016. Global fleet management penetration was estimated to be around 14.3%. ABI forecasts that by 2021 the number of registered commercial vehicles will exceed 220 million.
In addition to the growing market opportunity in commercial fleet vehicles, we believe there is a large and under-penetrated market to provide a tailored set of safety and security solutions to non-commercial passenger vehicles. Worldwide, the pool of motor vehicles is large and growing, particularly in developing markets. We estimate that there are approximately 7.2 million non-commercial passenger vehicles in operation in South Africa. We believe the potential rate of consumer adoption of mobile asset management solutions is highest in developing regions where vehicle tracking and monitoring features can help to improve driver and passenger safety, reduce the impact of theft by improving stolen vehicle recovery rates and reduce consumer automotive insurance rates.
We believe there is a further opportunity to extend our asset tracking offering beyond fleets to corporate assets and believe there are opportunities outside of South Africa specifically in developing countries and in areas or locations where there is a high density of vehicles fitted with our fleet management solutions and a need to track corporate assets. For this reason we have recently launched MiX Tabs, a highly effective asset tracking solution to keep track of valuable assets including generators, light towers, storage tanks and pumps.
Our Solutions
Our subscription-based solutions enable our customers to manage, optimize and protect their investments in their commercial fleets and personal vehicles efficiently. Our highly scalable multi-tenant architecture leverages GPS and other data transmitted from in-vehicle devices, primarily over cellular networks, and in fiscal year 2017, we collected data on an average of approximately 110  million trips per month representing as many as 6.7 billion vehicle locations per month.
The key attributes of our solutions include:
Highly scalable solutions . We have built our software solutions to scale and support geographically distributed fleets of any size. We currently provide services to more than 622,000 subscribers with customers ranging from small fleet operators and consumers to large enterprise fleets with more than 10,000 subscribers.
Robust portfolio of features addressing a full range of customer needs . We believe we offer one of the broadest ranges of features for fleet and mobile asset management available. For example, for fleet efficiency, we offer vehicle tracking and analysis, fuel consumption and mileage analysis; for regulatory compliance, we offer compliance monitoring, hours of service tracking and fuel tax reporting; for driver improvement, we offer in-vehicle video monitoring and in-cab real-time driver feedback; for risk management, we offer driver scoring and analysis and journey management; and for safety and security, we offer vehicle and asset tracking, crash notifications and vehicle theft recovery.
Insightful business intelligence and reporting . Our fleet management software is designed to provide our customers with insightful, actionable business intelligence on demand. For example, our premium fleet solution, MiX Fleet Manager, includes data reporting and analysis tools with more than 100 standard reports and the ability for customers

34





to request custom fleet, vehicle and driver reports. We also offer a premium web-based business intelligence engine with enhanced analytics, reporting and data visualization tools for those customers seeking to perform highly granular analyses of large quantities of historical and real-time data and make the data available to customers in the format of their choice.
Easily accessible, intuitive applications . Our web-based solutions are accessible from fixed and mobile computing devices, and provide vehicle and fleet information, dashboard views and alerts and the ability to generate analytical reports from an office or a remote location. Our customers can choose to access our solution via an intuitive web-based interface or through our custom mobile applications developed for the Android and iOS mobile platforms. Fleet operators can also use our software development kits and application program interfaces to integrate our solution directly with their software systems, such as transportation management software, route planning systems and enterprise resource management software.
Software-as-a-service powered by a proven, reliable infrastructure . Our use of a multi-tenant SaaS architecture allows us to deliver fleet management applications that are highly functional, flexible and fast while reducing the cost and complexity associated with customer adoption. We support our SaaS delivered solutions with a proven infrastructure of redundant servers and other hardware located in secure third-party data centers. We have continued to maintain overall system uptime of over 99.8%, calculated over a rolling period of 5 years.
Our Offerings
We offer a range of solutions to address the needs of diverse customer segments. Our primary subscription-based offerings are:
MiX Fleet Manager . MiX Fleet Manager is our premier commercial fleet management solution. It is built on a new, scalable software platform for managing enterprise and small vehicle fleets. MiX Fleet Manager can be used to manage enterprise fleets of any size. Fleet management systems provide a wide variety of complex data pertaining to driver behavior and the location, status and operational cost of vehicles and fleets. MiX Fleet Manager is an interactive, web-based system providing secure access to this complex data in a simple, intuitive manner. MiX Fleet Manager gives users live and historical views of driver and vehicle performance information, including vehicle tracking and status information as well as alerts and notifications. Together with our integrated Insight Reports, the solution provides fleet managers with actionable business intelligence in the form of reports and fleet analytics. Customers can also subscribe to premium subscription-based applications supported on MiX Fleet Manager, such as:
MiX Insight Agility, an extension to the MiX Insight Reports suite that allows for dynamic data interaction in Microsoft Excel. Unlike static reports, users have the power to create and shape customized reports in the format they prefer.
MyMiX, an innovative driver engagement platform that provides professional drivers with easy 24-hour access, via the web or a mobile device, to key information about their performance. Driver scoring, a module available on MyMiX, boasts a sleek, engaging and user-friendly interface accessible from iOS or Android mobile devices.
MiX Vision, an on-road and in-vehicle video recording solution , that allows fleet managers to record video footage related to driving behavior and events. We believe MiX Vision addresses an important market need for in-vehicle surveillance, and MiX Vision is fully integrated with our premium fleet management solutions to enable event-driven or time based video recording. We have recently expanded the MiX Vision solution to optionally support two additional external cameras.
MiX Rovi , an in-vehicle display and communications system allowing fleet operators to streamline their fleet operations through improved communication between drivers and their back offices. Customized data inputs are configured in MiX Fleet Manager and can be updated locally or remotely via the Internet. For example, a fleet operator of delivery vehicles can set custom data inputs for information relating to deliveries, such as quantities delivered and collected, times of arrival and departure or time spent at unscheduled stops.
MiX RIBAS , an in-cab driving aid that helps drivers improve their driving style. Using an unobtrusive system of symbols with red, amber and green status lights accompanied by audible warning tones, drivers receive feedback on their driving style in real-time, enabling customers to manage improvements in driver and vehicle performance and reductions in fuel consumption and accident rates. 

35





MiX Hours of Service, allows for the real-time monitoring and compliance of legislated or regulated hours of work for the United States, Canada and Europe. Recently mandated ELD legislation in the United States requires truck drivers to log their hours of service electronically by December 2017. European customers can also use our optional MiX 3D product to download and archive digital tachograph data as required by European law. This add-on has also been extended to accommodate regions with non-regulated driving hours legislation, such as the Middle East and Africa, allowing fleet operators to easily set their own driving hours rules and measure activity to reduce fatigue related incidents.
MiX Journey Management, offers an easy-to-use electronic alternative to paper-based systems that ensures all risks relating to journeys are readily visible to decision makers when it matters most. MiX Journey Management suits fleet operators across diverse industries, and is ideal for those with large fleets of vehicles that travel long distances and carry passengers or cargo.
MiX Go, is a mobile phone based task management solution for effective communication and engagement with mobile fieldworkers, combining all the benefits of navigation, tracking and template-driven e-forms. Managers can create tasks for their employees via the MiX Fleet Manager platform, and keep an eye on the progress of these tasks from start to finish.
MiX Fleet Manager Essential . MiX Fleet Manager Essential is our mid-range fleet management system designed to provide vehicle and fleet tracking, location, driver event and status information without the complexity of a full enterprise fleet management system. By providing real-time information in an intuitive and user-friendly format, MiX Fleet Manager Essential provides fleet operators with the essential information needed to efficiently and effectively manage and operate their vehicle fleets. Customers can access data and reporting functionality via a web-based interface or our mobile applications.
Matrix . Our Matrix suite of mobile asset management solutions is designed for entry-level fleets and consumers. The Matrix range of solutions can provide real-time and historical vehicle tracking and positioning, unauthorized vehicle use alerts, panic emergency response, crash alerts, driver behavior alerts, fuel tax logbooks and vehicle maintenance notifications. Users can access their Matrix subscription functionality via a web-based interface or our mobile applications.
Beam-e . Beam-e leverages our large network of subscribers as a crowdsourcing platform to locate vehicles without the expense of utilizing a traditional cellular network connection. Each Beam-e device communicates with other nearby devices in order to form a crowdsourced network that interfaces with our systems. Rental car companies, consumers and owners of high-value mobile assets can use Beam-e to provide entry-level tracking and recovery services at an upfront cost and monthly subscription price point that is well below the cost of traditional vehicle tracking solutions. We currently offer Beam-e in South Africa and are evaluating opportunities for expansion into other geographies which are similar to South Africa.
MiX Tabs, a highly effective solution, based on our Beam-e technology, to keep track of valuable assets including generators, light towers, storage tanks and pumps. The solution allows for increased visibility of corporate assets, resulting in improved asset utilization and reduced loss.
Customers deploy our solutions to collect real-time data from their vehicles and transmit this information to our secure third-party data centers for processing. We generally design our own hardware and firmware in order to ensure their modularity, quality and interoperability with our core subscription offerings. We outsource the manufacturing of these devices and seek to drive device costs down over time in order to reduce the upfront investment required by our customers. In addition to sales of these devices to customers, we offer customers the option of bundling our devices as a full service option, further reducing the capital investment required to access our solutions.
We believe our modular, proprietary designs and control over the entire ecosystem gives us an advantage over competitors who rely on third-party commodity in-vehicle devices because we are able to provide more customized solutions through our proprietary devices. Currently we have three types of in-vehicle devices, namely one for enterprise fleet management, and one for consumer vehicle management and light fleet management and Beam-e or MiX Tabs for entry-level vehicle and asset tracking and recovery.
Principal features associated with our subscription-based offerings include the following:
Vehicle tracking . Our vehicle tracking functionality allows our customers to pinpoint the exact locations of vehicles using real-time data. Notifications about vehicle activity and status are accessed through a web-based interface or our mobile applications. Our customers also have the ability to access historical tracking data for analysis.

36





Location management . Our location management and geofencing features allow customers to easily designate geographic areas in which vehicles are allowed or not allowed to travel, or areas deemed dangerous or high risk. Customers receive notifications when a vehicle enters or exits unauthorized regions or locations.
Vehicle security . Our vehicle security solution provides our customers with security options tailored to individual requirements. We offer vehicle tracking and recovery features, providing safety and security for our customers and their vehicles and helping to reduce the costs associated with theft.
Reporting . We provide our customers with on-demand reports enabling access to a wide range of fleet data. Our reports contain detailed information about driver behavior, vehicle location, idle time, miles and hours driven, average speed, acceleration, crash analysis and vehicle diagnostics. We also offer premium data visualization and business intelligence tools.
Regulatory compliance . Customers can use our solutions to assist in regulatory compliance, for example hours of service and fuel tax reporting.
Vehicle and driver management . We provide functionality for customers to manage licenses, registrations, certifications, in-vehicle video monitoring and other vehicle and driver requirements.
Messaging . With MiX Rovi and MiX Go, fleet operators can communicate efficiently and effectively with their drivers. Custom menus direct driver workflow, jobs and navigation, ensuring drivers arrive at the correct destination and improving communication between fleet operators and their drivers.
Mobile access . We provide information to users via a variety of mobile platforms, including iOS and Android, and provide our customers with access to actionable business intelligence on their vehicles and mobile assets from the office or remotely.
Application integration . Our software development kits allow our customers to integrate our applications with their existing enterprise software systems and allow for increased customization of our fleet reports, vehicle tracking alerts and location management features.
Real time monitoring. We offer active real time driver behavior monitoring and risk management services.
Our Key Competitive Strengths
The markets in which we operate are highly competitive and fragmented. We believe that the following attributes differentiate us from our competitors and are key factors to our success:
Globalized sales, distribution and support capabilities . We currently maintain a direct or indirect sales and support presence, with localized application support in multiple languages, in countries across Africa, Australasia, Europe, the Middle East, North America and South America. We believe our global presence gives us an important advantage in competing for business from multinational enterprise fleet customers such as Baker Hughes, Bechtel Corporation, BP, Chevron, DHL, G4S, Halliburton, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Praxair, Scania, Schlumberger, Shell, The Linde Group, Total and Weatherford, who often prefer to consolidate disparate fleet management systems.
Solutions adaptable to multiple customer segments . We believe that by leveraging our common core technologies, personnel and systems, we can cost-effectively develop and sell a range of subscription-based fleet and mobile asset management solutions that are designed to meet the functionality and price needs of multiple customer segments, including fleet operators and consumers. Our fleet management solutions include targeted functionality to address the distinct needs of key industry segments, including oil and gas, transportation and logistics, government and municipal, bus and coach, and rental and leasing, as well as for the needs of consumers. We believe that offering a range of subscription-based solutions maximizes our ability to serve the addressable market and offers an appealing value proposition to our customers, while distinguishing ourselves from competitors that offer a single, one-size-fits-all solution.
Focus on safety and security . Most of our solutions incorporate safety and security features enabling our customers to enhance their drivers’ and passengers’ personal safety, encourage safe driving behavior, and protect their investment in their vehicles. We also offer web-based driver training, proactive journey management and other related services to provide a turnkey safety and security solution to manage risk and fatigue-related incidents. Our differentiated safety and security features have particularly strong appeal to customers in regulated industries, such as oil and gas, customers in industries exposed to liability concerns, such as bus and coach, and customers operating in high crime regions. We perform training and land transport assessments for customers to assist them in establishing and maintaining safety levels. We believe our safety and security offerings also help our customers to reduce operating costs associated with the training of drivers. 

37





Track record of innovation . Our investment in software development is core to our business strategy. Our software teams employ an agile software development methodology. We have made significant investment in product development, and we have routinely been among the first to market with innovative solutions and features that cater to the needs of our customers. For example, in fiscal year 2015, we started the rollout of a fully re-written software front end, MiX Fleet Manager, built on latest generation web technologies and added a revamped Hours of Service module. In fiscal year 2016, we released MiX Insight Agility, an Iridium alternative in addition to our traditional Inmarsat Satcomms solution, on-line Journey Management, extended our Hours of Service solution for non-regulated markets and MiX Go, a mobile phone based task management solution. In fiscal year 2017, we introduced MiX Tabs for non-powered asset management that leverages the underlying technology that powers Beam-e, we enhanced MiX Vision by adding support for two additional cameras, and we released a server-side events module. This was over and above the continued evolution of our existing products such as MiX Fleet Manager, MiX Hours of Service, MiX Insight Reports, MiX Journey Management and MiX Go which were all enhanced during the year.
Longstanding, established market position . We have a 21-year history, a geographically diverse sales and marketing footprint, a large established network of distributors and dealers, and a large base of satisfied customers. Our robust and referenceable customer base, including numerous Forbes Global 2000 enterprises, is a critical selling point to both large enterprise fleets and small fleet operators.
Growth Strategy
We intend to expand our leadership in our market by:
Acquiring new customers and increasing sales to existing customers . We believe the market for fleet and mobile asset management solutions is large and growing, creating a significant opportunity for us to expand our customer base. Additionally, we believe we have the opportunity to expand our fleet management market share among our existing customer base by demonstrating our value proposition, growing with the customer, introducing new and innovative value-added solutions and displacing legacy fleet management solutions. 
Expanding our geographic presence . We market and distribute our solutions directly and through a global network of more than 120 dealers outside of South Africa. We are expanding our penetration in attractive geographic regions, such as Brazil, and continue to expand our network of strategic and sales distribution partners in other regions of the world. In addition to our primary hosted datacenters that serve multiple geographies, we also established two hosted datacenters in specific countries where local conditions require that the data be retained in country.
Broadening our customer segment focus . We currently have customers across numerous industry segments, with the resources of our direct sales organization focused on premium customers in certain key segments, including oil and gas, transportation and logistics, government and municipal, bus and coach, and rental and leasing. In the future, we may increase our product development initiatives and sales and distribution efforts in other industry segments, such as service fleets, and in other customer segments, such as small business fleets and as well as mobile asset management. We regularly evaluate opportunities to expand our target customer focus.
Continuing to introduce new, innovative solutions to address market demand . In fiscal year 2015, we completed the new software platform MiX Fleet Manager, we developed a revamped Hours of Service solution for the United States as well as a fully integrated solution for European Hours of Service and Digital Tachograph downloading to help European customers ensure legal compliance. We also completed the development of a new consumer hardware product which also caters for the light fleet market and released an upgrade to our premium Fleet Management hardware range. In fiscal year 2016, we added Journey Management, MiX Insight Agility, MiX Go, an Iridium alternative in addition to our traditional Inmarsat Satcomms solution and extended our Hours of Service solution for non-regulated markets. In fiscal 2017, we introduced an innovative asset positioning system called MiX Tabs and extended our MiX Vision solution to support two additional external cameras. We are continually innovating and extending our solutions portfolio based on our assessment of market demand and trends.
Pursuing strategic acquisitions . Our industry is highly fragmented. Including the OmniBridge acquisition, we have consummated six acquisitions worldwide since our listing on the JSE in November 2007. We intend to selectively evaluate acquisition opportunities in certain geographic regions and industry segments.

38





Sales and Marketing
We offer our solutions in approximately 120 countries through a combination of our direct and indirect selling efforts. Our sales and marketing strategy is segmented by geographic region and customer type in order to cost effectively target and acquire new customers. In certain regions, we sell subscriptions of our fleet management solutions to large enterprise fleets through our direct sales force. In other regions, and for sales to small fleet operators and consumers, we work with an extensive distribution network of regional partners and national distribution dealers. Through our central services organization headquartered in South Africa, we provide common marketing, product management, technical and distribution support to each of our regional sales and marketing operations.
The following is a brief description of the main categories of our sales efforts.
Direct Sales . We focus our direct selling efforts on targeting, acquiring, servicing and upselling our premium solutions to large enterprise fleet operators and small fleet operators. We maintain sales offices in Australia, Brazil, Romania, South Africa, Thailand, Uganda, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom and the United States. These offices sell directly to large enterprise fleet operators and small fleet operators in their respective regions and are also responsible for channel management for fleet solution distribution partners throughout their regions. Our sales and marketing approach with fleet customers is generally based on a combination of return on investment and the improvements in safety and security delivered by our solutions. Our South African sales offices also sell directly to consumers.
Indirect Sales – Enterprise Fleet . We have over 130 fleet dealers supporting customers in approximately 120 countries worldwide. These dealers are responsible for sales, marketing, technical support, installation and training of customers in their regions. We have introduced a partner accreditation program in order to assure a consistent customer experience across our dealers worldwide. We also offer marketing and support services to our dealers in order to enhance their selling success. We believe our large network of dealers provides us with a geographically diverse, highly effective channel for reaching local customers in countries where we do not currently have a direct presence.
Indirect Sales – Small Fleet Operators and Consumers . We currently manage a network of more than 700 distribution partners for our small fleet operator and consumer customers. Our distribution partners include automobile dealers, aftermarket automotive parts and service suppliers, automobile insurers and retailers. We believe our indirect distribution strategy for the small fleet operator and consumer markets provides us with a differentiated, cost-effective customer acquisition and sales model.
Our global network of independent dealers and distributors is an important component of our sales strategy. Our dealers and distributors account for a substantial percentage of our total sales, and sales generated by certain dealers and distributors individually represent a meaningful percentage of our revenue. The terms of our agreements with our dealers do not usually include minimum purchase obligations, are specific to a geographic territory and are mostly non-exclusive. They generally have a fixed initial term, after which they continue indefinitely, subject to the right of either party to terminate on specified notice generally ranging from 90 days to one year, or for breach. Similarly, our distributor agreements do not include minimum purchase obligations and consist principally of a commission agreement applicable to sales generated by the distributor.
Our revenue by geographic segment is set out in note 5 of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.
Customers
We currently serve a highly diverse customer base, including more than 5,000 fleet operators, which represented 73 % of our subscription revenue for fiscal year 2017, as well as individual consumers. We target sales of our enterprise fleet management solutions to customers who desire a premium solution, generally for large fleets, which we define as being fleets of 50 or more vehicles. Large fleets comprised 86 % of our fleet customer subscriptions as of March 31, 2017. We also offer a range of subscription-based fleet and mobile asset management solutions optimized for the needs and price points demanded by small fleet operators and consumers.
Our current customer base spans numerous industry categories and customer segments, including oil and gas, transportation and logistics, government and municipal, bus and coach, and rental and leasing. No individual customer represented more than 5.0% of our subscription revenues for fiscal year 2017. For fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, our top 10 customers represented 24.4 %, 24.5%, and 25.9%, respectively, of our total subscription revenue.

39





The following is a representative list of some of our larger customers:
Baker Hughes
Barloworld
Basic Energy
Bidvest Group
Chevron
DHL
Eskom
Europcar
G4S
Go Ahead Group
Halliburton
PepsiCo
Renting Columbia
Schlumberger
Total
Unitrans

We believe that we have a satisfied customer base as evidenced by our customer retention rate and the favorable results of our customer surveys. In fiscal year 2017, among our more than 700 large fleet operator customers, we experienced an annual customer retention rate of 95 %. Across our entire subscriber base, including our range of smaller fleet and consumer subscribers, we experienced a subscriber retention rate in excess of 77% during fiscal year 2017. We maintain a strong focus on monitoring and continuously enhancing our customer satisfaction levels.
Service and Support
Installation of our solutions in our customers’ vehicles is generally provided by us or our third-party network, which includes dealers and distributors and installation partners. Customer care and technical support services are provided by our offices in Australia, Brazil, South Africa, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Thailand, Romania and the United States. In many cases, our dealers and distributors also provide customers with tier-one customer support services. Our regional offices and dealers and distributors are, in turn, supported by our central technical support team in South Africa that handles any escalated issues. Existing customers can also access customer and technical support directly through our web or mobile applications. Our technical support department is composed of a team of highly skilled staff who are familiar with all of our products, including our entire range of software and service solutions as well as our hardware.
We offer warranties of varying duration on our products. Product warranties are predominantly for a one-year period but periods of up to three years are provided in certain geographic locations.  Our Beam-e product carries a lifetime warranty (to the extent that the unit remains in the vehicle into which it was installed for the original subscriber). Warranty expenses are not a significant portion of our total costs.
Research and Development
Our development group consists of 146 full-time staff responsible for software, hardware and firmware development and quality assurance. Our primary development group is based in Stellenbosch, South Africa, and we have additional development resources in Johannesburg, South Africa, as well as the United States and the United Kingdom. Our software development teams employ an agile development methodology, while our engineering teams use traditional waterfall project management methods. During fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, we invested R142.1 million, R115.9 million and R96.4 million, respectively, in research and development.
Our investment in development is core to our business strategy. Our research and development efforts principally involve software development, firmware development, hardware design and related test equipment. In addition, we have enhanced certain of our hardware components to extend their functionality and reduce manufacturing costs. Our most recent fleet and asset management platform was released during the first half of fiscal year 2015 and in fiscal 2017 we completed the migration of all fleet customers.
We have been successful in expanding our product offerings over time through internal development and select acquisitions. During fiscal year 2017, we introduced new, distinct solutions for potential and existing customers as well as many incremental features. Highlights include:

40





A 3G version of our successful entry level MiX2000 on board computer to expand sales thereof into Asia, Australia and the United States;
MiX Tabs asset tracking and monitoring solution leveraging our Beam-e technology; and
Enhancements and extensions to all major product lines including MiX Fleet Manager, MiX Hours of Service, MiX Insight Reports, MiX Journey Management and MiX Go.

We are ISO 9001 certified with a formalized quality policy and consistent monitoring of internal processes, supplier and solution performance. We outsource all hardware manufacturing to third parties.
Technology
Our solutions are offered using a multi-tenant SaaS architecture that scales rapidly to support additional new subscribers through the addition of incremental data processing and storage hardware. This architecture flexibility allows us to sustain high levels of uptime without degradation of system performance, despite significant subscriber growth. Our existing architecture and infrastructure has been designed with sufficient capacity to meet our current and anticipated future needs. Our subscription-based fleet and consumer service offerings are designed to be accessible via a standard web browser or mobile device application.
Our solutions include a proprietary in-vehicle device that incorporates off-the-shelf components, generally including a cellular modem, GPS receiver and memory capacity sufficient to run our firmware, which gathers vehicle location, time, speed, ignition status, miles driven and various vehicle and driver statistics. This information is collected at a predefined frequency and then sent to our receivers at secure third-party data centers, generally via a commercial cellular network. The information is then processed and delivered to our customers through our web-based and mobile device applications. Our solutions enable our fleet customers to access large volumes of historical and real-time data, monitor the location and status of their fleet vehicles and drivers, view a wide selection of reports and key performance indicator dashboards and generate valuable, actionable business intelligence.
We host our solutions for our customers in secure third-party data centers located in Algiers in Algeria, Sydney in Australia, Muscat in Oman, Cape Town and Johannesburg in South Africa, Dublin in Ireland and Ashburn, Virginia in the United States. We have started migrating some of these data centers to Amazon Web Services (“AWS”) and expect the transition to be completed during fiscal 2019. Our data management facilities provide us with both physical security, including manned security, biometric access controls and systems security, including firewalls, encryption, redundant power and environmental controls. We believe that our third-party hosting facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional capacity will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.

Intellectual Property
We rely primarily on trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements, confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We also rely to a limited extent on patent, trademark and copyright law. A patent covering certain aspects of our Beam-e product was issued in South Africa during fiscal year 2014 and a patent covering a method for driver verification was issued during fiscal year 2015. A further application for an asset tracking system and method is pending in Brazil.
We typically enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with our employees, licensees and independent consultants and other advisors. We also seek these protective agreements from some of our suppliers and subcontractors who have access to sensitive information regarding our intellectual property.

Competition
The rapidly evolving market for our solutions is competitive and highly fragmented, particularly by geography and customer segment. We currently compete with numerous providers of fleet and mobile asset management solutions that range from small, regional providers to midsized multinational providers, such as NavMan Wireless, to large global providers, such as Trimble. While we currently only compete with Trimble and Omnitracs on a limited basis, these two competitors are well established companies with significantly greater financial and other resources than we have. Many of our competitors offer fleet or mobile asset management software solutions to particular industry segments or in limited geographic regions. For example, we compete with Greenroad and Masternaut in Europe, we compete with Astrata for oil and gas fleet opportunities in the Middle East, and we compete with Tracker, Cartrack, DigiCore and Netstar for consumer and small fleet mobile asset management deployments in South Africa.

41





We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:
functionality and reliability;
total cost of ownership;
breadth and depth of application functionality for fleet deployments;
product performance;
interoperability;
brand and reputation;
customer service;
ability to service multinational customers in multiple global locations, 
distribution channels; 
regional geographic expertise including localized language support and support for applicable government regulations;
size of customer base and reference accounts within key industry segments;
ability to deliver ongoing value and return on investment; 
ease of deployment and ease of use;
relevant industry domain expertise and functionality; and
the financial resources of the vendor.
We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors.

Employees
The following table presents the breakdown of our employees at the date indicated:
 
As of March 31, 
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
South Africa
833

 
866

 
826

United States
51

 
62

 
59

United Kingdom
56

 
49

 
49

United Arab Emirates
47

 
52

 
60

Australia
36

 
37

 
43

Brazil
17

 
14

 
15

Uganda
5

 
5

 
2

Romania
10

 
3

 
1

Thailand
1

 
1

 
1

Total
1,056

 
1,089

 
1,056

 
 
 
 
 
 
Full-time
1,032

 
1,067

 
1,002

Part-time
24

 
22

 
54

Total
1,056

 
1,089

 
1,056



42





Legal Proceedings
Judicial Review Proceedings against the Minister of Science and Technology
On June 9, 2015, MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited (“MiX International”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, filed a motion in the High Court of South Africa (Gauteng Division, Pretoria) whereby it sought relief against the Minister of Science and Technology (“the Minister”) by way of a judicial review of administrative action in terms of section 6(1) of the Promotion of Administrative Justice Act, No. 3 of 2000. The Minister is the administrative functionary responsible for exercising the power in terms of sections 11D(3) and (9) of the Income Tax Act, No. 58 of 1962, to approve an additional 50% income tax deduction for qualifying research and development expenditure. The relief sought relates to two applications made by MiX International to the Minister for the approval of the additional deduction in the 2013 and 2014 financial years, which applications were either refused or not fully adjudicated upon.
MiX International and the Minister agreed to settle the matter outside of court. The settlement agreement was made an order of court on September 7, 2016. In February 2017, as part of this settlement process, approvals were obtained for a portion of the project expenditure. We continue to seek approval for the remaining projects and as such the legal process is ongoing.

Further information on the Section 11D allowance and the related uncertain tax position are included in note 28 of the consolidated financial statements. If MiX International is ultimately unsuccessful in obtaining approval of pending applications, we will not recover the related tax assets and will incur an additional taxation expense of up to R2.8 million ($0.2 million) relating to the additional 50% claimed.

From time to time, we have been and may become involved in further legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.
Government Regulation
We are subject to laws and regulations relating to our business operations, including laws applicable to providers of Internet and mobile services both domestically and internationally, as we collect data, including personal data, disseminate data and, in some cases, sell data. The application of existing domestic and international laws and regulations relating to issues such as user privacy and data protection, marketing, advertising, inadvertent disclosure and consumer protection in many instances is unclear or unsettled.
The transmission of data over the Internet and cellular networks is a critical component of our SaaS business model. As cloud computing continues to evolve, regulation by federal, state and foreign agencies is increasing, including in the areas of data privacy and data security. In particular, the dynamic regulatory environment in the European Union is resulting in additional and increasingly complex regulation in these areas and we believe that the similarly dynamic regulatory environment of the United States, will follow suit. New laws governing data privacy and data security will furthermore be enacted in many other regions. Laws governing the solicitation, collection, processing or use of data could impair our ability to manage and report on customer data, which is integral to the delivery of our SaaS solutions. Increased regulation and the expansion of our business and operations globally have required us to devote legal and other resources to address this regulation. We have commenced with a legal review to determine our compliance with data privacy and data security laws and have initiated the process of establishing additional group data protection and security policies, charters and procedures to assist in maintaining data privacy and data security.
Data privacy regulations and applicable laws in the United States, the European Union or elsewhere will limit our ability to use the data we gather from our customers and increase the cost of doing business and could result in claims being brought by our customers or third parties. As discussed below, South Africa, which is currently our largest market, is expected to adopt data privacy legislation in the near future.

43





South African Regulatory Environment
The Protection of Personal Information Act, No. 4 of 2013 (the “POPI Act”) was promulgated into law in November 2013 in South Africa. Certain sections of the POPI Act, came into effect on April 11, 2014. The remaining sections of the POPI Act will commence on a date to be determined by the South African President. The POPI Act allows for a one year transition period from its commencement for all persons to comply with its requirements. We have evaluated the potential impact of the POPI Act, taking into account our existing and planned privacy and data security practices and procedures, and have initiated the process of establishing additional group data protection and security policies, charters and procedures to assist in maintaining data privacy and data security. As such we do not believe the POPI Act’s implementation will have a material impact on our business.
A number of existing South African statutes regulate electronic communications, including the Electronic Communications Act, No 36 of 2005, and the Electronic Communications and Transactions Act, No. 25 of 2002, which apply to a number of aspects of our business. These statutes regulate the generation, communication, production, processing, sending, receiving, recording, retaining, storing, displaying and use of any information, document or signature by or in electronic form.
The Private Security Industry Regulation Act, No. 56 of 2001 (the “PSIRA Act”) also applies to our South African business and governs the vehicle recovery industry in South Africa. The PSIRA Act was enacted for the purposes of, for example: (i) the achievement and maintenance of a trustworthy and legitimate private security industry which acts in terms of the principles contained in the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, Act No. 108 of 1996, and other applicable law, and is aimed at ensuring that there is greater safety and security in the country and; (ii) to regulate the private security industry and to exercise effective control over the practice of the occupation of security service providers in the public and national interest and the interest of the private security industry itself.
Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment
The South African government, through the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, No 53 of 2003 (as amended by the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Amendment Act, No. 46 of 2013), the Generic Codes of Good Practice (“B-BBEE Codes”) and industry charters published pursuant thereto, collectively “B-BBEE”, has established a legislative framework for the promotion of Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment. Achievement of B-BBEE objectives is measured by a scorecard which establishes a weighting for the various components of B-BBEE.
The B-BBEE Codes were reviewed by the South African Department of Trade and Industry and a new set of B-BBEE Codes were promulgated in October 2013. The new B-BBEE Codes came into effect on May 1, 2015 and have different requirements and emphasis than the previous codes. In addition to the B-BBEE Codes, industry charters apply to certain of our entities.
It is important for us to achieve applicable B-BBEE objectives. B-BBEE objectives are pursued, in significant part, by requiring parties who contract with corporate, governmental or quasi-governmental entities in South Africa to achieve B-BBEE compliance through satisfaction of an applicable scorecard. Parties improve their B-BBEE contributor level when contracting with businesses that have earned good B-BBEE contributor levels in relation to their scorecards.
We have two material end-customers, which previously required MiX Telematics Enterprise SA Proprietary Limited to maintain a B-BBEE contributor level 3 as measured under the new B-BBEE Codes. The value of these contracts represented 3.8% of our total revenue for fiscal year 2017. As of March 31, 2017, one of our material end-customer agreements has a five-month remaining term. MiX Telematics Enterprise SA Proprietary Limited has attained the agreed compliance targets in fiscal year 2017. Failing to achieve applicable B-BBEE objectives could jeopardize our ability to maintain existing business or to secure future business from corporate, governmental or quasi-governmental customers that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
U.S. Regulatory Environment
In addition to its regulation of Internet and, by extension, many SaaS providers, the Federal Trade Commission or “FTC”, has been asked by consumer groups to identify practices that may compromise privacy and consumer welfare; examine opt-in procedures to ensure consumers are aware of the type of data being collected and how it will be used; and create policies to halt abusive practices. The FTC has expressed interest in particular in the mobile environment and services that collect sensitive data, such as location-based information, which could conceivably be expanded to include transceiver products such as our in-vehicle devices. Although much of the FTC’s focus is on consumer protection, to the extent that our

44





clients use our systems to monitor employee movement, the FTC may assert jurisdiction. In addition to FTC scrutiny on the consumer side, many fleet drivers in the U.S. may belong to a union, which triggers some degree of oversight from the National Labor Relations Board or “NLRB”. The NLRB has taken increasing notice of the privacy rights on unionized employees, and future NLRB rules could affect our business model or the way in which our corporate clients use our solutions.
Our business is affected by United States federal and state laws and regulations governing the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of data that we receive from and about our users. In recent years, regulation has focused on the collection, use, disclosure and security of information that may be used to identify or that actually identifies an individual, such as a name, address and/or email address. Although mobile and Internet advertising privacy practices are currently largely self-regulated in the United States, the FTC has conducted numerous discussions on this subject and suggested that more rigorous privacy regulation is appropriate, possibly including regulation of non-personally identifiable information which could, with other information, be used to identify an individual. The commercial use of our mobile technology may reduce exposure to FTC regulation and enforcement, but geo-location and similar services are receiving increased regulatory interest and as such may affect how we conduct our business in the future.
Finally, we use GPS satellites to obtain location data for our in-vehicle devices. The satellites and their ground control and monitoring stations are maintained and operated by the United States Department of Defense. The Department of Defense does not currently impose regulations in connection with our ability to access location data from the GPS satellite constellation. However, it could do so in the future. The communication systems that we use to host and transmit data may be subject to security incidents, which may also subject the Company to regulatory enforcement and client pressures.

European Union Regulatory Environment
We are subject to regulation under the laws of the European Union. Of particular relevance with regard to the regulation of our solutions are matters of data protection and privacy. More broadly, any processing of personal data in the course of the provision of services is governed by the European Union data protection regime. The framework legislation at a European Union level in respect of data protection currently is Directive 95/46/EC, which we refer to as the Data Protection Directive. The purpose of the Data Protection Directive is to provide for the protection of the individual’s right to privacy with respect to the processing of personal data. Each member state is obligated to have national legislation consistent with the Data Protection Directive. The Data Protection Directive will be superseded by The General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which was published in the Official Journal of the European Union on May 4, 2016, with effect from May 25, 2018. Businesses have two years within which to comply with the new regime. The GDPR is intended to create a single legal framework that applies across all EU member states. The GDPR introduces direct compliance obligations for data controllers and data processors. National Data Protection Agencies (“NDPA”) will be able to impose fines for violations ranging from 2% to 4% of annual worldwide turnover or 10 million to 20 million Euros, whichever is greater. NDPAs will have power to carry out audits, request information, and obtain access to premises. Businesses must be able to demonstrate that the data subjects gave their consent to the processing of their personal data and will bear the burden of proof that consent was validly obtained. The data subjects shall have the right to withdraw their consent at any time. The GDPR adopts a risk-based approach to compliance, under which businesses bear responsibility for assessing the degree of risk that their processing activities pose to data subjects. Businesses will be required to perform data protection impact assessments before any processing, that uses new technologies and is likely to result in a high risk to data subjects, takes place. The GDPR will require businesses to maintain detailed documentation recording their processing activities. Clear rules around data breach notifications and the processing of personal data in such a manner that the personal data can no longer be attributed to a specific individual have been set out by the GDPR. In addition, data subjects have the right to request that businesses delete their personal data; to object to their personal data being processed; and to obtain a copy of their personal data within a set time frame.
Following a 12 month transitional period, the EU Radio Equipment Directive (“RED”) was fully effective from June 13, 2017. RED applies to radio equipment, which is defined as equipment for “radio determination” and includes a selection of our products. RED further requires that radio equipment utilizing certain software must demonstrate compliance of the equipment together with the software. Manufacturers, importers and distributors have specific duties to ensure that relevant equipment complies with RED. As a manufacturer, we must be able to demonstrate compliance using one of the specified conformity assessment procedures.
If any radio equipment is not compliant, the member state concerned is to take all appropriate measures to prohibit or restrict the equipment from being made available in or have it withdrawn from the market.  Member states are to introduce effective, proportionate and dissuasive penalties, which may include criminal penalties for serious infringements. Any of such consequences could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

45





Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon gives any EU member the right to quit the European Union unilaterally. Following the United Kingdom European Union membership referendum of 2016, in which the majority voted in favor of leaving the European Union, Prime Minister Theresa May triggered Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon on March 29, 2017. The consequence is that the United Kingdom will exit the European Union in late March 2019 and future basis of regulation for business based in the United Kingdom has been thrown into doubt. However, the United Kingdom government has announced that, upon exit from the European Union, although there will be a repeal of the European Communities Act 1972 and EU law, the same act of parliament will convert all EU law into UK law to prevent a legal void. The Great Repeal Bill is also designed to create the necessary power for members of the UK parliament to change those laws once Britain has left the European Union. We believe that regulatory changes thereafter will likely be incremental.
Australian Regulatory Environment
The Australian Privacy Principles contained in the Privacy Act of 1988 regulate the collection, use, retention, disclosure and security of personal information. Personal information is defined as “information or an opinion about an identified individual, or an individual who is reasonably identifiable, whether the information or opinion is true or not or is recorded in a material form or not”. Personal information includes location-based information where the information enables the location of an individual to be ascertained. Australian privacy laws in general prohibit the transfer of personal information outside Australia unless an exemption applies, such as the individual to whom the information relates has consented to the transfer. In some circumstances, the disclosure will be permissible if there is a data transfer agreement in place between the transferor and the transferee under which the transferee agrees to handle the information in accordance with the Australian Privacy Principles. Amendments to these laws imposing stricter regulation became effective in March 2014. Subject to a few exemptions, the amendments require the transferor to take such steps as are reasonable in the circumstances to ensure that an overseas recipient does not breach the Australian Privacy Principles and the transferor may be held responsible for any breaches of Australian privacy laws when personal information is transferred outside Australia, regardless of whether there is a data transfer agreement in place.
4C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating subsidiaries. Note 39 to our consolidated financial statements contains our subsidiary names, principal activity, place of incorporation and legal ownership at March 31, 2017. Up until the filing date, there has been no change in our organizational structure since March 31, 2017.

46





4D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
As of, May 29, 2017, we owned or leased the following properties, used primarily for office space:
Property
 
Owned or
Leased
 
Square
Footage
South Africa
 
 
 
 
Howick Close, Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa
 
Leased
 
46,499

Howick Mews, Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa
 
Leased
 
11,364

Blaauwklip Office Development & Park, Stellenbosch, South Africa
 
Owned
 
17,158

Blaauwklip Office Development & Park, Stellenbosch, South Africa
 
Leased
 
10,936

7/8 Holwood Crescent, La Lucia Ridge, South Africa
 
Leased
 
6,953

Unit B6, Arden Grove, Montague Gardens, Cape Town, South Africa
 
Leased
 
2,196

Motorworld Building, Cnr West Burger & Zastron Street, Bloemfontein, South Africa
 
Leased
 
1,109

21 Van Rensburg Street, Nelspruit, South Africa
 
Leased
 
915

United States
 
 
 
 
Suite 100 and 310, 750 Park of Commerce Blvd., Boca Raton, Florida, USA
 
Leased
 
10,260

Suite 110, 16770 Imperial Valley Drive, Houston, Texas, USA
 
Leased
 
2,500

Suite 27, 1181 S Rogers Circle, Boca Raton, Florida, USA
 
Leased
 
2,326

United Kingdom
 
 
 
 
6170 & 6180, Birmingham Business Park, Solihull Parkway, Birmingham, UK
 
Leased
 
5,280

Suites 39-40 Cherry Orchard North, Kembrey Park, Swindon, Wiltshire, UK
 
Leased
 
2,906

Australia
 
 
 
 
Suite 3, 281 Hay Street, Subiaco, Australia
 
Leased
 
5,091

Suite 1, 28 Fortescue Street, Spring Hill, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia
 
Leased
 
1,679

United Arab Emirates
 
 
 
 
Building 6EA, Office 610, Dubai Airport, Freezone, Dubai, United Arab Emirates
 
Leased
 
3,592

Brazil
 
 
 
 
543 Doutor Costa Junior Street, Sao Paulo, Brazil
 
Leased
 
4,306

Thailand
 
 
 
 
9th Floor, 571 RSU Tower, Sukhumvit Road, Klong Ton Nue, Wattana, Bangkok, Thailand
 
Leased
 
215

Uganda
 
 
 
 
7th Floor, Course View Towers, Kitane Road, Kampala, Uganda
 
Leased
 
570

Romania
 
 
 
 
3rd floor, Office 314, Charles de Gaulle Plaza, 15th Charles de Gaulle Square, Sector 1, Bucharest, Romania
 
Leased
 
91

We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional space will be available as needed to accommodate any potential expansion.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.


47





ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
5. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements as at March 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 and the accompanying notes included in this annual report, and the financial information set forth under “Item 3A. Selected Financial and Operating Data” at and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make certain assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts we record as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the years and periods addressed and these are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Our future results may vary materially from those indicated as a result of the risks that affect our business, including, among others, those identified in “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3D. Risk Factors”.

Overview
We are a leading global provider of fleet and mobile asset management solutions delivered as SaaS. Our solutions deliver a measurable return by enabling our customers to manage, optimize and protect their investments in commercial fleets, mobile assets or personal vehicles. We generate actionable intelligence that enables a wide range of customers, from large enterprise fleets to small fleet operators and consumers, to reduce fuel and other operating costs, improve efficiency, enhance regulatory compliance, promote driver safety, manage risk and mitigate theft. Our solutions rely on our proprietary, highly scalable technology platforms, which allows us to collect, analyze and deliver information based on data from our customers’ vehicles. Using an intuitive, web-based interface, our fleet customers can access large volumes of historical and real-time data, monitor the location and status of their drivers and vehicles and view a wide selection of reports.
In fiscal year 2017, we collected data on an average of approximately 110  million trips per month representing as many as 6.7 billion vehicle locations per month. We have a global presence, with customers located in approximately 120 countries across six continents for whom we collectively tracked and managed over 622,000 subscribers at March 31, 2017.
We were founded in 1996 in Johannesburg, South Africa, as Matrix Vehicle Tracking Proprietary Limited, and since that time, we have grown both organically and through acquisitions. In 2007, we acquired OmniBridge, which provided fleet management services in both the South African and international markets. In November 2007, we listed our shares on the JSE, in order to facilitate the OmniBridge acquisition. In 2008, we acquired Tripmaster Corporation, located in the United States and Safe Drive, which included both Safe Drive International Proprietary Limited, located in Australia; and Safe Drive FZE, located in the United Arab Emirates. These acquisitions extended our geographic reach, broadened our customer relationships and expanded our driver safety and training solution offerings. In May 2012, we acquired Intellichain (located in South Africa), as part of our strategy to broaden our transportation management software functionality. On August 9, 2013, following a successful United States IPO of ADSs, the Company’s ADSs were listed on the NYSE and are traded under the symbol MIXT. In December 2013, we acquired a proprietary software development business from Roitech Proprietary Limited (located in South Africa). The acquisition enhanced and broadened our fleet management smart phone application offerings. On November 1, 2014, we acquired the operating business of Compass, a South Africa based provider of specialized fleet management solutions in Southern Africa that are delivered off the Group’s hardware and software platform. These specialized fleet management solutions complement the Group’s existing fleet management solutions and the acquisition broadens the array of services offered to current and future fleet management customers.
We derive the majority of our revenues from subscriptions to our fleet and mobile asset management solutions. Our subscriptions generally include access to our SaaS solutions, connectivity, and in many cases, use of an in-vehicle device. We also generate revenues from the sale of in-vehicle devices, which enable customers to use our subscription-based solutions, installation services of our in-vehicle-devices and driver training for fleet customers. We generate sales through the efforts of our direct sales teams, staffed in our regional sales offices, and through our global network of distributors and dealers. Our direct sales teams focus on marketing our fleet solutions to multinational enterprise accounts and to other large customer accounts located in regions of the world where we maintain a direct sales presence. Our direct sales teams have industry expertise across multiple industries, including oil and gas, transportation and logistics, government and municipal, bus and coach, rental and leasing, and utilities. In some markets, we rely on a network of distributors and dealers to sell our solutions

48





on our behalf. Our distributors and dealers also install our in-vehicle devices and provide training, technical support and ongoing maintenance for the customers they support.
The table below sets out our historic revenue and profitability indicators.
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(In thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
Subscription revenue
 

$92,445

 
R1,239,914
 
R1,158,229
 

R998,335

Subscription revenue growth (%)
 
 
 
7.1
%
 
16.0
%
 
16.9
%
Hardware and other revenue
 
22,378

 
300,144

 
306,792

 
391,045

Hardware and other revenue decline (%)
 
 
 
(2.2
%)
 
(21.5
%)
 
(6.4
%)
Total revenue
 
114,823

 
1,540,058

 
1,465,021

 
1,389,380

Total revenue growth (%)
 
 
 
5.1
%
 
5.4
%
 
9.3
%
Operating profit
 
10,279

 
137,862
 
139,084
 
149,861
Operating profit decline (%)
 
 
 
(0.9
%)
 
(7.2
%)
 
(12.6
%)
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
 
22,489

 
301,613
 
277,215
 
282,994
Adjusted EBITDA growth/(decline) (%)
 
 
 
8.8
%
 
(2.0
%)
 
0.8
%
Profit for the year (2)
 
9,055

 
121,441
 
182,491
 
149,016
Profit for the year (decline)/growth (%)
 
 
 
(33.5
%)
 
22.5
%
 
(1.7
%)

(1)  
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS financial measure. See “Item 3A. Selected financial and operating data” for a description of this measure and a reconciliation to operating profit and profit for the year.
(2)  
Profit for the year includes net foreign exchange gains of R1.5 million, R144.0 million and R73.5 million in fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Subscription revenue has increased as a percentage of total revenue. In fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, subscription revenue represented 80.5% , 79.1% and 71.9% respectively, of our total revenue. In fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, our top 10 customers represented 24.4% , 24.5% and 25.9% respectively, of our subscription revenue.
We believe the large and growing market for fleet and mobile asset management solutions will provide us with significant growth opportunities going forward. We seek to capitalize on these growth opportunities and manage the factors affecting our performance, including subscription revenue accounting for a greater component of revenue, lower hardware revenues, improved economies of scale, fluctuations in the value of the South African Rand (our financial reporting currency), an evolving mix of subscribers with different revenue and cost economics, varying economic conditions in our markets (e.g., the oil and gas sector), changing customer needs and long sales cycles for our enterprise fleet management solutions. See “Factors Affecting Our Performance”, for more information on these factors.
We intend to grow our revenue by adding new customers, selling more subscriptions to existing customers, and expanding our customer base to include industry sectors, customer segments and geographic regions beyond those that we currently serve. We also intend to expand our Adjusted EBITDA margins as we move out of the investment cycle we have been in since the IPO and we expect to unlock economies of scale as a result of strong cost management and ongoing subscription revenue growth.

49





Key Financial and Operating Metrics
In addition to financial metrics based on our consolidated financial statements, we monitor our business operations using various financially and non-financially derived metrics. The following table presents these metrics.
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(In thousands, except basic adjusted earnings per share and subscriber data)
Subscription revenue
 

$92,445

 

R1,239,914

 

R1,158,229

 

R998,335

Adjusted EBITDA
 
22,489

 
301,613

 
277,215

 
282,994

Basic adjusted earnings per share ($/R)
 

$0.01

 

R0.17

 

R0.11

 

R0.13

Subscribers
 
622,062

 
622,062

 
566,177

 
512,344

Subscription Revenue
Subscription revenue represents subscription fees for our solutions, which include the use of our SaaS fleet management solutions, connectivity, and in many cases, our in-vehicle devices. Our subscription revenue is driven primarily by the number of subscribers and the monthly price per subscriber, which varies depending on the services and features customers require, hardware options, customer size and geographic location.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is one of the profit measures reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). We define Adjusted EBITDA as the profit for the period before income taxes, net finance income/(costs) including foreign exchange gains/(losses), depreciation of property, plant and equipment including capitalized customer in-vehicle devices, amortization of intangible assets including capitalized in-house development costs and intangible assets identified as part of a business combination, share-based compensation costs, transaction costs arising from the acquisition of a business or investigating strategic alternatives, restructuring costs, profits/(losses) on the disposal or impairments of assets or subsidiaries, certain non-recurring IPO costs, insurance reimbursements relating to impaired assets and certain litigation costs. A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year is included in “Item 3A. Selected Financial and Operating Data”.
Adjusted Earnings per share
Adjusted earnings is defined as profit attributable to owners of the parent excluding net foreign exchange gains/(losses) net of tax. A reconciliation of basic adjusted earnings per share to basic earnings per share is included in “Item 3A. Selected Financial and Operating Data”.
Subscribers
Subscribers represent the total number of discrete services we provide to customers at the end of the period.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Subscription Revenue Accounting for a Greater Component of Revenue
We are focused on growing our recurring subscription revenue base and entering into more fully bundled deals. As a result of an increase in the total subscriber base, and due to existing subscribers moving to fully-bundled subscriptions in fiscal year 2017, subscription revenue is increasing as a percentage of revenue. In fiscal year 2017, subscription-based revenues accounted for 80.5% of our total revenues, up from 79.1% in 2016 and 71.9% in 2015. We expect to see this trend continue as we grow our base of subscribers, increase the number of fully-bundled subscriptions, maintain our investment in sales and marketing and continue to attract new subscribers by reducing the upfront investment required by our customers and by introducing attractive new features and services. As we continue to strengthen our position as a leading global SaaS telematics provider, we expect the increasing shift towards fully bundled solutions, which do not require upfront hardware purchases, to continue and contribute to this trend going forward.

50





Lower hardware sales volumes
    As mentioned above, we continue to see a shift toward fully bundled contracts, which do not require upfront hardware purchases. For further information, refer to “5D. Trend Information”.
The table below shows hardware revenue and hardware gross margin generated for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015. In the short term, the trend toward fully bundled contracts has a negative impact on our earnings growth due to the hardware revenue initially forfeited . In the long term, we believe that the shift to bundled contracts will enhance shareholder value should the contracts go through a renewal cycle.
The marginal increase in hardware revenues in fiscal year 2017 resulted from the Europe segment where hardware revenue was R12.5 million higher than in fiscal year 2016 due to a limited number of large enterprise fleet orders received from dealers. With the exception of Europe and Brazil where hardware revenue was marginally higher, all the other operating segments recognized lower hardware revenues in fiscal year 2017.
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(In thousands, except subscriber data)
Hardware revenue
 

$16,575

 

R222,315

 

R221,306

 

R298,680

% movement
 
 
 
0.5
%
 
(25.9
%)
 
(8.6
%)
Hardware gross margin %
 
 
 
53.7
%
 
54.9
%
 
52.4
%
Improved economies of scale
We expect increased subscription revenue growth combined with ongoing cost management to improve our profitability going forward. Since our U.S. IPO we have invested heavily in research and development, sales and marketing and have significantly increased the number of bundled solutions sold to customers, which had a short term muting effect on our revenues. In future, we expect to see improved Adjusted EBITDA margins as we start to benefit from these historical investments.
Fluctuations in the value of the South African Rand, our financial reporting currency
The South African Rand is the financial reporting currency for our business operations. Currency fluctuations in the South African Rand may positively or negatively impact our reported income and expenses due to the effects of translating the functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries into Rand at different average exchange rates. Accordingly, some of the changes in the reported operating results are attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates and do not necessarily reflect the underlying operating results. However, at an operating profit level, the impact of exchange rate fluctuations arising during the translation to South African Rands has not had a material impact in fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015.
In fiscal year 2017, the Rand weakened by 2.0% against the U.S. Dollar and strengthened by 10.7% against the British Pound, as shown in the table below.
 
Average exchange rate for Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
South African Rand for U.S. Dollars (per $1.00)
14.06

 
13.78

 
11.06

% movement
2.0
%
 
24.6
%
 
9.3
%
South African Rand for British Pound (per £1.00)
18.42

 
20.63

 
17.82

% movement
(10.7
%)
 
15.8
%
 
10.6
%
We expect continued exchange rate volatility in the South African Rand against other major currencies. We provide detailed information about historical U.S. Dollar/South African Rand exchange rates in “Item 3A. Selected Financial and Operating Data” and for more information regarding our foreign currency exchange risk refer to “Item 11. Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk - Foreign Currency Exchange Risk”.

51





Mix of Subscribers with Different Revenue and Cost Economics
We offer services to a wide range of customers, from large enterprise vehicle fleets to small fleet operators and consumers. The subscription revenue and cost per subscriber and the subscriber retention pattern differ by type of subscriber. For example, our entry-level consumer solution, Beam-e, is characterized by lower revenue and lower cost per subscriber compared to our large enterprise solutions. Small fleet and consumer customers will enter into and terminate contracts much more frequently than our enterprise customers, thereby affecting subscriber retention. As the mix of our subscriber base evolves, the average revenue per subscriber and average cost per subscriber is likely to change.
Varying Economic Conditions in our Markets
We seek to capitalize on opportunities and manage risks in our key markets, which are geographically dispersed with customers located in approximately 120 countries worldwide. Overall, we believe that our presence across multiple geographic markets and our exposure to multiple economies provides us with diversification from the risk of changing economic conditions in any one country or region. Other macroeconomic factors, such as expectations for future crude oil and natural gas prices, affect our customers’ spending habits. Prolonged or substantial declines in crude oil and/or natural gas prices, or the perception that such prices will decrease in the future, negatively impacts our net subscriber growth and hardware sales in this sector. In addition to macroeconomic changes, performance in any given region may vary due to multiple factors, including growth in subscribers, the overall profile of the customer base (for example, in Africa, we have a significant consumer subscriber base), the services and hardware options selected by particular subscribers and our distribution strategy in the region.
Changes in regional conditions require management to formulate strategic responses that safeguard our financial position and maintain our balanced approach to producing revenue growth, profitability and cash flow. For example, during fiscal year 2017, we implemented restructuring activities in the Europe and the Middle East and Australia segments; in fiscal year 2016, we implemented restructuring activities in Brazil; and, in fiscal year 2015, we implemented restructuring activities in Africa and the Middle East and Australia segments. These restructuring activities adjusted the cost structures in these regions to levels appropriate for current market conditions.
Changing Customer Needs
The Company has noted a blending of product and service types in the various geographies in which it operates and has identified this as an opportunity to increase subscription revenue growth by the addition of new products and services in certain of the regions in which we operate. For example, in the fiscal 2016 year, we started rolling out Journey Management in the Middle East and Africa, and have also extended our Hours of Service solution into Africa, Australia and Brazil. In the second half of fiscal year 2017, we also introduced a new MiX Tabs solution aimed at customers who wish to leverage their investment in our premium fleet solution to do cost effective asset tracking.

For a discussion of material changes in our segment revenue that have impacted our financial results for the periods presented, see “Item 5A. Operating Results”.
Long Sales Cycle for Our Enterprise Fleet Management Solutions
From period to period, our revenues may fluctuate depending upon the customer contracts we have secured. The typical sales cycle for large enterprise fleet management solutions contracts may be long, especially by comparison to the sales cycle for our consumer solutions. It may also be difficult for us to predict the timing of when we will enter into enterprise fleet management contracts.
Longer sales cycles for large contracts, for both customers who purchase in-vehicle devices and those who opt for the fully bundled option, may affect the comparability of financial results in certain segments. Our revenue may fluctuate from period to period depending on the level and timing of hardware sales, while subscription revenue growth is also impacted by the timing of the rollout of large enterprise fleets. We are seeking to mitigate these long sales cycles and the associated volatility by enhancing our sales pipeline management process, by maintaining our sales and marketing investment levels and by diversifying our customer segment focus.
Basis of Presentation and Key Components of Our Results of Operations
In fiscal year 2017, we managed our business in six segments which include Africa, Americas, Brazil, Europe and the Middle East and Australasia (our regional sales offices (“RSOs”)), and our Central Services Organization (“CSO”). CSO

52





is our central services organization that wholesales our products and services to our RSOs who, in turn, interface with our end-customers, distributors and dealers. CSO is also responsible for the development of our hardware and software platforms and provides common marketing, product management, technical and distribution support to each of our other operating segments.
The CODM reviews the segment results on an integral margin basis as defined by management. In respect of revenue, this method of measurement entails reviewing the segment results based on external revenue only. In respect of Adjusted EBITDA (the profit measure identified by the CODM), the margin generated by CSO, net of any unrealized intercompany profit, is allocated to the geographic region where the external revenue is recorded by our RSOs. The costs remaining in CSO relate mainly to research and development of hardware and software platforms, common marketing, product management and technical and distribution support to each of the RSOs. CSO is a reportable segment of the Group because it produces discrete financial information which is reviewed by the CODM and has the ability to generate external revenues.
Each RSO’s results therefore reflect the external revenue earned, as well as the Adjusted EBITDA earned (or loss incurred) by each operating segment before the remaining CSO and corporate costs allocations. Segment assets are not disclosed because such segment information is not reviewed by the CODM.
Revenue
The majority of our revenue is subscription-based. Consequently, growth in subscribers influences our subscription revenue growth. However, other factors, including, but not limited to, the types of new subscribers we add and the timing of entry into subscription contracts also play a significant role. The price and terms of our customer subscription contracts vary based on a number of factors, including fleet size, hardware options, geographic region and distribution channel. In addition, we derive revenue from the sale of in-vehicle devices, which are used to collect, generate and transmit the data used to enable our SaaS solutions.
Our customer contracts typically have a three to five year initial term. Following the initial term, most fleet customers elect to renew for fixed terms ranging from one to five years. Our third party dealers are typically billed monthly based on active connections. Some of our customer agreements, including our consumer subscriptions, provide for automatic monthly or yearly renewals unless the customer elects not to renew its subscription. Our consumer customer contracts in South Africa are governed by the Consumer Protection Act, which allows customers to cancel without paying the full balance of the contract amount. Our fleet contracts and our customer contracts outside of South Africa are generally non-cancellable.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales associated with our subscription revenue consists primarily of costs related to cellular communications, infrastructure hosting, third-party data providers, service contract maintenance costs, commission paid to third party dealers or distributors, amortization of capitalized software development costs and depreciation of our capitalized installed in-vehicle devices. Cost of sales associated with our hardware revenue includes the cost of the in-vehicle devices, cost of hardware warranty, shipping costs, custom duties, commission paid to third party dealers or distributors, and amortization of capitalized hardware development costs. We capitalize the cost of in-vehicle devices utilized to service customers, for customers electing our bundled option, and we depreciate these costs from the date of installation over their expected useful lives.
We expect that cost of sales as a percentage of revenue will vary from period to period depending on our revenue mix, including the proportion of our revenue attributable to our subscription-based services. The cost of sales related to the amortization of capitalized development costs are relatively fixed in nature and not directly related to the number of subscribers. However, the majority of the other components of our cost of sales are variable and are affected by the number of subscribers, the composition of our subscriber base, and the number of new subscriptions sold in the period.

53





Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and wages, commissions paid to employees, travel-related expenses, and advertising and promotional costs. We pay our sales employees commissions based on achieving subscription targets and we expense commission costs as incurred. Advertising costs consist primarily of costs for print, radio and television advertising, promotions, public relations, customer events, tradeshows and sponsorships. We expense advertising costs as incurred. We plan to continue to invest in sales and marketing in order to grow our sales and build brand and category awareness. While we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute terms, we expect the expense to remain relatively constant as a percentage of revenue i.e. 11% to 12% of revenue.
Administration and Other Charges
Administration and other charges consist primarily of salaries and wages for administrative staff, travel costs, professional fees (including audit and legal fees), real estate leasing costs, expensed research and development costs and depreciation of fixed assets including vehicles and office equipment and amortization of intangible assets. We expect that administration and other charges will increase in absolute terms as we continue to grow our business.
Taxes
In fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 our effective tax rates were 18.1% , 36.9%, and 35.4% respectively. Taxation mainly consists of normal statutory income tax paid or payable and deferred tax on any temporary differences.
Our effective tax rate may vary primarily according to the mix of profits made in various jurisdictions and section 11D allowances relating to the deduction of research and development tax incentives by MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited. Further information on this is disclosed in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements. In addition, our effective tax rate may be impacted by certain non-deductible/(non-taxable) foreign exchange movements. As a result, significant variances in future periods may occur.
Our Americas, Brazilian, European and Middle East and Australasia operations have generated cumulative tax losses for which we have not recognized a deferred tax asset. These losses will be utilized going forward against any taxable profits generated in these segments. The losses available to be utilized at March 31, 2017, are R133.8 million, of which R74.0 million relates to our European operations. During fiscal 2017, we raised a deferred tax asset of R5.3 million in respect of a portion of the tax losses available in the Europe segment. These tax losses were incurred in prior years. Since fiscal 2015, the entity started returning to profitability resulting in a re-assessment of its ability to utilize the tax losses and the recognition of a deferred tax asset for a portion thereof.
Constant Currency Information
Constant currency information has been presented in the sections below to illustrate the impact of changes in currency rates on the Group’s results. The constant currency information has been determined by adjusting the current financial reporting year’s results to the prior year’s average exchange rates, determined as the average of the monthly exchange rates applicable to the year. The measurement has been performed for each of the Group’s currencies, including the U.S. Dollar and British Pound. The constant currency growth percentage has been calculated by utilizing the constant currency results compared to the prior year results.

The constant currency information represents non-IFRS information. We believe this provides the best basis to measure the performance of our business as it removes distortion from the effects of foreign currency movements during the period.

54





5A. OPERATING RESULTS
The following table sets forth certain consolidated income statement data:
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(In thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
Revenue

$114,823

 

R1,540,058

 

R1,465,021

 

R1,389,380

Cost of sales
(37,188
)
 
(498,785
)
 
(439,305
)
 
(449,663
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit
77,635

 
1,041,273

 
1,025,716

 
939,717

Sales and marketing
(13,540
)
 
(181,601
)
 
(203,767
)
 
(171,948
)
Administration and other charges (1)
(53,816
)
 
(721,810
)
 
(682,865
)
 
(617,908
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit
10,279

 
137,862

 
139,084

 
149,861

Finance income/(cost) - net
775

 
10,391

 
150,327

 
80,778

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit before taxation
11,054

 
148,253

 
289,411

 
230,639

Taxation
(1,999
)
 
(26,812
)
 
(106,920
)
 
(81,623
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit for the year

$9,055

 

R121,441

 

R182,491

 

R149,016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owners of the parent

$9,056

 
121,458

 
182,989

 
149,622

Non-controlling interests
(1
)
 
(17
)
 
(498
)
 
(606
)
 

$9,055

 

R121,441

 

R182,491

 

R149,016


(1)  
Includes other income/(expenses) – net.

Results of Operations for Fiscal Year 2017 Compared to Fiscal Year 2016
Revenue
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
% Change
 
(In thousands, except for percentages)
Subscription revenue

$92,445

 

R1,239,914

 

R1,158,229

 
7.1
%
Hardware sales
16,575

 
222,315

 
221,306

 
0.5
%
Other
5,803

 
77,829

 
85,486

 
(9.0
%)
 

$114,823

 

R1,540,058

 

R1,465,021

 
5.1
%

Our total revenue increased by R75.0 million, or 5.1% , from fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2017. The principal factors affecting our revenue growth included:
Subscription revenue, which grew by R81.7 million, or 7.1% . Subscription revenue represented 80.5% of our total revenue for fiscal year 2017 compared to 79.1% for the prior year. Our growth in subscription revenue is primarily attributable to an increase in subscribers, which increased by 9.9% from 566,177 at March 31, 2016, to 622,062 at March 31, 2017, and the effect of the weaker South African Rand, which added R5.3 million, or 0.5%, to our subscription revenue as a result of translating the results of our foreign operations to South African Rand at a higher average rate in the 2017 fiscal year (refer to “Factors Affecting our Performance” above). Overall, there was no significant fluctuation in our average revenue per user (“ARPU”), on a constant currency basis. In certain regions particularly Brazil and the Americas, our fleet ARPUs have started to increase as a result of higher levels of bundled deals. Further information in this regard is shown below as part of the discussion of third party revenue and subscription revenue by geography.
Hardware revenue increased marginally by R1.0 million, or 0.5% , from fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2017. Due to certain large enterprise fleet orders received, hardware revenue was R12.5 million higher than in fiscal year 2016

55





in our Europe segment. With the exception of Europe and Brazil, where hardware revenue was marginally higher, all the other operating segments recognized lower hardware revenues in fiscal year 2017.
Other revenue declined by R7.7 million, or 9.0% , from fiscal year 2017 to fiscal year 2016. The decrease is primarily related to a decline in installation revenue of R7.7 million, mainly resulting from the Africa segment.

A breakdown of total third party revenue and subscription revenue is shown in the table below:
 
 
For the Year Ended March 31,
 
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Total Revenue
 
Subscription Revenue
Africa
 

$64,057

 

R859,169

 

R807,907

 

$57,575

 

R772,224

 

R711,208

Europe
 
13,222

 
177,331

 
161,987

 
8,442

 
113,223

 
110,251

Americas
 
11,961

 
160,419

 
156,940

 
9,056

 
121,462

 
115,413

Middle East and Australasia
 
22,699

 
304,450

 
313,927

 
14,872

 
199,474

 
202,163

Brazil
 
2,819

 
37,811

 
23,129

 
2,435

 
32,653

 
18,063

CSO
 
65

 
878

 
1,131

 
65

 
878

 
1,131

Total
 

$114,823

 

R1,540,058

 

R1,465,021

 

$92,445

 

R1,239,914

 

R1,158,229

The Africa segment was the main contributor to our revenue growth in fiscal year 2017. In the Africa segment, total revenue grew by R51.3 million, or 6.3%, primarily due to an increase in subscription revenue of R61.0 million, or 8.6%. The increase in the segment’s subscription revenue was driven by a 11.2% increase in subscribers in fiscal year 2017. Hardware and other revenue declined by R9.7 million or 10.1% as there was a significant contract rollout in the leasing sector which included the upfront purchase and installation of in-vehicle devices by the customer during fiscal year 2016.
Total revenue in the Europe segment increased by R15.3 million, or 9.5%, in South African Rand terms. Subscription revenue growth was 8.9% on a constant currency basis and driven primarily by a 6.9% increase in the subscriber base in fiscal year 2017. Total revenue increased on a constant currency basis by 16.0% due to the increase in subscription revenue as well as increased hardware revenue compared to fiscal 2016. This constant currency growth was offset by the strengthening of the Rand against the British Pound.
Total revenue in the Americas segment increased by R3.5 million, or 2.2%, in South African Rand terms. The subscriber base declined by 0.2% due to customer fleet size contraction in the oil and gas sector in the first half of fiscal year 2017. Despite this contraction, subscription revenue increased by 3.2% on a constant currency basis as subscription revenue was assisted by the market’s preference for bundled deals across new and existing customers. This strong shift toward bundled deals has directly resulted in a reduction of hardware revenues. Total revenue grew by 0.2% on a constant currency basis. In the second half of fiscal 2017, trading conditions in the oil and gas sector improved and, as a consequence, the subscriber base grew by 11.4% during that period.
Total revenue in the Middle East and Australasia segment declined by R9.5 million, or 3.0%, in South African Rand terms. Subscription revenue declined by 4.2% in constant currency despite a 2.5% increase in subscribers in fiscal year 2017. The overall decline in subscription revenue is attributable to economic headwinds experienced by the segment, due to its primary focus being on the mining and oil and gas sectors which resulted in decreased spending by fleets with higher ARPUs and downward pressure on subscription prices resulted in a decline in the segment’s overall ARPU. Total revenue declined by 5.9% on a constant currency basis, as hardware revenue was also lower than in fiscal 2016.
Total revenue in the Brazil segment increased by R14.7 million, or 63.5%, in South African Rand terms. On a constant currency basis, subscription revenue increased by 63.0% in fiscal year 2017 due to a 40.3% increase in subscribers in fiscal year 2017, and the majority of new deals being concluded on a bundled basis. Subscription revenue grew by R14.6 million, or 80.8%, in South African Rand terms.

56





Cost of Sales
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
% Change
 
(In thousands, except for percentages)
Cost of sales

$37,188

 

R498,785

 

R439,305

 
13.5
%
Gross profit margin
67.6
%
 
67.6
%
 
70.0
%
 
 
Gross profit margin - subscription
72.7
%
 
72.7
%
 
75.8
%
 
 
Gross profit margin - hardware
53.7
%
 
53.7
%
 
54.9
%
 
 
Compared to an increase in total revenue of R75.0 million, or 5.1% , cost of sales increased by R59.5 million, or 13.5% , from fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2017. This resulted in a lower gross profit margin of 67.6% in fiscal year 2017.
Subscription revenue, which generates a higher gross profit margin than hardware and other revenue, contributed 80.5% of total revenue compared to 79.1% in fiscal year 2016. During fiscal 2017, subscription revenue gross profit margins were lower than in fiscal 2016. Increased infrastructure costs due to the commencement of our transition from legacy data centers, where we owned certain equipment, toward cloud-based infrastructure and services were the most significant contributor to the decline. This transition also supports the roll out of our new back-end platform, MiX Lightning, and new products such as MiX Journey Management, MiX Hours of Service and MiX Go, which we expect to drive increased ARPU as well as accelerated subscriber growth.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing costs decreased by R22.2 million, or 10.9% , from fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2017. This was a direct result of strict cost management resulting in declines of R12.1 million, R4.8 million, R2.6 million and R1.1 million in employee costs, advertising spend, travel costs and training, respectively. In fiscal year 2017, sales and marketing costs represented 11.8% of revenue compared to 13.9% of revenue in fiscal 2016, which are aligned with our estimates contained in our Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, where we advised that in future periods we expected these costs to remain relatively constant as a percentage of revenue i.e.11% to 12% of revenue.
Administration and Other Expenses
Administration and other charges (including other income/(expenses)-net) increased by R38.9 million, or 5.7% , from fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2017. This increase was the result of a R35.1 million increase in employee costs consisting of R14.0 million due to cost of living adjustments, R6.3 million due to headcount movements and staff promotions and an increase of R21.1 million in bonus expenses, offset by declines in share-based payment expense and other employee costs of R2.4 million and R3.9 million, respectively. In addition, restructuring costs of R15.0 million were provided for in respect of restructuring plans implemented by the Europe and Middle East and Australasia segments. Refer to note 19 of the consolidated financial statements for further details on the restructuring plans. A R4.9 million increase in the bad debt provision also contributed to the cost increase. These increases were offset by reductions in travel costs, asset impairments and costs arising from investigating strategic alternatives incurred in fiscal year 2016 without similar costs in 2017, of R7.8 million, R2.4 million and R5.0 million, respectively. Details of the transaction costs arising from investigating strategic alternatives incurred in fiscal year 2016 are described in note 23 of the consolidated financial statements.
Finance Income/(Costs)—Net
Our net finance income was R10.4 million in fiscal year 2017, a decrease of 93.1% compared to net finance income of R150.3 million in fiscal year 2016. Net finance income in fiscal year 2017, included net foreign exchange gains of R1.5 million compared to net foreign exchange gains of R144.0 million in fiscal year 2016. Net foreign exchange gains in fiscal year 2016, included R143.6 million relating to a foreign exchange gain on the IPO proceeds which were maintained in U.S. Dollars during the 2016 fiscal year and were therefore sensitive to R:$ exchange rate movements. This number decreased in 2017 due to the conversion of a portion of the USD IPO proceeds to Rands to facilitate the fiscal 2017 share repurchase transaction further described below.
Finance income relating to cash and cash equivalents increased by R6.8 million, or 92.7%, largely due to R477.6 million from the USD IPO proceeds being converted to Rands during fiscal year 2017. These Rand funds were placed

57





on call until the end of August 2016, when R473.7 million of the funds were utilized to effect the fiscal 2017 share repurchase transaction (Refer to “Item 7B. Related Party Transactions” for details on the specific repurchase from a related party). R5.7 million of interest income was earned while these funds were on call. The IPO proceeds were maintained primarily in U.S. Dollars during the 2016 fiscal year and interest was earned at marginal interest rates.
Finance costs increased by R3.8 million in fiscal year 2017 mainly due to the discounting impact of R3.2 million related to the fiscal 2017 share repurchase transaction (Refer to “Item 7B. Related Party Transactions” for details on the specific repurchase from a related party).
We manage interest as a net cost and, when we have surplus cash available, we prepay our debt facilities when permissible or deposit cash in interest-bearing accounts.
Taxation
 
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
% Change
 
(In thousands, except for percentages)
Taxation
$1,999
 
R26,812
 
R106,920
 
(74.9
%)
Effective tax rate
18.1
%
 
18.1
%
 
36.9
%
 
 

Taxation expense decreased by R80.1 million, or 74.9%, while our effective tax rate decreased by 18.8% to 18.1% in fiscal year 2017. A reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the South African corporate tax rate of 28% for both fiscal years 2017 and 2016, together with additional information on the section 11D allowances relating to the deduction of research and development tax incentives by MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited, is presented in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements. The recognition of a deferred tax asset in respect of historical tax losses in the Europe segment of R5.3 million and a R9.7 million benefit from section 11D research and development allowances, reduced the effective tax rate by 10.2%. In fiscal year 2017 the effective tax rate also declined by 10.6% as a result of certain non-taxable foreign exchange movements. In fiscal 2016 non-deductible foreign exchange differences increased the tax rate by 3.2%. Further information is set out in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements. Note that the deferred tax not recognized on assessed losses in fiscal year 2017, as disclosed in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements, relates primarily to the Americas segment.


Results of Operations for Fiscal Year 2016 Compared to Fiscal Year 2015
Revenue
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
 
(In thousands, except for percentages)
Subscription revenue

R1,158,229

 

R998,335

 
16.0
%
Hardware sales
221,306

 
298,680

 
(25.9
%)
Other
85,486

 
92,365

 
(7.4
%)
 

R1,465,021

 

R1,389,380

 
5.4
%

Our total revenue increased by R75.6 million, or 5.4%, from fiscal year 2015 to fiscal year 2016. The principal factors affecting our revenue growth included:
Subscription revenue, which grew by R159.9 million, or 16.0%. Subscription revenue represented 79.1% of our total revenue for fiscal year 2016 compared to 71.9% for the prior year. Our growth in subscription revenue is primarily attributable to an increase in subscribers, which increased by 10.5% from 512,344 at March 31, 2015, to 566,177 at March 31, 2016, and the effect of the weaker South African Rand, which added R63.0 million, or 6.3%, to our subscription revenue as a result of translating the results of our foreign operations to South African Rand at a higher average rate in the 2016 fiscal year (refer to “Factors Affecting our Performance” above). The acquisition of Compass by our Africa segment in November 2014 added R29.0 million, or 2.9%, to our subscription revenue.

58





Its results were consolidated for the full 2016 fiscal year compared to being included for five months in the 2015 fiscal year. There was no significant fluctuation in our average revenue per user (“ARPU”), on a constant currency basis, across our asset tracking and fleet offerings.
Hardware revenue declined by R77.4 million, or 25.9%, from fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2015. The decrease in hardware revenue is attributable to a combination of factors, including the continued shift toward bundled subscriptions which do not require upfront hardware purchases and lower sales activity in the oil and gas sector.
Other revenue declined by R6.9 million, or 7.4% , from fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2015. The decrease is primarily related to reduced driver training revenue, which is directly linked to customers in the oil and gas sector.
A breakdown of total third party revenue and subscription revenue is shown in the table below:
 
 
For the Year Ended March 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Total Revenue
 
Subscription Revenue
Africa
 

R807,907

 

R709,928

 

R711,208

 

R632,809

Europe
 
161,987

 
160,249

 
110,251

 
87,850

Americas
 
156,940

 
166,359

 
115,413

 
97,833

Middle East and Australasia
 
313,927

 
328,527

 
202,163

 
166,243

Brazil
 
23,129

 
23,051

 
18,063

 
12,682

CSO
 
1,131

 
1,266

 
1,131

 
918

Total
 

R1,465,021

 

R1,389,380

 

R1,158,229

 

R998,335

The Africa segment was the main contributor to our revenue growth in fiscal year 2016. In the Africa segment, revenue grew by R98.0 million, or 13.8%, primarily due to an increase in subscription revenue of R78.4 million, or 12.4%. The increase in the segment’s subscription revenue was driven by a 13.6% increase in subscribers in fiscal year 2016, as well as the additional subscription revenue of R29.0 million from the Compass acquisition. Hardware and other revenue also grew by R19.6 million, or 25.4%, due to the roll out of a significant contract in the leasing sector which included the upfront purchase of in-vehicle devices by the customer.
Revenue in the Europe segment increased by R1.7 million, or 1.1%, in South African Rand terms. The increase is attributable to the weakening of the Rand against the British Pound. Despite the increased subscription revenue, total revenue declined by 10.3% on a constant currency basis due to lower hardware revenues. Subscription revenue growth was 11.0% on a constant currency basis and driven primarily by a 13.6% increase in subscribers in fiscal year 2016.
Revenue in the Brazil segment increased marginally by R0.1 million, or 0.3%, in South African Rand terms. Subscription revenue grew by R5.4 million, or 42.4%, in Rand terms due to a 27.4% increase in subscribers in fiscal year 2016, and the majority of new deals being concluded on a bundled basis. On a constant currency basis, subscription revenue increased by 66.8% in fiscal year 2016. The shift to bundled deals was primarily responsible for the R5.3 million, or 51.1%, reduction in hardware and other revenue in the segment in Rand terms during the 2016 fiscal year.
Revenue in the Americas segment declined by R9.4 million, or 5.7%, in South African Rand terms. Subscription revenue declined by 5.3% on a constant currency basis, while total revenue declined by 24.2% on a constant currency basis. The subscriber base declined by 8.9% due to customer fleet size contraction in the oil and gas sector. The Americas segment has historically sold hardware and associated services to their oil and gas customers. During fiscal year 2016, two large customers re-signed their contracts on a bundled service basis (as opposed to purchasing the hardware required to upgrade to the 3G network up front), and the new Halliburton contract is also a bundled services contract. This strong shift toward bundled deals has directly resulted in a reduction of hardware revenues.
Revenue in the Middle East and Australasia segment declined by R14.6 million, or 4.4%, in South African Rand terms. Revenue declined by 17.3% on a constant currency basis, primarily as a result of lower hardware revenues. Subscription revenue increased by 6.9% in constant currency despite a 2.5% decline in subscribers in fiscal year 2016. The overall decline in subscribers and lower hardware revenue is attributable to economic headwinds experienced by the segment due to its primary focus being on the natural resources and oil and gas sectors.

59





Cost of Sales
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
 
(In thousands, except for percentages)
Cost of sales

R439,305

 

R449,663

 
(2.3
%)
Gross profit margin
70.0
%
 
67.6
%
 
 
Gross profit margin - subscription
75.8
%
 
76.2
%
 
 
Gross profit margin - hardware
54.9
%
 
52.4
%
 
 
Compared to an increase in total revenue of R75.6 million, or 5.4%, cost of sales decreased by R10.4 million, or 2.3%, from fiscal year 2015 to fiscal year 2016. This resulted in an increased gross profit margin of 70.0% in fiscal year 2016. Subscription revenue, which generates a higher gross profit margin than hardware and other revenue, contributed 79.1% of total revenue compared to 71.9% in fiscal year 2015.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing costs increased by R31.8 million, or 18.5%, from fiscal year 2015 to fiscal year 2016. This increase was mainly as a the result of a R30.2 million, or 28.1%, increase in employee costs consisting of R11.0 million relating to the effect of the weaker South African Rand, R7.4 million relating primarily to an annual average of eight additional sales and marketing staff throughout fiscal year 2016, internal staff promotions and structural changes, R6.7 million relating to increased bonus and commission expenses, R2.2 million due to cost of living adjustments, and other increases of R2.9 million, none of which were individually significant.
Administration and Other Expenses
Administration and other charges (including other income/(expenses)-net) increased by R65.0 million, or 10.5%, from fiscal year 2015 to fiscal year 2016. This increase was the result of a R33.2 million, or 8.7%, increase in employee costs consisting of R29.3 million attributable to the effect of the weaker South African Rand, R9.1 million due to cost of living adjustments, R6.7 million primarily due to the net addition of 58 employees, internal staff promotions and structural changes and a R8.5 million increase in the bonus expense, while a further increase of R4.9 million relates to the inclusion of the Compass acquisition for the full fiscal year 2016. These increases were offset by a reduction of employee costs of R22.7 million as a result of a restructuring exercise undertaken in the third quarter of fiscal year 2015 and a decrease of R2.6 million in the share-based payment expense (refer to note 23 of the consolidated financial statements for further details of the equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payments expenses charged to the income statement).
In addition to the employee cost increase, development cost expenses, communication costs, information technology costs, transaction costs arising from investigating strategic alternatives, travel costs and total asset impairments increased by R10.9 million, R9.8 million, R6.6 million, R5.0 million, R4.0 million and R3.1 million, respectively. For further details on our research and development activities please refer to “4B. Business Overview”. During the year, excess short messaging services costs, in relation to misappropriated sim cards, were incurred. At March 31, 2016 we were in negotiations with the supplier to settle this cost, which has been included in Other provisions in note 19 to the consolidated financial statements. This was the primary reason for the increase in communication costs. Increased software licensing costs were the primary contributor to the increase in information technology costs. Details of the transaction costs arising from investigating strategic alternatives are described in note 23 of the consolidated financial statements. These increases were partially offset by decreases from non-recurring restructuring costs of R11.6 million and litigation costs of R7.9 million relating to the Inthinc Technologies Solutions, Inc. lawsuit (as described in note 23 of the consolidated financial statements) in fiscal year 2015. In addition to the employee costs described in the paragraph above, the Compass acquisition in November 2014 resulted in increased administration costs of R9.0 million due to the inclusion of the costs for the full fiscal year 2016. Included in this increase is R4.8 million in amortization of the brand name and customer relationships identified as part of the purchase price allocation. The impact of the Compass costs have not been included in the variances described above.

60





Finance Income/(Costs)—Net
Our net finance income was R150.3 million in fiscal year 2016, an increase of 86.1% compared to net finance income of R80.8 million in fiscal year 2015. Net finance income in fiscal year 2016, included net foreign exchange gains of R144.0 million compared to net foreign exchange gains of R73.5 million in fiscal year 2015. Net foreign exchange gains in fiscal year 2016, included R143.6 million relating to a foreign exchange gain on the IPO proceeds which were maintained in U.S. Dollars during the 2016 fiscal year and were therefore sensitive to R:$ exchange rate movements.
Finance income relating to cash and cash equivalents decreased by R1.3 million, or 15.2%, primarily as a result of a decline in Rand denominated cash resources expended on share repurchases and dividend payments. As the IPO proceeds were maintained in U.S. Dollars during the 2016 fiscal year, interest was earned at marginal interest rates.
We manage interest as a net cost and, when we have surplus cash available, we prepay our debt facilities when permissible or deposit cash in interest-bearing accounts. We generally do not repatriate cash earned outside of South Africa.
Taxation
 
For the year ended March 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
 
(In thousands, except for percentages)
Taxation
R106,920
 
R81,623
 
31.0
%
Effective tax rate
36.9
%
 
35.4
%
 
 

Taxation expense increased by R25.3 million, or 31.0%, while our effective tax rate increased by 1.5% to 36.9% in fiscal year 2016. A reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the South African corporate tax rate of 28% for both fiscal years 2016 and 2015, together with additional information on the uncertain tax position relating to the deduction of research and development tax incentives by MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited, is presented in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements. Note that the deferred tax not recognized on assessed losses in fiscal year 2016, as disclosed in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements, relates primarily to the Americas and Brazil operations. In fiscal year 2016 the effective tax rate also increased as a result of certain non-deductible foreign exchange movements which arise from the Company’s internal loan structures, the financial impact is set out in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements.

Inflation Risk
We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the last three fiscal years. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset these higher costs through price increases. Our inability to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
JOBS Act
The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an EGC. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an EGC we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things: (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation, which would not apply to us in any event so long as we remain a foreign private issuer. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following our August 2013 IPO or until we no longer meet the requirements of being an EGC, whichever is earlier.
While we will continue to evaluate the benefits of relying on these exemptions, we are currently applying the above exemptions allowed by the JOBS Act.

61





Critical Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Certain of our significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates are summarized below. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates.
Significant Accounting Policies
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods or services in the ordinary course of our activities. Revenue includes amounts earned on the sale of hardware, subscription sales and installation revenue. Revenue is shown net of discounts, value added tax, returns and after eliminating sales within the Group.
We offer certain arrangements whereby the customer can purchase a combination of the products and services as referred to above. Where such multiple element arrangements exist, the amount of revenue allocated to each element is based on the relative fair values of the various elements offered in the arrangement. When applying the relative fair value approach, the fair values of each element are determined based on the current market price of each of the elements when sold separately.
We recognize revenue when the amount of revenue can be measured reliably and it is probable that we will receive future economic benefits at the time when specific criteria have been met for each of our activities, as set forth below. We base our estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.
Subscription Revenue
Subscription revenue for our consumer products is invoiced in accordance with the terms of the respective contractual arrangements and is generally invoiced monthly in advance. Revenue is initially deferred and only recognized in the period in which the service is performed, which for the majority of contracts is the following month.
Subscription revenue for our fleet products is provided on a contracted price basis. Our customer contracts typically have a three to five year initial term. Following the initial term, most fleet customers elect to renew for fixed terms ranging from one to five years. Our third party dealers are primarily billed monthly based on active connections. Subscription revenue for fleet products is either billed in arrears or in advance. When billed in arrears, revenue is recognized in the month that the service is performed and when billed in advance, the revenue is initially deferred and only recognized in the period in which the service is provided. The majority of our subscription revenue for fleet products is billed in the month in which the service is performed.
Hardware Revenue
We recognize revenue from hardware sales once the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the purchaser. The risks and rewards of ownership typically transfer when legal title and possession is transferred to the buyer at receipt of the full purchase price of the hardware. Certain contractual arrangements require customer acceptance of the hardware after the hardware devices have been installed, and, in these cases, we recognize hardware revenue when customer acceptances have been received.
In addition to selling directly, we sell indirectly through our network of distributors and dealers. We distribute products to certain small fleet customers and individuals through distributors. Distributors act as agents and hardware revenue is only recognized when the distributor sells the hardware unit to the end customer. Once a unit is sold to a customer, the customer enters into a service agreement directly with us for the product. The obligation to supply the service rests with us and the credit risk rests with us. The service revenue is recognized when the service is rendered (i.e., on a monthly basis).
We also sell hardware to motor vehicle dealerships for installation into their vehicle trading stock. These dealerships purchase the hardware from us and are considered principals because they obtain title to the hardware and bear the risks and rewards of ownership. The buyer of the vehicle then enters into a service-only contract with us. Revenue is recognized upon sale of the hardware to the dealership and subscription revenue is recognized as the services are provided to the customer.
We distribute products to enterprise fleet customers through dealers. Dealers are considered principals in respect of the sale of hardware and revenue is recognized upon sale of the hardware unit to the dealer. Similar to the relationship

62





with small fleet customers originated through distributors, the responsibility for providing services rests with us and revenue is recognized as the service is rendered.
Hardware is invoiced when the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the purchaser or in arrangements where customer acceptance is required, invoices are issued upon receipt of customer acceptances.
Driver Training and Other Services
We recognize revenue at the contractual hourly/daily rate in the period during which the training is performed. Customers are typically invoiced in the month in which the service has occurred.
Installation Revenue
We recognize revenue earned from the installation of hardware in customer vehicles and invoice it separately once the installation has been completed. Due to the short time frame between delivery and installation (installation may occur on the delivery date), invoicing of the hardware and installation elements may occur at the same time.
Repair Services
Revenue in respect of repair services, which forms part of the monthly subscription, is recognized on a monthly basis over the period of the service arrangement.
Foreign Currency Translation
Functional and Presentation Currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of our entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). Our consolidated financial statements are presented in South African Rand, which is the Group’s presentation currency.
Transactions and Balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the respective entity’s functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the transaction dates or valuation date where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from year-end currency translations of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement.
Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities such as equities classified as available-for-sale, are included in other comprehensive income.
Group Companies
The results and financial position of all of our entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper-inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into South African Rand as follows:
assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that statement of financial position;
income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions);
all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income; and
equity items are measured in terms of historical cost at the time of recording, translated at the rate on the date of recording and are not retranslated to closing rates at reporting dates.

63





On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of net investments in foreign operations are taken into other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is fully disposed of or sold (i.e., control is lost), exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognized in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising in connection with the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognized in other comprehensive income.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Historical cost includes all expenditure directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to us and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. Repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement in the financial period in which they are incurred.
The cost of in-vehicle devices installed in vehicles (including installation and shipping costs) as well as the cost of uninstalled in-vehicle devices are capitalized as property, plant and equipment. We depreciate installed in-vehicle devices on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives (one to five years), commencing upon installation whereas uninstalled in-vehicle devices are not depreciated until installation. The related depreciation expense is recorded as part of cost of sales in the income statement.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to reduce their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful life.
Intangible Assets
Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of businesses and represents the excess of consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill on acquisition of businesses is included in intangible assets. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of the goodwill relating to the entity sold.
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. The carrying amount of the cash-generating unit (“CGU”) containing the goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value-in-use and the fair value less costs to sell. Impairment losses recognized as an expense in relation to goodwill are not subsequently reversed. Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the operating segment level.
Computer Software, Technology, In-House Software, Product Development and Customer Relationships
Acquired computer software licenses are capitalized on the basis of costs incurred to acquire and bring the software into use. The acquired computer software licenses have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. These costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives (one to five years).
In-house software and product development costs that are directly attributable to the design, testing and development of identifiable and unique software and products controlled by us are capitalized as intangible assets when it is feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use, management intends to complete the software product and use it or sell it, there is an ability to use or sell the software product, it can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits, adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and use or sell the software product are available and the expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.

64





Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of intangible assets include software and product development employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.
Other development expenditures that do not meet the criteria are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period if the criteria are subsequently met. Costs, including annual licenses, associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred. Technology, in-house software and product development costs are capitalized on the basis of costs incurred to acquire and bring them into use. The recognized assets have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. In addition, they are amortized over their estimated useful lives (one to 12 years).
Customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Customer relationships have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is calculated over the expected useful life of the customer relationship (three to 15.5 years) and reflects the pattern in which future economic benefits of the customer relationship are expected to be consumed. The useful life principally reflects management’s view of the average economic life of the customer base and is assessed by reference to factors such as customer churn rates.
Impairment of Non-Financial Assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life, such as goodwill, are not subject to amortization or depreciation but are tested annually for impairment or whenever there is an indication of impairment. Assets subject to amortization or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We recognize an impairment loss for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less cost to sell, and value in use. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value. For purposes of assessing impairment, we group assets at the operating segment level. At each reporting date, we review non-financial assets other than goodwill that have suffered an impairment for possible reversal of the impairment.
Impairment of financial assets
Loans and receivables
We assess, at the end of each reporting period, whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a “loss event”) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.
Evidence of impairment may include indications that the debtors or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization and where observable data indicates that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults.
For the loans and receivables category, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The asset’s carrying amount is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognized in the income statement. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract. As a practical expedient, we may measure impairment on the basis of an instrument’s fair value using an observable market price.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the income statement.

65





Trade Receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed. If collection is expected in one year or less they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets. Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.
Provisions
Provisions are recognized when we have a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event for which it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses. Provisions which are expected to be settled in a period greater than 12 months are discounted to their present value. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as an interest expense. Provision for the estimated liability on all products under warranty is made on the basis of claims experience. Provision for the estimated liability for maintenance costs is made on a per unit basis when the obligation to repair occurs. Provision for the anticipated costs associated with the restoration of leasehold property is based on our best estimate of those costs required to restore the property to its original condition. Restructuring provisions are recognized when we have developed a detailed formal plan for restructuring and have raised a valid expectation that we will carry out the restructuring. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring and is recorded in administration and other charges in our income statement.
Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements in Applying Accounting Policies
We continually evaluate estimates and judgements, which are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that we believe reasonable under the circumstances. We make estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. We outline below the estimates and assumptions that have significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.
Warranty Claims
We generally offer warranties on our hardware units. We estimate the related provision for future warranty claims based on historical claim information, as well as recent trends that might suggest that past claim information may differ from future claims.
Maintenance Provision
In some instances, we offer maintenance services as part of our revenue contracts. Management estimates the related provision for maintenance costs per vehicle when the obligation to repair occurs.
Current and Deferred Income Taxes
We are subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. Where applicable tax legislation is subject to interpretation, management makes assessments, based on expert tax advice, of the relevant tax that is likely to be paid and provides accordingly. When the final outcome is determined, any difference is recognized in the period in which the final outcome is determined.

Determining how much tax to recognize when an uncertain tax position exists requires judgement. The Company applies the measurement principle in IAS 12, ‘Income Taxes’, when measuring the amount of tax to recognize related to an uncertain tax position. Therefore we measure uncertain tax positions based on a weighted average estimate, taking into account all of the tax uncertainties related to the tax position taken.
Our interests in subsidiaries include certain loans denominated in foreign currencies which are repayable by agreement of both parties. Realization of such loans will result in taxable foreign exchange differences in accordance with prevailing legislation in South Africa. Although we control the timing of the reversal of these temporary differences, given the volatility of the South African Rand and based on our current assessment, it is considered probable that the temporary difference relating to a loan between us and a South Africa subsidiary will reverse in the foreseeable future. Hence, a deferred tax liability has been recognized in respect of these temporary differences.

66





We apply judgement when recognizing deferred tax assets in respect of tax losses. Deferred tax assets in respect of tax losses are recognized for the carry forward of unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax losses can be utilized. In determining the level of future taxable profit that will be available, we consider both an entity’s historical profitability and estimates of future profitability and recognize deferred tax for the whole or the part of the temporary difference that is more likely than not to be recovered. Where an entity has incurred historical losses, deferred tax assets are only recognized when the particular entity has shown a reasonable period of starting to return to profitability.
Impairment Estimates
We test annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. Other assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped into CGUs at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. The recoverable amount of CGUs has been based on value in use calculations that require the use of estimates. The calculation of each segment’s discounted net present value requires extensive use of estimates and assumptions about discount rates and forecasted cash flows. Actual results could be different. Future changes in assumptions or market conditions may negatively affect these discounted cash flows.
In note 6 and 7 of the consolidated financial statements we have disclosed the key assumptions used for the value in use calculations for all segments where impairment testing was performed. In the segments where goodwill impairment testing was performed, there was significant headroom between the recoverable amount per the value in use calculation and the carrying amount of the segment assets. As a result, management believes that a reasonable change in assumptions would not trigger any impairments.
Customer Relationships
The useful life principally reflects management’s view of the average economic life of the customer base and is assessed by reference to factors such as customer churn rates. An increase in churn rates may lead to a reduction in the estimated useful life.
Product Development Cost
Product development cost directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by us are recorded as intangible assets when the criteria in note 2.6 to our consolidated financial statements have been met. The assessment as to when these criteria have been met is subjective and capitalization has been based on management’s best judgement of facts and circumstances in existence at year end.
The useful lives of development costs capitalized are reviewed on an at least an annual basis. The useful life estimates are based on historical experience with similar assets as well as anticipation of future events such as technological changes, which may impact the useful life. The residual values of product development costs are estimated to be zero.
Provision for Impairment of Trade Receivables
The provision for impairment of trade receivables reflects our estimates of losses arising from the failure or inability of our customers to make required payments. The provision is based on the aging of customer accounts, customer creditworthiness and our historical write-off experience. Changes to the allowance may be required if the financial condition of our customers improves or deteriorates. Historically, changes to the estimate of losses have not been material to our financial position and results.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
There are no IFRS or International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee, or “IFRIC”, interpretations that are effective for the first time during fiscal year 2017 that had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

67





A number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after the financial year under review and have not been applied in fiscal year 2017. None of these is expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group, except for:
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (effective date: January 1, 2018)
IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’, addresses classification and measurement of financial assets and replaces the multiple classification and measurement models in IAS 39, ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ with a single model that has only two classification categories: amortized cost and fair value.
The IASB also introduced a new impairment model and also aligned hedge accounting more closely with an entity’s risk management. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and would therefore be applicable for the first time for the year ended March 31, 2019. Early adoption is permitted.
The most relevant change to us is the requirement to use an expected loss model instead of the incurred loss model which is currently being used when assessing the recoverability of trade and other receivables. The possible impact is to accelerate the timing of impairment loss recognition. Management is yet to assess the likely financial impact and other ancillary impacts that may flow from the standard.
IFRS 15 - Revenue from contracts with customers (effective date: January 1, 2018)
      IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’, replaces IAS 18, ‘Revenue’, which covers contracts for goods and services and IAS 11, ‘Construction contracts’ which covers construction contracts. It is a single, comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers and has the objective of achieving greater consistency in the recognition and presentation of revenue. In terms of the new standard, revenue is recognized based on the satisfaction of performance obligations, which occurs when control of goods or services transfers to a customer.

The revenue standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and therefore would be applicable for the first time for the year ended March 31, 2019. The standard permits a modified retrospective approach for the adoption (in addition to the full retrospective approach). Under this approach entities will recognize transitional adjustments in retained earnings on the date of initial application (e.g. April 1, 2018), i.e. without restating the comparative period. We will only need to apply the new rules to contracts that are not completed as of the date of initial application. We have not yet selected which transition approach we will apply. 

Our assessment of the impact of IFRS 15 is still in progress: 

Determining the number of distinct performance obligations in the different types of contracts in which we provide both hardware and the related asset management services is an area of significant judgement and could have a significant financial impact. Management has however determined that contracts in which legal title to the hardware does not transfer to the customer are not leases as defined in IFRS 16, ‘Leases’, because the customer does not have the right to direct how and for what purpose the hardware is used. Accordingly, such contracts are within the scope of IFRS 15.

IFRS 16 - Leases (effective date: January 1, 2019)
IFRS 16, ‘Leases’, issued in January 2016, which replaces IAS 17, ‘Leases’, addresses the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases.

The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has a low value. Lessors continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with IFRS 16’s approach to lessor accounting remaining substantially unchanged from its predecessor, IAS 17.

In order to facilitate transition, the standard permits lessees to choose a ‘simplified approach’ that includes certain reliefs related to the measurement of the right-of-use asset and the lease liability, rather than full retrospective application; furthermore, the ‘simplified approach’ does not require a restatement of comparatives. In addition, as a practical expedient, entities are not required to reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at the date of initial application (that is, such contracts are ‘grandfathered’).

68





IFRS 16 applies to annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 and therefore will apply to us for the first time for the year ended March 31, 2020.
We lease land and buildings, office equipment and vehicles which are currently treated as operating leases. IFRS 16 will require these to be capitalized and a lease liability recognized in the statement of financial position, unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has low value.
Management is yet to perform detailed calculations of the likely impact on transition to IFRS 16. If management elects to transition to IFRS 16 on April 1, 2019 using the simplified method, then on transition, the present value of the future lease payments will need to be recognized as a lease liability and a right of use asset will need to be raised. As at March 31, 2017, there are future gross lease payments totaling R40.0 million (undiscounted) that will be paid in the next five years.

5B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We believe that our cash and borrowings available under our credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future. Please refer to note 12 to the consolidated financial statements which includes details of the credit worthiness of the financial institutions where cash and cash equivalents are held, as well as the currencies in which cash and cash equivalents were denominated in at March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
The following tables provide a summary of our cash flows for each of the three years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(In thousands)
Cash generated from operating activities
 

$24,125

 

R323,571

 

R240,434

 

R217,644

Cash used in investing activities
 
(21,838
)
 
(292,894
)
 
(249,714
)
 
(189,845
)
Cash (used in)/generated from financing activities
 
(38,739
)
 
(519,576
)
 
(223,229
)
 
7,743

Effects of exchange rate (losses)/gains on cash
 
(1,158
)
 
(15,530
)
 
165,856

 
89,234

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
 

($37,610
)
 

(R504,429
)
 

(R66,653
)
 

R124,776

In fiscal year 2017, the cash used in financing activities includes share repurchases of R473.7 million and dividends paid of R53.0 million . In fiscal year 2016, the cash used in financing activities includes share repurchases of R123.8 million and dividends paid of R107.2 million .
 
The Group has minimum liquidity risk due to the recurring nature of its income and the availability of the cash resources set out below:
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts
 

$26,567

 

R356,333

 

R860,762

We fund our operations, capital expenditure and acquisitions through cash generated from operating activities, cash on hand and our existing borrowing facilities.
Following the completion of our IPO of ADSs in fiscal year 2014, we discontinued our then policy of declaring regular dividends in order to increase the funds available to pursue opportunities for more rapid growth. During fiscal year 2016, after a strategic review, the Board decided to reintroduce the Company’s policy of paying regular dividends, which is considered on a quarter-by-quarter basis.
On May 23, 2017, the MiX Telematics Limited Board approved a share repurchase program of up to R270 million under which the Company may repurchase its ordinary shares, including ADSs. We expect this share repurchase program to be funded out of existing cash resources. Refer to “Item 7A. Major Shareholders” for information regarding our share repurchase program.

69





Operating Activities
Net cash generated from operating activities in fiscal year 2017 increased to R323.6 million from R240.4 million in the prior year, which is primarily attributable to improved cash generated from operations before working capital changes of R22.1 million and positive net working capital changes of R61.2 million. Net cash generated from operating activities during fiscal year 2017 consisted of our operating profit (after excluding non-cash charges) of R345.3 million, a net reduction in working capital investments of R31.8 million, net interest received of R9.1 million and taxes paid of R62.6 million.
Net cash generated from operating activities in fiscal year 2016 increased to R240.4 million from R217.6 million in fiscal year 2015 which is primarily attributable to decreased investments in working capital in fiscal 2016, offset by an increase in taxation paid. Net cash generated from operating activities during fiscal year 2016 consisted of our operating profit (after excluding non-cash charges) of R323.2 million, net investments in working capital of R29.4 million, net interest received of R6.1 million and taxes paid of R59.5 million.
Net cash generated from operating activities in fiscal year 2015 increased to R217.6 million from R203.8 million in fiscal year 2014 which is primarily attributable to a reduction in taxation paid. Net cash generated from operating activities during fiscal year 2015 consisted of our operating profit (after excluding non-cash charges) of R319.4 million, net investments in working capital of R57.4 million, net interest received of R6.8 million and taxes paid of R51.2  million.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2017 increased to R292.9 million from R249.7 million in fiscal year 2016. Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2017 primarily consisted of capital expenditures of R295.5 million . Capital expenditures during the year included purchases of intangible assets of R115.3 million, which included capitalized development costs of R77.0 million as well as computer software, technology, in-house software and other intangibles of R38.2 million, and cash paid to purchase property, plant, and equipment of R180.2 million, which included in-vehicle devices of R169.0 million. In addition to the capital expenditure, net cash used in investing activities also included R1.1 million of deferred consideration paid as a result of fiscal year 2014 acquisitions. These were offset by a net decrease in restricted cash of R3.4 million.
Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2016 increased to R249.7 million from R189.8 million in fiscal year 2015. Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2016 primarily consisted of capital expenditures of R241.9 million . Capital expenditures during the year included capitalized development costs of R59.3 million and cash paid to purchase property, plant, and equipment of R155.6 million, which included in-vehicle devices of R143.1 million. In addition to the capital expenditure, net cash used in investing activities also included R1.4 million of deferred consideration paid as a result of fiscal year 2014 acquisitions and R18.0 million related to the contingent consideration payable in respect of the Compass acquisition in fiscal year 2015. These were offset by a net decrease in restricted cash of R10.9 million.
Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2015 increased to R189.8 million from R133.2 million in fiscal year 2014. Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2015 primarily consisted of capital expenditures of R129.3 million. Capital expenditures during the year included capitalized development costs of R57.7 million and cash paid to purchase property, plant, and equipment of R63.6 million, which included in-vehicle devices of R49.0 million. In addition to the capital expenditure, net cash used in investing activities also included an initial outflow of R40.0 million for the acquisition of the business assets and liabilities of Compass and an outflow of R1.2 million of deferred consideration paid as a result of fiscal year 2014 acquisitions. Restricted cash also included R18.0 million related to the contingent consideration payable in respect of the Compass acquisition, which was held in trust and subsequently paid in May 2015.
Financing Activities
In fiscal year 2017, net cash used in financing activities was R519.6 million . The net cash used in financing activities in fiscal year 2017 included share repurchases of R473.7 million , dividends paid of R53.0 million offset by R7.0 million in proceeds received from the issuance of shares relating to share options exercised under the share option scheme.
In fiscal year 2016, net cash used in financing activities was R223.2 million. The net cash used in financing activities in fiscal year 2016 included share repurchases of R123.8  million, dividends paid of R107.2 million and R7.7  million in proceeds received from the issuance of shares relating to share options exercised under the share option scheme.

70





In fiscal year 2015, net cash generated from financing activities was R7.7 million which was due to share options exercised under the share option scheme. No dividend payments or repayment of borrowings were made in fiscal year 2015.
Credit Facilities
At March 31, 2017, our principal sources of liquidity were net cash balances (consisting of cash and cash equivalents less bank overdraft) of R356.3 million ( $26.6 million) and unutilized borrowing capacity of R69.1 million ($5.1 million) available through our credit facilities.
Our principal sources of credit are our facilities with Standard Bank Limited and Nedbank Limited. We have a R70.0 million overdraft facility and an unutilized vehicle and asset finance facility of R8.5 million with Standard Bank Limited that bear interest at the South African Prime less 1.2% . At March 31, 2017, R19.4 million ($1.5 million) was utilized under the overdraft facility. We use this facility as part of our foreign currency hedging strategy. We draw down on this facility in the applicable foreign currency in order to fix the exchange rate on existing balance sheet foreign currency exposure that we anticipate settling in that foreign currency. Our obligations under the overdraft facility with Standard Bank Limited are guaranteed by the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited and MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited, and secured by a pledge of accounts receivable by the Company and MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited.
During fiscal year 2014, we entered into a R10.0  million facility from Nedbank Limited that bears interest at South African Prime less 2% . As at March 31, 2017, the facility was undrawn. We plan to use this facility for working capital purposes in our Africa operations.
Our credit facilities with Standard Bank Limited and Nedbank Limited contain certain restrictive clauses, including without limitation, those limiting our and our guarantor subsidiaries’, as applicable, ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, incur liens, or sell or acquire assets or businesses.
Please refer to section “Item 5F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations”, where the Group’s contractual cash obligations have been disclosed.

5C. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES
For our disclosures in respect of research and development, technology and intellectual property please refer to “Item 4B. Business Overview”.
5D. TREND INFORMATION
Subscription revenue is our largest and fastest growing component of total revenue. The table below sets out subscription revenue and total subscribers for each of the eight quarters in the period ending March 31, 2017.
 
 
For the Quarter Ended,
 
 
Mar 31, 2017
 
Dec 31, 2016
 
Sep 30, 2016
 
Jun 30, 2016
 
Mar 31, 2016
 
Dec 31, 2015
 
Sep 30, 2015
 
Jun 30, 2015
Subscription Revenue (R’000)
 
321,708

 
310,695

 
301,337

 
306,174

 
307,095

 
294,466

 
284,878

 
271,790

Subscribers
 
622,062

 
605,317

 
584,994

 
577,950

 
566,177

 
550,765

 
541,346

 
523,344

Subscription revenue increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented except for the quarters ending September 30, 2016 and June 30, 2016 where the decline in subscription revenue was as a result of the impact of the Rand strengthening primarily against the British Pound and U.S. Dollar.
Subscription revenue growth is primarily due to increases in the number of total subscribers in each quarter.
Historical trends in profitability may be affected by hardware revenue fluctuations, caused by long sales cycles for our enterprise fleet management solutions and an increasing trend towards fully-bundled subscriptions as opposed to upfront hardware purchases.
In fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, our subscription revenue derived from customers in the oil and gas industry was in excess of 20% of subscription revenue and represents our single biggest vertical amongst our enterprise fleet

71





management customers. Our oil and gas customers are primarily in our Americas segment and Middle East and Australasia region. The oil and gas industry is complex, and numerous geopolitical, economic, environmental and other factors affect pricing. Expectations for future crude oil and natural gas prices affect our customers’ spending habits. While we have seen subscriber growth in this market vertical in the second half of fiscal 2017, prolonged or substantial declines in crude oil and/or natural gas prices, or the perception that such prices will decrease in the future, has had and could in future have a negative impact on our net subscriber growth and hardware revenue from this vertical.

5E. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
We do not engage in any off-balance sheet financing activities. We do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which include special purpose entities and other structured finance entities which are not consolidated.
5F. TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Our contractual cash obligations at the end of fiscal year 2017 are summarized in the following table:
 
 
Total
 
Less than
1 Year
 
1 – 3
Years
 
3 – 5
Years
 
More
than 5
Years
 
 
(In thousands)
Operating lease obligations
 
40,036

 
17,561

 
22,475

 

 

Approved and committed capital commitments
 
74,800

 
74,800

 

 

 

Outstanding purchase obligations
 
84,520

 
82,952

 
1,568

 

 

Data center commitments
 
2,524

 
2,524

 

 

 

Total
 
R201,880
 
R177,837
 
R24,043
 

 

Total contractual obligations as of March 31, 2017, were R201.9 million ( $15.1 million). As at May 25, 2017, we entered into a termination agreement with a supplier, which subsequently resulted in a R15.9 million reduction in the March 31, 2017 outstanding purchase obligations shown in the table above.


72





ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
6A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT
The names of the senior management and directors of MiX Telematics Limited, their ages at June 30, 2017, and their positions, are set forth in the table below. The business address of each of our members of senior management and directors is c/o MiX Telematics Limited, Howick Close, Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa, 1685.
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Management
 
 
 
 
Stefan Joselowitz
 
58
 
President and Chief Executive Officer / Director
Paul Dell
 
35
 
Interim Chief Financial Officer / Director
Charles Tasker
 
53
 
Chief Operating Officer / Director
Catherine Lewis
 
42
 
Executive Vice President — Technology
Gert Pretorius
 
49
 
Executive Vice President — Africa
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Executive Directors
 
 
 
 
Robin Frew
 
57
 
Chairman
Enos Banda
 
51
 
Director
Richard Bruyns
 
64
 
Director
Christopher Ewing
 
68
 
Director
Ian Jacobs
 
40
 
Director
Anthony Welton
 
69
 
Director
Senior Management
Stefan Joselowitz  has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer, and as a member of our Board of Directors, since he founded the Group in 1996. In 2008, he relocated to the United States as part of our global expansion strategy. Since founding MiX, Stefan Joselowitz has overseen six acquisitions. He successfully orchestrated the Company’s listing on the JSE in 2007 and in 2013 led the team that listed the Company on the NYSE, in the process concluding a $65 million capital raising. Prior to MiX, from 1984 to 1995, he served as Chief Executive Officer, and previously, Sales Director, of Shurlok Proprietary Limited, a developer of electronic systems for the automotive industry, helping to build the company into a leader in the field of vehicle safety and security.
Paul Dell has served as the Interim Chief Financial Officer and as a member of our Board of Directors since February 2017. Prior to his appointment to this position, he was our Group Financial Controller since September 2012 and before that he served as Group Financial Manager from July 2010 when he joined the Group. From October 2007 to June 2010, Paul Dell served as Group Internal Audit Manager then Group Accountant at Batemen Engineering, an international project management business based in South Africa. He was previously employed by PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc. from November 2003 to September 2007, during which time he completed two secondments to the United States. He is a registered chartered accountant in South Africa.
Charles Tasker has served as the Chief Operating Officer since June 2014 and has served as a member of our Board of Directors since August 2007. Prior to assuming the position of Chief Operating Officer, Charles Tasker served as the Executive responsible for our Fleet Solutions worldwide since the acquisition of OmniBridge in 2007. Prior to MiX, Charles Tasker founded DataPro in 1986, an Internet service provider and software development company, which was acquired by Control Instruments Group Limited in 1996. As part of that acquisition, Charles Tasker joined Control Instruments to lead its fleet management business, which became OmniBridge. Charles Tasker has more than 25 years of entrepreneurial and management experience working with companies in the technology sector.
Catherine Lewis, our Executive Vice President for Technology, joined the business formerly known as OmniBridge in May 2001 and in November 2013 was promoted to Managing Director of MiX’s Central Services Organisation. Catherine Lewis is the custodian of the MiX Telematics brand and is responsible for product development and manufacturing, the hosting

73





and operations of the MiX SaaS platform, fleet marketing and product management, technical support and associated services, Catherine Lewis holds a Business Science degree with Honors in Information Systems from the University of Cape Town.
Gert Pretorius has served as the managing director of MiX Africa since October 2016. Prior to this he was the Executive Vice President for Information Systems since June 2014 and was responsible for our information technology and business systems. He served as the Executive responsible for Africa Fleet Solutions from January 2012 to June 2014. Gert Pretorius has served in various other senior sales and operations roles at MiX before being appointed Chief Operating Officer for MiX Africa in 2010. Previously, Gert Pretorius served as Operations Manager for OmniBridge. From 1998 until joining OmniBridge, Gert Pretorius held senior executive roles at fleet management companies including Super Group and Daimler Fleet Management and in the security industry at Coin Security Group.
Directors
Robin Frew has served as a member of our Board of Directors since November 1997 and was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors in October 2016. He is also a member of our Nominations and Remuneration Committee and has served as the chief executive officer of Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited, a private investment partnership, since 2002.
Richard Bruyns served as the Chairman of our Board of Directors from October 2007 until October 2016 and is currently our lead independent non-executive director. Richard Bruyns is a member of our Audit and Risk Committee, the chairman of our Nominations and Remuneration Committee and is also a member of our Social and Ethics Committee. Richard Bruyns also currently serves as chairman and independent non-executive director on the board of directors of the Constantia Insurance Group.
Enos Banda has served as a member of our Board of Directors since May 2013. Enos Banda is also a member of our Audit and Risk Committee. Enos Banda is the chief executive officer of African Phoenix Investments Limited, a JSE listed investment holding company and has served as a non-executive director of Super Group Limited since July 2011. Furthermore, Enos Banda has sat on a number of boards of listed and unlisted international and South African companies including serving as chairman of Gold Reef Resorts Limited, which merged with Tsogo Sun, from July 2009 to February 2011. Enos Banda has served as chairman of the South African National Electricity Regulator and chairman of the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Unit of the South African Government. Enos Banda was country head for global bank Credit Suisse First Boston and later, head of sub-Saharan Africa for HSBC Corporate and Investment Bank. Enos Banda has practiced law in both the United States and in South Africa. Enos Banda is a member of the New York law bar and an Advocate of the Supreme Court of South Africa. Enos Banda is a Senior Associate and Faculty Member of the University of Cambridge Institute on Sustainability Leadership. He is also the founder of Freetel Capital, a private investment company with interests in various sectors.
Christopher Ewing has served as a member of our Board of Directors since January 2012. Christopher Ewing is chairman of the Social and Ethics Committee and also serves as a member of our Audit and Risk Committee. In 2014, Christopher Ewing became chairman of DLA Piper Africa, responsible for the relationships which the firm holds with its partner firms across Africa. Christopher Ewing has practiced corporate law for more than 30 years and has specialized in mergers and acquisitions. He also serves as chairman of the Better Life Group Limited, a public company, and is furthermore also a member of the South African Takeover Regulation Panel (a regulatory body established in terms of the South African Companies Act).
Ian Jacobs was elected as a member of our Board of Directors in June 2016, and serves as a member of our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Ian Jacobs graduated from Yeshiva University, New York in 1997. He worked as a research analyst focused on small capitalization companies from 1997 to 2002 at Schroders, Sidoti & Co. and Goldman Sachs & Co., respectively. In 2003, after graduating from Columbia Business School, New York, Ian Jacobs joined Berkshire Hathaway Inc. where he worked on investment research and other projects as directed by the chairman/CEO. In 2009, Ian Jacobs left Berkshire Hathaway Inc. and founded 402 Capital LLC, a concentrated value focused manager that invests in businesses with structural competitive advantage. Ian Jacobs is currently on the board of Spark Networks, Inc., where he is the chairman of its compensation committee and a member of its nominating committee.
Anthony Welton has served as a member of our Board of Directors since February 2008. Anthony Welton serves as chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee, and is a member of our Social and Ethics Committee. Anthony Welton’s career as a financial director of JSE listed companies spanned the years from 1986 to 2009.

74






6B. COMPENSATION
Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers
Non-Executive Director Compensation
Fees payable to non-executive directors are proposed and reviewed biennially by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee and recommended to our Board of Directors, which in turn makes recommendations to shareholders with reference to the fees paid by comparable companies, responsibilities taken by the non-executive directors and the importance attached to the retention and attraction of high-caliber individuals. At the annual meeting of shareholders held on September 16, 2015, our shareholders approved non-executive director fees for a period of two years from the passing of the resolution (i.e. September 16, 2015) or until its renewal, whichever is the earliest. These fees are set out below:
 
 
Annual Fee
Description
 
(In thousands)
Directors’ fee
 

R300

Audit and Risk Committee member *
 
170

Nominations and Remuneration Committee member *
 
70

Social and Ethics Committee member *
 
55

Chairman of the Board *
 
360

Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee **
 
225

Chairman of the Nominations and Remuneration Committee **
 
105

Chairman of the Social and Ethics Committee **
 
100

*    In addition to the directors’ fee
**     Includes committee membership fee
Non-executive directors do not participate in any incentive programs. Non-executive directors are not provided with bonuses or long-term incentive plans. We do not set aside or accrue any amounts to provide pension, retirements or similar benefits for our non-executive directors. The aggregate compensation we have paid or accrued for payment to our non-executive directors in fiscal year 2017 was R3.5 million (2016: R3.3 million).
The following table sets forth the amounts paid to our non-executive directors for fiscal year 2017.
 
Fiscal Year ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2017
Non-Executive Directors
(In thousands)
Richard Bruyns
$
59

 
794

Enos Banda
35

 
470

Christopher Ewing
42

 
570

Robin Frew (1)
42

 
566

Ian Jacobs  (2)
21

 
277

Mark Lamberti (1) (3)
9

 
115

Anthony Welton
48

 
650

George Nakos (3)

 

Sub-total
257

 
3,442

Value-added tax (1)
7

 
95

Total
$
264

 

R3,537

(1)  
Value-added tax included as part of invoice received. Directors’ fees shown exclude value-added tax.

75





(2)  
Appointed as director from June 1, 2016.
(3)  
On June 15, 2016, Mark Lamberti tendered his resignation as non-executive director and George Nakos tendered his resignation as alternate non-executive director to Mark Lamberti with effect from and subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent pursuant to the specific repurchase of shares from Imperial Corporate Services. See “Item 7A. Major Shareholders ­— Specific Repurchase of Shares from Related Party”, which sets forth details of the specific repurchase of shares concluded during fiscal 2017. These resignations were effective from August 18, 2016.

Executive Director and Other Senior Management Compensation
Our remuneration policy is formulated to attract and retain high-caliber executives and motivate them to develop and implement our business strategy in order to optimize long-term shareholder value. Our objective is to have our remuneration policy conform to best practice standards. Our remuneration policy is based on the following key principles:
total rewards are set at levels that are considered to be responsible and competitive within the relevant market;
total incentive-based rewards are earned through the achievement of demanding growth and return targets consistent with shareholder interests over the short, medium and long-term, performance measures and targets are structured to operate soundly throughout the business cycle; and
the design of long-term incentive plans is prudent and does not expose shareholders to unreasonable financial risk.
Executive compensation is comprised of the following four principal elements:
basic salary and living and travel allowances;
bi-annual incentive bonuses;
share incentive plans; and
retirement and other benefits including group life and health insurance.
The aggregate compensation, including benefits in kind, for our executive directors and other senior management for fiscal year 2017, was approximately R30.0 million.
The following table sets forth the amounts paid to our executive committee members for fiscal year 2017.  
 
Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2017
 
 
Salary and
Allowances  (2)
 
Other
Benefits  (3)
 
Retirement
Benefits
 
Performance
Bonuses (4)
 
Total
Executives (1)
 
(In thousands)
Stefan Joselowitz (5)
 

R7,219

 

 

 

R3,404

 

R10,623

Megan Pydigadu (7)
 
2,101

 
98

 
80

 
1,206

 
3,485

Charles Tasker
 
3,612

 
178

 
256

 
1,511

 
5,557

Brendan Horan (8)
 
1,215

 
63

 
47

 
1,456

 
2,781

Paul Dell (6)
 
275

 
14

 
11

 

 
300

Gert Pretorius
 
2,096

 
129

 
335

 
1,147

 
3,707

Catherine Lewis
 
2,328

 

 
144

 
1,099

 
3,571

Total
 

R18,846

 

R482

 

R873

 

R9,823

 

R30,024

(1)  
Each of the listed executives is party to an employment contract with us as described in “Executive Employment Contracts”.
(2)  
Allowances include cost of living and travel allowances.
(3)  
Other benefits represent group life and health insurance.
(4)  
Performance bonuses are based on actual amounts paid during the financial year.
(5)  
Individual paid in U.S. Dollars. The amounts paid to individuals in U.S. Dollars have been translated into South African Rand at the exchange rate applicable at the time of payment.
(6)  
Appointed as Interim Chief Financial Officer and director of the Company from February 9, 2017.
(7)  
Resigned with effect from February 9, 2017.
(8)  
Resigned with effect from September 30, 2016.

76







Basic Salary
The basic salary of each executive is subject to annual review and is set to be responsible and competitive with external market practice in similar companies, which are comparable in terms of size, market sector, business complexity and international scope. Company performance, individual performance and changes in responsibilities are also taken into account when determining annual basic salaries.
Semi-Annual Incentive Bonus
All executives are eligible to receive a discretionary performance-related semi-annual bonus. Our Nominations and Remuneration Committee reviews bonuses at the half-year and at year-end, and determines the bonus level based on performance criteria set at the start of the performance period. The criteria include targets relating to subscriber growth, subscription revenue growth, adjusted EBITDA targets and divisional operating profit growth and certain discretionary elements. The short-term incentive program is available to executive directors, senior executives and selected employees. Cash bonuses to senior executives and executive directors are approved by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee.
Equity Incentive Plans
The Group has issued share options under two equity incentive plans, the TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme and the MiX Telematics Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), to directors and certain key employees within the Group. Since the introduction of the LTIP, which was approved by shareholders in terms of an ordinary resolution on September 17, 2014, no further awards have or will be made in terms of the TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme.
The LTIP is now being used to issue share incentives to employees and executive members within the Group. The LTIP provides for three types of grants to be issued, namely performance shares, retention shares or share appreciation rights (“SARs”). To date only SARs have been issued under the LTIP.
As at March 31, 2017, executive committee members have been issued equity incentives under the TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme and under the LTIP.
The TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Plan is a share option plan. The share option plan and the award of share options to executive directors and senior executives is controlled by the Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Historically, motivations for the award of share options were presented by the Chief Executive Officer to the committee which, after review and consideration, recommended the award of such options as it deemed fit to the Board for approval. Selected participants received grants of share options which are conditional rights to receive MiX shares at prices equal to the exercise price. Vesting of options is subject to time and performance conditions. The performance conditions and period were determined by the Board on a grant-by-grant basis in respect of each new grant of options.
The targets and measuring terms relating to each issue are detailed in the letter of grant. After vesting, the options will become exercisable. Upon exercise by a participant, the Company settles the value of options by delivering MiX shares that will be issued out of authorized unissued MiX shares. These options are treated as equity-settled instruments.
Any senior employee with significant managerial or other responsibility, including any director holding a salaried position with us, is eligible to participate in the share incentive plan. As of March 31, 2017, options to purchase 14,612,500 of our ordinary shares with a weighted average exercise price of R2.66 per share were outstanding, and options for the purchase of 8,825,000 such shares were fully vested.
LTIP awards are controlled by the Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Motivations for the awards are presented by the Chief Executive Officer to the Nominations and Remuneration Committee which, after review and consideration, recommends the award as it deems fit to the Board for approval. The award/exercise price of the SARs, performance shares and retention shares granted are equal to the closing market value of ordinary shares on the day preceding the date of the grant.
Vesting of performance shares, retention shares and SARs are subject to time and performance conditions. The performance conditions and period are determined by the Board on a grant-by-grant basis in respect of each new grant.
The targets and measuring terms relating to each issue are detailed in the letter of grant. After vesting, the retention

77





and performance shares become immediately vested while the SARs will become exercisable.
The value of the difference between the exercise and grant price of the SARs may be settled at the Company’s option, by the Company by delivering shares or by settling the value in cash.  Because the Company intends to settle the SARs by delivering shares and has not established a past practice of settling in cash, the SARs are classified as equity-settled share-based payment awards.
The following table sets forth the outstanding stock-based compensation benefits (share options and SARs) for executives at March 31, 2017.
Share options
 
January 3,
2012
000s
 
November 7,
2012
000s
 
September 10,
2014
000s
 
Total
000s
Stefan Joselowitz (1)
 

 
2,500

 

 
2,500

Charles Tasker (1)
 
2,000

 
2,000

 
1,500

 
5,500

Gert Pretorius
 
750

 
1,500

 
1,000

 
3,250

Catherine Lewis
 

 
1,500

 
1,000

 
2,500

 
 
2,750

 
7,500

 
3,500

 
13,750

Option strike price (cents per share)
 
154

 
246

 
411

 
 
JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)
 
160

 
300

 
411

 
 
Expiry date
 
January 3, 2018

 
November 7, 2018

 
September 10, 2020

 
 
Performance conditions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share price of (Rand)
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
 
Minimum shareholder return of
 
10
%
 
10
%
 
10
%
 
 
SARs
 
August 31,
2015
000s
May 30,
2016
000s
November 24,
2016
000s
 

Total
000s
Stefan Joselowitz (1)
 
1,000

1,000


 
2,000

Charles Tasker (1)
 
750

750

875

 
2,375

Paul Dell (2)
 
200

200

875

 
1,275

Gert Pretorius
 
500

500

875

 
1,875

Catherine Lewis
 
500

500

875

 
1,875

 
 
2,950

2,950

3,500

 
9,400

JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)
 
319

289

328

 
 
Expiry date
 
August 31, 2021

May 30, 2022

November 24, 2022

 
 
Performance conditions
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share price of (Rand)
 
n/a

n/a

n/a

 
 
Minimum shareholder return of
 
10
%
10
%
10
%
 
 
(1)     Executive director at March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016.
(2)     Appointed as executive committee member with effect from February 1, 2017 and executive director with effect from February 9, 2017.



78





In respect of Howard Scott and Riette Botha who retired on May 31, 2015 and T Buzer who retired on March 31, 2014, the Board had resolved, as permitted by the share plan rules, that the options not exercised by these executives prior to the retirement date could be exercised upon vesting before the expiry date of the option.
No options were held by retired executives as at March 31, 2017.

Retirement Benefits
It is our policy to provide retirement benefits to all our South African, United Kingdom, United States, Brazilian, Romanian and Australian employees.
All these retirement benefits are defined contribution plans and are held in separate trustee-administered funds. These plans are funded by members as well as company contributions. The South African plan is subject to the Pension Funds Act of 1956, the U.K. plan is subject to the United Kingdom Pensions Act of 2011 (Commencement No. 3) and the Australian plan is subject to the Superannuation Guarantee Administration Act of 1992. In Brazil, the Group contributes to a mandatory state social contribution plan known as Regime Geral de Previdência Social (“RGPS”) and a private social contribution plan called Regime de Previdência Complementar (“RPC”), which is optional. In Romania there is a mandatory social security contribution paid to the State Budget, as defined by the Pension Law (Law 263/2010) and the Fiscal Code (Law 227/2015). For the United States employees, a voluntary Internal Revenue Service section 401(k) tax-deferred defined contribution scheme is offered.
The full extent of the Group’s liability is the contributions made, which are charged to the income statement as they are incurred. For fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, we contributed an aggregate of R29.4 million, R27.1 million and R20.0 million respectively, in respect of the retirement benefits.
Life Insurance
We offer group life insurance coverage up to seven times the basic annual salary for a number of employees and temporary absence cover for eligible employees who are long-term absentees for up to age 65 if the absence is due to illness or injury for up to three years if the absence is due to any other reason.
Health Care
We offer health care insurance for certain employees and their dependents. The health plan provides coverage for in-patient, day-patient and out-patient treatments and employees have the option of adding certain enhancements, such as additional hospital, dental and optical cover, to their plans.
Other Benefits
Executives are compensated on a cost-to-company basis and as part of their package are entitled to a car allowance, provident fund contributions, medical, and death and disability insurance. The provision of these benefits is considered to be market competitive for executive positions.
Executive Employment Contracts
Our executive employment contracts continue indefinitely until terminated by either party and provide for the following:
Executives are eligible to receive, in addition to their annual cost to company salary package, an annual performance bonus that will be paid out on a semi-annual basis. The amount of the annual bonus varies from year to year and is determined by our Nominations and Remuneration Committee. Executives are entitled to participate in our equity incentive plans, and are provided with a mobile phone for business use. Certain broadband costs are also paid by us.
Employment may be terminated at any time if executives are found guilty of misconduct or have committed a breach of a material obligation under the employment agreement. Contracts may also be terminated if executives consistently perform poorly, are incompatible with our culture or become incapacitated and unable to perform.
The inclusion of confidentiality, assignment of inventions and restraint of trade agreements.

79





The annual cost to company salary package of our executives is as follows:
Stefan Joselowitz. Stefan Joselowitz is paid an annual cost to company salary package of $526,425.
Paul Dell . Paul Dell is paid an annual cost to company salary package of R2,000,000 ($149,116).
Charles Tasker . Charles Tasker is paid an annual cost to company salary package of $415,000.
Gert Pretorius . Gert Pretorius is paid an annual cost to company salary package of R2,822,250 ($210,421).
Catherine Lewis . Catherine Lewis is paid an annual cost to company salary package of R2,822,035 ($210,405).
External Appointments
Executive directors are not permitted to hold external directorships or offices, other than those of a personal nature, without the approval of our Board of Directors.
Indemnification Agreements and Policies; Insurance
Our Memorandum of Incorporation provides that we may:
advance expenses to a director or directly or indirectly indemnify a director in respect of the defense of legal proceedings, as set forth in Section 78(4) of the Companies Act;
indemnify a director in respect of liability as set forth in Section 78(5) of the Companies Act; and
purchase insurance to protect us or a director as set forth in Section 78(7) of the Companies Act.
These indemnification provisions also apply to any former director, prescribed officer or member of any committee of our Board of Directors.
In addition, we have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the maximum extent allowed under South African law. These agreements have, among other things, indemnified these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgements, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on our behalf or that person’s status as a member of our Board of Directors.

80





6C. BOARD PRACTICES
Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors is composed of six non-executive directors and three executive directors. Our Memorandum of Incorporation requires that our Board of Directors must be comprised of at least four directors. At least one-third of the non-executive directors retire by rotation each year and stand for re-election at each annual general meeting in accordance with our Memorandum of Incorporation. Director appointments during the year are ratified at the next annual general meeting. The expiration of our current non-executive directors’ terms of office is set forth in the table below.
Non-Executive Director
 
Initial appointment to the Board of Directors
 
Year Current Term Expires
 
 
 
 
 
Richard Bruyns
 
August 2007
 
2018
Enos Banda
 
May 2013
 
2019
Christopher Ewing
 
January 2012
 
2017*
Robin Frew
 
January 1996
 
2019
Anthony Welton
 
February 2008
 
2017*
Ian Jacobs (1)
 
June 2016
 
2018
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Director
 
 
 
 
Stefan Joselowitz
 
January 1996
 
Indefinite
Paul Dell  (2)
 
February 2017
 
Indefinite
Charles Tasker
 
August 2007
 
Indefinite
*
Proposed re-election to be approved by shareholders at our annual general meeting on September 20, 2017.
(1)  
Appointed to the board with effect from June 1, 2016. Appointment confirmed by shareholders at our annual general meeting held on September 14, 2016.
(2)  
Appointed to the board with effect from February 9, 2017. Appointment to be confirmed by shareholders at our annual general meeting on September 20, 2017.
Refer to “Item 6B. Compensation – Executive Employment Contracts” for further details in respect of the termination of Executive Director contracts. There are no directors’ service contracts with the Company or any of its subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of employment.
Directors are appointed on the basis of skill, experience and their contribution and impact on the Group’s activities. MiX recognizes and embraces the benefits of having a diverse Board, and sees increasing diversity at Board level as an essential element in maintaining a competitive advantage. A truly diverse Board will include and make good use of differences in the skills, regional and industry experience, background, race, gender and other distinctions between directors. Apart from the statutory requirements relating to eligibility and qualification, no additional eligibility requirements or qualifications are stipulated in our Memorandum of Incorporation. In accordance with its annual meeting plan, our Board of Directors meets at least quarterly.
Our Board of Directors has established committees to assist in the execution of its responsibilities. Each committee operates in accordance with an approved charter and the performance of each committee is reviewed annually by our Board of Directors. The following is a brief description of each of the committees and their respective duties:

81





Audit and Risk Committee
Our Audit and Risk Committee assists our Board of Directors in matters relating to internal controls, financial reporting, external audit, internal audit, risk management and regulatory compliance. The Audit and Risk Committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE. Our Audit and Risk Committee’s responsibilities include:
reviewing internal control systems developed by management;
reviewing internal controls over financial reporting, which include disclosure controls and procedures;
evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control frameworks and reviewing whether recommendations made by the external and internal auditors and advisers have been implemented;
considering the security of our computer systems and evaluating contingency plans in the event of systems breakdowns and disasters;
overseeing the financial reporting process and reviewing the quarterly results announcements, interim financial statements, annual financial statements, SEC filings including the Form 20-F, preliminary announcements and special documents prior to release;
reviewing, with management and the external auditor, the financial statements, key accounting policies, practices and estimates, any changes to accounting policies and estimates and judgements, significant adjustments, unadjusted differences and any disagreements;
annually reviewing the performance of the external auditor and nominating for appointment an independent registered auditor;
reviewing processes to ensure that reliable and efficient risk management strategies, policies and risk insurance programs are in place; and
reviewing the process for monitoring compliance with laws and regulations.
Members of our Audit and Risk Committee consist only of non-executive directors, each of whom is expected to be financially literate and at least one member is required to have expertise in financial reporting. Since our listing on the NYSE our Audit and Risk Committee has been comprised solely of independent board members within the meaning of SEC and NYSE rules for purposes of the audit committee. This composition is also in accordance with the Companies Act and JSE Listings Requirements. A representative from the outsourced internal audit function and the external auditors attend meetings. The Interim Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Executive Officer attend all meetings. The Chairman of our Social and Ethics Committee is also a member of the Audit and Risk Committee. The committee meets at least six times a year, with two meetings a year focused on risk management. The current members of our Audit and Risk Committee are Enos Banda, Richard Bruyns, Christopher Ewing and Anthony Welton (chairman). Anthony Welton is our audit committee financial expert as defined by SEC rules.
Nominations and Remuneration Committee
This committee is responsible for:
attending to the remuneration and benefits of senior executives and executive directors;
advising on non-executive directors’ fees and fees for those directors who are members of Board committees, which are approved by shareholders at the annual general meeting;
advising on senior executive and executive director appointments;
reviewing succession planning at the executive level;
confirming the share incentive plan and the allocation of awards under the plan; and
selecting and recommending candidates for appointment to our Board of Directors.
The committee meets at least four times a year. The current members of our Nominations and Remuneration Committee are Richard Bruyns (chairman), Robin Frew and Ian Jacobs. Our Nominations and Remuneration Committee is composed solely of independent directors within the meaning of SEC and NYSE rules of independence.

82





Social and Ethics Committee
In accordance with the Companies Act, we established this committee in fiscal year 2012. Our Social and Ethics Committee monitors our activities, particularly with respect to any relevant legislation, other legal requirements or prevailing codes of best practice, regarding matters relating to:
social and economic development, including our standing in terms of the goals and purposes of: (a) the ten principles set out in the United Nations Global Compact Principles; (b) the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development recommendations regarding corruption; (c) the South African Employment Equity Act; and (d) the B-BBEE Act;
good corporate citizenship;
the environment, health and public safety, including the impact of our activities, products and services;
consumer relationships, including our advertising, public relations and compliance with consumer protection laws;
reviewing the process for monitoring compliance with laws, regulations and our Code of Ethics and Conduct; and
labor and employment, including our standing in terms of the International Labour Organisation Protocol on decent work and working conditions, our employment relationships and our contribution toward the educational development of our employees.
  The Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer are invited to attend all meetings. The committee meets at least three times a year. The members of our Social and Ethics Committee at March 31, 2017, were Richard Bruyns, Christopher Ewing (chairman) and Anthony Welton.
Executive Committee
We have also established an Executive Committee that is responsible for devising our strategy for recommendation to our Board of Directors and to implement the strategies and policies approved by our Board of Directors. Our Executive Committee is also responsible for our day-to-day business and affairs. The current members of our Executive Committee are Stefan Joselowitz, Charles Tasker, Gert Pretorius, Paul Dell and Catherine Lewis.
6D. EMPLOYEES
The following table presents the breakdown of our employees at the date indicated:
 
As of March 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
South Africa
833

 
866

 
826

United States
51

 
62

 
59

United Kingdom
56

 
49

 
49

United Arab Emirates
47

 
52

 
60

Australia
36

 
37

 
43

Brazil
17

 
14

 
15

Uganda
5

 
5

 
2

Romania
10

 
3

 
1

Thailand
1

 
1

 
1

Total
1,056

 
1,089

 
1,056

 
 
 
 
 
 
Full-time
1,032

 
1,067

 
1,002

Part-time
24

 
22

 
54

Total
1,056

 
1,089

 
1,056



83





6E. SHARE OWNERSHIP
The table below sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares as of June 30, 2017, by each of our directors and executive officers. The beneficial ownership of ordinary shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any ordinary shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership. For purposes of the table below, we deem shares subject to certain options that are currently exercisable or that may become exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2017, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage of shares beneficially owned is based on 558,498,901 ordinary shares outstanding at June 30, 2017 (excludes 40,000,000 treasury shares held by MiX Investments Proprietary Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and 5,015,660 treasury shares held by the Company).
 
 
June 30, 2017
 
 
Number of ordinary shares beneficially owned (’000)
 
Percentage of beneficial ownership
Non-executive
 
 
 
 
Richard Bruyns (1)
 
3,697

 
*

Enos Banda
 

 

Christopher Ewing
 

 

Robin Frew (2)
 
61,210

 
11.0
%
Anthony Welton (3)
 

 

Ian Jacobs (4)
 
241

 
*

Executive
 
 
 
 
Stefan Joselowitz  (5)
 
28,217

 
5.1
%
Charles Tasker (6)
 
4,775

 
0.9
%
Gert Pretorius  (7)
 
2,160

 
*

Catherine Lewis (8)
 
2,900

 
*

Paul Dell (9)
 
1

 
*

All directors and executive officers as a group (11)
 
103,201

 
18.5
%
*    Less than 1%.
(1)  
Includes 3,696,563 ordinary shares held by IS Wealth Creator SPI SR Bruyns. IS Wealth Creator SPI SR Bruyns is an endowment policy entity owned by Richard Bruyns. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by IS Wealth Creator SPI SR Bruyns is exercised by Richard Bruyns.
(2)  
Includes 60,410,880 ordinary shares held by Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited and 799,366 ordinary shares held by Masalini Investments No. 3 Proprietary Limited. Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited is 100% owned by the Masalini Trust (previously known as the Robin Frew Family Trust), of which Robin Frew is one of three trustees and a beneficiary. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited is exercised by majority consent of Robin Frew and the other trustees, Philip Kilroe and Juanita Lou Koster. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by Masalini Investments No. 3 Proprietary Limited is exercised by Robin Frew. Excludes 7,911,040 ordinary shares held by Thynk Capital Proprietary Limited (“Thynk”), as to which Robin Frew disclaims beneficial ownership. Thynk is owned in equal parts by three individuals, Robin Frew, Neil Macdonald and Robert Ferguson. Voting and investment power over such shares is exercised by the directors of Thynk, Robin Frew and Neil Macdonald, subject to ultimate control by the owners of Thynk. Excludes 70,261,440 ordinary shares held the GAF Family Trust, as to which Robin Frew disclaims beneficial ownership as he is a discretionary beneficiary but not a trustee.
(3)  
Excludes 235,000 ordinary shares owned by Anthony Welton’s spouse, as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership.
(4)  
Includes 7,628 ADSs translating to 190,700 ordinary shares held by Ian Jacobs directly. Ian Jacobs disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to any shares other than the shares owned directly and of record by Ian Jacobs.
(5)  
Includes options to purchase 1,875,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017 , provided that the performance conditions in respect of minimum shareholder return have been met.
(6)  
Includes 900,000 ordinary shares, previously owned by The Keighly Trust, a family trust of which Charles Tasker was a trustee and which transferred the ordinary shares to Charles Tasker on February 27, 2017, and options to purchase 3,500,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017 , provided that the performance conditions in respect of minimum shareholder return have been met. The balance of the shares previously held by the trust were transferred to his spouse, to which Charles Tasker disclaims beneficial ownership.
(7)  
Includes options to purchase 1,875,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017 , provided that the performance conditions in respect of minimum shareholder return have been met.

84





(8)  
Includes options to purchase 1,125,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017 , provided that the performance conditions in respect of minimum shareholder return have been met.
(10)     Appointed as Group executive committee member from February 1, 2017.
(11)  
Includes options to purchase 9,250,000 ordinary shares that are currently or will be exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017, provided that the performance conditions in respect of minimum shareholder return have been met.
Refer to “Item 6B. Compensation”, which sets forth details of the share incentive plan and the outstanding stock-based compensation benefits held by executives at March 31, 2017.
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
7A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
As of June 30, 2017, our issued share capital consisted of 603,514,561 ordinary shares. To our knowledge, (A) we are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled: (i) by another corporation ; or (ii) by any foreign government, and (B) there are no arrangements (including any announced or expected takeover bid), the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in our control.
The voting rights of our major shareholders do not differ from the voting rights of other holders of the same class of shares.
The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2017, certain information regarding the beneficial ownership by all shareholders known to us to own beneficially 5.0% or more of our ordinary shares:
Name of beneficial owner (1)
 
Total
shareholding
 
% of shares
in issue (2)
GAF Trust (3)
 
70,261,440

 
11.6
%
Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited (4)
 
60,410,880

 
10.0
%
MiX Telematics Investments Proprietary Limited (5)
 
40,000,000

 
6.6
%
(1)  
Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account.
(2)  
The percentages shown are based on 603,514,561 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2017.
(3)  
Liane Frew, an immediate family member of Robin Frew, is one of three trustees of the GAF Trust. The other trustees of the GAF Trust are Michael Bloom and David Nathan. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by the GAF Trust is exercised by the majority consent of the trustees.
(4)  
Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited is 100% owned by the Masalini Trust (previously known as the Robin Frew Family Trust), of which Robin Frew is one of three trustees and a beneficiary. Voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited is exercised by majority consent of Robin Frew and the other trustees, Philip Kilroe and Juanita Lou Koster.
(5)  
40,000,000 treasury shares are held by MiX Telematics Investments Proprietary Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group.
As of June 30, 2017, we had 1,476 holders of record of our ordinary shares. This includes seven holders of record in the United States, who held approximately 55.6% of our total issued shares in the form of either ordinary shares or ADSs. The actual number of shareholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes shareholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include shareholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Share buy back

On May 23, 2017, the MiX Telematics Board approved a share repurchase program of up to R270 million under which the Company may repurchase its ordinary shares, including ADSs. The Company may repurchase its shares from time to time in its discretion through open market transactions and block trades, based on ongoing assessments of the capital needs of the Company, the market prices of its securities and general market conditions. This share repurchase program may be discontinued at any time by the Board of Directors, and the Company has no obligation to repurchase any amount of its securities under the program. The repurchase program will be funded out of existing cash resources.

85





The repurchase program will extend from May 29, 2017 unless and until discontinued by the Directors or the date when the R270 million limit is exhausted. See note 35 to our consolidated financial statements for further details about the share repurchase program.
Significant Changes in the Ownership of Major Shareholders

Fiscal year 2017

Specific Repurchase of Shares from Related Party

On April 29, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement (the “share repurchase agreement”) with Imperial Holdings Limited (“Imperial Holdings”) and Imperial Corporate Services Proprietary Limited (“Imperial Corporate Services”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Imperial Holdings, to repurchase all 200,828,260 of the Company’s shares held by Imperial Corporate Services (the “repurchase shares”) at R2.36 ($0.18) per repurchase share, for an aggregate repurchase consideration of R474.0 million or $35.3 million (the “repurchase”). At the general meeting held on August 1, 2016, shareholders of the Company approved the repurchase in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements and the South African Companies Act, No.71 of 2008 , at which point the transaction was accounted for in terms of IFRS. The repurchase was implemented on August 29, 2016. Subsequent to the repurchase, the shares were delisted and now form part of the authorized unissued share capital of the Company.
Fiscal year 2016
On September 11, 2015, the MiX Telematics Board approved a share repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to 40,000,000 of our ordinary shares (up to 1,600,000 ADSs) through to March 15, 2016. As of March 31, 2016, 40,000,000 shares had been repurchased at a total cost of R123.8 million (at an average price of R3.09 per share). Refer to “ Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers ” for further information on shares purchased by MiX Telematics Investments Proprietary Limited.
Fiscal year 2015
None.

7B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following is a description of the material transactions we entered into with related parties since the beginning of fiscal year 2017. We believe that we have executed all of our transactions with related parties on terms no less favorable to us than those we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
TPF Investments Proprietary Limited (formerly Thynk Property Fund Proprietary Limited)
In November 2007, we entered into a lease agreement with TPF Investments Proprietary Limited (“TPF Investments”) for our Midrand, South Africa, office. Robin Frew, a non-executive director, is a director on the board of TPF Investments. The GAF Trust, of which an immediate family member of Robin Frew’s is a trustee, owns all the equity interests in TPF Investments. From April 1, 2017, through May 31, 2017, and for fiscal year 2017, we paid Thynk R1.2 million ($87,364) and R5.3 million ($0.4 million), respectively.

86





Imperial Group Limited
Prior to the specific repurchase of shares from Imperial Corporate Services, Imperial Group Limited beneficially owned 200,828,260 of our outstanding shares and Mark Lamberti, the Chief Executive Officer of Imperial Group Limited, was one of our non-executive directors. On June 15, 2016, Mark Lamberti, as well as George Nakos (non-executive alternate director to Mark Lamberti) tendered their resignations as non-executive director and alternate director, respectively, with effect from and subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent pursuant to the specific repurchase of shares from Imperial Corporate Services. At the general meeting held on August 1, 2016, shareholders of the Company approved the repurchase in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements and the South African Companies Act, No.71 of 2008 , at which point the transaction was accounted for in terms of IFRS. The repurchase was implemented on August 29, 2016. See “Item 7A. Major Shareholders ­— Specific Repurchase of Shares from Related Party”, which sets forth details of the specific repurchase.
Imperial Group Limited distributes our products through its motor vehicle dealership and car rental distribution channels and provides director and certain technology consulting services. For the period from April 1, 2016 through August 1, 2016, we paid Imperial Group Limited through certain of its subsidiaries R5.9 million ($0.4 million), as commissions for sales made by its subsidiaries acting in their capacity as a distributor and a supplier of certain technology consulting services. We recorded revenue of R22.3 million ($1.7 million), for the period from April 1, 2016, through August 1, 2016, for sales of our products and services to Imperial Group Limited’s subsidiaries, in the ordinary course of business.


7C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
Not applicable.

87



ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

8A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The consolidated financial statements are attached hereto within “Item 19. Exhibits”.
Legal proceedings
Refer to “Item 4B. Business overview” for information regarding our legal proceedings.

Dividend policy
Following the completion of our initial public offering of ADSs in fiscal year 2014, we discontinued our policy of declaring regular dividends in order to increase the funds available to pursue opportunities for more rapid growth.

During fiscal year 2016, the board of directors reintroduced the Company’s policy of paying regular dividends. Dividend payments are currently considered on a quarter-by-quarter basis.

8B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
See note 35 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements attached to this Annual Report in “Item 19. Exhibits” for discussion of subsequent events.

88







ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

9A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS
Our ordinary shares are traded on the JSE under the symbol “MIX” and our ADSs are traded on the NYSE under the symbol “MIXT”. The tables below show the high and low closing prices in South African Rand for our ordinary shares on the JSE and the high and low closing prices in U.S. Dollar for our ADSs on the NYSE for the periods indicated:
 
 
JSE (“MIX”)
 
Average daily
trading volume  (1)
 
 
High      
 
Low      
 
 
 
(in South African Rand)
 
(in shares)
Fiscal year ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
4.25

 
2.25

 
456,282

2016
 
3.90

 
2.10

 
250,250

2015
 
4.75

 
2.67

 
310,704

2014
 
6.50

 
3.10

 
323,455

2013
 
4.00

 
1.65

 
135,384

2012
 
1.75

 
1.20

 
171,993

Fiscal quarter ended
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2017
 
4.25

 
3.23

 
391,882

December 31, 2016
 
3.70

 
3.10

 
139,680

September 30, 2016
 
3.52

 
2.60

 
821,816

June 30, 2016
 
3.10

 
2.25

 
460,997

March 31, 2016
 
2.80

 
2.10

 
164,873

December 31, 2015
 
3.15

 
2.69

 
292,703

September 30, 2015
 
3.85

 
2.85

 
370,208

June 30, 2015
 
3.90

 
3.19

 
163,812

Month
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 2017
 
4.15

 
3.45

 
823,356

May 2017
 
3.46

 
2.92

 
301,071

April 2017
 
3.45

 
3.24

 
134,090

March 2017
 
3.75

 
3.23

 
114,405

February 2017
 
4.25

 
3.54

 
661,004

January 2017
 
3.84

 
3.25

 
426,265

Source:
JSE


89





 
 
NYSE (“MIXT”)
 
Average daily
trading volume  (1)
 
 
High      
 
Low      
 
 
 
(in U.S. Dollars)
 
(in ADSs)
Fiscal year ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
8.02

 
3.79

 
46,321

2016
 
8.13

 
3.40

 
36,616

2015
 
11.70

 
5.49

 
39,273

2014 (from August 9, 2013)
 
18.12

 
10.29

 
100,382

Fiscal quarter ended
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2017
 
8.02

 
6.30

 
98,913

December 31, 2016
 
6.74

 
5.74

 
27,948

September 30, 2016
 
6.39

 
4.52

 
28,833

June 30, 2016
 
5.18

 
3.79

 
30,946

March 31, 2016
 
4.41

 
3.40

 
32,685

December 31, 2015
 
5.88

 
4.21

 
27,711

September 30, 2015
 
7.74

 
4.94

 
53,148

June 30, 2015
 
8.13

 
6.62

 
32,675

Month
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 2017
 
8.25

 
6.74

 
65,347

May 2017
 
6.92

 
5.72

 
66,029

April 2017
 
6.46

 
6.10

 
46,345

March 2017
 
7.09

 
6.30

 
46,647

February 2017
 
8.02

 
7.00

 
129,730

January 2017
 
7.35

 
6.30

 
129,744

Source:
NYSE
(1)
Calculated based on the total volume traded over the number of trading days during the respective period.
On June 30, 2017, the closing price of our ordinary shares on the JSE was R4.01 per ordinary share and the closing price of our ADSs on the NYSE was $7.88.
9B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Not applicable.
9C. MARKETS
The principal market for the ordinary shares of MiX Telematics Limited is the JSE and are traded under the symbol “MIX”. The Company’s ADSs are listed on the NYSE and are traded under the symbol “MIXT”. The Bank of New York Mellon serves as depositary with respect to the ADSs.
9D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
Not applicable.
9E. DILUTION
Not applicable.

90





9F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE
Not applicable.
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
10A. SHARE CAPITAL
Not applicable.
10.B MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
Information regarding MiX Telematics Limited’s Memorandum of Incorporation, as amended, is hereby incorporated by reference to our annual report on Form 20-F as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2014 (File No. 001-36027).

10C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS
The following sets forth a summary of our material contracts other than those entered into in the ordinary course of business:
Lease Agreement
Agreement of Lease, dated October 2, 2007, between Thynk Industrial One Proprietary Limited and Matrix Vehicle Tracking Proprietary Limited and addendum thereto (Exhibit number 4.3)
Refer to “Item 7B. Related Party Transactions –TPF Investments Proprietary Limited (formerly Thynk Property Fund Proprietary Limited)” for a summary of this agreement.

Employment Contracts

Updated Terms and Conditions of Employment of Stefan Joselowitz, dated November 18, 2008 (Exhibit number 4.4)
Offer of Employment and Standard Terms and Conditions, dated December 7, 2009, between the Company and Megan Pydigadu (Exhibit number 4.5)
Standard Terms and Conditions of Employment, dated January 1, 2012, between the Company and Brendan Patrick Horan (Exhibit number 4.6)
Restraint of Trade, dated January 1, 2012, between the Company and Brendan Patrick Horan (Exhibit number 4.7)
Standard Terms and Conditions of Employment, effective October 1, 2016, between the Company and Gert Pretorius (Exhibit number 4.8)
Restraint of Trade, dated January 1, 2012, between the Company and Gert Pretorius (Exhibit number 4.9)
Standard Terms and Conditions of Employment, dated December 1, 2013, between the Company and Catherine Lewis (Exhibit number 4.14)
Executive Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and Paul Dell, dated February 22, 2017 (Exhibit number 4.17)
Restraint of Trade entered into between the Company and Paul Dell, dated February 22, 2017 (Exhibit number 4.18)
Updated Terms and Conditions of Employment, effective April 1, 2017, between the Company and Charles Tasker (Exhibit number 4.19)
Refer to “Item 6B. Compensation – Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers – Executive Employment Contracts” for a summary of the above agreements.

Banking Facility Letters
 
Facility Letter, dated February 25, 2013, between The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited and
the Company (Exhibit number 4.10)
Refer to “Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a summary of this agreement.
Facility Letter, dated March 25, 2013, between Nedbank Limited and MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited (Exhibit number 4.11)

91





Refer to “Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a summary of this agreement.

Network Services Agreement

Provision of Cellular Telephony Network Services Agreement, effective August 1, 2000, between Mobile Telephone Networks Proprietary Limited (“MTN”) and MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited (“MiX Africa”), as amended by Addendum effective July 10, 2012 (Exhibit number 4.12)
On July 10, 2012, MiX Africa, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an amended agreement for MTN to supply cellular telephony network services to MiX Africa. Under the terms of the agreement, MTN will use its cellular network to transmit data from our customers’ in-vehicle devices to the Company’s data centers to position, track and/or recover vehicles.
Under the terms of the agreement, MTN is entitled to claw back payments from MiX Africa in the event of early cancellation of the agreement or certain base connections not being maintained over the term of the agreement. The maximum potential liability under the arrangement is R48.4 million at March 31, 2017. Portions of this agreement have been granted confidential treatment.
Recovery Services Agreement
Agreement, effective September 2, 2005, between Matrix Vehicle Tracking Proprietary Limited, now MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited (“MiX Africa”) and Super Group Trading Proprietary Limited (“Super Group”) (Exhibit number 4.13)
Effective September 2, 2005, MiX Africa entered into an agreement with Super Group for vehicle recovery services in respect of stolen vehicles fitted with MiX Africa tracking devices. These services are rendered in South Africa.
The agreement stipulates that it will continue indefinitely until terminated by either party upon 365 days’ written notice to the other party.
Under the terms of the agreement MiX Africa receives a monthly invoice which consists of a fixed monthly cost as well as additional variable charges in respect of actual vehicle recovery services performed by Super Group. Portions of this agreement have been granted confidential treatment.
Share Repurchase Agreement with Related Party
Share Repurchase Agreement, dated 29 April 2016, between Imperial Holdings Limited, Imperial Corporate Services Proprietary Limited and MiX Telematics Limited (Exhibit number 4.15)
Refer to note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for a summary of this agreement.

Web Services Agreement

AWS Customer Agreement, effective October 1, 2014, between Amazon Web Services, Inc. (“AWS”) and MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited (“MiX International”) (Exhibit number 4.20). Augmented by the AWS Enterprise Discount Program Addendum entered into between AWS and MiX International, effective April 1, 2017 (Exhibit number 4.21)
On April 1, 2017, MiX International, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an amended agreement for AWS to provide managed infrastructure and hosting services to the MiX Group. Under the terms of the agreement, AWS will, inter alia , ultimately host the majority of the MiX Group’s SaaS platform, underlying software and data.
The addendum is effective for a period of 3 years, until March 31, 2020.
Under the terms of the addendum a minimum annual commitment applies. If payments made by MiX International in a contract year are less than the annual commitment amount, MiX International will be obliged to pay the difference between the invoiced charges and the annual commitment amount.


92





10D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS
South African exchange control regulations are administered by the Financial Surveillance Department (“FSD”) of the South African Reserve Bank and are applied throughout the Common Monetary Area (“CMA”) (this CMA includes the Republics of South Africa and Namibia and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland). The FSD regulates transactions involving South African residents, as defined in the Exchange Control Rulings, including natural persons and legal entities.

Day to day interaction with the FSD on exchange control matters is facilitated through Authorized Dealers who are persons authorized by National Treasury to deal in foreign exchange, in so far as transactions in respect of foreign exchange are concerned.
The South African government has from time to time stated its intention to relax South Africa’s exchange control regulations when economic conditions permit such action. In recent years, the South African government has incrementally relaxed aspects of exchange control.
Applicants’ who are resident outside the CMA seek advice as to whether any governmental and/or other legal consent is required and/or whether any other formality must be observed to enable an acquisition to be made.
The following summary is intended as a guide and is therefore not comprehensive. If investors are in any doubt regarding South African exchange control regulations, they should consult their professional advisors.

Non-resident holders of securities outside the CMA
A person who is not resident in the CMA, including an emigrant not using emigrant blocked funds, should obtain advice as to whether any governmental and/or other legal consent is required and/or whether any other formality must be observed to enable an acquisition of ADSs.
In the case of a dematerialized share held by a shareholder, all shares issued will be credited directly to the ordinary shareholder’s non-resident share account held by his duly appointed Central Securities Depository Participant (“CSDP”). The CSDP or broker through whom the Company’s shareholders have dematerialized their shares will ensure that they adhere to the South African exchange control regulations.
Applicants’ resident outside the CMA should note that, where shares are subsequently re-materialized and issued in certificated form, such share certificates will be endorsed “Non-Resident” in terms of the South African exchange control regulations.

Repatriation of IPO proceeds
The South African Reserve Bank (“SARB”) required the net proceeds from the IPO to be maintained in South Africa. We have obtained approval from the FSD to use MiX Telematics Investments Proprietary Limited (“MiX Investments”) as a domestic treasury management company in South Africa. The IPO proceeds have been transferred to and are held by MiX Investments. MiX Investments has discretion as to the denomination of the funds but is required to report details of the functional currency used to SARB on an annual basis.
Domestic treasury management company
From an exchange control perspective, MiX Investments enjoys the following benefits:
Transfers of up to R2 billion per annum from the parent company (MiX Telematics Limited) to MiX Investments will be allowed without prior approval being required from the FSD. These amounts may be freely deployed to fund our foreign operations. Additional amounts will be subject to prior approval from the FSD;
MiX Investments will be allowed to freely raise and deploy capital offshore, provided these funds are without recourse to South Africa. Additional domestic capital (i.e. in excess of the R2 billion per annum referred to above) and guarantees will be allowed to fund foreign direct investments in accordance with the current foreign direct investment allowance. This allowance is discussed in the foreign investments section;
MiX Investments will be allowed to operate as our cash management center and cash pooling will be allowed without limitations;

93





Local income generated from cash management will be freely transferable; and
MiX Investments may operate foreign currency accounts as well as South African Rand-denominated accounts.
Foreign financing
We, and our South African subsidiaries (with the exception of MiX Investments which is not subject to foreign financing restrictions), require approval by the FSD to obtain foreign loans. Funds raised outside the CMA by our non-resident subsidiaries, i.e. a non-resident for exchange control purposes, are not restricted under South African exchange control regulations and may be used for any purpose including foreign investment, as long as such use is without recourse to South Africa. We would, however, require approval by the FSD in order to provide guarantees for the obligations of any of our subsidiaries with regard to funds obtained from non-residents of the CMA.
Debt raised outside the CMA by our non-resident subsidiaries must be repaid or serviced by those foreign subsidiaries. Without approval by the FSD, we can neither use cash we earn in South Africa to repay or service such foreign debts nor can we provide security on behalf of our non-resident subsidiaries.
We may retain dividends declared by our foreign subsidiaries offshore which we may use for any purpose, without any recourse to South Africa. These funds may, subject to certain conditions, also be invested back into the CMA in the form of equity investments or loans.
Under South African exchange control regulations, we must obtain approval from the FSD regarding any capital raising activity involving a currency other than the South African Rand. In granting its approval, the FSD may impose conditions on our use of the proceeds of the capital raising activity outside South Africa, including limits on our ability to retain the proceeds of this capital raising activity outside South Africa or a requirement that we seek further approval by the FSD prior to applying any of these funds to any specific use. Any limitations imposed by the FSD on our use of the proceeds of a capital raising activity could adversely affect our flexibility in financing our investments.

Foreign investments
Under current exchange control regulations we, and our South African subsidiaries (with the exclusion of MiX Investments which has been discussed above), can invest overseas without prior approval by the FSD, where the investment is below R1 billion per calendar year per company provided that the proposed investment meets certain criteria. Although no prior approval by the FSD is required for these investments, prior approval from the relevant Authorized Dealer, who will evaluate the investment on the same principles applied by the FSD, is required. Where the investment does not meet certain criteria, the Authorized Dealer will refer the matter to the FSD for consideration.
Should the foreign direct investment be more than R1 billion per calendar year per company, or where the Authorized Dealer refers the matter to the FSD in the circumstances described above, prior approval by the FSD is required and such foreign investments will only be allowed if the investment meets certain criteria including one of national interest, as determined by the FSD. There is no limitation placed on us with regard to the amount of funds that we can transfer from South Africa for an approved foreign investment. The FSD may, however, request us to stagger the capital outflows relating to large foreign investments in order to limit the impact of such outflows on the South African economy and the foreign exchange market.

Investments in South African Companies
A non-resident investor may invest freely in ordinary shares (including ADSs) in a South African company, provided that such transactions are concluded at arm’s length, at fair market-related prices and are financed in an approved manner. In this regard, such financing must be in the form of the introduction of foreign currency, South African Rand from a non-resident account or in terms of approved local borrowings that comply with exchange control regulations. The creation of any loan account between a resident and a non-resident would require prior exchange control approval.
Acquisitions of shares or assets of South African companies by non-South African purchasers are not generally subject to review by the South African Reserve Bank when the consideration is in cash, but may require the South African Reserve Bank review in certain circumstances, including when the consideration is equity in a non-South African company or when the acquisition is financed by a loan from a South African lender. Any foreign investor may also sell shares in a South African company and transfer the proceeds out of South Africa without restriction, provided that such transactions are

94





concluded at arm’s length and at market-related prices and that the share certificates have been endorsed as “Non-resident”, where the shares have been issued in a certificated form.

Dividends
Dividends declared to non-resident shareholders are not subject to approval by the South African Reserve Bank and are freely transferable to non-resident shareholders by publicly listed companies (provided shares which are issued in a certificated form are endorsed as “Non-resident”). The transfer of funds abroad in respect of the declaration of a dividend in specie or special dividend by a publicly listed company requires prior South African Reserve Bank approval.

Interest
Interest on foreign loans is freely transferable abroad, provided the introduction of the loans received prior South African Reserve Bank approval.

Voting Rights
There are no limitations imposed by South African law or by our Memorandum of Incorporation on the rights of non-South African shareholders to vote in respect of ordinary shares held.

10E. TAXATION
South African Tax Considerations
The following summary provides relevant tax information in relation to the South African tax landscape and describes the material South African tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposal of shares and ADSs. It is not a complete description of all the tax issues and of all possible tax consequences of such purchase, ownership or disposal. This summary is based on the laws as in force and as applied in practice on the date of this annual report and is subject to changes to those laws and practices subsequent to the date of this annual report. Investors should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposal of the ADSs and shares in light of their particular circumstances, including, in particular, the effect of any state, regional, local or other tax laws.

Residence-based System of Taxation
Residents of South Africa are taxed on their worldwide income and capital gains, whereas non-residents are taxed only on income and certain capital gains arising from a South African source. Shares held by a non-resident would generally not be subject to capital gains tax (“CGT”), provided that the shareholder holds less than 20% of the listed shares and that the company is not considered ‘land rich’.


Individuals
An individual will be a resident of South Africa for tax purposes if either of the following applies:

Such individual is “ordinarily resident” in South Africa. This expression is not defined in the Income Tax Act, No. 58 of 1962, or the “Income Tax Act”, and therefore its meaning is determined according to guidelines established by the courts. Generally, a person’s ordinary residence will be “the country to which he would naturally and as a matter of course return from his wandering; as contrasted with other lands it might be called his usual or principal residence and it would be described more aptly than other countries as his real home”.
The requirements of the physical presence test are met. If not ordinarily resident in South Africa, an individual is considered a South African resident if the individual is physically present in South Africa for more than 91 days, in aggregate, in the relevant tax year and each of the preceding five tax years, and also for more than 915 days, in aggregate, in the preceding five tax years.

95





Legal Persons (Company, Close Corporation and Trust)
As regards legal persons (and for these purposes, a trust is deemed to be a person), a resident is defined in the Income Tax Act as any person which is incorporated, established or formed in South Africa or which has its place of effective management in South Africa.

General Proviso Regarding Treaty Resident Persons
The Income Tax Act excludes from the definition of “resident” any person (legal or natural) that is deemed to be exclusively resident in another country in terms of an agreement for the avoidance of double taxation to which South Africa and that other country are parties. Such a treaty exists between the United States and South Africa effective December 28, 1997.

Dividend Income
Dividends declared by a South African resident company are exempt from income tax in the hands of the South African recipients. A withholding tax, known as dividends tax, is levied on dividends distributed by a South African resident company to its shareholders, whether those shareholders are South African residents or non-residents, subject to certain exemptions that may be available to the shareholder. In addition, a non-resident company listed on the JSE is also liable to withhold the tax in respect of those of its shares which are on the South African register. However, a rebate/credit against the dividends tax is granted in respect of any foreign withholding tax paid on that dividend.
The dividends tax rate has increased from 15% to 20% for any dividend paid on or after February 22, 2017.
Dividends tax is a final tax withheld by the company declaring the dividend, and applies to any distribution that is made by the company other than a distribution out of contributed tax capital (a defined term which generally means the share capital of a company). The definition of “dividend” is very broad and means any amount transferred or applied by a company for the benefit or on behalf of any person in respect of any share in that company. Because the definition is so broad, and therefore is likely to cover any transaction which represents a distribution of profits to a shareholder, there is only one deemed dividend rule which applies where a company makes a loan at less than a market-related rate of interest to any South African resident connected persons (not a company). There are also other deemed dividends which apply where there are attempts to avoid the tax by means of: dividend swaps; scrip loans; repo arrangements or on certain hybrid debt instruments.    

Where a company repurchases its own shares, the proceeds, to the extent that they are not out of contributed tax capital, are treated as a dividend. The exception to this rule is where a listed company repurchases its’ own shares on the market (i.e. effectively only off-market deals are treated as potentially giving rise to dividends).
Certain shareholders are exempt from the dividends tax, including South African resident companies, public benefit organizations and other tax-exempt bodies, such as a pension fund. Except where a corporate shareholder forms part of the same group (for tax purposes) as the company declaring a dividend, the aforementioned exemptions are only available if the shareholder has timely submitted to the company (or the regulated intermediary) a prescribed declaration and undertaking confirming its entitlement to the exemption.
A similar declaration and undertaking must be submitted by a non-resident who finds that a lower rate of withholding tax is applicable in terms of any relevant double tax agreement entered into between South Africa and the shareholder’s country of residence.
If dividends tax is withheld in circumstances where it need not have been (e.g. the required declaration and undertaking was not submitted timeously), it is possible for the shareholder to obtain a refund, either from the company or from the regulated intermediary within three years after the payment of the dividend.
It should be noted that certain types of shares could be categorized as either hybrid equity instruments or third-party backed shares (though these usually occur in the case of certain redeemable preference shares), and if they are so classified, the dividends are no longer exempt from income tax (i.e. they remain fully taxable at ordinary income tax rates), and in such case, not being dividends exempt from income tax, they will not be subject to dividends tax.

Disposal of Shares
The disposal of shares will give rise either to a capital or revenue receipt or accrual in the hands of a taxpayer. In determining whether the income derived from the disposal of such shares is of a capital or revenue nature, the South African tax authorities and courts look at, among other things, the intention of the holder of the shares to determine whether the

96





disposal gives rise to a capital or revenue profit. Profits derived from the disposal of South African shares held as long-term investments are generally regarded as profits of a capital nature and are not subject to South African income tax according to standard tax tables, but rather to capital gains tax at a specified lower inclusion rate. The burden of proof of a capital intent is on the taxpayer.
Where, however, the shares have been held for more than three years and such shares qualify as equity shares, the proceeds from the disposal will most likely be deemed to be capital if the provisions of section 9C of the Income Tax Act are met.
If a non-resident shareholder trades (that is, conducts business or speculates) in South African shares, such non-resident shareholder’s disposal of shares will be considered revenue in nature and subject to the higher standard tax rate tables if the proceeds from the disposal are considered to be from a South African source, which would only be the case where the shares are attributable to the non-resident’s permanent establishment in South Africa.

Capital Gains Tax
Residents of South Africa are subject to CGT in respect of gains made on the disposal of their world-wide assets. Non-residents are generally not liable for CGT on disposals of South African assets, but there are two exceptions to this rule: (a) the gain on the disposal of a direct or indirect interest in immovable property in South Africa; and (b) any gain on disposal of an asset attributable to a permanent establishment which the non-resident has in South Africa.
CGT was introduced into the Income Tax Act with effect from October 1, 2001, by way of the incorporation of the Eighth Schedule thereto. In terms of this Eighth Schedule, all South African tax residents are liable to pay CGT on the gains realized from the disposal of capital assets (including a share held for more than three years, as described above). An asset is widely defined and includes movable and immovable property, corporeal and incorporeal property, and rights or interests in such property, but excludes certain limited currency items.
Natural persons and special trusts enjoy an annual exclusion in respect of capital gains or losses of R40 000. In the year of a person’s death, the annual exclusion is increased to R300 000.
The following table sets out the inclusion rate at which a capital gain would be included in a taxpayer’s taxable income, the normal tax rates applicable to certain taxpayers and, consequently, the effective rate at which capital gains are taxed.

Type of Taxpayer
 
Inclusion Rate of the
Capital Gain
to be Included in
Taxable Income
 
Statutory
Income
Tax Rate
 
Effective
Rate
 
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
Individuals
 
40.0

 
0 – 45

 
0 – 18.0

Trusts
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special
 
40.0

 
0 – 45

 
0 – 18.0

Other
 
80.0

 
45

 
36.0

Life assurers
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individual policyholder fund
 
40.0

 
30

 
12.0

Company policyholder fund
 
80.0

 
28

 
22.4

Risk policy or Corporate fund
 
80.0

 
28

 
22.4

Untaxed policyholder fund
 

 

 

Most companies
 
80.0

 
28

 
22.4

Permanent establishments (branches) of non-resident companies
 
80.0

 
28

 
22.4

Collective investment schemes
 

 

 

The following amendments were introduced, effective from March 1, 2017:
a new income tax bracket of 45% (maximum tax rate was 41% previously) for individuals and special trusts, thus the maximum effective capital gain for an individual and special trust is 18%; and

97





ordinary trusts are taxed at a flat rate of 45% (maximum tax rate was 41% previously), thus the effective capital gain for an ordinary trust is 36%.
A natural person’s death triggers a deemed sale at market value for CGT purposes. Giving up South African residence by any type of person also triggers such a deemed sale.
As discussed above, non-residents would generally not be liable for CGT in South Africa on disposal of shares in a South African company.
The zero rate as noted with regards to Collective Investment Schemes assumes that all income received by the Collective Investment Scheme during any single year is distributed to the Unit Holder in that same year.

Corporate Tax
For fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 the corporate tax rate is 28% of taxable income.
Securities Transfer Tax
Securities Transfer Tax is levied in respect of any transfer of securities (except where there is no change in beneficial ownership) at the rate of 0.25% of the taxable amount of such securities being the value or consideration given for the securities or (effectively) the market value, whichever is the higher, determined according to the Securities Transfer Tax Act, No. 25 of 2007. The company (if the securities are unlisted) or the central securities depositary participant (if the securities are listed) is liable for the Securities Transfer Tax, but it has a right of recovery against the transferee. A security is defined as any share in a company; member’s interest in a close corporation; or right or entitlement to receive any distribution from a company or close corporation.

Estate Duty
Estate duty is levied in terms of the Estate Duty Act No. 45 of 1955 and constitutes a tax which is levied at a rate of 20% on deceased estates. A natural person who is ordinarily resident in South Africa is liable for estate duty on his or her worldwide estate on the date of their death. There are certain exemptions and deductions available. The most important deductions are bequests to a surviving spouse and also bequests to public benefit organizations. Any CGT triggered by death (see above) will also be allowed as a deduction. Thereafter, and after deducting liabilities of the estate, the estate duty will be taxable on any amount in excess of R3.5 million ($0.2 million). To the extent that the first-dying spouse has not availed of the exemption of R3.5 million in full, the unutilized portion may be added to the exemption available to the estate of the surviving spouse on the latter’s death. Non-residents are subject to estate duty on the same basis, but limited to assets located in South Africa.

Value-Added Tax
Value-Added Tax is an indirect tax on the consumption of goods and services in the South African economy, levied in terms of the Value-Added Tax Act No. 89 of 1991, at the rate of 14% on the consideration of taxable supplies of goods and services, with exports being zero-rated (0%). Financial services (including transfers of shares and debt instruments and the making available of credit) are exempt from value added taxes.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is a description of the material United States federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders (described below) of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire ordinary shares or ADSs. This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) that owns ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for United States federal income tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders, subject to special rules, such as, but not limited to:
certain financial institutions;
insurance companies;
dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

98





persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs;
persons whose functional currency for United States federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. Dollar;
entities classified as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes;
tax-exempt entities, including “individual retirement accounts” or “Roth IRAs”;
persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States; or
persons who own directly, indirectly, or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our ordinary shares and/or ADSs.
If an entity that is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds ordinary shares or ADSs, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding ordinary shares or ADSs, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisers as to the United States federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the ordinary shares or ADSs. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations and the Convention Between the Republic of South Africa and the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital Gains (the “Treaty”), all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. It is also based in part on the provisions of the deposit agreement entered into with the depositary and assumes that each obligation under the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.
A “U.S. Holder” is a person who is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is, for United States federal income tax purposes:  
an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;
a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision for the administration of the trust, and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (2) the trust has validly elected under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person; or
an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source.
In general, a U.S. Holder who owns ADSs will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs for United States federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs.
The United States Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom ADSs are released before the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary, or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between holders of ADSs and the issuer of the security underlying the ADSs, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by holders of ADSs. These actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the creditability of South African taxes, if any, and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (each of which is described below) could be affected by actions taken by such parties or intermediaries.
U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the United States federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs in their particular circumstances.

99





Taxation of Distributions
Subject to the PFIC rules, described below (i.e., if we are not a PFIC during a U.S. Holder’s holding period or we cease to be a PFIC and a “purging election” is made, as discussed below), distributions paid on our ordinary shares or ADSs (including amounts withheld to reflect South African withholding taxes), other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under United States federal income tax principles). To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, as determined under United States federal income tax principles, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted basis of the ADSs or ordinary shares (thereby increasing the amount of gain, or decreasing the amount of loss, to be recognized by a U.S. Holder on a subsequent disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares), and the balance in excess of adjusted basis will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange. Consequently, such distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would generally not give rise to foreign source income and you would generally not be able to use the foreign tax credit arising from any withholding tax imposed on such distributions unless such credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against United States federal income tax due on other foreign source income in the appropriate category for foreign tax credit purposes. However, because we do not maintain calculations of earnings and profits under United States federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Dividends will be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally available to United States corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt, or in the case of ADSs, the depositary’s receipt, of the dividend. In addition, certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, estates and trusts, are subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on unearned income. For individual U.S. Holders, the additional Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (i) “net investment income” or (ii) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally equals the taxpayer’s gross investment income reduced by the deductions that are allocable to such income. Investment income generally includes passive income such as interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, rents and capital gains. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from an investment in the ADSs.
Subject to applicable limitations (including a minimum holding period requirement), the PFIC rules, described below, and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, dividends paid by qualified foreign corporations to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at rates lower than the rates applicable to ordinary income. Under these rules, a foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid on stock (or ADSs backed by stock) that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, such as the NYSE, where the ADSs are listed. However, there can be no assurance that the ADSs will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in later years. A qualified foreign corporation also includes a foreign corporation that is eligible for the benefits of certain income tax treaties with the United States. It is unclear whether we are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty because eligibility for each year is dependent on the trading volume of our ordinary shares and ADSs for such year. If we are eligible for such benefits, dividends we pay on our ordinary shares or ADSs will generally be eligible for the reduced tax rates regardless of whether such shares or ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers to determine whether a preferential rate will apply to dividends they receive in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs and whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at this favorable rate. The amount of any dividend paid in South African Rand will equal the U.S. Dollar value of the South African Rand received, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the dividend is received by the U.S. Holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or by the depositary, in the case of ADSs, regardless of whether the South African Rand are converted into U.S. Dollars. If the South African Rand received as a dividend are converted into U.S. Dollars on the date they are received, a U.S. Holder generally will not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. If the South African Rand received as a dividend are not converted into U.S. Dollars on the date of receipt (by the U.S. Holder or the depositary, respectively), the U.S. Holder will have a basis in the South African Rand equal to their U.S. Dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss realized on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the South African Rand will be treated as United States -source ordinary income or loss.
As described above, dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs are generally subject to South African withholding taxes. For United States federal income tax purposes, the amount of a dividend would include any amounts withheld by us in respect of South African taxes. Subject to applicable limitations, the PFIC rules, described below, and in the case of ADSs subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the United States Treasury, any South African income taxes withheld from dividends at a rate not exceeding any applicable Treaty rate would be creditable against the U.S. Holder’s United States federal income tax liability. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit, dividends paid on our ordinary shares or ADSs will generally constitute foreign source income and will generally constitute passive

100





category income. Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may, at the U.S. Holder’s election, deduct such creditable South African taxes, if any, in computing taxable income. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year to foreign countries and possessions of the United States. Special rules limiting foreign tax credits apply to non-corporate U.S. Holders who receive dividends eligible for the reduced rates discussed above, and to U.S. Holders of equity in a PFIC. Furthermore, in certain circumstances, a U.S. Holder will not be allowed a foreign tax credit for any foreign taxes imposed on dividends if such U.S. Holder has held its ordinary shares or ADSs for less than a specified minimum period during which it is not protected from risk or loss, or if such U.S. Holder is obligated to make payments related to the dividends. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability or deductibility of foreign taxes and their eligibility for benefits under the Treaty in their particular circumstances.
Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs
Subject to the PFIC rules described below, for United States federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the relevant ordinary shares or ADSs and the amount realized on the disposition, each as determined in U.S. Dollars. This gain or loss will generally be United States -source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. Consequently, a U.S. Holder may not be able to use the foreign tax credit arising from any South African tax imposed on the disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs unless such credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against tax due on other income treated as derived from foreign sources. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Long-term capital gains earned by non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at rates lower than the rates applicable to ordinary income and, with respect to individuals with modified adjusted gross income above certain thresholds, an additional Medicare tax will apply to certain types of income, including long-term and short-term capital gains arising from the sale of stock, as described above.
PFIC Rules
Based on the market price of the ADSs and ordinary shares, the value of our assets, and the composition of our income and assets, although not free from doubt, we do not believe that we were a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes for our taxable year ended March 31, 2017. The application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects, and we cannot assure you that the United States Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS”, will not assert that we are a PFIC. A non- United States corporation will be a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if either:
at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income; or
at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.
For this purpose, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock.
We must make a separate determination after the close of each taxable year as to whether we were a PFIC for that year. Because the value of our assets (including goodwill and unbooked intangibles) for purposes of the PFIC test will generally be determined by reference to the market price of the ADSs and ordinary shares, fluctuations in the market price of the ADSs and ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, changes in the composition of our income or assets may cause us to become a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds the ADSs or ordinary shares, unless we cease to be a PFIC and the U.S. Holder makes a “deemed sale” election with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable. If such election is made, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold the ADSs or ordinary shares such U.S. Holder holds at their fair market value and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the rules described below. After the deemed sale election, the U.S. Holder’s ADSs or ordinary shares with respect to which the deemed sale election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC unless we subsequently become a PFIC.

For each taxable year that we are treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder, such U.S. Holder will be subject

101





to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” the U.S. Holder receives and any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ADSs or ordinary shares, unless such U.S. Holder makes a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions the U.S. Holder receives in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions such U.S. Holder received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution.
Under these special tax rules:
the excess distribution or recognized gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares;
the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income; and
the amount allocated to each other taxable year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as applicable, for each such year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.
The tax liability for amounts allocated to taxable years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) from a sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital, even if the U.S. Holder holds the ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets.
If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder for any taxable year, to the extent any of our subsidiaries are also PFICs or we make direct or indirect equity investments in other entities that are PFICs, such U.S. Holder may be deemed to own shares in such lower-tier PFICs that are directly or indirectly owned by us in that proportion which the value of the ADSs or ordinary shares such U.S. Holder owns bears to the value of all of the ADSs and ordinary shares, and such U.S. Holder may be subject to the rules described in the preceding two paragraphs with respect to the shares of such lower-tier PFICs that such U.S. Holder would be deemed to own. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.
If we are a PFIC and if the ordinary shares or ADSs are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange”, a U.S. Holder could make a mark-to-market election with respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, that would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above. The ordinary shares or ADSs would be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ordinary shares or ADSs, as the case may be, were traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. The NYSE, where the ADSs have been authorized to be listed, is a qualified exchange for this purpose. Further, our ordinary shares are listed on the JSE. Such exchange will be treated as a “qualified exchange” if: (a) it is regulated or supervised by a governmental authority in its country, (b) the exchange is subject to requirements (which requirements are actually enforced) designed to prevent fraud, remove impediments to a free and open market, and protect investors, and (c) the rules of the exchange promote active trading of listed stocks. In addition, no assurance can be given that the ordinary shares or ADSs will be “regularly traded” on their respective exchanges for purposes of the mark-to-market election. U.S. Holders will not be able to make a mark-to-market election with respect to any lower-tier PFICs (discussed above).
A U.S. Holder generally makes a mark-to-market election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 to a timely filed United States federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election first relates. The mark-to-market election cannot be made unless a U.S. Holder owns ordinary shares or ADSs on the last day of the U.S. Holder’s taxable year during which we are a PFIC. A timely mark-to-market election will apply to the tax year for which such election is made and to all subsequent tax years, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs, as the case may be, are no longer “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” or the IRS consents to revocation of such election.
If the mark-to-market election is available, and a U.S. Holder makes such election, the U.S. Holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares or ADSs at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares or ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. In addition, if a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, any gain that the U.S. Holder recognizes on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election).

102





U.S. Holders of ordinary shares or ADSs should consult their own advisers about the availability and advisability of the mark-to-market election.
Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock of a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such corporation to elect out of the PFIC rules described above regarding excess distributions and recognized gains. A U.S. Holder that makes a qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the taxable year. However, you may make a qualified electing fund election with respect to your ADSs or ordinary shares only if we agree to furnish you annually with certain tax information, and we currently do not intend to prepare or provide such information.
United States shareholders of PFICs are required to file certain information with United States taxing authorities relating to their PFIC investments for years in which they receive distributions from the PFIC, recognized gain on a disposition of the PFIC stock, or make certain elections. If we are classified as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder should consult such U.S. Holder’s tax advisers regarding any reporting requirements that may apply.
The PFIC rules are complex, and each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax adviser regarding the PFIC rules and how the PFIC rules may affect the United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Payments of dividends with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our ordinary shares or ADSs that are made within the United States or through certain United States -related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (1) the U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient, or (2) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. U.S. Holders that are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on IRS Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s United States federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Certain U.S. Holders are also required to file IRS Form 926, Return by U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation, and certain U.S. Holders may be required to file IRS Form 5471, Information Return of U.S. Persons With Respect to Certain Foreign Corporations, reporting transfers of cash or other property to us and information relating to the U.S. Holder and us.
Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax adviser regarding these requirements.
Additionally, a U.S. Holder holding our ordinary shares should consider their possible obligation to file FinCEN Report 114 - Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts, with respect to the ordinary shares.
Furthermore, certain U.S. Holders of “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 (and in some circumstances, a higher threshold) may be required to file IRS Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with respect to such assets with their tax returns. “Specified foreign financial assets” generally include any financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as any of the following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-United States persons, which may include the ADSs or ordinary shares, (ii) financial instruments and contracts held for investment that have non-United States issuers or counterparties and, (iii) interests in foreign entities. The IRS has issued guidance exempting “specified foreign financial assets” held in a financial account from reporting under this provision (although the financial account itself, if maintained by a foreign financial institution, may remain subject to this reporting requirement). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the application of this legislation to their ownership of the ADSs or ordinary shares.
10F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS
Not applicable.

103



10G. STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS
Not applicable.
10H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. Because we are a foreign private issuer, the SEC’s rules do not require us to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, among other things. We do produce quarterly financial reports and furnish them to the SEC on a 6-K form not later than two months after the end of each of the first three quarters of our fiscal year and file our annual report on Form 20-F no later than 4 months after the end of our fiscal year.
You may inspect and copy reports and other information filed by us with the SEC at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website at http://www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access our filings. In addition, all the statutory records of the Company and its subsidiaries may be viewed at our registered address in South Africa.
We will continue to send the depositary a copy of all notices that we give relating to meetings of our shareholders or to distributions to shareholders or the offering of rights and a copy of any other report or communication that we make generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make all these notices, reports and communications that it receives from us available for inspection by registered holders of ADSs at its office. The depositary will mail copies of those notices, reports and communications to you if we ask the depositary to do so and furnish sufficient copies of materials for that purpose.
10I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION
Not applicable.





ITEM 11. QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We face exposure to the risk of adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates. Portions of our revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are denominated in currencies other than the South African Rand, primarily the U.S. Dollar, the Australian Dollar, the Euro, the British Pound and the Brazilian Real. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve.
In addition to the disclosures below, notes 3.1(a) and 36 of the consolidated financial statements (which can be found on “Item 19. Exhibits”) also contain disclosure of our exposures to market risk.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or date of re-measurements where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement. Foreign currency transaction exposure has historically resulted primarily from intercompany transactions and customer and vendor transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the legal entity entering into the transaction. As of May 31, 2017, we held the remaining U.S. Dollar IPO proceeds and certain dividends received from subsidiary companies and treasury shares held in the form of ADSs, in total amounting to $9.6 million, in U.S. Dollars in MiX Investments as the South African Rand can be volatile. Refer to “Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds” for details on the use of the IPO proceeds. The functional currency of MiX Investments, the treasury company where these U.S Dollar cash reserves are kept, is South African Rand, and as a result foreign exchange gains and losses arising from South African Rand and U.S. Dollar exchange rate movements, which can be volatile, are recorded in the income statement. This remains our primary source of exchange rate exposure risk.
Currently, our significant foreign currency exposures are those with respect to the U.S. Dollar, the Australian Dollar, the Euro, the British Pound and the Brazilian Real. An unfavorable exchange rate movement with respect to any of these currencies against the South African Rand would expose us to losses. For fiscal year 2017, based on our financial position at March 31, 2017, we estimated that a 10% strengthening in the functional versus the denominated currency would have resulted in a decline of R17.7 million in pre-tax income. For purposes of this sensitivity analysis, we assume that all currencies move in the same direction at the same time. Of the R17.7 million decline in pre-tax income, R16.1 million relates to foreign exchange exposure arising from South African Rand and U.S. Dollar exchange rate movements. Foreign currency translation exposure also results from the translation of the financial statements of our subsidiaries, whose functional currency is not the South African Rand, into the South African Rand for consolidated reporting purposes. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into South African Rand using period-end exchange rates and their income statements are translated into South African Rand using the weighted average exchange rate over the period. We record resulting currency translation adjustments in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and as part of reserves on the consolidated statement of financial position. We recorded exchange differences on translating foreign operations of R80.9 million in the statement of comprehensive income for fiscal year 2017.
For fiscal year 2017, approximately 47.3% of our revenues were denominated in a currency other than the South African Rand, and 42.5% of our operating expenses were generated by subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the South African Rand and, therefore, are subject to foreign currency translation exposure. We have experienced and expect to experience fluctuations in our net profit as a result of revaluing monetary assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency of the entity that recorded the asset or liability. We do not hedge our foreign currency translation risk and we also have not hedged the exposure from the U.S. Dollar cash reserves held in MiX Investments. Currently, we have a policy in place to hedge the remaining significant transaction risks that take into account foreign currency debits, credits and determines a net on balance sheet position. This net position is then offset by a foreign currency bank account in anticipation of the expenditure or receipt of cash. Our policy is in effect primarily in our South African and European operations and has not been implemented for our Middle East and Australasian and Brazilian operations. We do not plan to implement this policy in our United States operation as all significant trading income and expenses and resulting debits and credits are denominated in U.S. Dollars.

105





Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk in respect of our net cash balances that earn interest at variable rates. Amounts outstanding under our credit facilities accrue interest at variable rates linked to the South African prime rate and expose us to interest rate risk. An increase in the interest rate at the reporting date of 100 basis points for South African Rand denominated instruments and 10 basis points for U.S. Dollar denominated instruments would have increased profit or loss before tax by R1.0 million and R0.1 million, respectively.
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
12A. DEBT SECURITIES
Not applicable.
12B. WARRANTS AND RIGHTS
Not applicable.
12C. OTHER SECURITIES
Not applicable.

106





12D. AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
BNYM serves as the depositary for MiX Telematics’ ADSs. MiX Telematics’ ADSs, each representing twenty five MiX Telematics ordinary shares, of no par value, are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MIXT”. The ADSs are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, issued by BNYM, as Depositary, under the Deposit Agreement (dated as of August 8, 2013) among BNYM, MiX Telematics Limited and its registered ADR holders.
Holders of ADSs or ADRs are required to pay various fees and charges to the depositary which have been detailed in the table below:
Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or ADS holders must pay the following fees:
  
In respect of the following services:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)
  
Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property
 
Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates
 
 
 
$0.05 (or less) per ADS
  
Any cash distribution to ADS holders
 
 
 
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs
  
Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders
 
 
 
$0.05 (or less) per ADSs per calendar year
  
Depositary services
 
 
 
Registration or transfer fees
  
Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
 
 
 
Expenses of the depositary
  
Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)
 
Converting foreign currency to U.S. Dollars
 
 
 
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes
  
As necessary
 
 
 
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities
  
As necessary
The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.
From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse and/or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders, or waive fees and expenses for services provided, generally relating to costs and expenses arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers or other service providers that are affiliates of the depositary and that may earn or share fees or commissions.
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
Not applicable.

107





ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Use of proceeds
The following “Use of Proceeds” information relates to our registration statement on Form F-1 ( File No. 333-189799) filed with the SEC for our IPO of 6,296,098 ADSs (of which 1,896,098 ADSs related to selling shareholders), each representing 25 ordinary shares of the Company, and the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase an additional 944,414 ADSs from the selling shareholders, which registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on August 8, 2013.   We did not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of ADSs by the selling shareholders.
We received proceeds from the IPO of $65.5 million after deducting the underwriting discount but before deducting expenses of the IPO that were payable by us.
As of June 30, 2017, the U.S. Dollar proceeds were used as follows:
 
 
$ ’000
Proceeds received from IPO
 
65,472

Interest received
 
234

Share issue costs paid from the proceeds
 
(1,781
)
Loan to MiX Telematics Serviços De Telemetria E Rastreamento De Veículos Do Brazil Limitada  (1)
 
(5,300
)
Loan to MiX Telematics Europe Limited  (2)
 
(1,585
)
Loan to MiX Telematics North America, Inc. (2)
 
(14,500
)
ADS and share repurchases (3)
 
(7,817
)
Cash converted to South African Rand to facilitate specific repurchase of shares from related party (4)
 
(30,647
)
Provisional tax payment on foreign exchange gains arising from South African Rand bank accounts
 
(1,002
)
Settlement of loan from MiX Telematics Limited
 
(1,250
)
Bank charges
 
(1
)
Balance of remaining proceeds held in MiX Investments’ deposit accounts as at June 30, 2017
 
1,823

(1)  
These loans were extended to our subsidiary in Brazil in order to facilitate the planned expansion in the region and to provide financing for in-vehicle devices for bundled deals. The loans are denominated in Brazilian Real.
(2)  
These loans were extended to these subsidiaries to facilitate growth, investments in infrastructure and sales and marketing and to provide financing for in-vehicle devices for bundled deals. The loans extended to MiX Telematics Europe Limited and MiX Telematics North America, Inc. are denominated in British Pound and U.S. Dollar, respectively.
(3)  
See note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on the fiscal year 2016 share repurchase program.
(4)  
See note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on the fiscal year 2017 specific share repurchase agreement from related party.
As of June 30, 2017, the U.S. Dollar proceeds converted to South African Rand were held as follows:
 
 
South African Rand
 
 
’000
Cash converted to South African Rand to facilitate specific repurchase of shares from related party
 
477,605

Interest received
 
5,728

Cash transferred to MiX Telematics Limited to acquire MiX Australasia Group (1)
 
(483,333
)
Balance of South African Rand proceeds held in MiX Investments’ deposit accounts as at June 30, 2017
 

(1)     MiX Telematics Limited utilized this cash mainly to effect the share repurchase from Imperial Corporate Services Proprietary Limited.
As of June 30, 2017, the following IPO proceeds were still available for use:
$1.8 million is held by MiX Investments in U.S. Dollars (as described above);

108





Approximately $2.8 million of the $21.4 million loan funding advanced to subsidiaries is still available as cash in the subsidiaries.
The principal reasons for our IPO were to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our ADSs. We set out to use the net proceeds from the IPO to pursue future acquisitions and other strategic investments, to fund fully bundled deals in our regions in the form of capitalized in-vehicle devices and for general corporate purposes. The IPO proceeds were also used to finance the specific repurchase of shares from a related party.
On, May 25, 2017, we announced our intention to repurchase shares by means of a general share repurchase program of up to R270.0 million. We plan to use a significant portion of the remaining IPO proceeds to fund the general share repurchase program. Refer to “Item 7A. Major shareholders” for information regarding the general share repurchase program.


109





ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
15A. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Interim Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a – 15(e) and 15d – 15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of March 31, 2017. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention of overriding of the controls or the procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their controls objectives.
15B. MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of MiX is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a – 15(f) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management is required to assess the effectiveness of MiX’s internal control over financial reporting as of the end of each financial year and report, based on that assessment, whether the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.
MiX’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of MiX’s financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Management assessed the effectiveness of MiX’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)”. Based on this assessment, our management has determined that, as of March 31, 2017, MiX’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

15C. ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY FIRM
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm. We may elect not to file an attestation report from our registered public accounting firm for up to five years or until we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act.
15D. CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Following the identification and disclosure of a significant deficiency in our North American segment during the 2016 fiscal year, management continued to monitor the controls in place and the performance against the measures proposed at the time, which included:
Changes to the processes and procedures, and the related controls, relating to the accounting of in-vehicle devices and inventory;
Ongoing training of finance staff with relevant accounting experience and skills in the preparation of financial statements under IFRS; and

110





Ongoing oversight from head office finance regarding monitoring controls relating to balance sheet reconciliations.
Although the measures above were implemented during the 2017 fiscal year, we determined that certain aspects of the significant deficiency remained outstanding and required the implementation of the following additional measures, some of which were already concluded prior to the issue of this report:
The appointment of several key finance staff including amongst others a permanent Financial Director with extensive controls experience;
Ongoing training of finance staff on control procedures and activities will be conducted during the fiscal year; and
Ongoing testing and review of key controls by our group risk function.
None of these changes were in response to a material weakness identified in our control over financial reporting.
There were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
The Board of Directors has determined that Anthony Welton, independent non-executive chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee, is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the rules of the SEC and independent both under the NYSE Listing Standards and the JSE Listings Requirements. The board has also determined that the combined knowledge, skills and experience of the Audit and Risk Committee, and their authority to engage outside experts as they deem appropriate to provide them with advice on matters related to their responsibilities, enable them, as a group and under the guidance of Anthony Welton, to discharge the responsibilities of the Audit and Risk Committee.
16B. CODE OF ETHICS
We have a Code of Ethics and Conduct which applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, and is underpinned by MiX’s philosophy of honesty, integrity, equity, respect and dignity. The code of ethics has been communicated to employees, suppliers, service providers and is available on our Internet website (http://www.mixtelematics.com/about-us/corporate-governance). This website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report. Any amendment or waiver of the code as it relates to our Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer or controller will be posted on our website within five business days following such amendment or waiver. No such amendments or waivers are anticipated.
We have been successfully operating an ethics reporting telephone line and email address for a number of years. This confidential and anonymous ethics hotline provides an impartial facility for all stakeholders to report deviations from ethical behavior, including fraud and unsafe behavior or environment. These calls and emails are monitored, and the occurrence of relevant reports and progress toward their resolution are reported to the Audit and Risk Committee on a regular basis.
16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The following table sets forth the aggregate audit and audit-related fees, tax fees and all other fees billed by our principal accountants (PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.) for each of fiscal years 2017 and 2016:
 
 
2017
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(In thousands)
Audit fees
 

$658

 

R8,821

 

R7,426

Tax fees
 
54

 
721

 
1,199

All other fees
 
43

 
583

 
65

Total (1)
 

$755

 

R10,125

 

R8,690

(1)  
In respect of our Audit and Risk Committee approval process, all of the non-audit and audit fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc. have been pre-approved by the Audit and Risk Committee.

111





Audit fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of our consolidated financial statements and the audit of statutory financial statements of our subsidiaries, including fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or reviews of our financial statements that are services that only an external auditor can reasonably provide.
Tax fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including assistance in the preparation of original and amended tax returns; tax advice relating to VAT and transfer pricing, and requests for rulings or technical advice from tax authorities; and tax planning services and expatriate tax compliance, consultation and planning services.
All other fees consist of fees billed which are not included under audit fees, audit related fees or tax fees.
Audit committee approval policy
In accordance with our non-audit services policy, non-audit services performed for us by our independent accountants were approved by the Audit and Risk Committee, which concluded that the provision of such services by the independent accountants was compatible with the maintenance of that firm’s independence in the conduct of its auditing functions.
In terms of our non-audit services policy, non-audit services less than $25,000 and up to $150,000 cumulatively per annum that fall into the permissible non-audit services categories set out in the policy, do not require pre-approval by the Audit and Risk committee, but are pre-approved by the chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee. All non-audit services exceeding $25,000 and all non-audit services fees after the above $150,000 cumulative annual limit is reached, are subject to pre-approval by the Audit and Risk Committee or pre-approval by the chairman and subsequent ratification by the Audit and Risk Committee on a quarterly basis.
Our non-audit services policy also contains a list of prohibited services which may not be performed by our independent accountants as these services could impair their independence status.
Requests or applications for services that require specific separate approval by the Audit and Risk Committee or its chairman are required to be submitted by both the Interim Chief Financial Officer and the independent accountants, and must include a detailed description of the services to be provided and a statement by the independent auditors confirming that the provision of the proposed services does not impair their independence.
In accordance with the Audit and Risk Committee charter, the Audit and Risk Committee approves the audit fee payable to the independent accountants.
16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTINGS STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
On April 29, 2016, we entered into an agreement (the “share repurchase agreement”) with Imperial Holdings Limited (“Imperial Holdings”) and Imperial Corporate Services Proprietary Limited (“Imperial Corporate Services”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Imperial Holdings, to repurchase all 200,828,260 of the Company’s shares held by Imperial Corporate Services (the “repurchase shares”) at R2.36 per repurchase share, for an aggregate repurchase consideration of R474.0 million (the “repurchase”). At the special general meeting held on August 1, 2016, our shareholders approved the repurchase in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements and the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008, at which point the transaction was accounted for in terms of IFRS. The repurchase was implemented on August 29, 2016. Subsequent to the repurchase, the shares were delisted and now form part of our authorized unissued share capital.
Period
 
Total number of shares repurchased
 
Average price paid per share (1)
 
Shares canceled under the share repurchase program
 
Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced programs
 
Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the programs
Month
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
August 2016
 
200,828,260

 
2.36

 
(200,828,260
)
 
200,828,260

 

 
 
200,828,260

 
 
 
(200,828,260
)
 
200,828,260

 
 
(1) Including transaction costs.

112






Refer to “Item 7A. Major Shareholders” for details on the specific repurchase of shares from a related party.

On May 23, 2017, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program of up to R270 million under which we may repurchase our ordinary shares, including those represented by ADSs. We may repurchase our shares or ADSs from time to time in our discretion through open market transactions and block trades, based on ongoing assessments of our capital needs, the market prices of our securities and general market conditions. This share repurchase program may be discontinued at any time by our Board of Directors, and we have no obligation to repurchase any amount of our securities under the program. The repurchase program will be funded out of existing cash resources.
The repurchase program will extend from May 29, 2017 unless and until discontinued by our Board of Directors or the date when the R270 million limit is exhausted. See note 35 to our consolidated financial statements for further details about our share repurchase program.
Period
 
Total number of shares repurchased
 
Average price paid per share (1)
 
Shares canceled under the share repurchase program
 
Total value of shares purchased as part of publicly announced program
 
Maximum value of shares that may yet be purchased under the program
Month
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 2017
 
5,015,660

 
3.72

 

 
18,666,376

 
251,333,624

 
 
5,015,660

 
 
 

 
18,666,376

 
 
(1) Including transaction costs.

16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
We maintain a primary listing of ordinary shares on the exchange operated by the Johannesburg Stock Exchange Limited (“JSE”) and a listing of ADSs on the NYSE. Accordingly, we are subject to the on-going disclosure, corporate governance and other requirements imposed by legislation in both jurisdictions, the JSE, the SEC and the NYSE. We have implemented controls to provide reasonable assurance of our compliance with all relevant requirements in respect of our listings. These include the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (“the Companies Act”), the JSE Listings Requirements, the SEC, the NYSE and United States legislation such as SOX, insofar as it applies to foreign companies listed on the NYSE. Our application of the principles contained in the King Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (“King III”) and where applicable, the reasons for non-compliance with the principles of King III, can be found on our website under investor relations ( www.mixtelematics.com ). This website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report. The King Report on Corporate Governance is a booklet of guidelines for the governance structures and operation of companies in South Africa which was compiled when the Institute of Directors in South Africa asked retired Supreme Court of South Africa judge Mervyn E. King to chair a committee on corporate governance. It is issued by the King Committee on Corporate Governance. Three reports were issued in 1994 (King I), 2002 (King II), and 2009 (King III) and a fourth revision (King IV) in 2016. Compliance with the King Reports is a mandatory requirement for companies listed on the JSE. Unlike other corporate governance codes such as SOX, the code is non-legislative and is based on principles and practices. The philosophy of the code consists of the three key elements of leadership, sustainability and good corporate citizenship. It views good governance as essentially being effective, ethical leadership.
As noted above, the King Committee published the King IV Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (“King IV”) on November 1, 2016 and is effective in respect of financial years commencing on or after April 1, 2017. It replaces King III in its entirety. King IV is principle and outcome based instead of rule based, consequently, while King III called on companies to apply or explain, King IV assumes application of all principles, and requires entities to explain how the principles are applied. MiX will report in terms of the new King IV reporting requirements at the end of fiscal year 2018.

113





As a foreign private issuer with ADSs listed on the NYSE, we are subject to corporate governance requirements imposed by the NYSE. Under section 303A.11 of the NYSE Listing Standards, a foreign private issuer, such as us, may follow its home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the NYSE Listing Standards on corporate governance, which we have elected to do. The following is a summary of the significant ways in which our home country corporate governance standards and its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under the NYSE Listing Standards:
The NYSE Listing Standards require that the non-management directors of United States listed companies meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without management. Although the JSE Listings Requirements do not require such meetings, the board ordinarily meets without executives on a biannual basis as it is a requirement of King III and the new King IV.
The NYSE Listing Standards require United States listed companies to have an audit committee composed of at least three independent directors. A foreign private issuer may be exempted from the requirement that all members of the audit committee qualify as independent under the NYSE Listing Standards provided, among other requirements, that the members of the audit committee are independent under Exchange Act Rule 10A-3. All of our Audit and Risk Committee members are independent, both under the NYSE Listing Standards and the JSE Listings Requirements.
The NYSE Listing Standards require United States listed companies to have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. The NYSE Listing Standards also require United States listed companies to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. The JSE Listings Requirements require the appointment of a remuneration committee, and stipulate that all members of this committee must be non-executive directors, the majority of whom must be independent. We have a combined Nominations and Remuneration Committee which currently comprises three non-executive directors, all of whom are independent under the NYSE Listings Requirements. One of these directors is not considered independent in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements due to his significant shareholding in the Company.
Under NYSE Listing Standards, shareholders of United States companies must be given the opportunity to vote for the establishment of and material amendments to equity compensation plans, transactions involving below market price issuances in private placements of more than 20% of outstanding shares, or issuances that result in a change in control, with limited exceptions set forth in the NYSE Listing Standards. The JSE Listings Requirements provides that a share incentive plan and material amendments thereto must be approved by shareholders passing an ordinary resolution (requiring a 75% majority of the votes cast in favor of such a resolution).  The JSE Listings Requirements further specifies the information that must be included in the share incentive plan and includes inter alia provisions relating to who is an eligible participant, the aggregate number of shares that may be utilized for the purposes of the share incentive plan, the maximum number of shares for any one participant, the amount that is payable upon acceptance and conditions for awarding of shares. The JSE Listings Requirements requires any issue of shares for cash (both general or specific) to be approved by shareholders passing an ordinary resolution (requiring a 75% majority of the votes cast in favor of such a resolution) and limits the number of shares that may be issued and the discount at which the shares are issued.
Under NYSE Listing Standards, each related party transaction is to be reviewed and evaluated by an appropriate group within the listed company involved. While the NYSE does not specify who should review related party transactions, the NYSE believes that the audit committee or another comparable body might be considered as an appropriate forum for this task. The NYSE Listing Standards state that, following the aforementioned review, the Company should determine whether or not a particular relationship serves the best interest of the Company and its shareholders and whether the relationship should be continued or eliminated. The NYSE’s related party guidance applies to listed companies acquiring their own shares or conducting repurchases through affiliates.  In general, the NYSE Listing Standards are not otherwise implicated with respect to share repurchases. The JSE Listings Requirements allow for the acquisition by a company of its own securities or the acquisition by a subsidiary of securities in its holding company, in accordance with the Companies Act. The JSE Listings Requirements requires any repurchase of shares (both general or specific) to be approved by shareholders passing a special resolution (requiring a 75% majority of the votes cast in favor of such a resolution). The requirements for a repurchase differ depending upon whether the repurchase takes the form of a general authority to repurchase securities, or a specific authority to repurchase securities.

114





Repurchases under a general authority may only be done without any prior understanding or arrangement between the Company and the seller and may only be effected following the passing by the board of a solvency and liquidity test. No more than 20% of the total share capital of the Company may be repurchased in aggregate in any one financial year (or a total of 10% where the repurchase is effected by a subsidiary) and the maximum premium at which the repurchase may be undertaken is 10% of the weighted average of the market value on the JSE over the five business days immediately preceding the repurchase of such securities.
Repurchases under a specific authority are effected where the offer is made to holders of securities specifically named and may only be effected following the passing by the board of a solvency and liquidity test. Where a specific repurchase of securities is from a related party (being, for example, a shareholder holding more than 10% of the issued share capital of the Company) and the price is at a premium to the 30 day weighted average of the market value on the JSE, a fairness opinion from an independent expert is required to be obtained prior to effecting the repurchase. A related party is also excluded from voting on the special resolution.
16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.

115





ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We are furnishing financial statements pursuant to the instructions of Item 18 of Form 20-F.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following consolidated financial statements, together with the auditor’s report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc. (“PwC”) are filed as part of this annual report on Form 20-F:

Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  
Statement of Financial Position at March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016
  
*
Income Statement for the years ended March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015
  
*
Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015
  
*
Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015
  
*
Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015
  
*
Notes to the Financial Statements
  
*
* Refer to our consolidated financial statements filed as Exhibit 99.1 which have been incorporated by reference.


116





REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of MiX Telematics Limited:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position and the related consolidated income statements, statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in equity and statements of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MiX Telematics Limited and its subsidiaries at March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.
Johannesburg, South Africa
July 14, 2017





117





ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
Exhibit
number
 
Description
1.1*
 
Memorandum of Incorporation of the Company as amended
4.1**
 
Form of Deposit Agreement among the Company, The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, and the holders from time to time of American depositary shares issued thereunder, including the form of American depositary receipts
4.2**
 
TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme, adopted by TeliMatrix Limited, dated October 8, 2007, including the Deed of Amendment, dated January 31, 2011, and the Second Deed of Amendment, dated September 13, 2011
4.3**
 
Agreement of Lease, dated October 2, 2007, between Thynk Industrial One Proprietary Limited and Matrix Vehicle Tracking Proprietary Limited and addendum thereto
4.4**
 
Updated Terms and Conditions of Employment of Stefan Joselowitz, dated November 18, 2008
4.5**
 
Offer of Employment and Standard Terms and Conditions, dated December 7, 2009, between the Company
and Megan Pydigadu
4.6**
 
Standard Terms and Conditions of Employment, dated January 1, 2012, between the Company and Brendan Patrick Horan
4.7**
 
Restraint of Trade, dated January 1, 2012, between the Company and Brendan Patrick Horan
4.8
 
Standard Terms and Conditions of Employment, effective October 1, 2016, between the Company and Gert Pretorius
4.9**
 
Restraint of Trade, dated January 1, 2012, between the Company and Gert Pretorius
4.10**
 
Facility Letter, dated February 25, 2013, between The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited and the Company
4.11**
 
Facility Letter, dated March 25, 2013, between Nedbank Limited and MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited
4.12†***
 
Provision of Cellular Telephony Network Services Agreement, effective August 1, 2000, between Mobile Telephone Networks Proprietary Limited and the Company, as amended by Addendum effective July 10, 2012
4.13†**
 
Agreement, effective September 2, 2005, between Matrix Vehicle Tracking Proprietary Limited
and Super Group Trading Proprietary Limited
4.14**
 
Standard Terms and Conditions of Employment, dated December 1, 2013, between the Company and Catherine Lewis
4.15†*****
 
Share Repurchase Agreement, dated April 29, 2016, between Imperial Holdings Limited, Imperial Corporate Services Proprietary Limited and MiX Telematics Limited
4.16****
 
MiX Telematics Limited Long-Term Incentive Plan
4.17
 
Executive Employment Agreement, dated February 22, 2017, between the Company and Paul Dell
4.18
 
Restraint of Trade Agreement, dated February 22, 2017, between the Company and Paul Dell
4.19
 
Updated Terms and Conditions of Employment, effective April 1, 2017, between the Company and Charles Tasker
4.20
 
AWS Customer Agreement, effective October 1, 2014, between Amazon Web Services, Inc. (“AWS”) and MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited (“MiX International”)
4.21
 
AWS Enterprise Discount Program Addendum, effective April 1, 2017, between AWS and MiX International
8.1
 
List of subsidiaries of the Company
12.1
 
Certification of Stefan Joselowitz, Chief Executive Officer of MiX Telematics Limited pursuant of Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
12.2
 
Certification of Paul Dell, Interim Chief Financial Officer of MiX Telematics Limited pursuant of Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.1
 
Certification of Stefan Joselowitz, Chief Executive Officer of MiX Telematics Limited and Paul Dell, Interim Chief Financial Officer of MiX Telematics Limited, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15.1
 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.
99.1
 
MiX Telematics Limited Consolidated Financial Statements

118





*
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2014 filed on July 30, 2014 (File No. 001-36027).
**
Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-189799) filed by the Registrant on July 3, 2013.
***  
Previously filed with Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement filed by the Registrant on July 22, 2013.
****
Previously filed with Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-199908) filed by the Registrant on November 6, 2014.
*****
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2016 filed on June 26, 2016 (File No. 001-36027).
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.



119





SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
MiX Telematics Limited
(Registrant)
By: /s/ Paul Dell
Paul Dell
Interim Chief Financial Officer
Date: July 14, 2017



120



EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

entered into between

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED  

and

GERT PRETORIUS
1.
INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS
1.1
The headings of the clauses in the agreement are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of or modify or amplify the terms of the agreement or any clause hereof.
1.2
Unless a contrary intention clearly appears, words importing -
1.2.1
any one gender include the other two genders;
1.2.2
the singular include the plural and vice versa ; and
1.2.3
natural persons include created entities (corporate or unincorporated) and the state and vice versa .
1.3
The following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings:
1.3.1
" Agreement " means the contract of employment concluded between the Parties and the appendices thereto;
1.3.2
" Annual Leave Cycle "     means the period of twelve months' employment with the same employer following the Effective Date;
1.3.3
" BCEA " the means the Basic Conditions of Employment Act 75 of 1997 (as amended);
1.3.4
" Business " the business of bureau services, vehicle tracking and recovery, fleet management, and telemetry, which is conducted by the Company and/or any Group Company, within the Territory from time to time;
1.3.5
Company ” means MiX Telematics Limited, a company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the company laws of South Africa;
1.3.6
" Confidential Information "    means any information or data relating to the Company and any Group Company (even if not marked as being confidential, restricted, secret, proprietary or any similar designation), in whatever format and whether recorded or not (and if recorded, whether recorded in writing, on any electronic medium or otherwise), which:
1.3.6.1
by its nature or content is identifiable as confidential and/or proprietary;  or
1.3.6.2
is intended or by its nature or content could reasonably be expected to be confidential and/or proprietary,
1.3.6.3
and includes:
1.3.6.3.1
     information relating to the existing and future strategic objectives and existing and future business plans and corporate opportunities;
1.3.6.3.2
trade secrets;
1.3.6.3.3
technical information, techniques, know-how, operating methods and procedures;
1.3.6.3.4
details of costs, sources of materials and customer lists (whether actual or potential) and other information relating to the existing and prospective customers and suppliers;
1.3.6.3.5
pricing, price lists and purchasing policies;
1.3.6.3.6
computer data, programmes and source codes;
1.3.6.3.7
information contained in or constituting the hardware or software, including third party products and associated material;
1.3.6.3.8
information relating to network telecommunications services and facilities;
1.3.6.3.9
any and all methodologies, formulae and related information in developed software and processes and other business;
1.3.6.3.10
products, drawings, designs, plans, functional and technical requirements and specifications;
1.3.6.3.11
Intellectual Property that is proprietary to the Group or that is proprietary to a third party and in respect of which the Group has rights of use or possession;
1.3.6.3.12
marketing information of whatsoever nature or kind;
1.3.6.3.13
financial information of whatsoever nature or kind;
1.3.6.3.14
information relating to any contracts to which any company in the Group is a party, and any information which is not readily available to a competitor in the normal and ordinary course of business;
1.3.7
" Effective Date " means 1 October 2016, notwithstanding the Signature Date;
1.3.8
Employee ” means Gert Pretorius;
1.3.9
“Group” and " Group Company " means the Company, any associated company of the Company, any partnership in which the Company is a partner, any company which is a subsidiary company of the Company, any company which is a holding company of the Company, any company which is a subsidiary of or is controlled by such holding company, any division of such holding company and/or any joint venture company of which the Company, or such holding company is a shareholder;
1.3.10
" Intellectual Property " means the following in respect of the Company and any Group Company in any location or jurisdiction worldwide:
1.3.10.1
all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable) and whether or not reduced to practise), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all revisions, extensions and re-examinations thereof;
1.3.10.2
all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names and corporate names, (including all domain names, internet and intranet names, addresses, icons and other designations useful to identify or locate any company in the Group on a computer network such as the world wide web), together with all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith;
1.3.10.3
all works capable of copyright, all copyright, and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith;
1.3.10.4
all trade secrets and business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supply lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals);
1.3.10.5
all computer software (including data and related documentation);
1.3.10.6
all other proprietary rights;
1.3.10.7
all business or trade names used by or in connection with, or normally associated with any member of the Group;  and
1.3.10.8
all copies and tangible embodiments thereof, in each instance in whatever form or medium;
1.3.11
" LRA " means the Labour Relations Act No 66 of 1995 (as amended);
1.3.12
Parties ” means the Company and the Employee;
1.3.13
" PAYE " means pay as you earn in terms of the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962;
1.3.14
" Personal Information " means personal information as defined in POPI;
1.3.15
" POPI " means the Protection of Personal Information Act, as may be gazetted and/or amended from time to time;
1.3.16
" Sick Leave Cycle " means the period of 36 months employment with the same employer following the Effective Date;
1.3.17
" Signature Date " means the date of signature of the agreement by the last signing of its signatories;
1.3.18
" Termination Date " means the date on which the Agreement is terminated in terms of clause 24 herein; and
1.3.19
" UI Act " means the Unemployment Insurance Act 63 of 2001 (as amended).
2.
APPOINTMENT
2.1
The Company appoints the Employee and the Employee accepts such appointment in the capacity of Managing Director of MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited, and Executive Vice President of MiX Telematics Limited, on the terms and conditions set out in the Agreement.
2.2
The Employee shall be based at the Company’s Midrand office, or such other place as may be required of the Employee by the Company from time to time.
3.
COMMENCEMENT AND DURATION
The Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate in accordance with clause 24 of the Agreement.
4.
WARRANTIES BY THE EMPLOYEE
4.1
The Employee hereby warrants that:
4.1.1
he will not be in breach of any express or implied terms of any contract or of any other obligation binding upon him/her;
4.1.2
he is suitably qualified for the post and all information supplied to the Company detailing his/her experience and qualifications and all representations made by him/her are true and accurate; and
4.1.3
he does not have a criminal record and no investigations with regard to any crime or offence are pending against him.
5.
DUTIES OF THE EMPLOYEE
5.1
The Employee shall:
5.1.1
report to and execute the orders and directions of the Group Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to him and are consistent with his position, and use his utmost endeavours to protect and promote the Business and interests of the Group and to preserve their reputation and goodwill;
5.1.2
not undertake any other employment or activity for gain whilst in the employment of the Company;
5.1.3
not engage in activities which would detract from the proper performance of his duties;
5.1.4
use his best endeavours to promote and extend the Business of the Group;
5.1.5
deliver to the COO , in any event, and upon termination of the Agreement, all books of account, records, information, correspondence and notes concerning or containing any reference to the work or the Business of the Group, which belongs to any member of the Group, and are in the possession or under the control, directly or indirectly, of the Employee;
5.1.6
submit to the COO , or any person nominated by them, such information and reports as may be required of him in connection with the performance of his duties and the Business the Group;
5.1.7
meet with the COO , or such other person nominated for this purpose, as regularly as the Chairman requires, to discuss the operations of the Group, and provide written updates and reports on such operations; and
5.1.8
meet with the COO as regularly as they may require, to discuss the key performance indicators agreed to from time to time, and where so required produce reports of such activities.
6.
REMUNERATION
6.1
As remuneration for his services hereunder the Employee shall be entitled to the remuneration set out in Annexure "A".
6.2
The Company shall pay the Employee’s remuneration into his nominated bank account on the 25 th day of each month, unless the 25 th falls on a Sunday or Public Holiday, in which case the payment will be made on the subsequent working day.
6.3
The Employee agrees that the Company may deduct from his remuneration any amounts due in relation to PAYE, the UI Act or as required by any other law, court order or written agreement applicable from time to time.
6.4
If, at any time, the Employee owes any amounts to the Company which are not in dispute, he hereby authorises the Company to deduct such amounts from, or set off such amounts against, any amount owed to the Employee by the Company.
6.5
The Employee’s remuneration shall be subject to review for increase by the Company on an annual basis.
7.
PERFORMANCE BONUS
7.1
In addition to Employee’s remuneration, in terms of clause 6 above, the Employee may be entitled to an annual performance bonus. This will be paid out on a bi-annual basis and will vary depending on the performance of the Group and an assessment of the Employee’s performance.
7.2
The payment and parameters of any such performance bonus will be within the sole discretion of the Company and the remuneration committee, based on the criteria above.
8.
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AND RESTRAINT
8.1
On the Employee’s appointment as Managing Director, he will be eligible to participate in the MiX Telematics Long-Term Incentive Plan for the period of time stipulated in the said Plan.
8.2
The incentive award will be commensurate with the Employee’s position in the Group, subject to the terms of the Plan, as implemented by the Company from time to time, and his participation in the Plan will be dependent upon him signing the restraint of trade agreement set out in Annexe B.
9.
MEDICAL AID AND RETIREMENT FUND SCHEME
9.1
The Employee is obliged to participate in the Company’s medical aid and retirement fund schemes nominated for this purpose from time to time by the Company, in accordance with the relevant rules of the schemes.
9.2
The Company will not be responsible for any post-retirement medical aid or retirement fund contributions.
10.
OUT OF POCKET EXPENSES
10.1
Given the nature of the Employee’s duties, the Employee may from time to time be required to travel away from his ordinary workplace for business purposes.
10.2
The Company shall refund to the Employee any disbursements made or expenses incurred by the Employee on behalf of the Group which are:
10.2.1
necessary to enable the Employee to perform his duties under the Agreement;
10.2.2
authorised or ratified by the Company; and
10.2.3
substantiated by vouchers or other reasonable written evidence of such expenditure.
10.3
The Company shall have the right to review and limit the disbursements and expenditure which the Employee incurs or may incur on its behalf or on behalf of any Group Company.
11.
MOBILE PHONE AND ON BOARD COMPUTER
11.1
Upon submission and approval of the necessary invoices, the Company will reimburse the Employee for all expenses incurred by the Employee in using the Employee’s mobile phone for business purposes.
11.2
The Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to place an on-board computer (“OBC”) into his vehicle, if requested to do so by the Company. The costs associated with the installation and maintenance of the OBC shall be borne by the Company. The Employee agrees that he will not tamper with the OBSC or alter any of the configurations or settings that will cause the OBC to malfunction in any way.
11.3
Should the provision of either of these items result in any liability for taxation, the tax (PAYE or otherwise) will be for the Employee’s account.
12.
HOURS OF WORK
12.1
As a senior executive, the nature of the Employee’s work will be such that the Employee is sometimes required to work outside of the Company’s ordinary working hours.
12.2
The Employee agrees to work such additional hours as may be reasonably necessary for the fulfilment of the Employee’s duties without additional compensation.
12.3
The Company will be entitled to, from time to time, adjust the Employee’s working hours in terms of operational requirements.
13.
ANNUAL LEAVE
The Employee shall be entitled to 20 working days annual leave on full pay in respect of each Annual Leave Cycle, to be taken at such time or times as are convenient to the Company in accordance with its policies from time to time.
14.
SICK LEAVE, FAMILY RESPONSIBILITY LEAVE AND MATERNITY LEAVE
The Employee shall be entitled to sick leave and family responsibility leave, where applicable, in accordance with the provisions of the BCEA and the Company’s policies from time to time.
15.
CONFIDENTIALITY
15.1
The Employee irrevocably and unconditionally agrees and undertakes, not to use the Confidential Information, whether directly or indirectly:
15.1.1
for the Employee's benefit; or
15.1.2
for the benefit of any person other than any company in the Group;
15.1.3
to treat and safeguard the Confidential Information as strictly private and confidential;
15.1.4
not to use, disclose or divulge, directly or indirectly, the Confidential Information in any manner to any third party for any reason or purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of the Chairman of the Board, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of the Chairman;
15.1.5
not to decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer or otherwise modify, adapt, alter or vary the whole or any part of the Confidential Information; and
15.1.6
to take all such steps as may be reasonably necessary to prevent Confidential Information from falling into the hands of unauthorised third parties.
15.2
The determination of whether information is Confidential Information shall not be affected by whether or not such information is subject to, or protected by, common law or statute related to copyright, patent, trademarks or otherwise.
15.3
If the Employee is uncertain as to whether any information is Confidential Information, the Employee shall treat such information as confidential until the contrary is agreed to in writing.
15.4
In the event that the Employee is required to disclose information relating to the Group pursuant to clause 15, he shall:
15.4.1
advise the Company thereof prior to disclosure, if possible;
15.4.2
take such steps to limit the disclosure to the extent that he lawfully and reasonably can;
15.4.3
afford the Company a reasonable opportunity, if possible, to intervene in the proceedings; and
15.4.4
comply with the Company’s reasonable requests as to the manner and terms of any such disclosure.
16.
INVENTIONS, DISCOVERIES, COPYRIGHT AND DOCUMENTS
16.1
Any Intellectual Property made, created or discovered by the Employee in the course and scope of his employment, in connection with or in any way affecting or relating to the Business of the Group or capable of being used or adapted for use by the Group in connection with its Business, shall be disclosed to the Company and shall belong to the Company.
16.2
The Employee shall, if and when required by the Company, and at the expense of the Company, apply or join with the Company in applying for letters patent or other equivalent protection in the Republic of South Africa or in any other part of the world for the Intellectual Property and shall execute all instruments and do all things necessary for vesting the said letters patent or other equivalent protection in the name of the Company as sole beneficial owner or in the name of such other person as may be nominated.
16.3
Insofar as may be necessary, the Employee hereby assigns to the Company the copyright in all present and future works eligible for copyright including, without limitation, software programmes of which she may be the author, which works were or are created, compiled, devised or brought into being during the course and in the scope of his employment. No consideration shall be payable to the Employee in respect of the assignment. The Employee hereby waives in favour of the Company or any successor-in-title any moral rights in copyright as provided for in the Agreement, which may vest in him.
16.4
All reports, manuals, financial statements, budgets, indices, research papers, letters or other similar documents, the nature of which is not limited by the specific reference to the aforegoing items, which are created, compiled or devised or brought into being by the Employee or come into the Employee's possession during the course and in the scope of [his/her] employment and all copies thereof, shall be the property of the Company.
17.
RESTRAINT OF TRADE
The Employee agrees to the terms of the Restraint of Trade Agreement, annexed marked “B”.
18.
COMPUTER SYSTEMS
18.1
During the Employee's employment by the Company, the Employee will be supplied with a computer system and with access to the Company’s network, computer systems and software.
18.2
The Company may at all times specify the manner in which these facilities may be used and the Employee hereby agrees to be bound by any information technology policy of the Company in force from time to time.
18.3
Without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, the Employee shall:
18.3.1
utilise the computer and access the Company's network, laptops, computer systems and software, including email and internet, solely in pursuance of the Group's Business activities; and
18.3.2
not copy any software whatsoever, for whatever purpose, from one computer to another unless both the applicable software licence and the Company permits it.
19.
INTERCEPTION AND MONITORING OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS
The Employee acknowledges, accepts and agrees that he consents to the monitoring and interception of his communication insofar as it relates to electronic communications that he may send or receive using the equipment of the Company or during the course and scope of his employment.
20.
CONSENT TO USE PERSONAL INFORMATION
20.1
The Employee hereby consents to the collection, processing and further processing of the Employee's Personal Information by the Group, for the purposes of securing and further facilitating the Employee's employment.
20.2
Without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, the Employee consents to the Group's collection and processing of Personal Information pursuant the clause 20 insofar as Personal Information of the Employee is contained in relevant electronic communications.
20.3
The Employee is hereby notified of the purpose and reason for the collection and processing of such Personal Information.
20.4
The Employee undertakes to make available to the Company all necessary Personal Information required by the Company for the purpose of securing and further facilitating the Employee's employment.
20.5
Without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Employee absolves the Group from any liability in terms of POPI for failing to obtain the Employee's consent or to notify the Employee of the reason for the processing of any of the Employee's Personal Information.
21.
CODES, PROCEDURES, RULES AND REGULATIONS
The Employee undertakes to acquaint and familiarise herself with the terms of any codes, policies, procedures, rules and regulations ("Internal Policies") which have been, or may be, introduced or promulgated by the Company from time to time. The Company's Internal Policies shall not form part of the Agreement.
22.
SUSPENSION OF EMPLOYMENT
If the Company suspects that the Employee is guilty of the conduct which may, if proved, justify his dismissal, or has committed a breach of any of the material terms of the Agreement, the Company may, without prejudice to its right of summary dismissal and without giving rise to any claim for damages or otherwise against it, suspend the Employee in his capacity as an employee, during which period the Employee shall not be entitled to work for the Company and shall not represent that he does.
23.
TERMINATION
23.1
This Agreement shall, notwithstanding any other provision, automatically terminate without notice at the end of the financial year of the Company in which the Employee attains the age of 60 years, being the Company's normal retirement age.
23.2
Alternatively, either Party may terminate the Agreement on three months’ written notice.
23.3
Notwithstanding 23.1 and 23.2, the Company shall be entitled to terminate the Employee’s employment summarily, if the Employee:
23.3.1
is guilty of any misconduct justifying summary dismissal;
23.3.2
is guilty of misconduct which is likely to bring the Group into disrepute;
23.3.3
is convicted of an offence involving dishonesty, or commits any act of dishonesty;
23.3.4
commits a material breach of any of the terms of the Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 14 days of receipt of written notice from the Company specifying the breach and demanding that it be remedied;
23.3.5
is unable to perform his duties, responsibilities and functions to the standard expected and required of an incumbent of the position;
23.3.6
becomes incapacitated.
23.4
The Employee shall, upon the termination of his employment by the Company for whatsoever reason, immediately return to the Company, all correspondence, documents, papers, memoranda, notes, records as may be contained in magnetic media or other forms of computer storage, videos, tapes and any copies thereof, credit and charge cards and all other property belonging to the Group, which may be in the Employee's possession or under her control.
23.5
After the termination of the Employee's employment, the Employee will not at any time make any adverse, untrue or misleading statement about the Group or its officers or Employees, or represent himself as being employed by or connected with the Company.
23.6
The Employee shall not, at any time after the termination of his employment by the Company, represent himself as being in any way connected with or interested in the Group.
24.
EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
The termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason whatsoever shall not affect the operation of any provisions of the Agreement, to the extent to which such provisions confer rights or impose obligations upon the Parties which are exercisable or enforceable after the termination of the Agreement, and such provisions shall to that extent continue to be of full force and effect.
25.
DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI
25.1
The parties choose as their domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes under the agreement, at the following addresses :
the Company
Waterfall Park
Howick Close
Bekker Road
Midrand
1686
the Employee
7 Garfield Street
Midstream Estate Ext 7
1692
25.2
Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of the agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by telefax.
25.3
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained a written notice or communication actually received by a party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen domicilium citandi et executandi .                

26.
GENERAL
26.1
The undertakings given by the Employee in the Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Group and may be enforced by any successors-in-title. The undertakings shall be deemed to have been imposed as a stipulatio alteri for the benefit of any successor-in-title and such benefit may be accepted by any successor-in-title at any time.
26.2
The Agreement constitutes the whole of the agreement between the Parties relating to the matters dealt with herein and, save to the extent otherwise provided herein, no undertaking, representation, term or condition relating to the subject matter of the Agreement not incorporated in the Agreement shall be binding on either of the Parties.
26.3
The Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all agreements between the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) and undertakings given to or on behalf of the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) in relation to the subject matter hereof.
26.4
No addition to or variation, deletion, or agreed cancellation of all or any clauses or provisions of the Agreement will be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by the Parties, save for variations to the Employee's terms and conditions of employment as a result of the Group's operational requirements from time to time.
27.
SIGNATURE
The Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.
Signed at     on     2017
Witness
for THE COMPANY
1.                
duly authorised and warranting such authority
    

Signed at     on     2017
Witness
for THE EMPLOYEE
1.                
duly authorised and warranting such authority
    



Annexe A    
REMUNERATION SCHEDULE
1.
The total annual cost-to-company will be R2,650,000 (two million six hundred and fifty thousand Rand) and shall be paid monthly.
 

Annex B
RESTRAINT OF TRADE





EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

entered into between

MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED  
and

PAUL MARK DELL





1.
INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS
1.1
The headings of the clauses in the agreement are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of or modify or amplify the terms of the agreement or any clause hereof.
1.2
Unless a contrary intention clearly appears, words importing -
1.2.1
any one gender include the other two genders;
1.2.2
the singular include the plural and vice versa ; and
1.2.3
natural persons include created entities (corporate or unincorporated) and the state and vice versa .
1.3
The following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings:
1.3.1
" Agreement " means the contract of employment concluded between the Parties and the appendices thereto;
1.3.2
" Annual Leave Cycle "     means the period of twelve months' employment with the same employer following the Effective Date;
1.3.3
" BCEA " means the Basic Conditions of Employment Act 75 of 1997 (as amended);
1.3.4
" Business " the business of bureau services, vehicle tracking and recovery, fleet management, and telemetry, which is conducted by the Company and/or any Group Company, within the Territory from time to time;
1.3.5
" Company " means MiX Telematics Limited, a company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the company laws of South Africa;
1.3.6
" Confidential Information "    means any information or data relating to the Company and any Group Company (even if not marked as being confidential, restricted, secret, proprietary or any similar designation), in whatever format and whether recorded or not (and if recorded, whether recorded in writing, on any electronic medium or otherwise), which:
1.3.6.1
by its nature or content is identifiable as confidential and/or proprietary; or
1.3.6.2
is intended or by its nature or content could reasonably be expected to be confidential and/or proprietary,
1.3.6.3
and includes:
1.3.6.3.1
     information relating to the existing and future strategic objectives and existing and future business plans and corporate opportunities;
1.3.6.3.2
trade secrets;
1.3.6.3.3
technical information, techniques, know-how, operating methods and procedures;





1.3.6.3.4
details of costs, sources of materials and customer lists (whether actual or potential) and other information relating to the existing and prospective customers and suppliers;
1.3.6.3.5
pricing, price lists and purchasing policies;
1.3.6.3.6
computer data, programmes and source codes;
1.3.6.3.7
information contained in or constituting the hardware or software, including third party products and associated material;
1.3.6.3.8
information relating to network telecommunications services and facilities;
1.3.6.3.9
any and all methodologies, formulae and related information in developed software and processes and other business;
1.3.6.3.10
products, drawings, designs, plans, functional and technical requirements and specifications;
1.3.6.3.11
Intellectual Property that is proprietary to the Group or that is proprietary to a third party and in respect of which the Group has rights of use or possession;
1.3.6.3.12
marketing information of whatsoever nature or kind;
1.3.6.3.13
financial information of whatsoever nature or kind;
1.3.6.3.14
information relating to any contracts to which any company in the Group is a party, and any information which is not readily available to a competitor in the normal and ordinary course of business;
1.3.7
" Effective Date " means 1 February 2017, notwithstanding the Signature Date;
1.3.8
" Employee " means Paul Mark Dell, identity number 820219 5087 089;
1.3.9
" Group " and " Group Company " means the Company, any associated company of the Company, any partnership in which the Company is a partner, any company which is a subsidiary company of the Company, any company which is a holding company of the Company, any company which is a subsidiary of or is controlled by such holding company, any division of such holding company and/or any joint venture company of which the Company, or such holding company is a shareholder;
1.3.10
" Intellectual Property " means the following in respect of the Company and any Group Company in any location or jurisdiction worldwide:
1.3.10.1
all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable) and whether or not reduced to practise), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all revisions, extensions and re-examinations thereof;
1.3.10.2
all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names and corporate names, (including all domain names, internet and intranet names, addresses, icons and other designations useful to identify or locate any company in the Group on a computer network such as the world wide





web), together with all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith;
1.3.10.3
all works capable of copyright, all copyright, and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith;
1.3.10.4
all trade secrets and business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supply lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals);
1.3.10.5
all computer software (including data and related documentation);
1.3.10.6
all other proprietary rights;
1.3.10.7
all business or trade names used by or in connection with, or normally associated with any member of the Group; and
1.3.10.8
all copies and tangible embodiments thereof, in each instance in whatever form or medium;
1.3.11
" LRA " means the Labour Relations Act No 66 of 1995 (as amended);
1.3.12
" Parties " means the Company and the Employee;
1.3.13
" PAYE " means pay as you earn in terms of the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962;
1.3.14
" Personal Information " means personal information as defined in POPI;
1.3.15
" POPI " means the Protection of Personal Information Act 4 of 2013, as may be gazetted and/or amended from time to time;
1.3.16
" Sick Leave Cycle " means the period of 36 months’ employment with the same employer following the Effective Date;
1.3.17
" Signature Date " means the date of signature of the agreement by the last signing of its signatories;
1.3.18
" Termination Date " means the date on which the Agreement is terminated in terms of clause 23 herein; and
1.3.19
" UI Act " means the Unemployment Insurance Act 63 of 2001 (as amended).
2.
APPOINTMENT
2.1
The Company appoints the Employee and the Employee accepts such appointment in the capacity of Interim Chief Financial Officer on the terms and conditions set out in the Agreement.
2.2
In the event that the Company appoints a Chief Financial Officer and does not make the Employee’s appointment permanent, the Employee will remain employed by the Company, at such designation as then agreed between the Parties, on not less favourable terms than the terms contained in this Agreement.





2.3
The Employee shall be based at the Company’s Midrand office, or such other place as may be required of the Employee by the Company from time to time.
3.
COMMENCEMENT AND DURATION
The Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate in accordance with clause 23 of the Agreement.
4.
WARRANTIES BY THE EMPLOYEE
4.1
The Employee hereby warrants that:
4.1.1
he will not be in breach of any express or implied terms of any contract or of any other obligation binding upon him/her;
4.1.2
he is suitably qualified for the post and all information supplied to the Company detailing his/her experience and qualifications and all representations made by him/her are true and accurate; and
4.1.3
he does not have a criminal record and no investigations with regard to any crime or offence are pending against him.





5.
DUTIES OF THE EMPLOYEE
5.1
The Employee shall:
5.1.1
report to and execute the orders and directions of the Group Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Board of Directors of the Company, carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to him and are consistent with his position, and use his utmost endeavours to protect and promote the Business and interests of the Group and to preserve their reputation and goodwill;
5.1.2
not undertake any other employment or activity for gain whilst in the employment of the Company;
5.1.3
not engage in activities which would detract from the proper performance of his duties;
5.1.4
use his best endeavours to promote and extend the Business of the Group;
5.1.5
deliver to the CEO, or any person nominated by him, in any event, and upon termination of the Agreement, all books of account, records, information, correspondence and notes concerning or containing any reference to the work or the Business of the Group, which belongs to any member of the Group, and are in the possession or under the control, directly or indirectly, of the Employee;
5.1.6
submit to the CEO, or any person nominated by him, such information and reports as may be required of him in connection with the performance of his duties and the Business of the Group;
5.1.7
meet with the CEO, or such other person nominated for this purpose, as regularly as the Chairman requires, to discuss the operations of the Group, and provide written updates and reports on such operations; and
5.1.8
meet with the CEO as regularly as may be required, to discuss the key performance indicators agreed to from time to time, and where so required produce reports of such activities.
6.
REMUNERATION
6.1
As remuneration for his services hereunder the Employee shall be entitled to the remuneration set out in Annexure "A".
6.2
The Company shall pay the Employee’s remuneration into his nominated bank account on the 25 th day of each month, unless the 25 th falls on a Sunday or Public Holiday, in which case the payment will be made on the subsequent working day.





6.3
The Employee agrees that the Company may deduct from his remuneration any amounts due in relation to PAYE, the UI Act or as required by any other law, court order or written agreement applicable from time to time.
6.4
If, at any time, the Employee owes any amounts to the Company which are not in dispute, he hereby authorises the Company to deduct such amounts from, or set off such amounts against, any amount owed to the Employee by the Company.
6.5
The Employee’s remuneration shall be subject to review for increase by the Company on an annual basis.
7.
PERFORMANCE BONUS
7.1
In addition to Employee’s remuneration, in terms of clause 6 above, the Employee may be entitled to an annual performance bonus. This will be paid out on a bi-annual basis and will vary depending on the performance of the Group and an assessment of the Employee’s performance.
7.2
The payment and parameters of any such performance bonus will be within the sole discretion of the Company and the remuneration committee, based on the criteria above.
8.
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AND RESTRAINT
8.1
On the Employee’s appointment as Interim Chief Financial Officer, he will be eligible to participate in the MiX Telematics Long-Term Incentive Plan for the period of time stipulated in the said Plan.
8.2
The incentive award will be commensurate with the Employee’s position in the Group, subject to the terms of the Plan, as implemented by the Company from time to time, and his participation in the Plan will be dependent upon him signing the restraint of trade agreement set out in Annexe B.
9.
MEDICAL AID AND RETIREMENT FUND SCHEME
9.1
The Employee is obliged to participate in the Company’s medical aid and retirement fund schemes nominated for this purpose from time to time by the Company, in accordance with the relevant rules of the schemes.
9.2
The Company will not be responsible for any post-retirement medical aid or retirement fund contributions.





10.
OUT OF POCKET EXPENSES
10.1
Given the nature of the Employee’s duties, the Employee may from time to time be required to travel away from his ordinary workplace for business purposes.
10.2
The Company shall refund to the Employee any disbursements made or expenses incurred by the Employee on behalf of the Group which are:
10.2.1
necessary to enable the Employee to perform his duties under the Agreement;
10.2.2
authorised or ratified by the Company; and
10.2.3
substantiated by vouchers or other reasonable written evidence of such expenditure.
10.3
The Company shall have the right to review and limit the disbursements and expenditure which the Employee incurs or may incur on its behalf or on behalf of any Group Company.
11.
MOBILE PHONE AND ON BOARD COMPUTER
11.1
Upon submission and approval of the necessary invoices, the Company will reimburse the Employee for all expenses incurred by the Employee in using the Employee’s mobile phone for business purposes.
11.2
The Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to place an on board computer (“OBC”) into his vehicle, if requested to do so by the Company. The costs associated with the installation and maintenance of the OBC shall be borne by the Company. The Employee agrees that he will not tamper with the OBC or alter any of the configurations or settings that will cause the OBC to malfunction in any way.
11.3
Should the provision of either of these items result in any liability for taxation, the tax (PAYE or otherwise) will be for the Employee’s account.





12.
HOURS OF WORK
12.1
As a senior executive the nature of the Employee’s work will be such that the Employee is sometimes required to work outside of the Company’s ordinary working hours.
12.2
The Employee agrees to work such additional hours as may be reasonably necessary for the fulfilment of the Employee’s duties without additional compensation.
12.3
The Company will be entitled to, from time to time, adjust the Employee’s working hours in terms of operational requirements.
13.
ANNUAL LEAVE
The Employee shall be entitled to 20 working days’ annual leave on full pay in respect of each Annual Leave Cycle, to be taken at such time or times as are convenient to the Company in accordance with its policies from time to time.
14.
SICK LEAVE, FAMILY RESPONSIBILITY LEAVE AND MATERNITY LEAVE
The Employee shall be entitled to sick leave and family responsibility leave, where applicable, in accordance with the provisions of the BCEA and the Company’s policies from time to time.
15.
CONFIDENTIALITY
15.1
The Employee irrevocably and unconditionally agrees and undertakes, not to use the Confidential Information, whether directly or indirectly:
15.1.1
for the Employee's benefit; or
15.1.2
for the benefit of any person other than any company in the Group;
15.1.3
to treat and safeguard the Confidential Information as strictly private and confidential;
15.1.4
not to use, disclose or divulge, directly or indirectly, the Confidential Information in any manner to any third party for any reason or purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of the Chairman of the Board, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of the Chairman;
15.1.5
not to decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer or otherwise modify, adapt, alter or vary the whole or any part of the Confidential Information; and
15.1.6
to take all such steps as may be reasonably necessary to prevent Confidential Information from falling into the hands of unauthorised third parties.
15.2
The determination of whether information is Confidential Information shall not be affected by whether or not such information is subject to, or protected by, common law or statute related to copyright, patent, trademarks or otherwise.
15.3
If the Employee is uncertain as to whether any information is Confidential Information, the Employee shall treat such information as confidential until the contrary is agreed to in writing.





15.4
In the event that the Employee is required to disclose information relating to the Group pursuant to clause 15, he shall:
15.4.1
advise the Company thereof prior to disclosure, if possible;
15.4.2
take such steps to limit the disclosure to the extent that he lawfully and reasonably can;
15.4.3
afford the Company a reasonable opportunity, if possible, to intervene in the proceedings; and
15.4.4
comply with the Company’s reasonable requests as to the manner and terms of any such disclosure.
16.
INVENTIONS, DISCOVERIES, COPYRIGHT AND DOCUMENTS
16.1
Any Intellectual Property made, created or discovered by the Employee in the course and scope of his employment, in connection with or in any way affecting or relating to the Business of the Group or capable of being used or adapted for use by the Group in connection with its Business, shall be disclosed to the Company and shall belong to the Company.
16.2
The Employee shall, if and when required by the Company, and at the expense of the Company, apply or join with the Company in applying for letters patent or other equivalent protection in the Republic of South Africa or in any other part of the world for the Intellectual Property and shall execute all instruments and do all things necessary for vesting the said letters patent or other equivalent protection in the name of the Company as sole beneficial owner or in the name of such other person as may be nominated.
16.3
Insofar as may be necessary, the Employee hereby assigns to the Company the copyright in all present and future works eligible for copyright including, without limitation, software programmes of which she may be the author, which works were or are created, compiled, devised or brought into being during the course and in the scope of his employment. No consideration shall be payable to the Employee in respect of the assignment. The Employee hereby waives in favour of the Company or any successor-in-title any moral rights in copyright as provided for in the Agreement, which may vest in him.
16.4
All reports, manuals, financial statements, budgets, indices, research papers, letters or other similar documents, the nature of which is not limited by the specific reference to the aforegoing items, which are created, compiled or devised or brought into being by the Employee or come into the Employee's possession during the course and in the scope of his employment and all copies thereof, shall be the property of the Company.
17.
RESTRAINT OF TRADE
The Employee agrees to the terms of the Restraint of Trade Agreement, annexed marked “B” .
18.
COMPUTER SYSTEMS
18.1
During the Employee's employment by the Company, the Employee will be supplied with a computer system and with access to the Company’s network, computer systems and software.





18.2
The Company may at all times specify the manner in which these facilities may be used and the Employee hereby agrees to be bound by any information technology policy of the Company in force from time to time.
18.3
Without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, the Employee shall:
18.3.1
utilise the computer and access the Company's network, laptops, computer systems and software, including email and internet, solely in pursuance of the Group's Business activities; and
18.3.2
not copy any software whatsoever, for whatever purpose, from one computer to another unless both the applicable software licence and the Company permits it.
19.
INTERCEPTION AND MONITORING OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS
The Employee acknowledges, accepts and agrees that he consents to the monitoring and interception of his communication insofar as it relates to electronic communications that he may send or receive using the equipment of the Company or during the course and scope of his employment.
20.
CONSENT TO USE PERSONAL INFORMATION
20.1
The Employee hereby consents to the collection, processing and further processing of the Employee's Personal Information by the Group, for the purposes of securing and further facilitating the Employee's employment.
20.2
Without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, the Employee consents to the Group's collection and processing of Personal Information pursuant the clause 20 insofar as Personal Information of the Employee is contained in relevant electronic communications.
20.3
The Employee is hereby notified of the purpose and reason for the collection and processing of such Personal Information.
20.4
The Employee undertakes to make available to the Company all necessary Personal Information required by the Company for the purpose of securing and further facilitating the Employee's employment.
20.5
Without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Employee absolves the Group from any liability in terms of POPI for failing to obtain the Employee's consent or to notify the Employee of the reason for the processing of any of the Employee's Personal Information.
21.
CODES, PROCEDURES, RULES AND REGULATIONS
The Employee undertakes to acquaint and familiarise herself with the terms of any codes, policies, procedures, rules and regulations ("Internal Policies") which have been, or may be, introduced or promulgated by the Company from time to time. The Company's Internal Policies shall not form part of the Agreement.
22.
SUSPENSION OF EMPLOYMENT
If the Company suspects that the Employee is guilty of the conduct which may, if proved, justify his dismissal, or has committed a breach of any of the material terms of the





Agreement, the Company may, without prejudice to its right of summary dismissal and without giving rise to any claim for damages or otherwise against it, suspend the Employee in his capacity as an employee, during which period the Employee shall not be entitled to work for the Company and shall not represent that he does.
23.
TERMINATION
23.1
This Agreement shall, notwithstanding any other provision, automatically terminate without notice at the end of the financial year of the Company in which the Employee attains the age of 60 years, being the Company's normal retirement age.
23.2
Alternatively, either Party may terminate the Agreement on three calendar months’ prior written notice.
23.3
Notwithstanding 23.1 and 23.2, the Company shall be entitled to terminate the Employee’s employment summarily, if the Employee:
23.3.1
is guilty of any misconduct justifying summary dismissal;
23.3.2
is guilty of misconduct which is likely to bring the Group into disrepute;
23.3.3
is convicted of an offence involving dishonesty, or commits any act of dishonesty;
23.3.4
commits a material breach of any of the terms of the Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 14 days of receipt of written notice from the Company specifying the breach and demanding that it be remedied;
23.3.5
is unable to perform his duties, responsibilities and functions to the standard expected and required of an incumbent of the position;
23.3.6
becomes incapacitated.
23.4
The Employee shall, upon the termination of his employment by the Company for whatsoever reason, immediately return to the Company, all correspondence, documents, papers, memoranda, notes, records as may be contained in magnetic media or other forms of computer storage, videos, tapes and any copies thereof, credit and charge cards and all other property belonging to the Group, which may be in the Employee's possession or under her control.
23.5
After the termination of the Employee's employment, the Employee will not at any time make any adverse, untrue or misleading statement about the Group or its officers or Employees, or represent himself as being employed by or connected with the Company.
23.6
The Employee shall not, at any time after the termination of his employment by the Company, represent himself as being in any way connected with or interested in the Group.
24.
EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
The termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason whatsoever shall not affect the operation of any provisions of the Agreement, to the extent to which such provisions confer rights or impose obligations upon the Parties which are exercisable or enforceable





after the termination of the Agreement, and such provisions shall to that extent continue to be of full force and effect.
25.
DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI
25.1
The parties choose as their domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes under the agreement, at the following addresses:
the Company
Waterfall Park,
Howick Close,
Bekker Road,
Midrand,
1686
the Employee
124 Lanzerac,
Crestwood Drive,
Lonehill,
2191
25.2
Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of the agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by telefax.
25.3
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained a written notice or communication actually received by a party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen domicilium citandi et executandi .                
26.
GENERAL
26.1
The undertakings given by the Employee in the Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Group and may be enforced by any successors-in-title. The undertakings shall be deemed to have been imposed as a stipulatio alteri for the benefit of any successor-in-title and such benefit may be accepted by any successor-in-title at any time.
26.2
The Agreement constitutes the whole of the agreement between the Parties relating to the matters dealt with herein and, save to the extent otherwise provided herein, no undertaking, representation, term or condition relating to the subject matter of the Agreement not incorporated in the Agreement shall be binding on either of the Parties.
26.3
The Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all agreements between the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) and undertakings given to or on behalf of the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) in relation to the subject matter hereof.
26.4
No addition to or variation, deletion, or agreed cancellation of all or any clauses or provisions of the Agreement will be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by the Parties, save for variations to the Employee's terms and conditions of employment as a result of the Group's operational requirements from time to time.
27.
SIGNATURE





The Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.
Signed at     on     2017
Witness
for THE COMPANY
1.                
duly authorised and warranting such authority
2.            

Signed at     on     2017
Witness
for THE EMPLOYEE
1.                
duly authorised and warranting such authority
2.            








Annexe A    
REMUNERATION SCHEDULE
1.
The total annual cost-to-company will be R1,800,000.00 (one million eight hundred thousand rand) and shall be paid monthly .






Annex B
RESTRAINT OF TRADE










RESTRAINT OF TRADE AGREEMENT


entered into between



MIX TELEMATICS LIMITED

and


PAUL MARK DELL

1.
DEFINITIONS
In this agreement, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, the following expressions bear the meanings assigned to them below (and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings):
1.1
" Agreement " means this restraint of trade agreement concluded between the Parties;
1.2
" Business " means the business of bureau services, vehicle tracking and recovery, fleet management, and telemetry, which is conducted by the Company and/or any Group Company, within the Territory from time to time;
1.3
" Business Customer " means any person:
1.3.1
who purchased Business Products from the Company and/or any group Company, at any time during the Employment Period;
1.3.2
to whom Business Services were rendered by the Company and/or any Group Company, at any time during the Employment Period; or
1.3.3
who is or was a potential customer of the Company and/or any Group Company, as at the Termination Date and with whom the Company and/or any Group Company was in negotiations to do business as at the Termination Date or at any time within the period of 12 (twelve) months preceding the Termination Date with a view to such person becoming a customer of the Company and/or any Group Company;
1.4
" Business Employee " means any employee of the Company or any Group Company as at the Termination Date or any such person who was so employed by the Company at any time during the Employment Period;
1.5
" Business Products " means any products:
1.5.1
traded or dealt in by the Company or any Group Company at any time during the Employment Period; or
1.5.2
which the Company and/or any Group Company has planned or programmed to trade or deal in after the Termination Date and does in fact take steps to trade or deal in within the period of 12 (twelve) months following the Termination Date;
1.6
" Business Services " means services:
1.6.1
rendered by the Company and/or any Group Company at any time during the Employment Period; or
1.6.2
which the Company and/or any Group Company has planned or programmed to render after the Termination Date and does in fact take steps to render within the period of 12 (twelve) months following the Termination Date;
1.6.3
including, but not limited to the following -
1.6.3.1
bureau services;
1.6.3.2
vehicle tracking and recovery;
1.6.3.3
fleet management; and
1.6.3.4
telemetry;
1.7
" Business Supplier " means any person who:
1.7.1
is or was a supplier of the Company and/or any Group Company at the Termination Date;
1.7.2
was a supplier of the Company and/or any Group Company at any time during the Employment Period; or
1.7.3
is or was a potential supplier of the Company and/or any Group Company at the Termination Date and whom the Company was in negotiations to do business with as at the Termination Date or at any time within the period of 12 (twelve) months preceding the Termination Date;
1.8
Company ” means MiX Telematics Limited;
1.9
" Confidential Information " means any information or data relating to the Company and any Group Company (even if not marked as being confidential, restricted, secret, proprietary or any similar designation), in whatever format and whether recorded or not (and if recorded, whether recorded in writing, on any electronic medium or otherwise), which:
1.9.1
by its nature or content is identifiable as confidential and/or proprietary to the Company; or
1.9.2
is intended or by its nature or content could reasonably be expected to be confidential and/or proprietary to the Company, and includes:
1.9.2.1
information relating to the Company, existing and future strategic objectives and existing and future business plans and corporate opportunities;
1.9.2.2
trade secrets;
1.9.2.3
technical information, techniques, know-how, operating methods and procedures;
1.9.2.4
details of costs, sources of materials and customer lists (whether actual or potential) and other information relating to the existing and prospective customers and suppliers of the Company;
1.9.2.5
pricing, price lists and purchasing policies;
1.9.2.6
computer data, programmes and source codes;
1.9.2.7
information contained in or constituting the hardware or software of the Company, including third party products and associated material;
1.9.2.8
information relating to the Company's network telecommunications services and facilities;
1.9.2.9
any and all methodologies, formulae and related information in developed software and processes and other business of the Company;
1.9.2.10
products, drawings, designs, plans, functional and technical requirements and specifications;
1.9.2.11
Intellectual Property that is proprietary to the Company or that is proprietary to a third party and in respect of which the Company has rights of use or possession;
1.9.2.12
marketing information of whatsoever nature or kind;
1.9.2.13
financial information of whatsoever nature or kind;
1.9.2.14
information relating to any contracts to which the Company is a party; and any information which is not readily available to a competitor of the Company in the normal and ordinary course of business;
1.10
" Employee " means Paul Mark Dell, identity number 820219 5087 089;
1.11
“Employment Period” means the period between the date of signature of this Agreement and the Termination Date;
1.12
"Group Company" means the Company, any associated company of the Company, any partnership in which the Company is a partner, any company which is a subsidiary company of the Company, any company which is a holding company of the Company, any company which is a subsidiary of or is controlled by such holding company, any division of such holding company and/or any joint venture company of which the Company, or such holding company is a shareholder;
1.13
" Intellectual Property " means the following in any location or jurisdiction worldwide and in respect of the Company and/or any Group Company:
1.13.1
all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable) and whether or not reduced to practise), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all revisions, extensions and re-examinations thereof;
1.13.2
all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names and corporate names, (including all domain names, internet and intranet names, addresses, icons and other designations useful to identify or locate the Company on a computer network such as the world wide web), together with all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith;
1.13.3
all works capable of copyright, all copyright, and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith;
1.13.4
all trade secrets and business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supply lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals);
1.13.5
all computer software (including data and related documentation);
1.13.6
all other proprietary rights;
1.13.7
all business or trade names used by or in connection with, or normally associated with the Company; and
1.13.8
all copies and tangible embodiments thereof, in each instance in whatever form or medium;
1.14
" Parties " means the parties to this Agreement;
1.15
" Restricted Products " means any goods or products which are similar to or are sold in competition with the Business Products;
1.16
" Restricted Services " means any services which are similar to or are rendered in competition with the Business Services;
1.17
Restraint Period ” means shall be a period of 24 (twenty-four) calendar months after the Termination Date;
1.18
" Territory " means the area in which the Company and/or any Group Company carries on the Business during the last 12 (twelve) months preceding the Effective Date;
1.19
Termination Date ” means the date on which the Employee’s employment is terminated, for whatever reason.
2.
EMPLOYMENT RESTRAINT
2.1
It is recorded that the Employee, in the course of his employment by the Company:
2.1.1
will have access to or come into possession of some or all of the Confidential Information; and
2.1.2
will have access to the customer and supplier database of the Company and will be intimately concerned with the Business and affairs of the Company and the Group Companies.
2.2
The Employee acknowledges that during the Employment Period and following termination of his employment by the Company, he will be in a position to compete unfairly with the Company and the Group Companies as a result of the Confidential Information, trade secrets and knowledge about the Business, operations, customers, employees and trade connections of the Company he has acquired or will acquire and through the connections that he has developed and will develop at the expense of the Company.
2.3
The Employee accordingly agrees and acknowledges that in order to protect the Company's legitimate business interests and in particular the Confidential Information, goodwill and the stable trained workforce of the Company, it is necessary that the Employee be restrained from carrying on certain activities which would be harmful to the Business and/or the Company, and that such restraint must be for a period which will adequately serve to protect the Company from the considerable economic prejudice and substantial and irreversible damage which would potentially be suffered by the Company were the Employee not to be so restrained.
2.4
The Employee warrants and undertakes that he will not:
2.4.1
during the Restraint Period, in any capacity whatsoever (including that of principal, proprietor, agent, broker, partner, representative, assistant, trustee or beneficiary of a trust, manager, member of a close corporation, member of a voluntary association, shareholder, director, employee, consultant, contractor, advisor, financier, demonstrator) directly or indirectly be associated or concerned with or interested or engaged in any Restricted Business or entity carrying on any Restricted Business in the Territory;
2.4.2
during the Restraint Period, communicate with or furnish any information or advice to any Business Customer or Business Supplier for the direct or indirect purpose of inducing or causing a Business Customer or Business Supplier to cease being a customer or supplier of the Company and/or become a customer or supplier of the Restricted Business; or
2.4.3
during the Restraint Period, solicit, interfere with or entice or endeavour to entice away from the Company any Business Customer or Business Supplier or persuade, induce, encourage or procure any Business Customer or Business Supplier to become a customer or supplier of any Restricted Business.
2.5
Without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Employee further undertakes and warrants that, for the duration of the Restraint Period, he will not, in any capacity whatsoever (whether as principal, proprietor, agent, broker, partner, representative, assistant, trustee or beneficiary of a trust, manager, member of a close corporation, member of a voluntary association, shareholder, director, employee, consultant, contractor, advisor, financier, demonstrator or otherwise), in any part of the Territory and whether for reward or not, directly or indirectly:
2.5.1
solicit orders from any Business Customer for the Business Services or any Restricted Services;
2.5.2
canvass business in respect of the Business Services or any Restricted Services from any Business Customer;
2.5.3
render any Business Services or Restricted Services to any Business Customer; or
2.5.4
solicit appointment as a distributor, licensee, agent or representative of any Business Supplier in respect of any Business Services.
2.6
The Employee, after due consideration, agrees and acknowledges that:
2.6.1
having regard to the damages that will result from a breach of any of the restraint undertakings given herein, the restraints and undertakings imposed upon the Employee in terms of this Agreement are fair and reasonable and are necessary as to subject matter, area and duration and are reasonably necessary in order to preserve and to protect the proprietary interests of the Company;
2.6.2
he has entered into this Agreement freely and voluntarily and that no circumstances exist for his alleging either now or at any future time that he was at a disadvantage in agreeing to the restraint undertakings contained herein or was in anything other than an equal bargaining position with Company in agreeing to such restraint undertakings;
2.6.3
notwithstanding the manner in which the restraints in this clause 2 and the areas comprising the Territory have been grouped together or described geographically, each of them constitutes a separate and independent restraint, divisible and severable from each of the other restraints and separately enforceable, in regard to all aspects thereof including:
2.6.3.1
each month of the Restraint Period;
2.6.3.2
each province falling within the Territory;
2.6.3.3
the categories and identities of persons falling within the definition of Business Customer;
2.6.3.4
the categories and identities of persons falling within the definition of Business Supplier;
2.6.3.5
the categories of and specific services falling within the definition of Business Services; and
2.6.3.6
each capacity in relation to the Restricted Business which the Employee is prohibited from undertaking in terms of this Agreement.
2.7
No restraint or combination of restraints shall be limited by reference to or inference from any other restraint or combination of restraints, provided however that the invalidity or unenforceability of any one or combination of restraints contained in this Agreement shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the other restraints contained in this Agreement or any combination of such restraints.
2.8
The Employee has given the restraint undertakings herein contained notwithstanding that the Employee acknowledges that those restraints may limit the employment opportunities available to him, thereby potentially limiting his income-earning capacity.
2.9
The Employee agrees that should he at any time dispute the reasonableness of any of the restraint undertakings herein contained, then the onus of proving such unreasonableness will be on him.
2.10
The aforegoing provisions of this clause 2 shall not be construed so as to preclude the Employee from:
2.10.1
holding or acquiring, for investment purposes only, not more than 5% (five percent) of the shares or other securities of any company which are listed on a recognised stock exchange, notwithstanding that a business or activity of such company is a business or activity restricted pursuant to this clause 2; and
2.10.2
continuing to hold any interest which he presently holds.
2.11
The Employee agrees that irreparable damage would occur if any of the restraint undertakings recorded herein were not fully complied with in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached. The Employee accordingly agrees that the Company will be entitled to apply for and be granted an interdict or an order for specific performance, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled in law. The provisions of this clause 2.11 shall be without prejudice to the right of the Company to claim whatever additional damages may be sustained by it in consequence of such breach.
2.12
Should any of the provisions of this clause be breached by the Employee, then the Restraint Period will be deemed, at the instance and in the discretion of the Company, to be extended by a period equal to the period from the date when such breach was first committed until the earlier of the date on which the Employee ceases to be in breach of this clause. If the Company exercises its right to extend such period as aforesaid, the provisions of this clause will apply mutatis mutandis in respect of such extended period.
3.
SIGNATURE
The Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.
Signed at     on     2017
Witness
for THE COMPANY
1.                
duly authorised and warranting such authority
2.            

Signed at     on     2017
Witness
for THE EMPLOYEE
1 .                
duly authorised and warranting such authority
2.            




Restraint Agreement    Page 1 of 1    January 2017




EXHIBIT423CHARLESTASK_IMAGE1.JPG


1 April 2017

Mr. Charles Tasker
3101 S Ocean Blvd
Apt 218
Highland Beach
FL 33487

Dear Charles,
UPDATED TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
1.     INTRODUCTION
In terms of our recent decision to relocate you to the United States, the Board has agreed to update your terms and conditions of employment.
For sake of clarity, this document clarifies these terms and conditions, and from 1 st April 2017 onwards, will supersede all your current conditions of employment.
Kindly sign and return a copy of this letter to me indicating your acceptance of these terms.
2.
APPOINTMENT
The Company hereby confirms your appointment as:
a.
Chief Operating Officer of MiX Telematics Limited (“the Company”).
b.
President and CEO of MiX Telematics North America Inc.
You will be based in Florida, USA, and agree to such ongoing travel so as to effectively carry out your regional responsibilities in the USA, as well as your responsibilities as global Group COO.
3.     DURATION
3.1
Subject to the provisions of clause 9, your employment with the Company will continue indefinitely, until terminated on not less than three calendar months’ written notice by either party to the other.
4.
DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE
You shall, for the duration of your employment, unless amended in writing and assented to by both parties –
4.1
report directly to the Group CEO;
4.2
perform the general duties of the positions outlined in 2a and 2b above, as may from time to time, be determined by the Group CEO;
4.3
devote your attention and such reasonable time as may be necessary, to the business and affairs of the Company;
4.4
obey the reasonable orders and directions of the Group CEO, carry out such functions and duties as are from time to time assigned to you and are consistent with your status, and endeavor to protect and promote the business and interests of the Company and to preserve its reputation and goodwill;
4.5
perform such service for, and accept such office in subsidiary and/or associate companies of the Company, as may from time to time be reasonably required by the Company; and
4.6
not, without the prior written consent of the Group CEO, engage in any activities for remuneration outside the scope of your employment with the Company.
5.
REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS
5.1
Salary
5.1.1
As remuneration for your services, the Company will pay to you an annual remuneration package having a gross value of $415,000 (four hundred and fifteen thousand United States dollars) excluding performance bonuses.
5.1.2
Salaries are paid by the last day of each month by way of a direct transfer into your nominated bank account.
5.1.3
Your salary will be subject to review at least once a year on April 1 st .
5.2
Performance Bonus
Part of your remuneration package will be performance bonuses. These will be awarded and paid out on a bi-annual basis and will vary from time to time at the entire discretion of the Board’s remuneration committee.
5.2.2
The bonus period will run in line with the Group’s financial year, which is currently 1 April to the end of March.
5.3
Share Appreciation Rights (“SARs”)
You will be entitled to SARs in MiX Telematics Limited as per the rules of the Company’s incentive plan and as determined by the Board from time to time.
5.4
Other benefits
Your mobile phone will be paid for by the Company.
5.5
Deductions from Salary
5.5.1
The Company will also withhold income tax from your salary and pay same over to the relevant tax authority.
5.5.2
Other statutory deductions, as required to be deducted and paid over, will be deductible from your salary, as stipulated from time to time.
5.5.3
You, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorizes the Company in writing to effect the deductions as contemplated.
5.5.4
On termination of your employment with the Company, you, to the extent required by law, by signature hereto, hereby irrevocably authorize the Company in writing to deduct any amount owing by you to the Company, from any amount owing by the Company to you at termination date.
5.6
Hours of Work
As a senior executive, you are required to work whatever hours are necessary and reasonable.
5.7
Health Benefits, 401K Plan, etc.
You, at your own expense, shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any, health and accident plan or arrangement or other benefits made available from time to time by MiX North America to all managerial and executive employees generally, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements. MiX North America shall have no obligation to provide any such plans or arrangements to its employees or to continue any such plans or arrangements in effect from time to time.
6.
LEAVE
6.1
You shall be entitled to leave that you may deem satisfactory.
6.2
Leave must be requested in writing and approved in advance by the Group CEO.
6.3
No compensation will be paid for any leave not taken.
7.
CONFIDENTIALITY
7.1
You agree that you will, at all times during your employment with the Company, and subsequent thereto, keep confidential and not divulge to any third person or entity, or use for any purpose (whether for your own financial benefit or the Company’s financial detriment) any of the confidential information of the Company, including but not limited to its financial business, customers or transactions any other proprietary and/or confidential information (“Confidential Data”) belonging to the Company or to any other person or entity doing business with the Company, including its associates or subsidiaries.
7.2
Upon termination of this agreement, you shall return to the Company all Confidential Data in your possession or under your control, including all copies and notes, memoranda or other materials in your possession, which embody or record any of the Confidential Data.
7.3
The provisions of this clause shall not apply to any Confidential Data, which may come into the Public Domain without any fault of yours.
7.4
The provisions of this clause shall survive the termination of this agreement.
8.
TRADE SECRETS AND INDUSTRIAL COPYRIGHT
8.1
You agree that any patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property to any work that you might be entitled to arising out of your employment, or devolving on you during the period that you are employed by the Company or any of its associates or subsidiaries, shall automatically be transferred and become the property of the Company, and the Company will enjoy all right, title and interest in such patent or copyright or trademark or any other intellectual property.
8.2
You undertake to do all things and refrain from doing anything that will prevent the transfer of ownership of the patent or copyright or trademark or other intellectual property of the Company.
9.
TERMINATION
Your employment may be terminated at any time, either summarily or on notice by the Company after a fair procedure establishes that you are guilty of any misconduct, or you have committed a breach of a material obligation under this agreement which is incompatible with a continued employment relationship, or if you are found guilty of any act which would, at common law or in terms of any applicable statute, entitle the Company to terminate your employment. You shall be bound by the Company’s disciplinary code and procedure as outlined in the MiX Telematics North America Employee Handbook or, where unwritten, an accepted principle, or any written directives from time to time.
10.
RESTRAINT OF TRADE
Your existing agreement with the Company in this regard will remain in full force and effect. It is specifically recorded and agreed that the United States of America is included as a “prescribed area” as it applies to your existing Restraint of Trade Agreement.
11.
PATENTS, INVENTIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS
You must disclose to the Company all inventions and improvements which you make during your employment by the Company, or within six months after the termination of such employment, that may fall within the existing or contemplated scope of the Company’s business or that of its subsidiaries and associates. You cede all rights relating to such inventions and improvements including patents in the United States of America, Republic of South Africa and any other countries. Employees also agree to executive any papers necessary to give effect to the above.
12.
MISCELLANEOUS
12.1
Notices and Domicile
12.1.1
All notices to be given in terms of this agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the Employer and/or at the work place applicable at the time of such delivery and by hand or by registered prepaid post (which includes telegraphic service), where the parties are not in attendance at the work place, to:
You at:
3101 S Ocean Blvd
Apt 218
Highland Beach
FL 33487

The Company at:
Marked for the attention of the “Group CEO”
Suite 310
750 Park of Commerce Blvd
Boca Raton
FL 33487
which physical addresses the parties select as their domicilium citandi et executandi.
12.1.2
Either party shall be entitled at any time to change its domicilium to any other physical address within the United States of America or elsewhere, provided that such change shall take effect upon delivery or deemed delivery of notice thereof to the other party.
12.1.3
Any notice, if delivered by hand during normal business hours to the person apparently in charge of the premises selected by the addressee for the delivery of the notice, be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery (including telegraphic notices) and if sent by prepaid registered post, be deemed to have been received 14 consecutive days after posting.
12.1.4
Notwithstanding the above notice actually received by the party to whom it is addressed shall be adequate notice to it.
12.2
Entire Contract
This agreement contains all the express provisions agreed on by the parties with regard to the subject matter of the agreement and the parties renounce the right to rely on any alleged express provision not contained in the agreement or incorporated by reference.
12.3
Indulgences
No indulgence granted by a party shall constitute a renouncement or abandonment of any of that party’s rights under this agreement; accordingly that party shall not be precluded, as a consequence of having granted such indulgence, from exercising any rights against the other party, which may have arisen in the past or may arise in the future.
13.
VARIATION
It is agreed that the Company reserves the right to vary any and/or all of the terms and conditions of employment, rules and regulations, codes and procedures, from time to time, after due consultation with the affected parties as required from time to time.
Yours sincerely,
MiX TELEMATICS LTD



________________________________
S Joselowitz
Group CEO


I, Charles Tasker, acknowledge that I know and understand the contents of this agreement and that I have made myself aware of all the polices and procedures that apply by reference to this agreement and I hold myself bound to the terms, conditions, policies and procedures applicable.

SIGNATURE _______________________        PLACE ______________________    DATE _____________




AWS Customer Agreement
This AWS Customer Agreement (this “Agreement”) contains the terms and conditions that govern your access to and use of the Service Offerings (as defined below) and is an agreement between Amazon Web Services, Inc. (“AWS,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) and you or the entity you represent (“you” or "your"). This Agreement takes effect when you click an “I Accept” button or check box presented with these terms or, if earlier, when you use any of the Service Offerings (the “Effective Date”). You represent to us that you are lawfully able to enter into contracts (e.g., you are not a minor). If you are entering into this Agreement for an entity, such as the company you work for, you represent to us that you have legal authority to bind that entity. Please see Section 14 for definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement.
1. Use of the Service Offerings.
1.1 Generally. You may access and use the Service Offerings in accordance with this Agreement. Service Level Agreements and Service Terms apply to certain Service Offerings. You will comply with the terms of this Agreement and all laws, rules and regulations applicable to your use of the Service Offerings.
1.2 Your Account. To access the Services, you must have an AWS account associated with a valid email address and a valid form of payment. Unless explicitly permitted by the Service Terms, you will only create one account per email address. 
1.3 Third-Party Content. Third-Party Content may be used by you at your election. Third-Party Content is governed by this Agreement and, if applicable, separate terms and conditions accompanying such Third-Party Content, which terms and conditions may include separate fees and charges.
2. Changes.
2.1 To the Service Offerings. We may change or discontinue any or all of the Service Offerings or change or remove functionality of any or all of the Service Offerings from time to time. We will notify you of any material change to or discontinuation of the Service Offerings. 
2.2 To the APIs. We may change or discontinue any APIs for the Services from time to time. For any discontinuation of or material change to an API for a Service, we will use commercially reasonable efforts to continue supporting the previous version of such API for 12 months after the change or discontinuation (except if doing so (a) would pose a security or intellectual property issue, (b) is economically or technically burdensome, or (c) would cause us to violate the law or requests of governmental entities). 
2.3 To the Service Level Agreements. We may change, discontinue or add Service Level Agreements from time to time in accordance with Section 12.
3. Security and Data Privacy.
3.1 AWS Security. Without limiting Section 10 or your obligations under Section 4.2, we will implement reasonable and appropriate measures designed to help you secure Your Content against accidental or unlawful loss, access or disclosure.
3.2 Data Privacy. You may specify the AWS regions in which Your Content will be stored. You consent to the storage of Your Content in, and transfer of Your Content into, the AWS regions you select. We will not access or use Your Content except as necessary to maintain or provide the Service Offerings, or as necessary to comply with the law or a binding order of a governmental body. We will not (a) disclose Your Content to any government or third party or (b) subject to Section 3.3, move Your Content from the AWS regions selected by you; except in each case as necessary to comply with the law or a binding order of a governmental body. Unless it would violate the law or a binding order of a governmental body, we will give you notice of any legal requirement or order referred to in this Section 3.2. We will only use your Account Information in accordance with the Privacy Policy, and you consent to such usage. The Privacy Policy does not apply to Your Content.
3.3 Service Attributes. To provide billing and administration services, we may process Service Attributes in the AWS region(s) where you use the Service Offerings and the AWS regions in the United States. To provide you with support services initiated by you and investigate fraud, abuse or violations of this Agreement, we may process Service Attributes where we maintain our support and investigation personnel.
4. Your Responsibilities.
4.1 Your Accounts. Except to the extent caused by our breach of this Agreement, (a) you are responsible for all activities that occur under your account, regardless of whether the activities are authorized by you or undertaken by you, your employees or a third party (including your contractors, agents or End Users), and (b) we and our affiliates are not responsible for unauthorized access to your account.
4.2 Your Content. You will ensure that Your Content, Your Submissions and Your and End Users’ use of Your Content, Your Submissions or the Service Offerings will not violate any of the Policies or any applicable law. You are solely responsible for the development, content, operation, maintenance, and use of Your Content and Your Submissions. 
4.3 Your Security and Backup. You are responsible for properly configuring and using the Service Offerings and otherwise taking appropriate action to secure, protect and backup your accounts and Your Content in a manner that will provide appropriate security and protection, which might include use of encryption to protect Your Content from unauthorized access and routinely archiving Your Content. 
4.4 Log-In Credentials and Account Keys. AWS log-in credentials and private keys generated by the Services are for your internal use only and you will not sell, transfer or sublicense them to any other entity or person, except that you may disclose your private key to your agents and subcontractors performing work on your behalf. 
4.5 End Users. You will be deemed to have taken any action that you permit, assist or facilitate any person or entity to take related to this Agreement, Your Content, Your Submissions or use of the Service Offerings. You are responsible for End Users’ use of Your Content and the Service Offerings. You will ensure that all End Users comply with your obligations under this Agreement and that the terms of your agreement with each End User are consistent with this Agreement. If you become aware of any violation of your obligations under this Agreement caused by an End User, you will immediately suspend access to Your Content and the Service Offerings by such End User. We do not provide any support or services to End Users unless we have a separate agreement with you or an End User obligating us to provide such support or services. 
5. Fees and Payment.
5.1 Service Fees. We calculate and bill fees and charges monthly. We may bill you more frequently for fees accrued if we suspect that your account is fraudulent or at risk of non-payment. You will pay us the applicable fees and charges for use of the Service Offerings as described on the AWS Site using one of the payment methods we support. All amounts payable by you under this Agreement will be paid to us without setoff or counterclaim, and without any deduction or withholding. Fees and charges for any new Service or new feature of a Service will be effective when we post updated fees and charges on the AWS Site, unless we expressly state otherwise in a notice. We may increase or add new fees and charges for any existing Services you are using by giving you at least 30 days’ prior notice. We may elect to charge you interest at the rate of 1.5% per month (or the highest rate permitted by law, if less) on all late payments.
5.2 Taxes. Each party will be responsible, as required under applicable law, for identifying and paying all taxes and other governmental fees and charges (and any penalties, interest, and other additions thereto) that are imposed on that party upon or with respect to the transactions and payments under this Agreement. All fees payable by you are exclusive of Indirect Taxes. We may charge and you will pay applicable Indirect Taxes that we are legally obligated or authorized to collect from you. You will provide such information to us as reasonably required to determine whether we are obligated to collect Indirect Taxes from you. We will not collect, and you will not pay, any Indirect Tax for which you furnish us a properly completed exemption certificate or a direct payment permit certificate for which we may claim an available exemption from such Indirect Tax. All payments made by you to us under this Agreement will be made free and clear of any deduction or withholding, as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding (including but not limited to cross-border withholding taxes) is required on any payment, you will pay such additional amounts as are necessary so that the net amount received by us is equal to the amount then due and payable under this Agreement. We will provide you with such tax forms as are reasonably requested in order to reduce or eliminate the amount of any withholding or deduction for taxes in respect of payments made under this Agreement.
6. Temporary Suspension.
6.1 Generally. We may suspend your or any End User’s right to access or use any portion or all of the Service Offerings immediately upon notice to you if we determine:
(a) your or an End User’s use of the Service Offerings (i) poses a security risk to the Service Offerings or any third party, (ii) could adversely impact our systems, the Service Offerings or the systems or Content of any other AWS customer, (iii) could subject us, our affiliates, or any third party to liability, or (iv) could be fraudulent;
(b) you are, or any End User is, in breach of this Agreement;
(c) you are in breach of your payment obligations under Section 5; or
(d) you have ceased to operate in the ordinary course, made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or similar disposition of your assets, or become the subject of any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar proceeding.
6.2 Effect of Suspension. If we suspend your right to access or use any portion or all of the Service Offerings:
(a) you remain responsible for all fees and charges you incur during the period of suspension; and
(b) you will not be entitled to any service credits under the Service Level Agreements for any period of suspension.
7. Term; Termination.
7.1 Term. The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will remain in effect until terminated under this Section 7. Any notice of termination of this Agreement by either party to the other must include a Termination Date that complies with the notice periods in Section 7.2. 
7.2 Termination.
(a) Termination for Convenience. You may terminate this Agreement for any reason by providing us notice and closing your account for all Services for which we provide an account closing mechanism. We may terminate this Agreement for any reason by providing you at least 30 days’ advance notice.
(b) Termination for Cause.
(i) By Either Party. Either party may terminate this Agreement for cause if the other party is in material breach of this Agreement and the material breach remains uncured for a period of 30 days from receipt of notice by the other party. No later than the Termination Date, you will close your account.
(ii) By Us. We may also terminate this Agreement immediately upon notice to you (A) for cause if we have the right to suspend under Section 6, (B) if our relationship with a third-party partner who provides software or other technology we use to provide the Service Offerings expires, terminates or requires us to change the way we provide the software or other technology as part of the Services, or (C) in order to comply with the law or requests of governmental entities.
7.3 Effect of Termination.
(a) Generally. Upon the Termination Date:
(i) except as provided in Section 7.3(b), all your rights under this Agreement immediately terminate;
(ii) you remain responsible for all fees and charges you have incurred through the Termination Date and are responsible for any fees and charges you incur during the post-termination period described in Section 7.3(b);
(iii) you will immediately return or, if instructed by us, destroy all AWS Content in your possession; and
(iv) Sections 4.1, 5, 7.3, 8 (except the license granted to you in Section 8.4), 9, 10, 11, 13 and 14 will continue to apply in accordance with their terms.
(b) Post-Termination. Unless we terminate your use of the Service Offerings pursuant to Section 7.2(b), during the 30 days following the Termination Date:
(i) we will not take action to remove from the AWS systems any of Your Content as a result of the termination; and
(ii) we will allow you to retrieve Your Content from the Services only if you have paid all amounts due under this Agreement.
For any use of the Services after the Termination Date, the terms of this Agreement will apply and you will pay the applicable fees at the rates under Section 5.
8. Proprietary Rights.
8.1 Your Content. Except as provided in this Section 8, we obtain no rights under this Agreement from you (or your licensors) to Your Content. You consent to our use of Your Content to provide the Service Offerings to you and any End Users.
8.2 Your Submissions. Your Submissions will be governed by the terms of the Apache License, Version 2.0, unless you request and we consent in writing to another license supported by us. 
8.3 Adequate Rights. You represent and warrant to us that: (a) you or your licensors own all right, title, and interest in and to Your Content, Your Submissions and Suggestions; (b) you have all rights in Your Content, Your Submissions and Suggestions necessary to grant the rights contemplated by this Agreement; and (c) none of Your Content, Your Submissions or End Users’ use of Your Content, Your Submissions or the Service Offerings will violate the Acceptable Use Policy. 
8.4 Service Offerings License. We or our licensors own all right, title, and interest in and to the Service Offerings, and all related technology and intellectual property rights. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, we grant you a limited, revocable, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable, non-transferrable license to do the following: (a) access and use the Services solely in accordance with this Agreement; and (b) copy and use the AWS Content solely in connection with your permitted use of the Services. Except as provided in this Section 8.4, you obtain no rights under this Agreement from us, our affiliates or our licensors to the Service Offerings, including any related intellectual property rights. Some AWS Content and Third-Party Content may be provided to you under a separate license, such as the Apache License, Version 2.0, or other open source license. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and any separate license, the separate license will prevail with respect to the AWS Content or Third-Party Content that is the subject of such separate license. 
8.5 License Restrictions. Neither you nor any End User will use the Service Offerings in any manner or for any purpose other than as expressly permitted by this Agreement. Neither you nor any End User will, or will attempt to (a) modify, distribute, alter, tamper with, repair, or otherwise create derivative works of any Content included in the Service Offerings (except to the extent Content included in the Service Offerings is provided to you under a separate license that expressly permits the creation of derivative works), (b) reverse engineer, disassemble, or decompile the Service Offerings or apply any other process or procedure to derive the source code of any software included in the Service Offerings (except to the extent applicable law doesn’t allow this restriction), (c) access or use the Service Offerings in a way intended to avoid incurring fees or exceeding usage limits or quotas, or (d) resell or sublicense the Service Offerings. During and after the Term, you will not assert, nor will you authorize, assist, or encourage any third party to assert, any intellectual property infringement claim regarding any Service Offerings you have used. You may only use the AWS Marks in accordance with the Trademark Use Guidelines. You will not misrepresent or embellish the relationship between us and you (including by expressing or implying that we support, sponsor, endorse, or contribute to you or your business endeavors). You will not imply any relationship or affiliation between us and you except as expressly permitted by this Agreement. 
8.6 Suggestions. If you provide any Suggestions to us or our affiliates, we and our affiliates will be entitled to use the Suggestions without restriction. You hereby irrevocably assign to us all right, title, and interest in and to the Suggestions and agree to provide us any assistance we require to document, perfect, and maintain our rights in the Suggestions.
9. Indemnification.
9.1 General. You will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless us, our affiliates and licensors, and each of their respective employees, officers, directors, and representatives from and against any Losses arising out of or relating to any third-party claim concerning: (a) your or any End Users’ use of the Service Offerings (including any activities under your AWS account and use by your employees and personnel); (b) breach of this Agreement or violation of applicable law by you, End Users, Your Content or Your Submissions; (c) Your Content or Your Submissions or the combination of Your Content or Your Submissions with other applications, content or processes, including any claim involving alleged infringement or misappropriation of third-party rights by Your Content or Your Submissions, or by the use, development, design, production, advertising or marketing of Your Content or Your Submissions; or (d) a dispute between you and any End User. You will reimburse us for reasonable attorneys’ fees, as well as our employees’ and contractors’ time and materials spent responding to any third party subpoena or other compulsory legal order or process associated with third party claims described in (a) through (d) above at our then-current hourly rates.
9.2 Process. We will promptly notify you of any claim subject to Section 9.1, but our failure to promptly notify you will only affect your obligations under Section 9.1 to the extent that our failure prejudices your ability to defend the claim. You may: (a) use counsel of your own choosing (subject to our written consent) to defend against any claim; and (b) settle the claim as you deem appropriate, provided that you obtain our prior written consent before entering into any settlement. We may also assume control of the defense and settlement of the claim at any time.
10. Disclaimers.
THE SERVICE OFFERINGS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS.” EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY LAW, OR TO THE EXTENT ANY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLY THAT CANNOT BE EXCLUDED, LIMITED OR WAIVED, WE AND OUR AFFILIATES AND LICENSORS (A) MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE SERVICE OFFERINGS OR THE THIRD-PARTY CONTENT, AND (B) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED OR EXPRESS WARRANTIES (I) OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR QUIET ENJOYMENT, (II) ARISING OUT OF ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, (III) THAT THE SERVICE OFFERINGS OR THIRD-PARTY CONTENT WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, ERROR FREE OR FREE OF HARMFUL COMPONENTS, AND (IV) THAT ANY CONTENT WILL BE SECURE OR NOT OTHERWISE LOST OR ALTERED.
11. Limitations of Liability.
WE AND OUR AFFILIATES AND LICENSORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, REVENUES, CUSTOMERS, OPPORTUNITIES, GOODWILL, USE, OR DATA), EVEN IF A PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, NEITHER WE NOR ANY OF OUR AFFILIATES OR LICENSORS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY COMPENSATION, REIMBURSEMENT, OR DAMAGES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH: (A) YOUR INABILITY TO USE THE SERVICES, INCLUDING AS A RESULT OF ANY (I) TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR YOUR USE OF OR ACCESS TO THE SERVICE OFFERINGS, (II) OUR DISCONTINUATION OF ANY OR ALL OF THE SERVICE OFFERINGS, OR, (III) WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS, ANY UNANTICIPATED OR UNSCHEDULED DOWNTIME OF ALL OR A PORTION OF THE SERVICES FOR ANY REASON; (B) THE COST OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; (C) ANY INVESTMENTS, EXPENDITURES, OR COMMITMENTS BY YOU IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR YOUR USE OF OR ACCESS TO THE SERVICE OFFERINGS; OR (D) ANY UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS TO, ALTERATION OF, OR THE DELETION, DESTRUCTION, DAMAGE, LOSS OR FAILURE TO STORE ANY OF YOUR CONTENT OR OTHER DATA. IN ANY CASE, OUR AND OUR AFFILIATES’ AND LICENSORS’ AGGREGATE LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT YOU ACTUALLY PAY US UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE SERVICE THAT GAVE RISE TO THE CLAIM DURING THE 12 MONTHS BEFORE THE LIABILITY AROSE. 
12. Modifications to the Agreement.
We may modify this Agreement (including any Policies) at any time by posting a revised version on the AWS Site or by otherwise notifying you in accordance with Section 13.10; provided, however, that we will provide at least 90 days’ advance notice in accordance with Section 13.10 for adverse changes to any Service Level Agreement. Subject to the 90 day advance notice requirement with respect to adverse changes to Service Level Agreements, the modified terms will become effective upon posting or, if we notify you by email, as stated in the email message. By continuing to use the Service Offerings after the effective date of any modifications to this Agreement, you agree to be bound by the modified terms. It is your responsibility to check the AWS Site regularly for modifications to this Agreement. We last modified this Agreement on the date listed at the end of this Agreement.
13. Miscellaneous.
13.1 Assignment. You will not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of your rights and obligations under this Agreement, without our prior written consent. Any assignment or transfer in violation of this Section 13.1 will be void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
13.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement incorporates the Policies by reference and is the entire agreement between you and us regarding the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous representations, understandings, agreements, or communications between you and us, whether written or verbal, regarding the subject matter of this Agreement (but does not supersede prior commitments to purchase Services such as Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances). We will not be bound by, and specifically object to, any term, condition or other provision that is different from or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not it would materially alter this Agreement) including for example, any term, condition or other provision (a) submitted by you in any order, receipt, acceptance, confirmation, correspondence or other document, (b) related to any online registration, response to any Request for Bid, Request for Proposal, Request for Information, or other questionnaire, or (c) related to any invoicing process that you submit or require us to complete. If the terms of this document are inconsistent with the terms contained in any Policy, the terms contained in this document will control, except that the Service Terms will control over this document. 
13.3 Force Majeure. We and our affiliates will not be liable for any delay or failure to perform any obligation under this Agreement where the delay or failure results from any cause beyond our reasonable control, including acts of God, labor disputes or other industrial disturbances, electrical or power outages, utilities or other telecommunications failures, earthquake, storms or other elements of nature, blockages, embargoes, riots, acts or orders of government, acts of terrorism, or war.
13.4 Governing Law. The laws of the State of Washington, without reference to conflict of law rules, govern this Agreement and any dispute of any sort that might arise between you and us. The United Nations Convention for the International Sale of Goods does not apply to this Agreement. 
13.5 Disputes. Any dispute or claim relating in any way to your use of the Service Offerings, or to any products or services sold or distributed by AWS will be resolved by binding arbitration, rather than in court, except that you may assert claims in small claims court if your claims qualify. The Federal Arbitration Act and federal arbitration law apply to this Agreement. There is no judge or jury in arbitration, and court review of an arbitration award is limited. However, an arbitrator can award on an individual basis the same damages and relief as a court (including injunctive and declaratory relief or statutory damages), and must follow the terms of this Agreement as a court would. To begin an arbitration proceeding, you must send a letter requesting arbitration and describing your claim to our registered agent Corporation Service Company, 300 Deschutes Way SW, Suite 304, Tumwater, WA 98501. The arbitration will be conducted by the American Arbitration Association (AAA) under its rules, which are available at www.adr.org or by calling 1-800-778-7879. Payment of filing, administration and arbitrator fees will be governed by the AAA's rules. We will reimburse those fees for claims totaling less than $10,000 unless the arbitrator determines the claims are frivolous. We will not seek attorneys' fees and costs in arbitration unless the arbitrator determines the claims are frivolous. You may choose to have the arbitration conducted by telephone, based on written submissions, or at a mutually agreed location. We and you agree that any dispute resolution proceedings will be conducted only on an individual basis and not in a class, consolidated or representative action. If for any reason a claim proceeds in court rather than in arbitration we and you waive any right to a jury trial. Subject to Section 8.5, we and you both agree that you or we may bring suit in court to enjoin infringement or other misuse of intellectual property rights.
13.6 Trade Compliance. In connection with this Agreement, each party will comply with all applicable import, re-import, sanctions, anti-boycott, export, and re-export control laws and regulations, including all such laws and regulations that apply to a U.S. company, such as the Export Administration Regulations, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, and economic sanctions programs implemented by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. For clarity, you are solely responsible for compliance related to the manner in which you choose to use the Service Offerings, including your transfer and processing of Your Content, the provision of Your Content to End Users, and the AWS region in which any of the foregoing occur. You represent and warrant that you and your financial institutions, or any party that owns or controls you or your financial institutions, are not subject to sanctions or otherwise designated on any list of prohibited or restricted parties, including but not limited to the lists maintained by the United Nations Security Council, the U.S. Government (e.g., the Specially Designated Nationals List and Foreign Sanctions Evaders List of the U.S. Department of Treasury, and the Entity List of the U.S. Department of Commerce), the European Union or its Member States, or other applicable government authority. 
13.7 Independent Contractors; Non-Exclusive Rights. We and you are independent contractors, and this Agreement will not be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, agency, or employment relationship. Neither party, nor any of their respective affiliates, is an agent of the other for any purpose or has the authority to bind the other. Both parties reserve the right (a) to develop or have developed for it products, services, concepts, systems, or techniques that are similar to or compete with the products, services, concepts, systems, or techniques developed or contemplated by the other party, and (b) to assist third party developers or systems integrators who may offer products or services which compete with the other party’s products or services.
13.8 Language. All communications and notices made or given pursuant to this Agreement must be in the English language. If we provide a translation of the English language version of this Agreement, the English language version of the Agreement will control if there is any conflict.
13.9 Confidentiality and Publicity. You may use AWS Confidential Information only in connection with your use of the Service Offerings as permitted under this Agreement. You will not disclose AWS Confidential Information during the Term or at any time during the 5-year period following the end of the Term. You will take all reasonable measures to avoid disclosure, dissemination or unauthorized use of AWS Confidential Information, including, at a minimum, those measures you take to protect your own confidential information of a similar nature. You will not issue any press release or make any other public communication with respect to this Agreement or your use of the Service Offerings. 
13.10 Notice.
(a) To You. We may provide any notice to you under this Agreement by: (i) posting a notice on the AWS Site; or (ii) sending a message to the email address then associated with your account. Notices we provide by posting on the AWS Site will be effective upon posting and notices we provide by email will be effective when we send the email. It is your responsibility to keep your email address current. You will be deemed to have received any email sent to the email address then associated with your account when we send the email, whether or not you actually receive the email.
(b) To Us. To give us notice under this Agreement, you must contact AWS as follows: (i) by facsimile transmission to 206-266-7010; or (ii) by personal delivery, overnight courier or registered or certified mail to Amazon Web Services, Inc., 410 Terry Avenue North, Seattle, WA 98109-5210, attention General Counsel. We may update the facsimile number or address for notices to us by posting a notice on the AWS Site. Notices provided by personal delivery will be effective immediately. Notices provided by facsimile transmission or overnight courier will be effective one business day after they are sent. Notices provided registered or certified mail will be effective three business days after they are sent.
13.11 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as set forth in Section 9.1, this Agreement does not create any third-party beneficiary rights in any individual or entity that is not a party to this Agreement. 
13.12 U.S. Government Rights. The Service Offerings are provided to the U.S. Government as “commercial items,” “commercial computer software,” “commercial computer software documentation,” and “technical data” with the same rights and restrictions generally applicable to the Service Offerings. If you are using the Service Offerings on behalf of the U.S. Government and these terms fail to meet the U.S. Government’s needs or are inconsistent in any respect with federal law, you will immediately discontinue your use of the Service Offerings. The terms “commercial item” “commercial computer software,” “commercial computer software documentation,” and “technical data” are defined in the Federal Acquisition Regulation and the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement.
13.13 No Waivers. The failure by us to enforce any provision of this Agreement will not constitute a present or future waiver of such provision nor limit our right to enforce such provision at a later time. All waivers by us must be in writing to be effective.
13.14 Severability. If any portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining portions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Any invalid or unenforceable portions will be interpreted to effect and intent of the original portion. If such construction is not possible, the invalid or unenforceable portion will be severed from this Agreement but the rest of the Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
14. Definitions.
“Acceptable Use Policy” means the policy located at  http://aws.amazon.com/aup  (and any successor or related locations designated by us), as it may be updated by us from time to time.
“Account Information” means information about you that you provide to us in connection with the creation or administration of your AWS account. For example, Account Information includes names, usernames, phone numbers, email addresses and billing information associated with your AWS account.
“API” means an application program interface.
“AWS Confidential Information” means all nonpublic information disclosed by us, our affiliates, business partners or our or their respective employees, contractors or agents that is designated as confidential or that, given the nature of the information or circumstances surrounding its disclosure, reasonably should be understood to be confidential. AWS Confidential Information includes: (a) nonpublic information relating to our or our affiliates or business partners’ technology, customers, business plans, promotional and marketing activities, finances and other business affairs; (b) third-party information that we are obligated to keep confidential; and (c) the nature, content and existence of any discussions or negotiations between you and us or our affiliates. AWS Confidential Information does not include any information that: (i) is or becomes publicly available without breach of this Agreement; (ii) can be shown by documentation to have been known to you at the time of your receipt from us; (iii) is received from a third party who did not acquire or disclose the same by a wrongful or tortious act; or (iv) can be shown by documentation to have been independently developed by you without reference to the AWS Confidential Information.
“AWS Content” means Content we or any of our affiliates make available in connection with the Services or on the AWS Site to allow access to and use of the Services, including APIs; WSDLs; Documentation; sample code; software libraries; command line tools; proofs of concept; templates; and other related technology (including any of the foregoing that are provided by our personnel). AWS Content does not include the Services or Third-Party Content. 
“AWS Marks” means any trademarks, service marks, service or trade names, logos, and other designations of AWS and its affiliates that we may make available to you in connection with this Agreement.
“AWS Site” means  http://aws.amazon.com  (and any successor or related site designated by us), as may be updated by us from time to time.
“Content” means software (including machine images), data, text, audio, video or images.
“Documentation” means the user guides and admin guides (in each case exclusive of content referenced via hyperlink) for the Services located at  http://aws.amazon.com/documentation  (and any successor or related locations designated by us), as such user guides and admin guides may be updated by AWS from time to time.
“End User” means any individual or entity that directly or indirectly through another user: (a) accesses or uses Your Content; or (b) otherwise accesses or uses the Service Offerings under your account. The term “End User” does not include individuals or entities when they are accessing or using the Services or any Content under their own AWS account, rather than under your account.
“Indirect Taxes” means applicable taxes and duties, including, without limitation, VAT, Service Tax, GST, excise taxes, sales and transactions taxes, and gross receipts tax.
“Losses” means any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees).
“Policies” means the Acceptable Use Policy, Privacy Policy, the Site Terms, the Service Terms, the Trademark Use Guidelines, all restrictions described in the AWS Content and on the AWS Site, and any other policy or terms referenced in or incorporated into this Agreement, but does not include whitepapers or other marketing materials referenced on the AWS Site.
“Privacy Policy” means the privacy policy located at  http://aws.amazon.com/privacy  (and any successor or related locations designated by us), as it may be updated by us from time to time.
“Service” means each of the services made available by us or our affiliates, including those web services described in the Service Terms. Services do not include Third-Party Content.
“Service Attributes” means Service usage data related to your account, such as resource identifiers, metadata tags, security and access roles, rules, usage policies, permissions, usage statistics and analytics.
“Service Level Agreement” means all service level agreements that we offer with respect to the Services and post on the AWS Site, as they may be updated by us from time to time. The service level agreements we offer with respect to the Services are located at  https://aws.amazon.com/legal/service-level-agreements/  (and any successor or related locations designated by AWS), as may be updated by AWS from time to time.
“Service Offerings” means the Services (including associated APIs), the AWS Content, the AWS Marks, and any other product or service provided by us under this Agreement. Service Offerings do not include Third-Party Content.
“Service Terms” means the rights and restrictions for particular Services located at  http://aws.amazon.com/serviceterms  (and any successor or related locations designated by us), as may be updated by us from time to time.
“Site Terms” means the terms of use located at  http://aws.amazon.com/terms/  (and any successor or related locations designated by us), as may be updated by us from time to time.
“Suggestions” means all suggested improvements to the Service Offerings that you provide to us.
“Term” means the term of this Agreement described in Section 7.1.
“Termination Date” means the effective date of termination provided in accordance with Section 7, in a notice from one party to the other. 
“Third-Party Content” means Content made available to you by any third party on the AWS Site or in conjunction with the Services.
“Trademark Use Guidelines” means the guidelines and trademark license located at  http://aws.amazon.com/trademark-guidelines/  (and any successor or related locations designated by us), as they may be updated by us from time to time.
“Your Content” means Content that you or any End User transfers to us for processing, storage or hosting by the Services in connection with your AWS account and any computational results that you or any End User derive from the foregoing through their use of the Services. For example, Your Content includes Content that you or any End User stores in Amazon Simple Storage Service. Your Content does not include Account Information.
“Your Submissions” means Content that you post or otherwise submit to developer forums, sample code repositories, public data repositories, or similar community-focused areas of the AWS Site, or any other part of the AWS Site that allows third parties to make available software, products or data.
Last updated March 31, 2017



AWS Service Terms
Last updated: April 19, 2017
The following Service Terms apply only to the specific Services to which the Service Terms relate. In the event of a conflict between the terms of these Service Terms and the terms of the  AWS Customer Agreement  or other agreement with us governing your use of our Services (the “Agreement”), the terms and conditions of these Service Terms apply, but only to the extent of such conflict. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
1. Universal Service Terms (Applicable to All Services)
1.1. You may only use the Services to store, retrieve, query, serve, and execute Your Content that is owned, licensed or lawfully obtained by you. As used in these Service Terms, (a) “Your Content” includes any “Company Content” and any “Customer Content” and (b) “AWS Content” includes “Amazon Properties”. As part of the Services, you may be allowed to use certain software (including related documentation) provided by us or third party licensors. This software is neither sold nor distributed to you and you may use it solely as part of the Services. You may not transfer it outside the Services without specific authorization to do so.
1.2. You must comply with the current technical documentation applicable to the Services (including the applicable developer guides) as posted by us and updated by us from time to time on the AWS Site. In addition, if you create technology that works with a Service, you must comply with the current technical documentation applicable to that Service (including the applicable developer guides) as posted by us and updated by us from time to time on the AWS Site.
1.3. You will provide information or other materials related to Your Content (including copies of any client-side applications) as reasonably requested by us to verify your compliance with the Agreement. We may monitor the external interfaces (e.g., ports) of Your Content to verify your compliance with the Agreement. You will not block or interfere with our monitoring, but you may use encryption technology or firewalls to help keep Your Content confidential. You will reasonably cooperate with us to identify the source of any problem with the Services that we reasonably believe may be attributable to Your Content or any end user materials that you control.
1.4. If we reasonably believe any of Your Content violates the law, infringes or misappropriates the rights of any third party or otherwise violates a material term of the Agreement (including the documentation, the Service Terms, or the  Acceptable Use Policy ) (“Prohibited Content”), we will notify you of the Prohibited Content and may request that such content be removed from the Services or access to it be disabled. If you do not remove or disable access to the Prohibited Content within 2 business days of our notice, we may remove or disable access to the Prohibited Content or suspend the Services to the extent we are not able to remove or disable access to the Prohibited Content. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may remove or disable access to any Prohibited Content without prior notice in connection with illegal content, where the content may disrupt or threaten the Services, pursuant to the Digital Millennium Copyright Act or as required to comply with law or any judicial, regulatory or other governmental order or request. In the event that we remove content without prior notice, we will provide prompt notice to you unless prohibited by law.
1.5. From time to time, we may offer free or discounted pricing programs covering certain usage of the Services (each, a “Special Pricing Program”). We may stop accepting new sign-ups or discontinue a Special Pricing Program at any time. Standard charges will apply after a Special Pricing Program ends or if you exceed the limitations by the Special Pricing Program. You must comply with any additional terms, restrictions, or limitations (e.g., limitations on the total amount of usage) for the Special Pricing Program as described in the offer terms for the Special Pricing Program or on the pricing page for the eligible Service(s). You may not access or use the Services in a way intended to avoid any additional terms, restrictions, or limitations (e.g., establishing multiple AWS accounts in order to receive additional benefits under a Special Pricing Program), and we may immediately terminate your account if you do so. Any data stored or instances provided as part of a Special Pricing Program must be actively used.
1.6. If we make multiple discounts or pricing options for a Service available to you at one time, you will only be eligible to receive one discount or pricing option, and will not be entitled to cumulative discounting and pricing options.
1.7. You will ensure that all information you provide to us via the AWS Site (for instance, information provided in connection with your registration for the Services, requests for increased usage limits, etc.) is accurate, complete and not misleading.
1.8. From time to time, we may apply upgrades, patches, bug fixes or other maintenance to the Service Offerings (“Maintenance”). We agree to use reasonable efforts to provide you with prior notice of any scheduled Maintenance (except for emergency Maintenance) and you agree to use reasonable efforts to comply with any Maintenance requirements that we notify you about.
1.9 If your Agreement does not include a provision on AWS Confidential Information, and you and AWS do not have an effective non-disclosure agreement in place, then you agree that you will not disclose AWS Confidential Information (as defined in the AWS Customer Agreement), except as required by law.
1.10 Beta Service Participation
1.10.1. This Section describes the additional terms and conditions under which you may access and use certain features, technologies and services made available to you by AWS that are not yet generally available, including, but not limited to, any products, services, or features labeled “beta”, “preview”, “pre-release”, or “experimental” (each, a “Beta Service”) or access and use Service Offerings available in AWS regions that are not generally available, including, but not limited to, any AWS regions identified by AWS as “beta”, “preview”, “pre-release”, or “experimental” (each, a “Beta Region”). In the event there is a conflict between the terms of this Section 1.10 and an existing AWS Beta Test Participation Agreement between you and AWS, the terms of the existing AWS Beta Test Participation Agreement will take precedence.
1.10.2. During the term of the applicable Beta Service or Beta Region (as specified by AWS), you may: (a) access and use the Beta Service or Service Offerings in any Beta Region solely for internal evaluation purposes; and (b) install, copy, and use any related AWS Content that may be provided to you by AWS in connection with the Beta Service or Service Offerings in any Beta Region (“Beta Materials”) solely as necessary to access and use the Beta Service or Service Offerings in any Beta Region in the manner permitted by this Section.
1.10.3. You agree not to allow access to or use of any Beta Service, Service Offerings in any Beta Region or Beta Materials by any third party other than your employees and contractors who (i) have a need to use or access the Beta Service, Service Offerings in the Beta Region or Beta Materials in connection with your internal evaluation activities, and (ii) have executed written non-disclosure agreements obligating them to protect the confidentiality of non-public information regarding the Beta Service, Beta Region and Beta Materials.
1.10.4. You must comply with all policies and guidelines related to any Beta Service or Beta Region as posted on the AWS Site or otherwise made available to you, including the Privacy Policy, Acceptable Use Policy, the Service Terms, and any additional terms and conditions for a specific Beta Service or Beta Region. AWS may add or modify restrictions, including lowering or raising any usage limits, related to access to or use of any Beta Service, Service Offerings in any Beta Region or Beta Materials at any time. If requested by AWS, you will promptly increase or decrease your usage of the applicable Beta Service, Service Offerings in a Beta Region or Beta Materials to the levels that AWS may specify. Service Level Agreements do not apply to Beta Services or any Services Offerings in Beta Regions.
1.10.5. AWS may suspend or terminate your access to or use of any Beta Service or Service Offerings in any Beta Region at any time and for any reason. AWS may at any time cease providing any or all of any Beta Service or any Service Offering in a Beta Region in its sole discretion and without notice. Beta Services and Services Offerings in Beta Regions also may be unavailable and/or their performance may be negatively affected by scheduled and unscheduled maintenance. AWS will use reasonable efforts to notify you in advance of scheduled maintenance, but AWS is unable to provide advance notice of unscheduled or emergency maintenance.
1.10.6. In consideration of being allowed to access and use a Beta Service or Service Offering in a Beta Region, you agree to provide AWS with information relating to your access, use, testing, or evaluation of the Beta Service, Service Offerings in the Beta Region or any related Beta Materials, including observations or information regarding the performance, features and functionality of the Beta Service or any related Beta Materials as applicable, when and in the form reasonably requested by AWS (“Test Observations”). AWS will own and may use and evaluate all Test Observations for its own purposes. You will not use any Test Observations except for your internal evaluation purposes of the Beta Service or Beta Region.
1.10.7. Each individual Beta Service and Service Offering in a Beta Region will automatically terminate upon the release of a generally available version of the applicable Beta Service or Service Offering in a Beta Region or upon notice of termination by AWS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement or these Services Terms, either you or AWS may terminate your participation in a Beta Service or Service Offering in a Beta Region at any time for any reason upon notice to the other party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, after the conclusion of your participation in a Beta Service or Service Offering in a Beta Region for any reason, (a) you will not have any further right to access or use the applicable Beta Service or Service Offering in the Beta Region and Beta Materials; (b) your Content used in the applicable Beta Service or Service Offering in the Beta Region may be deleted or inaccessible; and (c) you will immediately return or, if instructed by AWS, destroy all Beta Materials or any other AWS Confidential Information related to the applicable Beta Service, Service Offering in any Beta Region or Beta Materials. If AWS releases a generally available version of a Beta Service or a Service Offering in a Beta Region, your access to and use of the generally available version will be subject to the Agreement and any separate Section of these Service Terms as may be specified for that generally available Service Offering. If any Beta Region becomes generally available, your access to and use of Service Offerings in the generally available AWS region will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to that AWS region. AWS does not guarantee that any Beta Service or Service Offering in any Beta Region will ever be made generally available, or that any generally available version will contain the same or similar functionality as the version made available by AWS during the term of the Beta Service or Beta Region, as applicable. AWS does not guarantee that any Beta Region will become generally available.
1.10.8. Beta Materials, Test Observations, Suggestions concerning a Beta Service or Beta Region, or any other information about or involving (including the existence of) any Beta Service or Beta Region are considered AWS Confidential Information. You will not disclose (including, but not limited to, in a press release or public statement) any Beta Materials, Test Observations, Suggestions concerning a Beta Service, or any other information about or involving (including the existence of) any Beta Service, except as agreed by AWS in writing.
1.10.9. ADDITIONAL WARRANTY DISCLAIMERS. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY DISCLAIMERS IN THE AGREEMENT OR THE SERVICE TERMS, THE BETA SERVICES, SERVICE OFFERINGS IN BETA REGIONS, BETA REGIONS AND BETA MATERIALS ARE NOT READY FOR GENERAL COMMERCIAL RELEASE AND MAY CONTAIN BUGS, ERRORS, DEFECTS OR HARMFUL COMPONENTS. ACCORDINGLY, AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THE AGREEMENT OR THESE SERVICES TERMS, AWS IS PROVIDING THE BETA SERVICES, SERVICE OFFERINGS IN BETA REGIONS AND BETA MATERIALS TO YOU “AS IS.” AWS AND ITS AFFILIATES AND LICENSORS MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE BETA SERVICES, SERVICE OFFERINGS IN BETA REGIONS, BETA REGIONS AND BETA MATERIALS, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY THAT THE BETA SERVICES, SERVICE OFFERINGS IN BETA REGIONS, BETA REGIONS AND BETA MATERIALS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, ERROR FREE OR FREE OF HARMFUL COMPONENTS, OR THAT ANY CONTENT, INCLUDING YOUR CONTENT, WILL BE SECURE OR NOT OTHERWISE LOST OR DAMAGED. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY LAW, AWS AND ITS AFFILIATES AND LICENSORS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING OUT OF ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. AWS’ AND ITS AFFILIATES’ AND LICENSORS’ AGGREGATE LIABILITY FOR ANY BETA SERVICES WILL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT YOU ACTUALLY PAY US UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE BETA SERVICES THAT GAVE RISE TO THE CLAIM DURING THE 12 MONTHS PRECEDING THE CLAIM.
1.10.10. Because the Beta Services and Materials involve features, technologies and services that are not yet generally available, you acknowledge that any violation of this Section 1.10 could cause irreparable harm to AWS for which monetary damages may be difficult to ascertain or an inadequate remedy. You therefore agree that AWS will have the right, in addition to its other rights and remedies, to seek injunctive relief for any violation of this Section 1.10.
1.11 You may perform benchmarks or comparative tests or evaluations (each, a “Benchmark Test”) of the Service Offerings; provided, however, that you may not, and may not direct or permit third-parties to, disclose results or data produced from any Benchmark Test of a Service Offering, unless: (a) such disclosure includes all information necessary for us or any third-party to completely and accurately replicate the Benchmark Test; (b) you permit us to perform Benchmark Tests of your products or services and to disclose results or data produced from such Benchmark Tests, provided that such disclosure includes all information necessary for you or any third-party to completely and accurately replicate the Benchmark test; and (c) if you perform a Benchmark Test for a third-party, directly or indirectly, in exchange for consideration, you will identify the third-party and you represent and warrant that you have procured all rights necessary for us to perform Benchmark Tests of the third-party’s products or services and to disclose results or data produced from such Benchmark Tests.
2. Amazon CloudFront
2.1. You must own or have all necessary rights to use any domain name or SSL certificate that you use in conjunction with Amazon CloudFront. You are solely responsible for the renewal, security and proper configuration of any SSL certificates that you provide for use with Amazon CloudFront, including any disclosure of your SSL certificates to third parties.
2.2. Amazon CloudFront requires you to store the original version of Your Content in an origin server (such as Amazon S3). If you use other Services to store the original version of Your Content, you are responsible for the separate fees you accrue for the other Services and for Amazon CloudFront.
2.3. While you will only be charged fees specified for the selected Price Class, Your Content you select for delivery from edge locations in a Price Class may from time to time be served from edge locations located outside the regions in that Price Class.
2.4. Amazon CloudFront’s Geo Restriction feature may utilize a third party geo-location database, which may not be accurate in all situations.
3. Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS)
3.1. You may not knowingly create and maintain inactive queues. We may delete, without liability of any kind, any of Your Content that sits in an Amazon SQS queue or any Amazon SQS queue that remains inactive for more than the number of days specified in the user documentation.
4. Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud
4.1. In connection with your use of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (including all instances and instance types, hosts and other resources, dedicated, reserved or on-demand, collectively “Amazon EC2”) and the Services, you are responsible for maintaining licenses and adhering to the license terms of any software you run.
4.2. Using Microsoft Software. In conjunction with the Services, you may be allowed to use certain software (including related documentation) developed and owned by Microsoft Corporation or its licensors (collectively, the “Microsoft Software”).
4.2.1. If you choose to use the Microsoft Software, Microsoft and its licensors require that you agree to these additional terms and conditions:
The Microsoft Software is neither sold nor distributed to you and you may use it solely in conjunction with the Services.
You may not transfer or use the Microsoft Software outside the Services.
You may not remove, modify or obscure any copyright, trademark or other proprietary rights notices that are contained in or on the Microsoft Software.
You may not reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the Microsoft Software, except to the extent expressly permitted by applicable law.
Microsoft disclaims, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all warranties by Microsoft and any liability by Microsoft or its suppliers for any damages, whether direct, indirect, or consequential, arising from the Services.
Microsoft is not responsible for providing any support in connection with the Services. Do not contact Microsoft for support.
You are not granted any right to use the Microsoft Software in any application controlling aircraft or other modes of human mass transportation, nuclear or chemical facilities, life support systems, implantable medical equipment, motor vehicles, weaponry systems, or any similar scenario (collectively, “High Risk Use”). Microsoft and its suppliers disclaim any express or implied warranty of fitness for High Risk Use. High Risk Use does not include utilization of the Microsoft Software for administrative purposes, to store configuration data, engineering and/or configuration tools, or other non-control applications, the failure of which would not result in death, personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage. These non-controlling applications may communicate with the applications that perform the control, but must not be directly or indirectly responsible for the control function.
Microsoft is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Section 4.2.1, with the right to enforce its provisions.
4.2.2. For any instance running Microsoft Software (each, a “Microsoft Instance”), you may not use nesting, container or similar technologies to sell or resell multiple instances, portion(s) of an instance, or containers running within the Microsoft Instance, unless (a) you are the ultimate end user of the Microsoft Instance, (b) you have supplemented the Microsoft Instance with your own applications, or (c) you have added primary and significant functionality to the Microsoft Instance.
4.3. Using SUSE Software. In conjunction with the Services, you may be allowed to use certain software (including related documentation) developed and owned by SUSE LLC or its licensors (collectively, the “SUSE Software”). If you choose to use the SUSE Software, SUSE and its licensors require that you agree to these additional terms and conditions:
Your use of the SUSE Software is subject to the terms and conditions of the SUSE End User License Agreement (“SUSE EULA”) provided with the SUSE Software currently located at  https://www.suse.com/licensing/eula   and the SUSE Terms and Conditions currently located at  https://www.suse.com/products/terms_and_conditions.pdf  . By using the SUSE Software, you hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the applicable SUSE EULA and the SUSE Terms and Conditions.
4.4. Using Red Hat Software. In conjunction with the Services, you may be allowed to use certain software (including related support, maintenance, and documentation) developed, owned or provided by Red Hat, Inc. or its licensors (collectively, the “Red Hat Software”). If you choose to use the Red Hat Software, Red Hat and its licensors require that you agree to these additional terms and conditions:
Red Hat disclaims any (i) warranties with respect to the Red Hat Software and (ii) liability for any damages, whether direct, indirect, incidental, special, punitive or consequential, and any loss of profits, revenue, data or data use, arising from your use of the Red Hat Software.
Your use of the Red Hat Software is subject to the terms and conditions of the Red Hat Cloud Software Subscription Agreement currently located at  www.redhat.com/licenses/cloud_cssa/    (the “Red Hat CSSA”). By using the Red Hat Software, you hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Red Hat CSSA.
4.5. Spot Instance Pricing. You may request that certain Amazon EC2 instances run pursuant to the Spot instance pricing and payment terms (“Spot Instance Pricing”) set forth on the Amazon EC2 product detail page on the AWS Site (each requested instance, a “Spot Instance”). You must request Spot Instances through the AWS Management Console or by using API tools (“Spot Instance Request”). As part of your Spot Instance Request, you must specify the maximum hourly price you are willing to pay to run the requested Spot Instances (“Your Maximum Price”). Unless you specify a permissible alternative termination date, your Spot Instance Request will remain active until we fulfill it or you cancel it. We set the price for Spot Instances (the “Spot Price”), which may vary over time based on a number of factors, including the amount of available compute capacity we have available and the price you and other customers are willing to pay for Spot Instances (e.g., supply and demand). While a requested Spot Instance remains running, you will be charged the current Spot Price in effect at the beginning of each instance hour. You will not be charged more than Your Maximum Price. We may terminate Spot Instances at any time and without any notice to you if we determine the current Spot Price equals or exceeds Your Maximum Price or for AWS capacity requirements. If we terminate your Spot Instance, you will only be charged for each full hour the Spot Instance ran. AWS may allow you to purchase Spot Instances of a fixed duration (each, a “Spot Block”), where the Spot Price for that Spot Instance (the “Block Price”) will remain constant for the duration of the Spot Block, and you will be charged the Block Price for the duration of your Spot Block. Spot Instances purchased as Spot Blocks run independently of the Spot Price, and will not be terminated because the Spot Price equals or exceeds Your Maximum Price. Spot Instances purchased as Spot Blocks may still be terminated for AWS capacity requirements and will terminate at the conclusion of the fixed duration. If a Spot Instance purchased as a Spot Block is terminated due to AWS capacity requirements, you will not be charged for that Spot Instance. Unless you designate your Spot Instance Request as a persistent request, terminated Spot Instances will not automatically restart. You should save your work frequently and test your application to ensure it is fault tolerant and will correctly handle interruptions. We have no liability whatsoever for any damages, liabilities, losses (including any corruption, deletion, or destruction or loss of data, applications or profits), or any other consequences resulting from our termination of any Spot Instance. Spot Instances may not be used with certain Services, features and third-party software we specify, including Amazon DevPay, IBM software packages, or Microsoft SQL Server. You may not, directly, indirectly, alone or in cooperation with any third party, attempt to control, influence or manipulate the price for Spot Instances. Without limiting the foregoing, you may not submit requests for Spot Instances through any third party (e.g., “proxy bidding”) or share information with any third party regarding the maximum prices specified in your Spot Instance Requests. We may modify or terminate the Spot Instance Pricing program at any time. In addition to the Spot Instance Pricing, Spot Instances are subject to all data transfer and other usage fees applicable under the Agreement.
4.6. EC2 Reserved Instance Pricing. You may designate Amazon EC2 instances as subject to the reserved pricing and payment terms (“EC2 Reserved Instance Pricing”) set forth on the Amazon EC2 detail page on the AWS Site (each designated instance, a “EC2 Reserved Instance”). Scheduled EC2 Reserved Instances (“Scheduled Instances”) will terminate upon completion of the scheduled reservation. You may designate instances as EC2 Reserved Instances by calling to the Purchasing API or selecting the EC2 Reserved Instance option in the AWS console. The EC2 Reserved Instances may only be used in the applicable AWS region. We may change EC2 Reserved Instance Pricing at any time but price changes will not apply to previously designated EC2 Reserved Instances, except as described in this Section 4.6. If Microsoft increases the license fees it charges for Windows, or if Red Hat increases the license fees it charges for Red Hat Enterprise Linux (“RHEL”), we may make a corresponding increase to the per-hour usage rate (or institute a corresponding per-hour usage rate) for EC2 Reserved Instances with Windows or RHEL. Any increase in (or institution of) the per-hour usage rate for EC2 Reserved Instances with Windows will be made between December 1 and January 31, and we will provide 30 days’ notice. For any increase in (or institution of) the per-hour usage rate for EC2 Reserved Instances with RHEL we will provide 30 days’ notice. If this happens, you may: (a) continue to use your EC2 Reserved Instances with Windows or RHEL with the new per-hour usage price; (b) convert your EC2 Reserved Instances with Windows or RHEL to comparable EC2 Reserved Instances with Linux; or (c) terminate your EC2 Reserved Instances with Windows or RHEL and receive a pro rata refund of the up-front fee you paid for the terminated EC2 Reserved Instances with Windows or RHEL. We may terminate the EC2 Reserved Instance Pricing program at any time. EC2 Reserved Instances are nontransferable, except in accordance with the requirements of the RI Marketplace, but Scheduled Instances and Convertible Reserved Instances (as defined on Amazon EC2 detail page on the AWS Site) are not eligible for the RI Marketplace. EC2 Reserved Instances are noncancellable and you will owe the EC2 Reserved Instance Pricing for the duration of the term you selected, even if the Agreement is terminated. All amounts paid in connection with the EC2 Reserved Instances are nonrefundable, except that if we terminate the Agreement other than for cause, terminate an individual EC2 Reserved Instance type, or terminate the EC2 Reserved Instance Pricing program, we will refund you a pro rata portion of any up-front fee paid in connection with any previously designated EC2 Reserved Instances. You may not purchase EC2 Reserved Instances for the purpose of reselling them in the RI Marketplace, and we reserve the right to refuse or cancel your purchase if we suspect you are doing so. Upon expiration or termination of the term of EC2 Reserved Instances, the EC2 Reserved Instance pricing will expire and standard on-demand usage prices will apply to the instances. In addition to being subject to EC2 Reserved Instance Pricing, EC2 Reserved Instances are subject to all data transfer and other fees applicable under the Agreement.
4.7 EC2 Reserved Instance (RI) Marketplace.
4.7.1. Eligibility. The rights to an active EC2 Reserved Instance can be offered for sale through the RI Marketplace as long as (1) the remaining term on the Reserved Instance is greater than one month, and (2) your payment of the upfront charge for it has been received and processed (for credit card purchases, 30 days after you have paid the upfront fee, and for invoice purchases, after you have paid the applicable invoice) (a “Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance”). The characteristics of the Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance (e.g., Instance Type, Platform, Region, Availability Zone, Tenancy, Hypervisor, Reserved Instance Type, Duration, and Hourly Price) will remain as originally designated. The term for the Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance will be the remainder of the original EC2 Reserved Instance term rounded down to the nearest month (for example, an EC2 Reserved Instance with 9 months and 16 days until expiration will be listed and sold as a 9 month Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance). You can be a “Seller” if you are a current AWS customer in good standing, you have a Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance associated with your AWS account, and you complete the registration process through your AWS account. Non-U.S.-based entities may not be Sellers without providing the Form W-8BEN (Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax Withholding) to establish that you are not a U.S. person. You can be a “Buyer” if you are a current AWS customer in good standing. You can resell an EC2 Reserved Instance that you previously purchased through the RI Marketplace. You may not resell an EC2 Reserved Instance that you purchased through a discount program (Reserved Instance Volume Discounts or otherwise) without obtaining our prior approval.
4.7.2. Submitting Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance for Sale. As a Seller, you will set the one-time price for your Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance. The hourly price will be the then-current hourly price for that type of EC2 Reserved Instance, and you will not receive any funds collected from payments associated with the hourly prices. You will pay the then-current fee to us specified on the AWS Site when your Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance is sold. Your Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance will be available for sale after you list it in the RI Marketplace, but it will remain yours and you will be able to use it until it is sold. You may remove a listing of Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance from the RI Marketplace at any time before it has been purchased by a Buyer. We may remove Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance from the RI Marketplace at any time for any reason. Once sold and transferred to a Buyer, a Seller will have no rights to that Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance.
4.7.3. Our Role. As a Seller, you will be the seller of record of your rights to a Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance. Except as expressly set forth in these Service Terms, we are not involved in any underlying transaction between you and any Buyer. We or our affiliates may also participate in the market as a Seller or a Buyer.
4.7.4. Processing of Transactions; Collection of Transaction Proceeds. On Seller’s behalf, we will process all payments for Transactions and collect the applicable Transaction Proceeds. “Transaction” means any sale of Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance through the RI Marketplace. “Transaction Proceeds” means the gross sales proceeds received by us from any Transaction. You will ensure that all fees and charges payable by Buyers for Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance are billed and collected through us and you will not offer or establish any alternative means of payment. We may impose transaction limits on some or all Buyers and Sellers relating to the value of any Transaction or disbursement, the cumulative value of all Transactions or disbursements during a period of time, or the number of Transactions that we will process over a period of time. We may withhold for investigation, or refuse to process, any of your Transactions that we suspect is fraudulent, unlawful or otherwise violates the terms of these Service Terms, the Agreement, or our Acceptable Use Policy. For each Transaction, we will not remit Transaction Proceeds to a Seller, and the Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance will be available to the Buyer, until after we have successfully processed payments for that Transaction from the Buyer.
4.7.5. Remittance of Transaction Proceeds to Sellers. At the end of each business day, we will pay to you all due and payable Transaction Proceeds that we have collected as of the date that is 2 business days prior to the date of payment. We will deduct from each payment any applicable fees and charges due to us related to Marketable EC2 Reserved Instances. The applicable fees and charges are posted on the AWS Site and may be changed from time to time. We may withhold, deduct, or setoff any amounts payable by you to us or our affiliates against any Transaction Proceeds. Payments will be made only to an ACH-enabled bank account located in the United States that you register with us. If there is an error in the processing of any Transaction, you authorize us to initiate debit or credit entries to your designated bank account, to correct such error, provided that any such correction is made in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. If we are unable to debit your designated bank account for any reason, you authorize us to resubmit the debit, plus any applicable fees, to any other bank account or payment instrument that you have on file with us or to deduct the debit and applicable fees from future Transaction Proceeds.
4.7.6. Taxes. Sellers are responsible for the calculation, validation and payment of any and all sales, use, excise, import, export, value added, withholding and other taxes and duties assessed, incurred or required to be collected (“Taxes”) or paid for any reason in connection with any Transaction and with Marketable EC2 Reserved Instance. We are not obliged to determine whether any Taxes apply to any Transaction, and we are not responsible for remitting Taxes to any taxing authority with respect to any Transaction, or for reporting any information (including the payment of Taxes) with respect to any Transaction. Each Seller will indemnify us and our affiliates against any claim or demand for payment of any Taxes imposed in connection with any Transaction, and for any fines, penalties, or similar charges imposed as a result of the Seller’s failure to collect, remit or report any Taxes in connection with any Transaction.
4.7.7. Data Collection and Sharing. For each Seller, we will collect the necessary data and tax forms to enable compliance with applicable tax laws. For example, for U.S.-based Sellers, we will collect and retain Seller name and address, and may collect the tax identification number and other data as needed to comply with Form 1099K reporting requirements; for non-U.S.-based Sellers, we will collect and retain a Form W-8BEN tax form (which includes name, address, and a signature) as proof that you are exempt from Form 1099K reporting. For each Buyer, we will collect and retain the Buyer’s name and address. Buyers and Sellers will not know the name of the other party to the Transaction until the Transaction is completed. Upon completion of the Transaction, we will share the applicable Buyer’s city, state, and zip with the Seller so that the Seller can calculate the appropriate tax (if any) to remit to the appropriate government entity. We will share the Seller’s legal name on the Buyer’s invoice. Buyers and Sellers may not use information about the Transaction or about the other party gained in connection with a Transaction (“Transaction Information”) for any purpose that is not related to the Transaction. For example, you may not, directly or indirectly: (1) disclose any Transaction Information to any third party, except as necessary for you to perform your tax obligations or other obligations under these Service Terms and only if you ensure that every recipient uses the information only for that purpose and complies with these restrictions; (2) use any Transaction Information for any marketing or promotional purposes whatsoever; (3) use any Transaction Information in any way inconsistent with applicable law; (4) contact a party to influence them to make an alternative sale or purchase; (5) disparage us, our affiliates or any of their or our respective products; or (6) target communications of any kind on the basis of the intended recipient being an RI Marketplace Buyer or Seller.
4.8 You may only use the AWS Management Pack for System Center on computer equipment owned or controlled by you for your internal business purposes, solely to access Your Content used in connection with the Services. Your use of the AWS Management Pack for System Center is governed by the license agreement, located here: AWS Management Pack for System Center License Agreement   http://aws.amazon.com/windows/system-center/aws-mp-license.
4.9 Dedicated Instances. You may request that certain Amazon EC2 instances run on physically isolated host hardware dedicated to a single customer account (each requested instance, a “Dedicated Instance”), using the process set forth on the Amazon EC2 Dedicated Instance detail page on the AWS Site.
4.10 Dedicated Hosts.
4.10.1 You may request that Amazon provide the Amazon EC2 service to you on host hardware physically dedicated to a single customer account (each, a “Dedicated Host”), using the process set forth on the AWS Site.
4.10.2 You may designate Amazon EC2 Dedicated Hosts as subject to the reservation pricing and payment terms (“EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation Pricing”) set forth on the Amazon EC2 detail page on the AWS Site (each such host associated with a reservation, an “EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation”). You may associate EC2 Dedicated Host Reservations to Dedicated Hosts by calling APIs or using the EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation console. The EC2 Dedicated Host and associated EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation may only be used in the designated availability zone. We may change EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation Pricing at any time but price changes will not apply to previously designated EC2 Dedicated Host Reservations, except as described in this Section 4.10.2. We may terminate the EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation Pricing program at any time. EC2 Dedicated Host Reservations are nontransferable. EC2 Dedicated Host Reservations are noncancellable and you will owe the EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation Pricing for the duration of the term you selected, even if the Agreement is terminated. Dedicated Hosts associated to an active EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation cannot be unallocated from your account, and you will continue to pay for the Dedicated Host while still associated with the EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation. All amounts paid in connection with the EC2 Dedicated Host Reservations are nonrefundable, except that if we terminate the Agreement other than for cause, terminate an individual EC2 Dedicated Host type, or terminate the EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation Pricing program, we will refund you a pro rata portion of any up-front fee paid in connection with any previously designated EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation. Upon expiration or termination of the term of an EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation, the EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation Pricing will expire and standard on-demand Dedicated Host prices will apply to the Dedicated Host. In addition to being subject to EC2 Dedicated Host Reservation Pricing, EC2 Dedicated Host Reservations are subject to all data transfer and other fees applicable under the Agreement. 
4.11 Microsoft BYOL Licensing. Under this option, Amazon EC2 enables you to provision Amazon EC2 instances using your Microsoft Software and Microsoft Licenses (the “BYOL Program”). Unless otherwise specified in your agreement(s) with Microsoft, you can use this benefit only if you comply with the requirements  here  , and you (a) use Dedicated Instances or Dedicated Hosts; (b) launch from Virtual Machines (VMs) sourced from software binaries provided by you; and (c) run the instances within your designated AWS regions. 
You must be eligible to use the BYOL Program for the applicable Microsoft software under your agreement(s) with Microsoft. You are solely responsible for obtaining all required licenses and for complying with all applicable Microsoft licensing requirements, including the Product Use Rights/Product Terms. Further, you must have accepted Microsoft's End User License Agreement (Microsoft EULA), and by using the Microsoft Software under the BYOL Program, you agree to the Microsoft EULA.
You agree that you have determined that your use of the BYOL Program will comply with the applicable Microsoft licensing requirements. Usage of the Services in violation of your agreement(s) with Microsoft is not authorized or permitted.
4.12 As part of using Amazon EC2, you agree that your Amazon EC2 resources may be terminated or replaced due to failure, retirement or other AWS requirement(s). We have no liability whatsoever for any damages, liabilities, losses (including any corruption, deletion, or destruction or loss of data, applications or profits), or any other consequences resulting from the foregoing. THE USE OF AMAZON EC2 DOES NOT GRANT YOU, AND YOU HEREBY WAIVE, ANY RIGHT OF PHYSICAL ACCESS TO, OR PHYSICAL POSSESSION OF, ANY AWS SERVERS, EQUIPMENT, REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY, OR OTHER ASSETS.
5. Alexa® Web Services
5.1. You may use Alexa® Web Services to create or enhance applications or websites, to create search websites or search services, to retrieve information about websites, and to research or analyze data about the traffic and structure of the web.
5.2. You may not display data you receive via the Alexa® Services that has been cached for more than 24 hours.
5.3. You may not resell or redistribute the Alexa® Web Services or data you access via the Alexa® Web Services.
5.4. You may use data you receive from the Alexa® Web Services, such as web site traffic data, to enhance your application or website, but may not use it in any application whose primary purpose is to display the same or related data or whose primary purpose is to compete with  www.alexa.com   .
6. Amazon Flexible Payments Service (Amazon FPS)
6.1. The terms in this Section 6 apply only to Amazon FPS and use of Your Content with the web-based payment service provided by Amazon Payments, Inc. (“Amazon Payments”) that enables the processing of payment transactions initiated by third parties, and that may include, without limitation, the processing and settlement of credit card transactions, bank transfers, or the administration of prepaid or post-paid balances (the “Payment Service”).
6.2. You may:
access and use Amazon FPS to enable use of the Payment Service by users who have an appropriate Payment Service account (each, an “Amazon Payments User”) via Your Content in accordance with any applicable FPS Specifications (as defined below);
install, copy, and use the software development kit provided by us as part of Amazon FPS, including the related development guides and technical documentation (collectively, the “FPS SDK”), and access and use the online testing environment made available by us (the “FPS Sandbox”), in each case as necessary to internally develop and test Your Content for use with the Payment Service; and
create, incorporate, compile, and copy derivative works of the sample computer programming code provided by us for development and testing of Your Content (the “FPS Sample Code”) as part of Your Content for distribution in machine readable binary form or object code form to Amazon Payments Users as necessary for them to use the Payment Service. Use of FPS Sample Code is also subject to any additional license terms included with the FPS Sample Code. Such additional terms will control in the event of any inconsistency or conflict with the Agreement.
6.3. The FPS SDK, FPS Sample Code, and FPS Specifications (as defined below) constitute Amazon Properties. Except as expressly authorized by this Section 6, you may not sublicense, loan, sell, assign, lease, rent, transfer, act as a service bureau, distribute or grant rights to any person or entity in Amazon FPS, the FPS SDK, the FPS Sandbox or the Payment Services.
6.4. You and Your Content will comply with any technical and operational specifications and other documentation or policies provided or made available by us or Amazon Payments with respect to Amazon FPS or the Payment Service respectively (the “FPS Specifications”). We reserve the right to update or modify the FPS Specifications at any time. Prior to making Your Content generally available for commercial use, you will thoroughly test Your Content to ensure that it operates properly with Amazon FPS, including without limitation that it complies with the FPS Specifications.
6.5. We may review and test Your Content to confirm that it operates properly with Amazon FPS and complies with the FPS Specifications, using review and test processes determined in our sole discretion. You agree to correct any material errors, defects or other non-compliance of which you become aware, including from review and test results provided by us. We may make modifications, updates or upgrades to Amazon FPS, the FPS SDK, or FPS Specifications. In such event, you will test and, if necessary, modify Your Content to ensure that it continues to operate properly with the then-current version of Amazon FPS, the FPS SDK, and FPS Specifications.
6.6. You must establish and maintain a payments account with Amazon Payments to use Your Content commercially with Amazon FPS and to access the Payment Service. Your use of the Payment Service is subject to Amazon Payment’s policies, procedures, and user agreements, and any breach of the foregoing will constitute a breach of the Agreement. In addition to the limitations described in the Agreement, any use of the Amazon Payments logo and trademark is subject to the trademark usage guidelines issued by Amazon Payments.
6.7. You are responsible for (a) the collection and payment of any and all sales, use, excise, import, export, value added and other taxes and duties assessed, incurred or required to be collected or paid for any reason in connection with any offer or sale of products or services by you, including Your Content, and (b) any payment transaction that is initiated using Your Content that is charged back or reversed (a “Chargeback”) to the extent that such Chargeback is attributable to any error, act or omission of you or Your Content and is not otherwise recovered by Amazon Payments from an Amazon Payments User. You will indemnify and reimburse Amazon Payments and its affiliates against any claim or demand for payment of any such taxes or any Chargebacks.
6.8. You represent, warrant, and covenant that you will at all times:
represent the capabilities and features of the Payment Service consistent with our description of such capabilities and features and avoid false, deceptive, misleading or unethical practices that may be detrimental to us or Amazon Payments, the Payment Service, Amazon Payments Users or other third parties;
refrain from providing warranties or disclaimers with respect to the Payment Service;
promptly investigate and report to us all complaints received by you with regard to Amazon FPS and the Payment Service, and make every reasonable effort to maintain and promote good public relations for us in the handling of any such complaints; and
ensure that the terms of any agreements between you and any Amazon Payments User are consistent with the terms of the Agreement and these Service Terms.
7. Amazon DevPay Service (Amazon DevPay)
7.1. You may use Amazon DevPay to: (a) sell to end users (“DevPay Customers”) use of Your Content that you develop and make available with the Services (the “Bundled Application”), including machine images that you develop; (b) establish accounts for DevPay Customers that use the Bundled Application (“DevPay Customer Accounts”); (c) manage features of DevPay Customer Accounts; and (d) receive payments from DevPay Customers for purchasing Bundled Applications (your “DevPay Transactions”).
7.2. You will establish the pricing applicable to DevPay Customers for their use of any Bundled Application. We will only be responsible for collecting those fees that are fully disclosed and properly configured within the DevPay Service. The fees you charge to DevPay Customers for your Bundled Applications through the DevPay Service (as further described in Section 7.6 below) must constitute the full and complete fees you charge DevPay Customers for such Bundled Applications. You may not charge or impose any additional or supplemental fees for Bundled Applications other than those disclosed through the DevPay Service. While you are using the DevPay Service, you shall not establish any alternative means of payment for such Bundled Applications. The foregoing does not limit your ability to charge and receive payments for goods and services other than the Bundled Application sold through the DevPay Service.
7.3. You are responsible for designating all terms and conditions applicable to the use of the Bundled Application; provided that, use of the underlying Services are subject to the terms of the Agreement which will control in the event of a conflict. We may require users to register an AWS account (including agreeing to the terms of the Agreement) in order to use Amazon EC2 or other Services associated with the Bundled Application. You may not extend on behalf of us any written or oral warranty or guarantee, or make any representation or claim, with respect to the Services without our prior written consent. Upon termination of the Agreement for any reason, all access by DevPay Customers with respect to your Bundled Applications may be terminated by us.
7.4. Payment Terms.
a.
Processing of DevPay Transactions; Collection of DevPay Transaction Proceeds. You hereby appoint us as your payment processing agent for the limited purpose of processing payments, refunds, and adjustments for your DevPay Transactions, We will process all payments refunds, and adjustments for DevPay Transactions and collect the applicable gross sales proceeds received by us from any DevPay Transaction (“DevPay Transaction Proceeds”) on your behalf. We do not guarantee payment on behalf of any DevPay Customers. We may withhold for investigation, or refuse to process, any of your DevPay Transactions that we suspect is fraudulent, unlawful or otherwise violates the terms of the Agreement or these Service Terms.
When a DevPay Customer concludes a DevPay Transaction, you authorize us to commit the DevPay Customer’s payment less any applicable fees or other amounts we may collect under these terms (“Net Transaction Proceeds”) to you. You agree that DevPay Customers satisfy their obligations to you for your DevPay Transactions when we receive the DevPay Transaction Proceeds. We will remit Net Transaction Proceeds to you in accordance with the Agreement and these Service Terms.
b.
Remittance of Net Transaction Proceeds to You. Once a month, we will pay to you all previously unpaid Net Transaction Proceeds that we have collected as of the date that is 2 business days prior to the date of payment, except that we may withhold payments to you until you have properly set up your bank account in accordance with instructions you receive from us. We will deduct from each Transaction Proceed any processing fee described on the DevPay detail page on the AWS Site. We may also withhold, deduct, or setoff any amounts payable by you to us or our affiliates against any DevPay Transaction Proceeds. All payments to you will be sent through the Automated Clearing House (ACH) system to your designated U.S. bank account. If there is an error in the processing of any DevPay Transaction, you authorize us to initiate debit or credit entries to your designated bank account, to correct such error, provided that any such correction is made in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. If we are unable to debit your designated bank account for any reason, you authorize us to resubmit the debit, plus any applicable fees, to any other bank account or payment instrument that you have on file with us or to deduct the debit and applicable fees from future DevPay Transaction Proceeds.
c.
DevPay Taxes. You are responsible for the calculation, invoicing (if required), validation and payment of any and all sales, use, excise, import, export, value-added, withholding and other taxes and duties assessed, incurred or required to be collected (“DevPay Taxes”) or paid for any reason in connection with any DevPay Transaction and with your Bundled Applications. We are not obliged to determine whether any DevPay Taxes apply to any DevPay Transaction or your Bundled Applications, and we are not responsible for remitting DevPay Taxes to any taxing authority with respect to any DevPay Transaction or your Bundled Applications, or for reporting any information (including the payment of DevPay Taxes) with respect to any DevPay Transaction or your Bundled Applications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, when we are legally obligated by a valid taxing authority, we will collect DevPay Taxes, and we will provide DevPay Customers with a compliant tax invoice where we are required to do so.
d.
If we are unable to collect the DevPay Transaction Proceeds or a prior transaction for those DevPay Transaction Proceeds is reversed, you will not be responsible for paying the fees for the Services used by you and your DevPay Customer (“Service Fees”) and AWS will have no obligation to remit or otherwise seek collection of the DevPay Transaction Proceeds, provided that the payment failure is due to:
o
AWS’s inability to charge a DevPay Customer’s credit card for the DevPay Transaction Proceeds, or
o
A transaction is reversed as a result of a chargeback because the transaction was not authorized or was otherwise fraudulent.
In addition, in the applicable month, the DevPay Transaction Proceeds charged must exceed the Service Fees. In the event of such a payment failure, we may recover or otherwise set off any DevPay Transaction Proceeds from you that we collected in the month to the extent they do not exceed the Service Fees. In the event that either you or AWS is subsequently able to collect the DevPay Transaction Proceeds, you will pay to AWS the corresponding Service Fees as provided in the Agreement
e.
Cancellations and Refunds. You will post your cancellation and refund policy in the Subscription Information, defined below, for your Bundled Applications. At a minimum, this cancellation and refund policy must: (a) allow DevPay Customers who subscribe to your Bundled Applications through a DevPay Transaction to cancel on-going subscriptions for your Bundled Applications through the DevPay detail page on the AWS Site; and (b) comply with these Service Terms. You will accept and process cancellations of, and provide refunds and adjustments for, your Bundled Applications in accordance with the cancellation and refund policy posted at the time of the applicable DevPay Transaction. You will route all DevPay Transaction refund (and adjustment) payments through us. We will credit the applicable account, and you will reimburse us for all amounts so refunded.
7.5. Except as set forth in Section 7.4 above, you are fully liable for all charges incurred for Services under your account identifiers or those assigned to your DevPay Customers for your Bundled Applications. All Services will be charged at the then current price applicable to such Services under the Agreement. Payments will be processed by AWS and are subject to the terms set forth in the Agreement and these Service Terms, including your liability for chargebacks.
7.6. We will host and make available to DevPay Customers a customer interface (“Customer UI”) permitting (a) the display to DevPay Customers of certain pricing, terms and conditions and other information you provide to us regarding your Bundled Applications (“Subscription Information”) and (b) DevPay Customers to engage in certain functions with respect to your Bundled Applications, such as account establishment, account termination, payment authorization and termination rights. We will define and control the fields and format for the Customer UI and for Subscription Information. We retain all rights to the Customer UI, including its look and feel, and you will not copy or mimic the Customer UI in any manner.
7.7. You are responsible for ensuring and shall ensure that all Subscription Information (as you provide it to us and as it is ultimately shown on the Customer UI) is: (a) full, accurate and complete, (b) not misleading; and (c) in compliance, in all respects, with applicable laws. You must promptly update the Subscription Information when and as necessary to ensure that the Subscription Information continues to comply with the foregoing requirements, even if the updates are necessary as a result of changes we make to the data input fields or to the Customer UI.
7.8. You are responsible for providing customer service (if any) to DevPay Customers for your Bundled Applications. We shall have no obligation to provide customer or technical support to any DevPay Customer for Bundled Applications; provided that, we will provide support to DevPay Customers regarding billing and payment questions.
7.9. You will use the communication methods we establish through the DevPay Services for the administration of DevPay Customer Accounts, including, but not limited to, any communications regarding DevPay Customer Account termination or pricing changes.
7.10. You acknowledge and agree that we may take any of the corrective action regarding DevPay Customer Accounts to the extent we deem necessary or appropriate, in our sole discretion, to (a) comply with law, (b) enforce or apply the Agreement, and these Service Terms, or other agreements or policies applicable to the Services or DevPay Service, or (3) protect the rights, property or safety of our business, a DevPay Customer, or any third party. Corrective action may include (i) suspending, canceling or closing of DevPay Customer Accounts; (ii) re-establishment of DevPay Customer Accounts; and (iii) waiving or refunding of fees on DevPay Customer Accounts. We shall have no liability to you for taking any such actions. You shall promptly comply with any actions we take or may require of you regarding DevPay Customer Accounts. These actions may include, without limitation, reimbursing us for DevPay Customer refunds we issue, discontinuing provision of services on DevPay Customer Accounts we cancel, and re-establishment of services on DevPay Customer Accounts we re-establish. Should you ask us to close a DevPay Customer Account by using a method we have provided for that purpose, we will endeavor to close the DevPay Customer Account reasonably promptly, but we shall have no liability to you for the speed with which we do so or for our failure to do so. You shall indemnify and hold us and our employees, officers, directors and representatives, harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees), arising out of or in connection with any claim based on or related to any actions we may take with respect to any DevPay Customer Account at your direction, including, without limitation, any closure of a DevPay Customer Account.
7.11. You acknowledge and agree that: (a) you have no expectation and have received no assurances that your business relationship with us will continue beyond the Term (or its earlier termination), that any investment by you in the promotion of any Bundled Application will be recovered or recouped, or that you will obtain any anticipated amount of profits; and (b) you will not have or acquire by virtue of the DevPay Services or otherwise any vested, proprietary or other right in the promotion of any Services or in any related goodwill created by your efforts.
8. Amazon SimpleDB Service (Amazon SimpleDB)
8.1. If during the previous six (6) months you have incurred no fees for Amazon SimpleDB and have registered no usage of Your Content stored in Amazon SimpleDB, we may delete, without liability of any kind, Your Content that is stored in Simple DB upon thirty (30) days prior notice to you.
9. Amazon Fulfillment Web Service (Amazon FWS)
9.1. You may only access and use Amazon FWS to query, access, transmit and receive product and shipping information related to your use of the Fulfillment by Amazon service (“FBA Service”) sold and provided by Amazon Services LLC (“Amazon Services”) in accordance with any applicable FBA Specifications (as defined below).
9.2. To use Amazon FWS, you must have an Amazon seller account (your “Seller Account”) that is in good standing and be registered to use the FBA Service. Your use of the FBA Service and your Seller Account is solely subject to Amazon Services’ policies, procedures, the Amazon Business Services Agreement or other applicable user agreements. Amazon FWS is only a technical interface that enables you to access and process certain information related to your Seller Account. AWS will have no liability to you or any third party related to your Seller Account.
9.3. You may use Amazon FWS only to administer product and shipping information associated with your Seller Account. When registering for Amazon FWS, you must use the same username and password which is associated with your Seller Account. You may not develop or use an application to access Amazon FWS that collects, processes or stores the account identifiers or other security credentials (including usernames and passwords) of any third party associated with AWS or any of its affiliates.
9.4. You and Your Content will comply with any technical and operational specifications, security protocols and other documentation or policies provided or made available by us with respect to Amazon FWS (the “FBA Specifications”). We reserve the right to update or modify the FBA Specifications at any time. Prior to making Your Content available for commercial use, you will thoroughly test Your Content to ensure that it operates properly with Amazon FWS, including, without limitation, that it complies with the FBA Specifications.
10. Amazon Elastic MapReduce
10.1. We may collect certain information about computing jobs you run using Amazon Elastic MapReduce, including CPU utilization, memory usage, IO performance, and error and information messages.
10.2. You are responsible for all fees incurred from your use of Amazon Elastic MapReduce regardless of the results obtained, the quality of the resulting data, or whether a computing job runs successfully. Use of Amazon Elastic MapReduce requires use of Amazon EC2 and Amazon S3, and certain features require use of Amazon SimpleDB. You are responsible for the separate fees you accrue for Amazon EC2, Amazon S3, and Amazon SimpleDB.
10.3. You are solely responsible for monitoring the status of your computing jobs. We may throttle or terminate computing jobs that we determine degrade the performance of Amazon Elastic MapReduce, the Services, or any component of the Services. We are not responsible for any data loss or data corruption that occurs as part of your computing jobs.
11. Amazon CloudWatch and Auto Scaling
11.1. You may only use Amazon CloudWatch to perform monitoring and auto-scaling functions in connection with Amazon EC2. Amazon CloudWatch enables Auto Scaling in connection with Amazon EC2. Auto Scaling requires use of both Amazon CloudWatch and Amazon EC2.
11.2. In connection with Auto Scaling, we may launch additional Amazon EC2 instances or terminate Amazon EC2 instances based on conditions you set. You are responsible for the separate fees you accrue for Amazon EC2. You are responsible for all fees incurred from your use of Amazon CloudWatch and Auto Scaling regardless of the results obtained or the quality or timeliness of the results. Charges for Amazon CloudWatch will accrue as soon as you use begin using Amazon CloudWatch or Auto Scaling functionality.
11.3. Amazon CloudWatch collects and stores certain information for the Amazon EC2 instances you are monitoring, including CPU utilization, data transfer, and disk usage and activity. Amazon CloudWatch metric data is kept for 14 days; we may delete CloudWatch metric data, without liability of any kind, at any time after 14 days.
12. Elastic Load Balancing
12.1. You may only use Elastic Load Balancing to provide load balancing functionality in connection with Amazon EC2. You must have instances running in all Availability Zones across which you want to balance loads with Elastic Load Balancing.
12.2. Use of Elastic Load Balancing requires use of Amazon EC2. You are responsible for the separate fees you accrue for Amazon EC2. You are responsible for all fees incurred from your use of Elastic Load Balancing regardless of the results obtained or the quality or timeliness of the results. Charges for Elastic Load Balancing will accrue as soon as you use begin using Elastic Load Balancing functionality.
13. AWS Import/Export
13.1. As part of AWS Import/Export Disk, you may send physical storage media (the “Media”) to us that we will use to either (a) transfer data contained on the Media into supported AWS Services as Your Content, or (b) transfer certain of Your Content to the Media (such data contained on Media either before or after transfer, “Data”) and provide the Media to you. You will not deliver to us, and we may refuse to accept, any damaged, defective or unreadable Media or any Media otherwise not shipped in accordance with the Agreement (collectively, “Unsuitable Media”). We may return or dispose of any Unsuitable Media, or erase Data on such Unsuitable Media, and you will reimburse us for any expenses we incur in connection with any Unsuitable Media. If you request and we return Unsuitable Media to you, you agree that we will select the shipping carrier and handling standards for return of such Unsuitable Media in our sole discretion, and the carrier and standards may not be the same as (and may cost more) than those we use for shipping media in connection with AWS Import/Export generally. For avoidance of doubt “Media” includes “Unsuitable Media”.
13.2. As part of AWS Import/Export Snowball, we will ship you an agreed upon number of “Snowball” hardware appliances (each an “Appliance”) and provide you with access to the AWS Snowball Client (together with the software contained on the Appliance, and any updates or upgrades to the foregoing, the “Snowball Software”). You agree that you will not allow any Appliance to leave the United States state or non-U.S. country to which the Appliance is shipped until you provide it (in the same U.S. state or non-U.S. country) to a carrier for redelivery to us. After you receive an Appliance, you may: (a) transfer data onto the Appliance for upload by us into a supported AWS Service as Your Content after you return the Appliance, (b) transfer data you requested we copy to the Appliance onto your own systems, and provide the Appliance to the carrier for return to us (such data in (a) or (b) contained on Appliances before, during, or after transfer, also “Data”), or (c) if using a “Snowball Edge” Appliance as described on the AWS Site, transfer Data onto the Appliance and use the Appliance for certain computing workloads as described in the Documentation. We may request that Appliances be returned to us at any time for any reason, and you will promptly return requested Appliances to us. Appliances collect and provide us with metrics regarding the use of Appliances, including without limitation boot times, size of transferred files, duration of transfers, and errors or timeouts. These metrics may be associated with your account ID and we may use these metrics to provide, maintain, and improve the quality and feature set of the Service Offerings.
13.3. As part of AWS Import/Export Snowmobile, we will transport a containerized data center and networking equipment (collectively, “Snowmobile”), and, in certain cases, auxiliary power and chilling units, to a designated transfer location (the “Transfer Site”). The Snowmobile, power generator, chiller unit, related vehicles, and all software provided in connection with the foregoing are collectively “Snowmobile Materials.” You will cooperate with us to meet all requirements for deploying Snowmobile Materials, including surveying, securing and maintaining the Transfer Site, obtaining all necessary licenses and permits for operation of the Snowmobile Materials at the Transfer Site, and allowing access for us and our affiliates’ employees, subcontractors, and agents (collectively, “Snowmobile Personnel”) to setup, maintain, inspect, repair, operate and remove Snowmobile Materials. After Snowmobile Materials are deployed, you may transfer data onto the Snowmobile (such data contained on the Snowmobile before, during, or after transfer, also “Data”). Once the transfer is complete, authorized Snowmobile Personnel will transport the Snowmobile to the selected AWS region for upload of Data into a supported AWS Service as Your Content.
13.4. You will comply with all specifications and documentation for AWS Import/Export as provided and updated by us from time to time, including shipping and encryption requirements, the  AWS Import/Export Disk Pack and Ship Check List  , the AWS Import/Export Snowball User Guide, and any documentation on the AWS Site or an Appliance.
13.5. You will be solely responsible for all shipping and handling costs (which may include costs of freight and transit insurance) for shipping Media and Appliances to or from us. For AWS Import/Export Disk, we may pay some reasonable return shipping charges as described on the AWS Import/Export Disk section of the AWS Site. You are responsible for payment of all customs, duties, taxes and other charges in connection with Media and Appliances being shipped to or from us. Use of AWS Import/Export may require or allow use of supported AWS Services, which are subject to the applicable terms of this Agreement. You are responsible for the separate fees you accrue for AWS Services.
13.6. For AWS Import/Export Disk, you will bear the entire risk of loss of, or damage to, any Media while in transit and you are solely responsible for obtaining insurance at your expense. For AWS Import/Export Snowball, you are responsible for the entire risk of loss of, or any damage to, an Appliance once it has been delivered by the carrier to your address until the carrier accepts the Appliance for delivery back to us. For Appliances that are not Snowball Edge Appliances, we may charge you a lost device fee of $7,500 USD if the Appliance is lost or irreparably damaged after it has been provided to you until the carrier accepts the Appliance for delivery back to us, or if you do not provide the Appliance to the carrier for return to us within 90 days of the date it was delivered to you. For Snowball Edge Appliances, we may charge you a lost device fee of $15,000 USD if the Appliance is lost or irreparably damaged after it has been provided to you until the carrier accepts the Appliance for delivery back to us, or if you do not provide the Appliance to the carrier for return to us at our request. If we receive an Appliance back from you and it has any damage which it did not have when we sent it to you, you may be charged the cost to us of fixing the damage or, if the damage cannot be reasonably fixed, the applicable lost device fee. For avoidance of doubt, lost device fees do not limit your liability under this Agreement. For AWS Import/Export Snowmobile, you are responsible for the entire risk of loss of, or any damage to, Snowmobile Materials once they arrive at the Transfer Site until the Snowmobile Materials depart the Transfer Site under the supervision of authorized Snowmobile Personnel. You may not allow Snowmobile Materials to leave the Transfer Site other than under the supervision of authorized Snowmobile Personnel.
13.7. You will retain title to any Media and Data we receive from you and store on an AWS Service (or provide to you upon your request) as part of AWS Import/Export. You supply us with Media and Data, and YOU use Media, Appliances, Snowball Software, AND Snowmobile Materials entirely at your own risk. You should back-up Data prior to transfer onto an Appliance, Snowmobile or Media and prior to delivery to us, and you should not delete any of Your Content on an AWS Service before transferring such content from an Appliance, Snowmobile or Media onto your own systems. Your Data should not include live or production data or any other data that you are not prepared to lose. We are not responsible for and will not be held liable for any delay, damage or loss incurred in connection with AWS Import/Export, including without limitation loss, damage, destruction or misuse of ANY Data or any systems or equipment used in connection with AWS Import/Export. Our confirmed receipt of delivery or notification of shipment or transport does not: (a) indicate or imply that any Media, Appliance, Snowmobile Materials, or Data has been or will be delivered or was received free of loss, damage or destruction, or that any loss or damage to, or any destruction of, any Media, Appliance, Snowmobile Materials, or Data later discovered is not your responsibility; (b) indicate or imply that we actually received the number of units of Media or Appliances specified by you for such shipment; or (c) waive, limit or reduce any of our rights under the Agreement. We reserve the right to impose, and change, from time to time, limitations on the delivery of your Media or Data, and you will comply with any of these restrictions or limitations.
13.8. You represent that you have all necessary rights to (a) provide the Media and/or Data (whether contained on an Appliance, Media or Snowmobile) to us for upload into supported AWS Services, (b) receive Appliances and/or Snowmobiles and use them as permitted by us, (c) transfer Data to the Media, Appliance or Snowmobile, and (d) authorize our transfer of any Data specified by you to the Media, Appliance or Snowmobile and to you. Without limiting the foregoing, if Data includes personal information, personally identifiable information, personal data, any information about a person or individual, or any other data covered by applicable law or regulation, you represent that you have obtained all necessary rights to transfer such Data to or from the AWS region you select, and you will comply with all of your obligations with respect of such Data as required by applicable law or regulation, which may include obtaining consent of the subjects of such Data. We may reproduce Data as necessary to transfer it between Media, Appliances or Snowmobiles and supported AWS Services.
13.9. IN ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS IN THE AGREEMENT, WE HEREBY DISCLAIM ANY DUTIES OF A BAILEE OR WAREHOUSEMAN, AND YOU HEREBY WAIVE ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF A BAILOR (WHETHER ARISING UNDER COMMON LAW OR STATUTE), RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF ANY POSSESSION, STORAGE OR SHIPMENT OF MEDIA OR DATA BY US OR OUR AFFILIATES OR ANY OF OUR OR THEIR CONTRACTORS OR AGENTS. YOU ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR APPLYING APPROPRIATE SECURITY MEASURES TO YOUR DATA AND YOUR USE OF MEDIA, APPLIANCES AND SNOWMOBILE MATERIALS, INCLUDING ENCRYPTING SENSITIVE DATA AND NOT ALLOWING UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS TO ANY MEDIA, APPLIANCE OR SNOWMOBILE.
13.10. In addition to your indemnification obligations under the Agreement, you agree to indemnify, defend and hold us, our affiliates and licensors, each of our and their business partners (including third party sellers on websites operated by or on behalf of us) and each of our and their respective employees, officers, directors and representatives, harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), arising out of or in connection with any claim arising out of the Media, Data, and your use of Appliances, Snowball Software or Snowmobile Materials, including (a) any personal injury, death or property damage (tangible or intangible) related to the foregoing, (b) any sales, goods and services, use, excise, import, export, property, value added or other taxes or duties assessed or imposed on us or our affiliates in connection with or as a result of the storage, shipping or other actions taken by you or us with respect to your use of AWS Import/Export; or (c) any legal or regulatory violation arising under the laws or regulations of any country (including without limitation privacy regulations) related to your use of AWS Import/Export.
13.11. Once AWS Import/Export services are complete, we will return the Media to you or destroy Unsuitable Media, delete Data from the Appliance, or delete Data from the Snowmobile, as applicable. We may return Media to you for any reason, including upon termination of the Agreement or the AWS Import/Export Service. Returned Media will be sent to your designated shipping address. Media shipped to us for import into or export from supported AWS Services in the EU (Ireland) Region must originate from and be returned to an address within the European Union or the European Economic Area. If we are unable to return Media to you due to any issue with your address or Media, we will attempt to notify you, and you will have thirty (30) calendar days from the date we provide notification to resolve the issue. If the issue is not resolved, the Media will be deemed Unsuitable Media subject to disposal and we may erase Data and dispose of Media in any manner and we have no obligation to reimburse or compensate you in connection with such erasure or disposal.
13.12. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, you may give agents and subcontractors of your choosing access to the private key associated with your AWS account solely for the purpose of (a) preparing Data for import, export or processing using AWS Import/Export or (b) confirming the integrity of Data imported, exported or processed using AWS Import/Export. You remain fully responsible for and indemnify us for all activities undertaken by such third parties under your account. Other than as specifically set forth in this section, all terms and conditions of the Agreement continue to apply to your use of the Services.
13.13. The Appliances, Snowmobile Materials ,Snowball Software and all other proprietary information, know-how, programming, software, trademarks, trade secrets, plan drawings, requirements, specifications, designs, and patterns furnished or created by us or our agents or contractors and all property rights embodied therein are and will remain our sole property at all times. Except as explicitly stated, at no point do we sell, rent, lease or transfer any ownership or other rights to the Appliance or Snowmobile Materials to you. You may not use the Appliance or Snowmobile Materials in any manner not expressly permitted herein. Without limiting the foregoing, you will not (or attempt to), and will not permit or authorize third parties to (or attempt to), (a) reverse engineer, disassemble, or decompile the Appliance or the Snowball Software or Snowmobile Materials or apply any other process or procedure to derive the source code of any Appliance, Snowball Software or Snowmobile Materials; (b) scan, x-ray, open, modify, alter, disassemble or otherwise attempt to view the inside of or tamper with the Appliance or Snowmobile Materials; (c) access, move or relocate the Snowmobile Materials in any way, or (d) circumvent or disable any features or measures in the Appliance, Snowball Software or Snowmobile Materials. Snowball Software contained on Appliances is a “Service Offering” and your use of such Snowball Software is governed by the applicable terms of the Agreement. Your use of the AWS Snowball Client and any downloadable Snowball Software is governed by the licenses included with such Snowball Software.
13.14. You will return all Appliances to us regardless of the external condition of the Appliance and even if you believe the Appliance may be damaged or non-functional. Although the used Appliance is not waste electrical and electronic equipment, and you will not be the final user of the Appliance, for the avoidance of doubt you understand that the Appliance is not to be disposed of as waste electrical and electronic equipment, including as unsorted municipal waste or in any other waste collection process, that your return of the Appliance to us according to the terms of the Agreement will contribute to extension of the useful life of the Appliance and its responsible handling and recycling by us when it reaches its end of life, and that the disposal or improper handling of the Appliance, as with other electrical and electronic equipment, could have potentially adverse effects on the environment and human health as a result of the presence of hazardous substances in such equipment. For avoidance of doubt, the terms of this section also apply to internal batteries included within Appliances. You are not permitted to access, move or relocate the internal batteries of Appliances. The Appliance is marked with a crossed-out wheelie bin symbol to reflect these requirements and in compliance with waste-related regulatory requirements in certain jurisdictions.
13.15. For AWS Import/Export Disk, we will not act as the importer of record for your shipments of Media or Data. If we are importing or exporting your shipments of Media or Data into the Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, you will not act as the importer of record and you represent and warrant that: (a) You are not a resident of Singapore; (b) You have a business establishment or fixed establishment outside of Singapore and not in Singapore; (c) You are domiciled outside Singapore if you have no business or fixed establishment in any country; and (d) You are not registered or required to be registered for GST in Singapore.
You will notify us if, at any time, you are using the AWS Import/Export Disk service to ship Media or Data into the Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region and you are not acting as the importer of record, and you become unable to make any of the above representations and warranties.
If you are not acting as the importer of record on your shipment of Media or Data to the Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, then the Media or Data must (i) be returned to a location outside of Singapore, (ii) be exported on an FCA basis; and (iii) you must be importer of record in the country that the Media or Data is returned to.

13.16. You are responsible for complying with all applicable data protection, import, re-import, export, and re-export control laws, including any applicable license requirements, and country-specific sanctions programs. Without limiting the foregoing, you are solely responsible for compliance related to the manner in which you use Appliances, Media, Snowball Software or Snowmobile Materials, including your transfer, upload, and download of your data, goods, software, or technology and the provision of your data, goods, software, or technology to End Users. You are responsible for serving as the exporter and importer of record (as applicable) for your Media, data, goods, software, or technology, and you accept that AWS will not participate in the export or import procedure. If you are using Appliances, Media, Snowball Software, or Snowmobile Materials for dual use items in the European Union, you represent that you, or the legal entity you represent, are “established” in the European Union; or, if you are not “established” in the European Union, that you will not upload, request that we download, or export such dual-use items outside the European Union. If you are using Appliances, Media, Snowball Software or Snowmobile Materials in the European Union for military items, you represent that you, or the legal entity you represent, are permitted by the Member State of your incorporation to upload, request that we download or export any such military items from that Member State, and it is a condition of this Agreement and your use of AWS Import/Export that you are so permitted.
13.17. We may provide you with custom air filters for use with Appliances (“Filters”). Filters are provided “as is” and we make no representation or warranty regarding Filters. Except to the extent prohibited by law, we expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind related to Filters, including any implied warranties of merchantability, quality, or fitness for a particular purpose. You use Filters entirely at your own risk. We are not responsible and will not be liable for any loss, damage, destruction or misuse of any systems or equipment you use in connection with Filters, including without limitation Appliances.
14. Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC)
14.1. You may only use Amazon VPC to connect your computing resources to certain AWS computing resources via a Virtual Private Network (VPN) connection.
14.2. Use of Amazon VPC requires the use of other Services. You are responsible for all applicable fees associated with your use of other Services in connection with Amazon VPC. When you transfer data between AWS computing resources running inside Amazon VPC and AWS computing resources running outside Amazon VPC, you will be charged VPN data transfer rates in addition to any applicable Internet data transfer changes. VPN connection charges accrue during any time your VPN connection is in the “available” state.
14.3. You are solely responsible for the configuration, operation, performance and security of all equipment and computing resources you use with Amazon VPC, including any gateways or other devices you use to connect to Amazon VPC.
15. AWS Multi-Factor Authentication (AWS MFA)
15.1. You may only use AWS MFA in connection with accessing your AWS account.
15.2. Your use of AWS MFA requires the use of other Services. You are responsible for all applicable fees associated with your use of other Services in connection with AWS MFA.
15.3. You are solely responsible for the procurement and for the configuration, operation, performance and security of any hardware or non-AWS software that you use in connection with AWS MFA, including any compatible authentication devices.
16. Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS)
16.1. You may only use Amazon RDS to store, query, retrieve and serve data and other content owned, licensed or lawfully obtained by you. You acknowledge that neither we nor our licensors are responsible in any manner, and you are solely responsible, for the proper configuration of database security groups and other security settings associated with Amazon RDS.
16.2. You may store snapshots of Your Amazon RDS Content for later use in Amazon RDS but snapshots cannot be downloaded outside the Services.
16.3. We may terminate your Amazon RDS database instance if you attempt to access or tamper with any software we pre-load on the database instance, including the operating system software running on the database instance.
16.4. You are responsible for configuring your backup retention period to give yourself enough time to recover data from your backups in the event of a hardware or file system failure.
16.5. Reserved DB Instance Pricing. You may designate Amazon RDS database instances as subject to the reserved pricing and payment terms (“Reserved DB Instance Pricing”) set forth on the Amazon RDS detail page on the AWS Site (each designated instance, a “Reserved DB Instance”). You may designate database instances as Reserved DB Instance by calling to the Purchasing API or selecting the Reserved DB Instance option in the AWS console. When you designate a database instance as a Reserved DB Instance, you must designate a region, instance type and quantity for the applicable Reserved DB Instances. The Reserved DB Instances may only be used in the designated region. We may change Reserved DB Instance Pricing at any time but price changes will not apply to previously designated Reserved DB Instances. We may terminate the Reserved DB Instance Pricing program at any time. Reserved DB Instances are noncancellable, and you will owe the Reserved DB Instance Pricing for the duration of the term you selected, even if the Agreement is terminated. Reserved DB Instances are nontransferable and all amounts paid in connection with the Reserved DB Instances are nonrefundable, except that if we terminate the Agreement other than for cause, terminate an individual Reserved DB Instance type, or terminate the Reserved DB Instance Pricing program, we will refund you a pro rata portion of any up-front fee paid in connection with any previously designated Reserved DB Instances. Upon expiration or termination of the term of a Reserved DB Instance, the Reserved DB Instance Pricing will expire and standard on-demand usage prices will apply to the database instance. In addition to being subject to Reserved DB Instance Pricing, Reserved DB Instances are subject to all data transfer and other fees applicable under the Agreement.
16.6. Using Oracle Software.
16.6.1 “License Included”. As part of the Services, you may be allowed to use certain software (including related documentation) described on the AWS Site developed and owned by Oracle America, Inc. or its affiliates (“Oracle”) and Oracle’s licensors (collectively, the “Oracle Software”). If you choose to use the Oracle Software and do not already have a license from Oracle for that Oracle Software, Oracle and its licensors require that you agree to these additional terms and conditions:
Oracle or its licensors retains all ownership and intellectual property rights in the Oracle Software, and title to the Oracle Software does not transfer to you or any third party by virtue of this Agreement.
The Oracle Software is subject to a restricted license and may only be used in connection with the Service Offerings, and only by the individual or legal entity that entered into the Agreement.
You may only use the Oracle Software for your internal business operations and in accordance with the Agreement. You may permit agents or contractors (including outsourcers) to use the Oracle Software on your behalf for the purposes set forth in, and subject to, the Agreement, provided you are responsible for the agent’s, contractor’s and outsourcer’s compliance with the Agreement in connection with such use.
You may not:
o
assign, grant, or transfer the Oracle Software or any interest in the Oracle Software to another individual or entity, and if you purport to grant a security interest in the Oracle Software, the secured party will have no right to use or transfer the Oracle Software;
o
use the Oracle Software for rental, timesharing, subscription services, hosting, or outsourcing;
o
remove or modify any notice of Oracle’s or its licensors’ proprietary rights;
o
make the Oracle Software available in any manner to any third party for use in the third party’s business operations;
o
duplicate, reverse engineer (unless required by law for interoperability), disassemble or decompile the Oracle Software (including by reviewing data structures or similar materials produced by the Oracle Software); or
o
publish any results of benchmark tests run on the Oracle Software.
Third party technology that may be appropriate or necessary for use with some Oracle Software is specified in the related documentation, and that third party technology is licensed to you only for use with the Service Offerings and under the terms of the third party license agreement specified in the documentation, not this Agreement.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, Oracle disclaims any liability for any damages, whether direct, indirect, incidental, special, punitive or consequential, and any loss of profits, revenue, data or data use, arising from your use of the Oracle Software.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in the Agreement, Oracle is an intended third party beneficiary of the Agreement, but solely with respect to this Section 16.6.1 of these Service Terms.
The Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act does not apply to your use of the Oracle Software.
Upon any termination of the Agreement, you must discontinue use of the Oracle Software and any related documentation.
16.6.2 “Bring-Your-Own-License” (BYOL). Under the BYOL option, Amazon RDS enable you to provision Oracle Software to Amazon EC2 instances and use the management capabilities of Amazon RDS for the Oracle Software. You can use the Oracle Software with Amazon RDS if you meet the following conditions:
You must have a valid license with “Software Update License & Support” for the Oracle Software you wish to run. The terms of your existing license and support agreement(s) with Oracle continue to apply to your use of the Oracle Software; and
You must follow Oracle’s current policies for licensing Oracle Database software in the cloud computing environment. The database instances using the Oracle Software with Amazon RDS reside in the Amazon EC2 environment.
16.7 Using Microsoft Software.
16.7.1 “License Included.” In conjunction with the Services, you may be allowed to use certain software (including related documentation) developed and owned by Microsoft Corporation or its licensors (collectively, the “Microsoft Software”). If you choose to use the Microsoft Software, Microsoft and its licensors require that you agree to these additional terms and conditions:
The Microsoft Software is neither sold nor distributed to you and you may use it solely in conjunction with the Services.
You may not transfer or use the Microsoft Software outside the Services.
You may not remove, modify or obscure any copyright, trademark or other proprietary rights notices that are contained in or on the Microsoft Software.
You may not reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the Microsoft Software, except to the extent expressly permitted by applicable law.
Microsoft disclaims, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all warranties by Microsoft and any liability by Microsoft or its suppliers for any damages, whether direct, indirect, or consequential, arising from the Services.
Microsoft is not responsible for providing any support in connection with the Services. Do not contact Microsoft for support.
You are not granted any right to use the Microsoft Software in any application controlling aircraft or other modes of human mass transportation, nuclear or chemical facilities, life support systems, implantable medical equipment, motor vehicles, weaponry systems, or any similar scenario (collectively, “High Risk Use”). Microsoft and its suppliers disclaim any express or implied warranty of fitness for High Risk Use. High Risk Use does not include utilization of the Microsoft Software for administrative purposes, to store configuration data, engineering and/or configuration tools, or other non-control applications, the failure of which would not result in death, personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage. These non-controlling applications may communicate with the applications that perform the control, but must not be directly or indirectly responsible for the control function.
SQL Server Web Edition may be used only to support public and Internet accessible Web pages, Web sites, Web applications or Web services. It may not be used to support line of business applications (e.g., Customer Relationship Management, Enterprise Resource Management and other similar applications).
16.7.2 License Mobility with Software Assurance (Bring Your Own License or BYOL). Under this option, Amazon RDS enable you to provision Microsoft SQL Server Software to Amazon EC2 instances and use the management capabilities of Amazon RDS for the SQL Server Software. You can use this benefit if only you meet the requirements and have signed up as described  here .
16.7.3 Microsoft is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Section 16.7, with the right to enforce its provisions.
17. Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS)
17.1. Amazon SNS from the Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region is sold and provided by AMCS LLC and not AWS, but is otherwise subject to the terms of the Agreement.
17.2. You may only use Amazon SNS to send notifications to parties who have agreed to receive notifications from you.
17.3. We may throttle or restrict notifications if we determine, in our sole discretion, that your activity may be in violation of the AWS Acceptable Use Policy or the Agreement.
17.4. Your notifications sent through Amazon SNS may be blocked, delayed or prevented from being delivered by destination servers and other reasons outside of our control and there is no warranty that the service or content will be uninterrupted, secure or error free or that notifications will reach their intended destination during any stated time-frame. In addition, you acknowledge that we may not be able to provide the service if a wireless carrier delivering Amazon SNS notifications by short messaging service (SMS) terminates or suspends their service. Your payment obligations may continue regardless of whether delivery of your notifications are prevented, delayed or blocked.
17.5. You may not use Amazon SNS to send SMS messages that include Premium Content (as defined in the Mobile Marketing Association Guidelines). You may not charge recipients for receiving Amazon SNS notifications by SMS unless you have obtained the recipient’s express consent. You must advise recipients receiving Amazon SNS notification by SMS that wireless carriers may charge the recipient to receive Amazon SNS notifications by SMS. You must obtain our prior written consent before using Amazon SNS to send SMS messages for:
financial transactions or payment services (e.g., mobile banking, bill presentment, bill payment, money transfer, peer-to-peer payment or lending credit, debit or stored value payment services);
charitable programs (e.g., soliciting donations for a non-profit organization);
sweepstakes or contests;
advertisements or promotions for commercial products, goods or services; or
location-based services (e.g., where a recipient receives messages based on the geographical location of the recipient’s wireless device).
17.6. Any third party push notification platform that you use in connection with Amazon SNS is Third Party Content under the Agreement, and features of Amazon SNS that depend on such platforms may not be secure, uninterrupted or error-free. Your use of such push notification platform is subject to the platform’s terms and conditions, and you are solely responsible for complying with those terms and conditions. We may change, discontinue or deprecate support for a push notification platform for any reason at any time.
17.7. You and any of your applications that use Amazon SNS must comply with all laws, rules, and regulations applicable in jurisdictions in which your applications are used.
17.8. Through your use of Amazon SNS you will not:
Transmit any material that contains viruses, Trojan horses, worms or any other malicious, harmful, or deleterious programs.
Offer or purport to offer any Emergency Services. “Emergency Services” means services that allow a user to connect with emergency services personnel or public safety answering points such as 911 or E911 services.
Materially violate or facilitate the material violation of any local or foreign law, rule, regulation or order, including laws regarding the transmission of data or software
Transmit material that is sexually explicit, relates to “adult services”, or contains sensitive financial or identifying information (such as social security numbers)
Resell, sublicense or timeshare the Services or use them on behalf of anonymous or other third parties.
Use the Services in hazardous environments (such as operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft navigation, or any other use that may result in foreseeable risk of injury, death, or destruction of property).
18. Consolidated Billing
Consolidated Billing has been incorporated into AWS Organizations (See Section 63).
19. AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM)
19.1. You may use IAM to create additional sets of security credentials (the “User Credentials”) under your AWS account, the format of which may include a username and password, roles, policies, permissions, access keys, and/or a security token. The User Credentials are subject to change: (a) by you through the IAM APIs, or (b) if we determine in our reasonable discretion that a change is necessary. We will promptly notify you of any change we make to the User Credentials.
19.2. You will ensure that all use of the Services under the User Credentials complies with the terms and conditions of the customer agreement between you and us that governs your use of the Services.
19.3. You are responsible for all applicable fees associated with use of the Services in connection with IAM, including fees incurred as a result of any User Credentials. You are responsible for maintaining the secrecy and security of the User Credentials (other than any key that we expressly permit you to use publicly). You are solely responsible, and we have no liability, for any activities that occur under the User Credentials, regardless of whether such activities are undertaken by you, your employees, agents, subcontractors or customers, or any other third party. You are responsible for the creation, distribution, and security (including enabling of access) of all User Credentials created under your AWS account, including credentials that you have used IAM to create or disclose to other parties.
19.4. Except as otherwise provided by AWS, you may only use User Credentials for your internal use and may not expose your User Credentials publicly. You may not sell, transfer or sublicense or authorize the creation of User Credentials (other than public use of any key that we expressly permit you to use publicly) to any other party; provided that, you may disclose or cause to be disclosed User Credentials to your agents or subcontractors that are performing services for you, solely to allow the agents or subcontractors to use the Services on your behalf in accordance with the agreement between you and us that governs your use of the Services.
19.5. Any third party identity provider that you use in connection with the Service Offerings is Third Party Content under the Agreement and may be provided directly to you by a third party under separate terms and conditions. You are solely responsible for complying with those terms and conditions. We may change, discontinue or deprecate support for an identity provider for any reason, including if the continued use of the identity service (a) poses a security or intellectual property issue, (b) is economically or technically burdensome, or (c) must be terminated to comply with the law or requests of governmental entities.
20. Amazon Route 53
20.1. You may use Amazon Route 53 to answer Domain Name System (DNS) queries for your applications.
20.2. You will not create a hosted zone for a domain that you do not own or have authority over.
20.3. All DNS records (other than Private DNS records) used in connection with Amazon Route 53 will be publicly available and AWS will have no liability for disclosure of those DNS records.
20.4 Domain name registration services are provided under our  Domain Name Registration Agreement .
21. AWS Elastic Beanstalk
21.1. The URL used in connection with an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment will have the formulation [myapp].elasticbeanstalk.com. You will select the “myapp” portion of the URL and will not:
include any trademark of Amazon or its affiliates, or a variant or misspelling of a trademark of Amazon or its affiliates – for example, "endlessboots", "amaozn", "smallpartsstore", "amazonauctions", "kindlemagazines", or "kindlewirelessreader" would be unsuitable; or
otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of any third party or the AWS Acceptable Use Policy (including, without limitation, containing any offensive, harmful or illegal content).
AWS may reject any URL that fails to comply with this Section. Further, AWS may modify any URL in order to make it compliant with this Section. In addition, AWS may treat any URL that fails to comply with this Section as Prohibited Content.
21.2. The [myapp] portion of the URL is reserved for you only during the time your application environment is running. If you stop running your application environment at any time, for any reason, the [myapp] portion of the URL you were using to run the application environment will no longer be available to you, and will be returned to a pool from which it may be used by another AWS customer.
21.3. AWS may make available reference or sample applications for you to use in connection with AWS Elastic Beanstalk (“Elastic Beanstalk Sample Apps”). Elastic Beanstalk Sample Apps are provided “as is” and you will be charged the same fees for running Elastic Beanstalk Sample Apps as you would be charged for running your own application.
21.4. AWS Elastic Beanstalk is offered at no additional charge, but requires the use of other AWS services. You are responsible for all fees incurred for AWS services used in connection with AWS Elastic Beanstalk.
22. Amazon Simple Email Service (SES)
22.1. We take steps to increase the security and reliability of email you send, attempt to send, or receive using SES (“SES Email”). Like many email service providers, when you send, attempt to send, or receive an email, we (or our third-party providers) may store and scan your SES Email and Your Content included in SES Email. This helps us protect you and SES by preventing and blocking “spam” e-mails, viruses and spyware, and other harmful or unwanted items from being sent and received over SES.
22.2. Your use of SES and all SES Email must comply with the AWS Acceptable Use Policy and the Agreement. We may throttle, suspend or terminate your access to SES, or block or decline to send and/or receive any SES Email, if we determine in our sole discretion that
our scan of SES Email or Your Content included in SES Email reveals abusive or low quality email (such as “spam”),
SES Email bounces back to us or we receive abuse complaints (including complaints from third parties) in connection with your SES Email,
the source or ReturnPath email address you have provided us for “address bounces” or complaints is not successfully receiving email, or
your use of SES Email does not comply with the AWS Acceptable Use Policy or the Agreement, or
your SES Emails or Your Content include an attachment in a format that we do not support.
22.3. Your SES Emails may be blocked, delayed or prevented from being delivered by destination email servers and other reasons outside of our control. Your payment obligations continue regardless of whether delivery of your emails is prevented, delayed or blocked.
22.4. You are solely responsible for ensuring any emails you send and receive using SES comply with the Federal CAN-SPAM Act. AWS is not the “sender” as defined in the Federal CAN-SPAM Act. You will not use SES in connection with an open mail relay, including, without limitation, an open mail relay in the form of an SMTP server, unrestricted web form, or otherwise.
22.5. Your SES Emails may be blocked, delayed or prevented from being received due to your configuration of the Service. You are solely responsible for the proper configuration of the Service to ensure the receipt of emails.
23. AWS CloudFormation
23.1. You may use AWS CloudFormation to create a collection of AWS resources and provision them.
23.2. AWS may make sample templates available for you to use in connection with AWS CloudFormation. All sample templates are offered “as is” and you are solely responsible for your use of the sample templates.
23.3. Any templates you use in connection with AWS CloudFormation must comply with the Agreement and the AWS Acceptable Use Policy and you are solely responsible for your use of any templates.
23.4. AWS CloudFormation is offered at no additional charge, but requires the use of other AWS services. You are responsible for all fees incurred for AWS services used in connection with AWS CloudFormation.
24. AWS Direct Connect
24.1. You may use AWS Direct Connect to establish a dedicated network connection between your network and your AWS resources by using connection types and locations supported by AWS. When you establish a dedicated connection, your network traffic that would have otherwise been routed over the Internet may be routed through your dedicated network connection, including your network traffic sent to or from (i) services offered by other affiliates of Amazon.com, Inc. or (ii) the AWS resources of other AWS customers.
24.2. The hardware and equipment you use with AWS Direct Connect must comply with the Documentation provided by AWS. You are responsible for protecting your AWS Direct Connect connections, including using physical security, firewalls and other network security tools as appropriate.
24.3. AWS will permit data center operator or other service provider to connect your hardware to AWS’s hardware at the AWS Direct Connect location(s) that you select. AWS will provide the necessary information to enable the data center operator or other service provider to establish and monitor this connection, including your name, email address, network configuration, activity information, and AWS account number.
24.4. You are responsible for your separate relationship with the data center operator or other service provider, including compliance with your agreement with, and the policies and procedures of, the data center operator or other service provider, and payment of applicable fees to the data center operator or other service provider. You are responsible for providing or procuring (and AWS will not own) any equipment or cabling necessary to establish this dedicated connection. Neither AWS nor any of its affiliates are responsible for the actions, errors or omissions of any employees or contractors of data center operators or service providers, including if the employees or contractors fail to follow instructions from you or AWS.
24.5. We may disconnect your AWS Direct Connect connection at any time for any reason. If the connection you establish as part of AWS Direct Connect is temporarily unavailable or terminated, AWS will route traffic bound for your AWS resources over the public Internet and AWS’s standard data transfer charges will apply. However, if you are using Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), traffic bound for your Amazon VPC resources will be routed through an IPsec VPN connection. If an IPsec VPN connection is unavailable, traffic bound for your Amazon VPC resources will not be delivered.
25. Amazon ElastiCache
25.1. You may only use Amazon ElastiCache to store, query, retrieve and serve Your Content. You are solely responsible, for the proper configuration of all security settings associated with Amazon ElastiCache.
25.2. You may not access or tamper with any software we install on the cache nodes as part of Amazon ElastiCache.
25.3. Amazon ElastiCache is designed for the ephemeral storage of Your Content. You are responsible for maintaining a persistent data storage for Your Content, and routinely archiving Your Content to prevent the loss of Your Content.
25.4. Replacement cache nodes automatically generated by Amazon ElastiCache may have different IP address, and you are responsible for reviewing your application configuration to ensure that your cache nodes are associated with the appropriate IP addresses.
25.5. We may apply software updates on your behalf if we determine there is a security vulnerability in the system or software we install on the cache nodes as part of Amazon ElastiCache.
25.6. Reserved Cache Node Pricing. You may designate Amazon ElastiCache cache node as subject to the reserved pricing and payment terms (“Reserved Cache Node Pricing”) set forth on the Amazon ElastiCache detail page on the AWS Site (each designated instance, a “Reserved Cache Node”). You may designate cache nodes as Reserved Cache Nodes by calling to the Purchasing API or selecting the Reserved Cache Node option in the AWS console. When you designate a cache node as Reserved Cache Node, you must designate a region, cache node type, Reserved Cache Node type, and quantity for the applicable Reserved Cache Node. The Reserved Cache Node may only be used in the designated region. We may change Reserved Cache Node Pricing at any time but price changes will not apply to previously designated Reserved Cache Nodes. We may terminate the Reserved Cache Node Pricing program at any time. Reserved Cache Nodes are nontransferable and all amounts paid in connection with the Reserved Cache Nodes are nonrefundable, except that if we terminate the Agreement other than for cause, terminate an individual Reserved Cache Node type, or terminate the Reserved Cache Node Pricing program, we will refund you a pro rata portion of any up-front fee paid in connection with any previously designated Reserved Cache Nodes. Upon expiration or termination of the term of a Reserved Cache Node, the Reserved Cache Node Pricing will expire and standard on-demand usage prices will apply to the cache node. In addition to being subject to Reserved Cache Node Pricing, Reserved Cache Nodes are subject to all data transfer and other fees applicable under the Agreement.
26. AWS Support
26.1. We will provide “Support” in accordance with the terms of AWS Support Features page available at   http://aws.amazon.com/premiumsupport  (the “Guidelines”). AWS Support is available only as described in the Guidelines. If you are experiencing problems with one or more Services in connection with your use of any Content that was provided to you by a third party (someone other than yourself or AWS) then AWS Support is not available.
26.2. In providing AWS Support, AWS will use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) respond within the “Response Times” set forth in the Guidelines for all properly submitted cases from authorized individuals, and (b) work towards the identification and resolution of the problems submitted. When submitting a case, you may designate the severity level of a problem; provided that, we reserve the right to reclassify the severity level in our reasonable opinion. All Response Times are measured from the point when a case has been properly submitted by an authorized individual to us. Cases may be submitted as specified in the Guidelines. We do not represent, warrant or guarantee that (i) we will always be able to resolve a case fully, (ii) you will no longer experience a problem, (iii) we will provide a bug fix, patch or other workaround in connection with the identified problem, or (iv) any support or advice will result in any performance efficiency or improvement. You are solely responsible for the implementation and results of any suggestions or advice received.
26.3. Unless otherwise set forth in the Guidelines, AWS Support fees will be the greater of (a) the specified minimum monthly fee, or (b) a percentage of your monthly usage charges for all Services during the billing period. Regardless of when you sign up or terminate AWS Support, you are obligated to pay for a minimum of thirty (30) days of support each time you register to receive the service. Implementation of any suggested configurations or improvements may result in additional fees and charges. We reserve the right to refuse to provide AWS Support to any customer that frequently registers for and terminates the service.
27. AWS GovCloud (US) Service Terms
27.1 You are responsible for satisfying any applicable eligibility requirements for using the AWS GovCloud (US) Region including providing accurate and current registration information. We may require you to provide additional registration information before we permit you to access the AWS GovCloud (US) Region. Such information may include your U.S. person status, as defined by 22 CFR part 120.15 (“US Person”), and whether you are subject to export restrictions under U.S. export control laws and regulations. We may make, directly or through third parties, any inquiries we consider necessary to validate information that you provide to us, including without limitation checking commercial and/or governmental databases. While we may take steps to verify the identity of our Customers, we cannot and do not guarantee any Customer's identity.
27.2 AWS is responsible for maintaining access controls to the AWS GovCloud (US) Region that limit AWS personnel’s physical and logical access to the “AWS Network” to US Persons only. The AWS Network consists of AWS’s internal data center facilities, servers, networking equipment, and host software systems that are within AWS’s reasonable control and are used to provide the AWS Services. You are responsible for all physical and logical access controls beyond the AWS Network including, but not limited to, Customer or End User account access, data transmission, encryption, and appropriate storage and processing of your Content within the AWS GovCloud (US) region. AWS makes no representation or warranty related to the US Persons status of any Customer or End Users that may be granted access to the AWS GovCloud (US) Region by other Customers and their End Users.
27.3 You are responsible for verifying the adequacy of the AWS GovCloud (US) Region for the processing and storage of your Content and that your use of AWS Services will comply with the laws and regulations that may govern your Content. You are also solely responsible for verifying that End Users are eligible to access your Content in the AWS GovCloud (US) region.
27.4 You may only use Amazon VPC to connect your computing resources to the AWS GovCloud (US) region.
27.5 AWS Services may not be used to process or store classified data. If you or your end users introduce classified data into the AWS Network, you will be responsible for all sanitization costs incurred by AWS.
28. Amazon DynamoDB
28.1 You will be charged for the throughput capacity (reads and writes) you provision in your Amazon DynamoDB tables even if you do not fully utilize the provisioned capacity.
28.2 The actual reads and writes performance of your Amazon DynamoDB tables may vary and may be less than the throughput capacity that you provision.
28.3 Reserved Capacity Pricing. You may purchase reserved throughput capacity (reads and writes) subject to the pricing and payment terms set forth on the Amazon DynamoDB detail page on the AWS Site (“Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity”). You may purchase Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity by submitting a request through the AWS console. When you purchase Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity, you must designate a region, quantity, and term. You will be charged (1) a one-time, up-front fee and (2) an hourly fee for each hour during the term based on the amount of Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity you purchase. The Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity may only be used in the designated region and only by the account that purchased the Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity. We may change the pricing for Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity at any time, but price changes will not apply to previously purchased Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity. We may terminate the Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity program at any time. Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity is nontransferable and all amounts paid in connection with the Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity are nonrefundable, except that if we terminate the Agreement (other than for cause) or the Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity program, we will refund you a pro rata portion of any up-front fee paid in connection with any previously purchased Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity. Upon expiration or termination of the term of any Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity, standard on-demand usage prices will apply to the your use of Amazon DynamoDB. Amazon DynamoDB Reserved Capacity is also subject to all storage, data transfer and other fees applicable under the Agreement.
28.4 You may install the local version of DynamoDB only on computer equipment owned or controlled by you and may use it solely (a) for your internal business purposes and (b) in connection with the Services. Your use of DynamoDB Local is governed by the DynamoDB Local License Agreement, located here:  DynamoDB Local License Agreement.
29. AWS Storage Gateway
29.1 You may only use the AWS Storage Gateway on computer equipment owned or controlled by you for your internal business purposes, solely to access Your Content used in connection with the Services. Your use of the AWS Storage Gateway is governed by the AWS Storage Gateway License, located here:  AWS Storage Gateway License Agreement .
30. AWS Marketplace
30.1 The AWS Marketplace is a venue operated by AWS that allows Content to be offered, sold, and bought. Content may be sold by AWS or a third party, and the party offering or selling the Content may specify separate terms and conditions and privacy policies for the use of the Content. If the Content is offered or sold by a third party, that party will be the seller of record for the Content. AWS is not a party to the terms with respect to Content offered or sold by third parties. Any Content of third parties offered through the AWS Marketplace constitutes “Third Party Content” under the Agreement. While AWS may help facilitate the resolution of disputes between you and third parties, AWS is not responsible for Third Party Content and has no control over and does not guarantee the quality, safety or legality of items advertised, the truth or accuracy of Third Party Content or listings, or the ability of sellers to offer the Content.
30.2 Except to the extent Content is provided to you under a separate license that expressly states otherwise, neither you nor any End User may, or may attempt to, (a) modify, alter, tamper with, repair, or otherwise create derivative works of any Content, (b) reverse engineer, disassemble, or decompile the Content or apply any other process or procedure to derive the source code of any software included in the Content, (c) resell or sublicense the Content, (d) transfer Content outside the Services without specific authorization to do so, or (e) tamper with or circumvent any controls or make unauthorized copies of the Content.
30.3 AWS may stop providing the AWS Marketplace (or any features of or listings within the AWS Marketplace) to you at AWS’s sole discretion, without prior notice to you. In addition, AWS may disable or remove Content already purchased, if AWS determines in its sole discretion that the Content may violate any AWS policies or any other regulations, policies or laws.
30.4 You authorize AWS, its affiliates, and its third-party payment processors and any service providers to charge the payment method you select in your AWS account for Content that you purchase in the AWS Marketplace. This may include one-time payments as well as recurring payments. A “recurring payment” is a payment that occurs at the specified intervals and amounts provided at the time of purchase (e.g. annually or monthly). The applicable fees and billing periods for the Content are listed on the confirmation screen when you place your order. Your authorizations will remain until cancelled. You may cancel your subscriptions at any time by logging into “Your Software Subscriptions” on the AWS Site. Unless we specify otherwise, only valid credit cards may be used to purchase a recurring payment subscription.
30.5 If you have provided your value added tax (VAT) registration number to us so that it can be applied to your purchases on AWS, then the information you provide with your registration (including your VAT registration number and the name and address associated with your VAT registration) will be shared with third parties from whom you have purchased software on the AWS Marketplace to the extent necessary for those third parties to comply with VAT invoicing regulations and requirements.
31. AWS Data Pipeline
31.1 You may only use the AWS Data Pipeline on computer equipment owned or controlled by you for your internal business purposes, solely to access Your Content used in connection with the Services.
31.2 Your use of the AWS Data Pipeline Remote Runner is governed by the AWS Data Pipeline Remote Runner License, located here:   AWS Data Pipeline Remote Runner License Agreement.
32. Amazon Elastic Transcoder
32.1 The further distribution of files created by Amazon Elastic Transcoder may require that you obtain license rights from third parties, including owners or licensors of certain third party audio and video formats. You are solely responsible for obtaining these licenses and paying any necessary royalties or fees.
32.2 We do not represent, warrant or guarantee the quality of any files you create through your use of Amazon Elastic Transcoder or that the files will be of a certain fidelity or error free.
33. AWS OpsWorks Stacks
33.1 You may use AWS OpsWorks Stacks to create a collection of AWS resources and provision them.
33.2 AWS may make sample templates available for you to use in connection with AWS OpsWorks Stacks. Sample templates may include Chef recipes and/or sample code. All sample templates are offered “as is” and you are solely responsible for your use of the sample templates.
33.3. Any templates you use in connection with AWS OpsWorks Stacks must comply with the Agreement and the AWS Acceptable Use Policy and you are solely responsible for your use of any templates.
33.4. In addition to any charges you incur for your use of AWS Opsworks Stacks, you are responsible for all fees incurred for AWS services used in connection with AWS OpsWorks Stacks.
33.5. You may install and use the AWS OpsWorks agent solely with AWS Opsworks Stacks or AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate. Your use of the AWS OpsWorks agent is governed by the AWS OpsWorks Client License Agreement, located here:  AWS OpsWorks Client License Agreement .
34. AWS CloudHSM
34.1 You may not access, modify, update or tamper with, or attempt to access, modify, update or tamper with, any of the software installed on the HSM device, except as expressly permitted by us.
34.2 As part of the AWS CloudHSM service, AWS will provide access to HSM devices of its choosing. You have no ownership or rental rights in the specific HSM device to which we provide you access in the course of providing the AWS CloudHSM service.
34.3. In conjunction with the AWS CloudHSM service, you may be allowed to use certain software (including related documentation) developed and owned by SafeNet, Inc. or its licensors (collectively, the “SafeNet Software”). In connection with your use of the SafeNet Software, SafeNet and its licensors require that you agree to the additional terms and conditions located  here   .
34.4. If you elect to discontinue use of a HSM device, you must issue a command to delete the contents of the device (i.e., “zero-ize” the device). You will continue to be charged for use of an HSM device until the device has been zero-ized out and you notify us that you wish to discontinue the service.
34.5. Failure of an HSM device can result in unrecoverable data loss. We do not perform backups or implement fault tolerant configurations on your behalf. You are solely responsible for backup and fault tolerant configurations.
35. Amazon AppStream and Amazon AppStream 2.0
35.1. When you use Amazon AppStream and Amazon AppStream 2.0 (collectively, “AppStream”), you also use Amazon EC2, CloudWatch and AutoScaling, S3, and DynamoDB, and your use of AppStream is subject to all the terms that govern those services.
35.2. The software and other content that you upload to run on AppStream (including your AppStream hosted application, dependencies and installer), your AppStream entitlement service, and your AppStream client software are Your Content. The use of Your Content with AppStream, including the transmission of internet video and your distribution of any video decoder in your AppStream client software, may require that you obtain license rights from third parties. You are solely responsible for obtaining necessary licenses and paying any necessary royalties or fees applicable to Your Content.
35.3. Using NVIDIA Software. Use of the graphics processing unit (GPU) of an EC2 instance requires that you use driver software developed and owned by NVIDIA Corporation or its licensors (collectively, the “NVIDIA Software”). If your AppStream application uses the GPU on an EC2 instance, NVIDIA and its licensors require that you agree to these additional terms and conditions:
Your use of the NVIDIA Software is subject to the terms and conditions of the License for Customer Use of NVIDIA Software, currently located at  http://www.nvidia.com/content/DriverDownload-March2009/licence.php?lang=us    (the “NVIDIA License”). By using the NVIDIA Software, you hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the NVIDIA License.
35.4. We may collect information about Your Content’s use of AppStream, including CPU and GPU utilization, memory usage, IO performance, client type, client session length, transmission latency, client geographic and network locations, video and audio quality, and error and information messages.
35.5. AppStream Stand-Alone; AppStream Materials. We may make AppStream software and other materials (“AppStream Materials”) available to you on instances running in your own AWS account (“AppStream Stand-Alone”). AppStream Stand-Alone may only be used for your evaluation, development and testing purposes, and not for streaming your application to third party end users. AppStream Stand-Alone may enable you to direct us to pre-install certain third-party software on the instance via the applicable CloudFormation template. That third-party software may be subject to separate license terms and you are solely responsible for complying with those terms. AppStream Materials used on AppStream Stand-Alone are AWS Content and are subject to the license restrictions set out in the Agreement. You will only use the AppStream Materials on the AppStream Stand-Alone instance, and you will not download, transmit, or otherwise remove the AppStream Materials from AppStream Stand-Alone instances.
36. Amazon WorkSpaces
36.1. Any Content that you or any End User run on, cause to interface with, or upload to your WorkSpaces is Your Content. You are responsible for maintaining licenses and adhering to the license terms of any of Your Content on your WorkSpaces.
36.2. Using Microsoft Software. In conjunction with the Services, you and your End Users may be allowed to use Microsoft Software. If you choose to use the Microsoft Software, Microsoft and its licensors require that you agree to the additional terms and conditions specified in section 4.2 above.
36.3. You and End Users may only use the WorkSpaces Services for an End User’s personal or office productivity. WorkSpaces are not meant to accept inbound network connections, be used as server instances, or serve web traffic or your network traffic. You may not reconfigure the inbound network connections of your WorkSpaces. We may shut down WorkSpaces that are used in violation of this section or other provisions of the Agreement.
36.4. You and End Users may only use the WorkSpaces client software on computer equipment owned or controlled by you or your End Users for your internal business purposes, solely to access Your Content used in connection with the Services. Your use of the WorkSpaces client software is governed by the WorkSpaces Client Software License Agreement located here: http://help.amazonworkspaces.com/app-terms.html.
36.5. As part of regular operation the Service will be able to perform configurations, health checks, and diagnostics on a regular basis. To complete these tasks the Service will use programmatic access that is provisioned as part of the WorkSpace creation. During the performance of these tasks, the Service may only retrieve performance and log information tied to the operation and management of the Service.
36.6. The charges for the Service apply on a monthly basis. If a WorkSpace is launched after the first of a month, then the monthly price for that WorkSpace will be adjusted on a pro rata basis from the first day it was active to the end of that month. If a WorkSpace is terminated before the end of a month, then the monthly charge will still apply. 
36.7. The charges for the Service include the cost of streaming data between your WorkSpaces and End Users’ devices unless you stream via VPN, in which case you will be charged VPN data transfer rates in addition to any applicable Internet data transfer changes. Other WorkSpace data transfer will be charged using Amazon EC2 data transfer pricing. 
36.8. You may not attempt to tamper with any software we pre-load on the WorkSpace instance (including the operating system software running on the WorkSpace), or in a way that is not part of normal operations or that attempts to circumvent charges for the Service. During the regular operation of the Service, software installed on any of your WorkSpaces may activate against a license activation server hosted by AWS. You may not attempt to tamper with or use this license activation server in a way that is not part of normal operations or that attempts to circumvent charges for the Service. We may block access to the Service, and suspend your account, if we determine that you are in violation of this section.
36.9. As part of regular operation of the service, WorkSpaces may be updated with latest operating system and software patches. During such updates, only software, documents, and settings that are part of the OS image used for the WorkSpace or part of a user’s profile (D: drive in the WorkSpace) will persist. 
36.10. Microsoft BYOL Licensing. Under this option, Amazon WorkSpaces enables you to provision WorkSpaces using your Microsoft Software and Microsoft Licenses (the “WorkSpaces BYOL Program”).You must be eligible to use the WorkSpaces BYOL Program for the applicable Microsoft software under your agreement(s) with Microsoft. You are solely responsible for obtaining all required licenses and for complying with all applicable Microsoft licensing requirements, including the Product Use Rights/Product Terms. Further, you must have accepted Microsoft's End User License Agreement (Microsoft EULA), and by using Microsoft Software under the WorkSpaces BYOL Program, you agree to the Microsoft EULA. You agree that you have determined that your use of the WorkSpaces BYOL Program will comply with the applicable Microsoft licensing requirements. Usage of the Services in violation of your agreement(s) with Microsoft is not authorized or permitted. AWS recommends that you consult with your own advisors to understand and comply with the applicable Microsoft licensing requirements.
36.11. You are responsible for End Users use of your WorkSpaces. You are responsible for determining End User policies and configuring End User policy controls for WorkSpaces.
37. Amazon Cognito
37.1 Any third party identity provider that you use in connection with Amazon Cognito is Third Party Content under the Agreement, and features of Amazon Cognito that depend on such identity providers may not be secure, uninterrupted or error-free. Your use of such an identity provider is subject to the provider’s terms and conditions, and you are solely responsible for complying with those terms and conditions. We may change, discontinue, or deprecate support for an identity provider for any reason and at any time.
37.2 You are responsible for (a) providing legally adequate privacy notices to your end users; (b) obtaining any necessary consent from the end user for the collection, use, transfer, and storage of any name, password, other login information, or personally identifiable information or personal data of any end user that you (or any third-party plug-in or service provider you use) may access; (c) using and authorizing others to access and use the information only for the purposes permitted by the end user; and (d) ensuring the information is collected, used, transferred, and stored in accordance with all laws, rules, and regulations applicable in jurisdictions in which your applications are used.
37.3 Cognito Identity User Pools.
37.3.1 You are solely responsible, and we have no liability, for any activities that result by your use of Cognito User Pools, regardless of whether such activities are undertaken by you, your employees, agents, and/or subcontractors.
37.3.2 You may create Cognito User Pools in association with your AWS Account pursuant to the Terms of this Agreement. You are responsible for the creation and security (including enabling of access) of any Cognito User Pools enabled by your AWS Account. In the event a particular Cognito User Pool(s) has no active users within a reasonable amount of time we may delete in our sole discretion, and without liability of any kind, such Cognito User Pool(s) upon thirty (30) days prior notice to you. You may contact AWS Support if you would like your user data exported to a file prior to deletion.
37.3.3 You are responsible for all applicable fees associated with use of the Services in connection with Cognito User Pools. Cognito User Pools uses SES to send email messages and Amazon SNS to send SMS messages. Your use of Cognito User Pools is subject to the Amazon SNS and SMS Service Terms.
38. Amazon WorkDocs
38.1 Amazon WorkDocs from the Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region is sold and provided by AMCS LLC and not AWS, but is otherwise subject to the terms of the Agreement.
38.2 You will need an AWS account to start using the Service Offering. Once you have enabled Amazon WorkDocs under your account, End Users can be invited to join, sign up, and start using the Service Offering under your account without each one having a separate AWS account.
38.3 You are responsible for paying the fees for use by you and your End Users of the Service Offering associated with your AWS account.
38.4 Within the Service Offering, your End User accounts are managed by End Users with administrative privileges (“WorkDocs Administrators”). These WorkDocs Administrators can access information about the accounts of other End Users, such as when they last logged in, what documents they viewed, etc. These WorkDocs Administrators can also deactivate other End Users’ accounts and control access to certain functionality, such as restricting the ability to share files with external domains or changing their storage limits.
38.5 We may limit the number of versions that you can store for each file. We will announce any change in limits to the number of versions that you may store in advance of implementing those limits.
38.6 We may delete, without liability of any kind, any of your End Users’ data or Content uploaded to Amazon WorkDocs if the End User is marked “Inactive” in Amazon WorkDocs’ Administrator Dashboard and has not been billed for more than 60 days. We may also delete your Amazon WorkDocs site and Content when you have no End Users marked “Active” within Amazon WorkDocs Administrator Dashboard for more than 60 days.
38.7 If no End User accounts associated with your AWS account have registered any usage of the Service Offering for several months, then we may delete the inactive End Users’ accounts after providing 30 days’ notice.
38.8 You and your End Users may not use the Service Offering to host any files that violate the AWS Acceptable Use Policy. If we determine, in our sole discretion, that your use of the Service Offering may be in violation of the AWS Acceptable Use Policy or the Agreement, then we may delete those files.
38.9 Your use of the Amazon WorkDocs Sync Software is governed by the Amazon WorkDocs Sync License Agreement found here:  Amazon WorkDocs Sync License Agreement  .
38.10 Your use of an Amazon WorkDocs Application is governed by the Amazon WorkDocs Application License Agreement found here:  Amazon WorkDocs Application License Agreement  .
38.11 Your use of the Amazon WorkDocs Web Clipper is governed by the Amazon WorkDocs Web Clipper License Agreement found here:  Amazon WorkDocs Web Clipper License Agreement   .
39. Mobile Analytics
39.1 Your Data; Privacy. You are solely responsible for all information and data you collect or store using Mobile Analytics (“Your Data”). Your Data is included in the definition of Your Content. Without limiting your obligations under Sections 4 and 9 of the Agreement, you must (a) provide any necessary notice to, and obtain any necessary consent from, end users for the collection, use, transfer, and storage of Your Data (including by us), and (b) collect, use, transfer, and store Your Data in accordance with any privacy notice you provide, and all applicable laws.
40. AWS Config
40.1 You are responsible for all fees incurred for Services, such as Amazon SNS and Amazon S3, used in connection with AWS Config.
41. AWS CodeDeploy
41.1 AWS CodeDeploy to Amazon EC2 instances is offered at no additional charge but requires the use of other AWS Services. AWS CodeDeploy to on-premises instances is offered at the then current fees and charges that are posted on the AWS CodeDeploy detail page on the AWS Site; and may also be used with other AWS Services. You are responsible for all fees incurred for Services used in connection with AWS CodeDeploy.
41.2 AWS may make available reference or sample AppSpec configuration files and applications for you to use in connection with AWS CodeDeploy. These files and applications are provided “as is”, and you are solely responsible for your use of such files and applications. You will be charged the same fees for running them as you would be charged for running your own application.
42. AWS Lambda
42.1 You are responsible for Your Content, including (a) the performance of software you use with AWS Lambda and any reference libraries we provide and (b) maintaining licenses and adhering to the license terms of any software you run.
42.2 You are responsible for all fees incurred for Services used in connection with AWS Lambda.
42.3 We may delete, upon 30 days’ notice to you and without liability of any kind, any of Your Content uploaded to AWS Lambda if it has not been run for more than three (3) months.
43. Amazon WorkMail
43.1 The charges for the Service apply on a monthly basis. If an End User account is created after the first of a month, then the monthly fee for that mailbox will be adjusted on a pro rata basis from the first day it was active to the end of that month. If an End User account is terminated or deleted before the end of a month, then the monthly fee for that End User account will still apply. You are responsible for paying the fees for all End User accounts associated with your AWS account.
43.2 Amazon WorkMail allows you to register a test mail domain (e.g. <yourname>.awsapps.com). You can use the test mail domain as long as you are using Amazon WorkMail. If you stop using Amazon WorkMail, the test mail domain may become available to be registered and used by other Customers. You cannot use the test mail domain for other purposes outside of Amazon WorkMail.
43.3 If your use of Amazon WorkMail is terminated, we may delete your data and your End Users’ mailboxes.
43.4 When you use Amazon WorkMail, you also use AWS Key Management Service, AWS IAM, and Amazon SES, and your use of Amazon WorkMail is subject to the terms that govern those services. You are responsible for the separate fees you may accrue for using AWS Key Management Service.
43.5 Amazon WorkMail provides a filtering service designed to filter unwanted emails, such as spam, phishing emails, and email infected with viruses. You acknowledge that the technological limitations of the filtering service will likely result in the capture of some legitimate email, and the failure to capture some unwanted email, including email infected with viruses.
43.6 Your mail domain and End Users’ accounts may be blocked, delayed or prevented from being delivered by destination email servers and other reasons outside of our control. Your payment obligations continue regardless of whether delivery of your emails is prevented, delayed, or blocked.
43.7 You agree not to use Amazon WorkMail for sending:
Bulk emails, such as mass marketing emails
Unsolicited and unwanted emails
Phishing emails
43.8 Your use and your End Users’ use of Amazon WorkMail must comply with the AWS Acceptable Use Policy, applicable law, and the Agreement. You are solely responsible for understanding and complying with the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to your business. You are solely responsible for ensuring any emails you or your End Users send using Amazon WorkMail comply with the Federal CAN-SPAM Act and all other applicable law. You agree that AWS is not the “sender” of any emails you or your End Users send using Amazon WorkMail as defined in the Federal CAN-SPAM Act and all other applicable laws.
43.9 Amazon WorkMail may log and use information such as server hostnames, IP addresses, timestamps, mail queue file identifiers, and spam filtering information for the purpose of troubleshooting or improving Amazon WorkMail.
44. Amazon Machine Learning
44.1 You may only use Amazon Machine Learning (“Amazon ML”) to process Your Content. You are solely responsible for the proper configuration of all security settings associated with Amazon ML.
44.2 We retain all rights to all improvements we make to any Amazon websites or technologies, including any and all improvements resulting from or related to Amazon ML processing Your Content.
44.3 We may delete, without liability of any kind, any Amazon ML object that remains inactive for more than the number of days specified in the user documentation.
44.4 You are responsible for all fees incurred from your use of Amazon ML regardless of the quality of the results obtained. Your use of Amazon ML requires the use of other Services. You are responsible for all fees incurred for Services used in connection with Amazon ML.
45. Amazon WorkSpaces Application Manager (Amazon WAM)
45.1 Any Content that you or any End User run on, cause to interface with, or upload to Amazon WorkSpaces Application Manager (Amazon WAM) via the Amazon WAM Admin Studio is Your Content.
45.2 You are responsible for maintaining licenses and adhering to the license terms of any of Your Content delivered via Amazon WAM to your WorkSpaces.
45.3 As part of regular operation of Amazon WAM, the Service will be able to perform configurations, health checks, and diagnostics on a regular basis. To complete these tasks the Service will use programmatic access that is provisioned as part of Amazon WAM. During the performance of these tasks, the Service may only retrieve performance and log information tied to the operation and management of the Service.
45.4 As part of regular operation of Amazon WAM, the Service will use the End User and machine identity that is part of your AWS Directory Services environment to check for content that an End User is entitled to use. In addition, content installed on any of your WorkSpaces may activate against a license activation server hosted by AWS. You may not attempt to tamper with this license activation server, or use it in a way that is not part of normal operations or that attempts to circumvent this Service. We may block access to this Service, and suspend your account, if we determine that you are in violation of this Section.
45.5 The charges for the Service apply on a monthly basis. If Amazon WAM is enabled for an End User after the first of a month, then the monthly price for that End User’s subscription will be adjusted on a pro rata basis from the first day it was active to the end of that month. If Amazon WAM is disabled for an End User before the end of a month, then the entire monthly charge will still apply.
45.6 When you use Amazon WAM, including Amazon WAM Admin Studio and Amazon WAM Admin Player applications, you may also use other AWS Services, and use of other AWS Services is subject to the terms that govern those Services. In addition to any charges you incur for your use of Amazon WAM, including Amazon WAM Admin Studio and Amazon WAM Admin Player applications, you are responsible for all fees incurred for AWS Services used in connection with Amazon WAM, including Amazon WAM Admin Studio and Amazon WAM Admin Player applications.
45.7 Amazon WAM Admin Studio, Amazon WAM Admin Player, and Amazon WAM desktop applications are AWS Content and may not be manipulated or reverse engineered in any way.
45.8 You may use the Amazon WAM Admin Studio only to package applications, and the Amazon WAM Admin Player only to validate applications, that will be delivered via Amazon WAM to your WorkSpaces. You may not tamper with either of those applications that we preload as part of the Amazon WAM Admin Studio or Player, the underlying Amazon EC2 AMI, or use the Amazon WAM Admin Studio or Player in a way that is not part of normal operations or that attempts to circumvent this Service.
45.9 You may not attempt to tamper with any software that is part of the Amazon WAM service that we preload on the WorkSpace instance, or use it in a way that is not part of normal operations or that attempts to circumvent this Service.
45.10 As part of regular operation of the Service, we may update Amazon WAM desktop applications with software patches.
45.11 You are responsible for End Users use of Amazon WAM. You are responsible for determining End User policies and configuring End User policy controls for using applications via Amazon WAM.
46. AWS Marketplace for Desktop Apps
46.1 The AWS Marketplace for Desktop Apps is a venue operated by AWS that allows Content to be offered, sold, and bought. Content may be sold by AWS or a third party, and the party offering or selling the Content may specify separate terms and conditions and privacy policies for the use of the Content.
46.2 Except to the extent Content is provided to you under a separate license that expressly states otherwise, neither you nor any End User may, or may attempt to, (a) modify, alter, tamper with, repair, or otherwise create derivative works of any Content, (b) reverse engineer, disassemble, or decompile the Content or apply any other process or procedure to derive the source code of any software included in the Content, (c) resell or sublicense the Content, (d) transfer Content outside the Services without specific authorization to do so, or (e) tamper with or circumvent any controls or make unauthorized copies of the Content.
46.3 AWS may stop providing the AWS Marketplace for Desktop Apps (or any features of or listings within the AWS Marketplace for Desktop Apps) to you at AWS’s sole discretion, without prior notice to you. In addition, AWS may disable or remove Content already purchased, if AWS determines in its sole discretion that the Content may violate any AWS policies or any other regulations, policies or laws.
46.4 You authorize AWS, its affiliates, and its third-party payment processors and any service providers to charge the payment method you select in your AWS account for Content that you purchase in the AWS Marketplace for Desktop Apps. This may include one-time payments as well as recurring payments. A “recurring payment” is a payment that occurs at the specified intervals and amounts provided at the time of purchase (e.g., annually or monthly). The applicable charge for the Content is listed on the confirmation screen when you place your order. Your authorizations will remain until cancelled. If a subscription is purchased after the first of a month, then the monthly price for that Content will be adjusted on a pro rata basis from the first day it was active to the end of that month. If a subscription is cancelled before the end of a month, then the entire monthly charge will still apply. Unless we specify otherwise, only valid credit cards may be used to purchase a recurring payment subscription.
46.5 Third-party support information for each subscription, if any, is set forth on the detail page for the Content. While AWS may help facilitate the resolution of disputes between you and third-party Content creators, for the Content, AWS does not guarantee the quality, safety or legality of items advertised, and support for the Content is the obligation of the third-party Content creator.
46.6 If the Content is offered, sold, or resold by AWS, then it is subject to the terms on the Content’s detail page. If the Content is offered or sold by a third party, that party will be the seller of record for the Content. AWS is not a party to the terms with respect to Content offered or sold by third parties. Any Content offered or sold by third parties through the AWS Marketplace for Desktop Apps constitutes “Third Party Content” under the Agreement. While AWS may help facilitate the resolution of disputes between you and third parties, AWS is not responsible for Third Party Content and has no control over and does not guarantee the quality, safety or legality of items advertised, the truth or accuracy of Third Party Content or listings, or the ability of sellers to offer the Content.
47. AWS Directory Service
47.1 In conjunction with your use of AWS Directory Service, you and your End Users may be allowed to use Microsoft Software. If you choose to use the Microsoft Software, Microsoft and its licensors require that you agree to the additional terms and conditions specified in Section 4.2 above.
47.2 If your AWS account is suspended for sixty (60) days or more, we may delete, without liability of any kind, Your Content and directories that are stored in AWS Directory Service upon thirty (30) days prior notice to you.
47.3 We may terminate your AWS Directory Service directory instance if you attempt to access, tamper with, or modify any software or configuration we pre-load on the directory instance, including the operating system software running on the directory instance.
48. Amazon API Gateway
48.1 You may use the Amazon API Gateway to publish, maintain, monitor, and secure Your Content at any scale to accept and process concurrent API calls, including traffic management, authorization and access control, monitoring, and API version management.
48.2 By using the Amazon API Gateway you acknowledge and agree that established throttling thresholds may vary, cache services may be limited by us in our sole discretion, and version capacity will not exceed 300 deployments per API at any given time. In addition and without limiting your obligations under the Agreement, you agree not to and not to attempt to: (i) access any resources not assigned to you by us; and/or (ii) perform any form of network discovery and/or load testing of Your Content inside the Amazon API Gateway.
48.3 You are solely responsible for the access, operation, performance, and security of all Your Content you use with Amazon API Gateway.
49. AWS Device Farm
49.1 As part of the AWS Device Farm, you may provide us with application package(s), test package(s) (pre-compiled), test script source code, application extension files, and/or auxiliary data files that have been developed by or for you in a format specified by AWS (each, an “App” or “Apps”) for testing on one or more mobile devices, tablets or other devices that we make available through the AWS Device Farm (each, a “Device(s)”). You may select one or more tests in the AWS Device Farm to be performed with your App(s) on the Device(s) you select (a “Test” or “Testing”).
49.2 For any Test run on an Apple Device (each, an “Apple Test”), you represent and warrant that you have an active and valid registered Apple Developer Account under the iOS Developer Program License Agreement with Apple at the time any such Apple Test is run. You appoint us as your Authorized Developer (as defined in the iOS Developer Program License Agreement) for the duration of all Apple Tests and understand that you are responsible to Apple for all actions we undertake in connection with each Apple Test.
Without limiting your obligations under the Agreement, you agree not to and not to attempt to:
     (i) perform any network discovery inside the AWS Device Farm or otherwise in connection with the Test;
     (ii) access any resources not assigned to you by us (including any Devices);
     (iii) generate any internet traffic from within the EC2 instances of AWS Device Farm, unless approved by us; internet traffic should be limited to Devices only;
     (iv) attempt to establish a direct connection to any Device, nor access or connect to other infrastructure components except as permitted by us;
     (v) root, unlock, or jailbreak any Device;
     (vi) modify any files generated by the AWS Device Farm in a manner that would interfere with any Services;
     (vii) install persistent software on Devices or EC2 instances; and/or
     (viii) factory reset or change settings on Devices nor call and/or access third-party servers in a manner that would interfere with any Services.
49.3 You agree not to rely on any Testing or Report for any purpose, including that any App(s) meet any requirements for inclusion in any application repository of any kind (such as the Apple App Store or Google Play Store). You acknowledge and agree that we may disclose the App(s) to third parties solely for purposes of conducting automated security verification.
49.4 We make no representation as to the availability of the AWS Device Farm. We may change the Tests, Reports or Device(s) offering(s) or any other components or services that are a part of or available through the AWS Device Farm at any time.
50. Amazon Elasticsearch Service
50.1 Amazon Elasticsearch Service creates daily automated snapshots of your Amazon Elasticsearch Service domains. We will maintain these automated snapshots for a period of 14 days after they are created. We may delete automated snapshots, without liability of any kind, at any time after 14 days.
50.2 You may not access or tamper with any software we install on the Amazon Elasticsearch Service domains.
50.3 We may apply software updates on your behalf if we determine there is a security vulnerability in the system or software we install on the Amazon Elasticsearch Service domains.
51. AWS Database Migration Service and AWS Schema Conversion Tool
51.1 You may use AWS Database Migration Service solely for the purpose of migrating data to or from Amazon RDS, Amazon Redshift, Amazon S3, or relational databases deployed on Amazon EC2 (collectively, as supplemented by AWS from time to time, the “DMS Supported Services”). Neither you nor any End User may use the Amazon RDS Migration Service to migrate data, directly or indirectly, from a source that is not a DMS Supported Service to a destination that is also not a DMS Supported Service.
51.2 AWS Database Migration Service and the AWS Schema Conversion Tool collect non-personally identifiable metrics regarding your use of the Service Offerings, including the types of database engines used, number of rows processed, duration of the migration or conversion tasks, and migration or conversion task failure status. These metrics may be used by AWS to provide, maintain, and improve the quality and feature set of the Service Offerings.
51.3 The AWS Schema Conversion Tool is AWS Content, and you may install and use it solely for the purpose of migrating your database schemas to Amazon RDS, Amazon Redshift, or relational databases deployed on Amazon EC2 (collectively, as supplemented by AWS from time to time, the “SCT Supported Services”). Neither you nor any End User may distribute the AWS Schema Conversion Tool or use it to migrate database schemas to a destination that is not an SCT Supported Service. If you would like to use the AWS Schema Conversion Tool to migrate database schemas to a destination that is not an SCT Supported Service, contact us for special pricing.
52. Amazon Inspector
52.1 Amazon Inspector, the Amazon Inspector Agent, and any components or files thereof are AWS Content subject to the license restrictions set out in the Agreement. Neither you nor any End User may, or may attempt to, distribute Amazon Inspector.
52.2 Some components of Amazon Inspector are governed by open source software licenses identified in the notice file accompanying the Amazon Inspector Agent. Your license rights with respect to these individual components are defined by the applicable open source software license.
52.3 As part of your use of Amazon Inspector, you will need to install the Amazon Inspector Agent on your EC2 instance(s). As with any interaction between software and a host, this process may result in the termination or replacement of your Amazon EC2 resources due to failure, retirement or other AWS requirement(s). We have no liability whatsoever for any damages, liabilities, losses (including any corruption, deletion, or destruction or loss of data, applications or profits), or any other consequences resulting from the foregoing.
52.4 We may apply software updates on your behalf to the Amazon Inspector Agent if we determine there is a security vulnerability in or a need to update the system or software we install for the Amazon Inspector Agent.
52.5 Amazon Inspector may retain and use information collected by the Amazon Inspector Agent for up to 30 days for the purpose of troubleshooting or improving Amazon Inspector.
52.6 While Amazon Inspector facilitates the identification of security issues, we do not represent, warrant, or guarantee that your resources evaluated using Amazon Inspector or altered based on recommendations made by Amazon Inspector will be of a certain fidelity, error free, or comply with a particular security standard.
53. AWS Mobile Hub
53.1 AWS Mobile Hub can be used by you to connect to AWS Service Offerings as made available from time to time by AWS in its sole discretion. Use of the AWS Mobile Hub is subject to AWS Service Offering terms and applicable pricing. You are responsible for maintaining licenses and adhering to the license terms of any software you download and use in connection with AWS Mobile Hub.
54. AWS IoT
54.1 AWS IoT Services that you enable must comport with AWS IoT Developer Guidelines and this Agreement. AWS Developer IoT Guidelines are subject to change at any time without notice.
54.2 The following data guidelines currently apply to Registry and Shadow Data (as referenced in the AWS IoT Developer Guidelines) stored in connection with individual devices and may be changed at any time without notice. Device Shadow Data for an individual device expires and will be deleted if you do not update the Shadow Data for an individual device within 1 year (12 months). Device Registry Data for an individual device expires and will be deleted if you do not update the Registry data for an individual device within 7 years (84 months). Once the Registry and/or Shadow Data has been updated for an individual device the data restriction time frame for an individual device resets and the Registry and/or Shadow Data storage time frame for an individual device starts over.
54.3 You are responsible for all applicable fees associated with use of the Services in connection with AWS IoT. You are solely responsible, and we have no liability, for any activities that occur in the application and/or use of AWS IoT, regardless of whether such activities are undertaken by you, your employees, agents, subcontractors or customers, or any other third party. You are responsible for the creation, distribution, and security (including enabling of access) of any AWS IoT devices enabled by your AWS account.
55. Amazon QuickSight
55.1 You may enable End Users to use Amazon QuickSight under your account. Termination of your use of Amazon QuickSight, will also terminate such End Users’ use of Amazon QuickSight.
55.2 Amazon QuickSight End User accounts are managed by End Users with administrative privileges (“Amazon QuickSight Administrators”). Amazon QuickSight Administrators can (a) activate and deactivate End Users’ Amazon QuickSight accounts; (b) control End User access to data sets and certain functionality of Amazon QuickSight; and (c) access information about End Users’ use of Amazon QuickSight.
55.3 Amazon QuickSight may use Your Content to make personalized recommendations to you, such as suggested visualizations based on your query history.
55.4 Subject to the Agreement and these Service Terms, you and your End Users may use Amazon QuickSight by logging into quicksight.aws.amazon.com.
56. AWS Certificate Manager
56.1 By using AWS Certificate Manager (“ACM”) you authorize us, Amazon Trust Services, LLC (“ATS”), or our affiliates (collectively, “Amazon CA”) to apply for and obtain SSL/TLS certificates (each, a “Certificate”) from certification authorities located in the United States, some of whom may be third parties, for the domain name you provide to us. By submitting a request for a Certificate, you certify that (1) you are the Domain Name Registrant (as defined in the then current CA/Browser Forum Baseline Requirements Certificate Policy for the Issuance and Management of Publicly-Trusted Certificates (the “CA/B Forum Requirements” currently located at https://cabforum.org/baseline-requirements-documents/)); (2) you have control over the Fully-Qualified Domain Name (as defined in the CA/B Forum Requirements); or that (3) you have been granted authority by the Domain Name Registrant to authorize Amazon CA to apply for and obtain each Certificate. You acknowledge that, solely for purposes of obtaining the Certificate and for no other purposes, you are giving Amazon CA control over the Fully-Qualified Domain Name, and you approve of it requesting the Certificate for the domain name. We may decline to provide you with a Certificate for any reason.
56.2 You agree that:
i.
All information you provide in connection with your use of ACM is and will be accurate and complete information at all times (and you will promptly notify us if your information changes);
ii.
You will review and verify the Certificate contents for accuracy;
iii.
You may use a Certificate provided to you by us solely on servers that are accessible at the subjectAltName(s) listed in the Certificate and will use the Certificate solely in compliance with all applicable laws;
iv.
You will promptly cease using a Certificate, and promptly notify us, in the event that any information in the Certificate is, or becomes, incorrect or inaccurate;
v.
You will promptly cease using a Certificate, and promptly notify us, if the private key associated with the Certificate is, or becomes, subject to a Key Compromise (as defined in the CA/B Forum Requirements) or the Certificate is otherwise subject to misuse;
vi.
You will promptly respond to Amazon CA’s instructions concerning Key Compromise or Certificate misuse;
vii.
You will not modify, sublicense, or create a derivative work of any Certificate (except as required to use the Certificate for its intended purpose) or private key;
viii.
You will not, in connection with use of the Certificate, upload or distribute any files or software that may damage the operation of another’s computer;
ix.
You will not make representations about or use a Certificate except as may be allowed in ATS’s  CPS  ;
x.
You will not, in connection with use of the Certificate, impersonate or misrepresent your affiliation with any entity;
xi.
You will not permit an entity other than Amazon CA to control the Private Key matching the Public Key in the Certificate (where “Private Key” and “Public Key” are defined by the CA/B Forum Requirements);
xii.
You will not use a Certificate to breach the confidence of a third party or to send or receive unsolicited bulk correspondence; and
xiii.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, you acknowledge that Amazon CA (or our applicable third-party contractor) may revoke a Certificate at any time, and you agree that you will cease using the Certificate immediately upon our notice of such revocation.
57. Amazon Lumberyard Engine
57.1 Lumberyard Materials. Amazon Lumberyard consists of an engine, integrated development environment, and related assets and tools we make available at  aws.amazon.com/lumberyard/downloads  or otherwise designate as Lumberyard materials (collectively, “Lumberyard Materials”). The Lumberyard Materials include the “Lumberyard Redistributables” listed at  docs.aws.amazon.com/console/lumberyard/userguide/lumberyard- redistributables  . Lumberyard Materials are AWS Content. The term “Lumberyard Materials” does not include Content distributed with the Lumberyard Materials under separate license terms (such as code licensed under an open source license).
57.2 License. In addition to the rights granted to AWS Content under the Agreement, we also grant you a limited, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable (except to End Users as provided below), non-transferrable license to do the following during the Term:

a. Development: You may use, reproduce, modify, and create derivative works of the Lumberyard Materials to develop and support video games, software, audio-visual works, and other content (each work created through use of the Lumberyard Materials is a “Lumberyard Project”). Lumberyard Projects, excluding any AWS Content and Third Party Content included therein, are Your Content. 


b. Distribution to End Users: You may use, reproduce, modify, create derivative works of, publicly display, publicly perform, and distribute (including via third party distributors) to End Users the Lumberyard Redistributables (including any permitted modifications and derivatives) as part of a Lumberyard Project. However, you may do so only if (i) the Lumberyard Project provides material content or functionality beyond that provided by the Lumberyard Redistributables themselves, (ii) the Lumberyard Redistributables are integrated into the Lumberyard Project so they are not separately usable by End Users, (iii) you do not distribute in source code form Lumberyard Redistributables that we make available in file formats that are commonly compiled (e.g., C, C++) or for which we make a compiler available, and (iv) you ensure End Users are subject to terms no less protective of the Lumberyard Materials than these Service Terms, including this Section and Sections 57.4 and 57.5 below. You may sublicense these rights, subject to the restrictions in these terms, to your End Users to allow them to use, modify, create new content for, and redistribute your Lumberyard Project (e.g., create new items or levels for a game).


c. Collaboration with other AWS Customers. You may reproduce and distribute (but not sublicense) the Lumberyard Materials (including any permitted modifications and derivatives) (i) to other AWS customers that are contractors of yours solely for the purpose of allowing those AWS customers to perform work on your behalf, (ii) to other AWS customers in connection with work you perform for them as a contractor, and (iii) to up to 5 other AWS customers who you authorize to distribute a Lumberyard Project in connection with your sale or licensing of that Lumberyard Project (e.g., publishers of a game you develop). Those other AWS customers’ rights to the Lumberyard Materials are governed by their agreement(s) with us.
57.3 No License Fee. There is no fee for the licenses granted in Section 57.2. Other Service Offerings and Third Party Content made available in connection with the Lumberyard Materials may be subject to separate charges and governed by additional terms.
57.4 Operating Restrictions. Without our prior written consent, (a) the Lumberyard Materials (including any permitted modifications and derivatives) may only be run on computer equipment owned and operated by you or your End Users, or on AWS Services, and may not be run on any Alternate Web Service and (b) your Lumberyard Project may not read data from or write data to any Alternate Web Service. “Alternate Web Service” means any non-AWS web service that is similar to or can act as a replacement for the services listed at  docs.aws.amazon.com/console/lumberyard/userguide/alternate-web- services  .
57.5 Other Restrictions. Without limiting the license restrictions set out in the Agreement, you may not (a) distribute the Lumberyard Materials in source code form, except as expressly permitted by Section 57.2(b) and (c), (b) use or exploit the Lumberyard Materials or any portion thereof to develop, maintain, participate in the development of, or support any competing engine, development tool, or software framework, (c) use the Lumberyard Materials or any portion thereof as part of a logo or trademark, (d) remove, obscure, or alter any proprietary rights notices (including copyright and trademark notices) contained in the Lumberyard Materials, (e) take any action that would require us or you to license, distribute, or otherwise make available to anyone the Lumberyard Materials under different terms (e.g., combining Lumberyard Materials with software subject to “copyleft” open source licenses), or (f) use or exploit the Lumberyard Materials or any portion thereof in any manner or for any purpose other than as expressly permitted by these terms.
57.6 Registration; Release. Before distributing your Lumberyard Project to End Users, you must register it at  aws.amazon.com/lumberyard/registration . You must obtain our prior written consent if the initial public or commercial release of your Lumberyard Project is based on a version of the Lumberyard Materials more than 5 years old.
57.7 Credit. You must credit us in Lumberyard Projects in accordance with the guidelines located at  aws.amazon.com/lumberyard/logo-guidelines . AWS Marks included in the Lumberyard Materials may only be used in accordance with the Trademark Use Guidelines. We may use excerpts of publicly released promotional material from your Lumberyard Projects and related trademarks, service marks, trade names, and logos in connection with our marketing, advertisement, and promotion of Lumberyard.
57.8 Forums; Submissions. When discussing Lumberyard Materials in our forums or elsewhere, you may include up to 50 lines of source code from the Lumberyard Materials for the sole purpose of discussing that code. You must identify us as the source of the code. Content relating to Lumberyard Materials that you post or otherwise submit to developer discussion sites, sample code repositories, or other AWS or public forums (collectively, “Lumberyard Submissions”) constitute Your Submissions under the Agreement, and you grant (i) us a non-exclusive, worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable, transferrable, sublicensable, royalty-free, and fully paid up license under all intellectual property rights to your Lumberyard Submissions, and (ii) other AWS customers the same rights to your Lumberyard Submissions as these Service Terms provide to the Lumberyard Materials.
57.9 Data Collection. The Lumberyard Materials may provide us with information about the use of the Lumberyard Materials, including information about system and server resources, features used in the integrated development environment, frequency and duration of use, geographic and network locations, and error and information messages.
57.10 Acceptable Use; Safety-Critical Systems. Your use of the Lumberyard Materials must comply with the  AWS Acceptable Use Policy . The Lumberyard Materials are not intended for use with life-critical or safety-critical systems, such as use in operation of medical equipment, automated transportation systems, autonomous vehicles, aircraft or air traffic control, nuclear facilities, manned spacecraft, or military use in connection with live combat. However, this restriction will not apply in the event of the occurrence (certified by the United States Centers for Disease Control or successor body) of a widespread viral infection transmitted via bites or contact with bodily fluids that causes human corpses to reanimate and seek to consume living human flesh, blood, brain or nerve tissue and is likely to result in the fall of organized civilization.
57.11 Termination. Your rights in the Lumberyard Materials automatically terminate if the Agreement terminates or you breach the Agreement (including these Service Terms). However, if we terminate the Agreement for convenience, your rights in Lumberyard Materials then in your possession survive termination with respect to any previously registered Lumberyard Project. Otherwise, upon termination, you must cease all use, distribution, and other exploitation of the Lumberyard Materials (and any modifications and derivatives).
58. Amazon GameLift
58.1 Your Content. You are solely responsible for Your Content, including (a) the performance of software you use with Amazon GameLift and (b) maintaining licenses and adhering to the license terms of any software you run.
58.2 Other Services. When you use Amazon GameLift, you are also using Amazon EC2. Amazon EC2 and certain other Service Offerings and Third Party Content made available via Amazon GameLift are subject to separate charges and governed by additional terms.
58.3 Use Limitation. Amazon GameLift is designed for hosting interactive video game servers. You may not access or use Amazon GameLift for workloads other than video game server hosting. You must provide us a unique, non-personally identifiable identifier for each End User that connects to your game servers, as specified in the Amazon GameLift documentation.
58.4 Inactivity. We may delete, upon 30 days’ notice to you and without liability of any kind, any of Your Content uploaded to Amazon GameLift if it has not been run for more than 3 months.
58.5 Your GameLift Data. Amazon GameLift may enable you to collect information and data from your End Users (“Your GameLift Data”). Your GameLift Data is included in the definition of Your Content. Without limiting your obligations under Sections 4 and 9 of the Agreement, you must (a) provide any necessary notice to, and obtain any necessary consent from, end users for the collection, use, transfer, and storage of Your GameLift Data, and (b) collect, use, transfer, and store Your GameLift Data in accordance with any privacy notice you provide and all applicable laws.
58.6 Amazon GameLift Local. You may install and use Amazon GameLift Local only on computer equipment owned or controlled by you, solely for your internal business purposes for development and testing (not hosting) of your game in connection with your planned use of Amazon GameLift. Your use of Amazon GameLift Local is governed by the Amazon GameLift Local License Agreement, located at  https://aws.amazon.com/gamelift-local-license .
59. AWS Application Discovery Service
59.1 The AWS Application Discovery Service requires installation and use of AWS Connector, and you agree to adhere to the AWS Connector terms in connection with your use of AWS Connector and the AWS Application Discovery Service, its agent, and its components.
59.2 You agree that you have the right to collect and provide, and you consent to the collection and provision of, the data collected by the AWS Application Discovery Service, its agent, and its components (“Discovery Information”), and the transmission to and processing and use by AWS of the Discovery Information in connection with the Service Offerings (as defined in the Agreement). Discovery Information includes information about your software packages; system, equipment, and application configuration, processes and performance; network configurations, communications and dependencies; relationships between the foregoing; and information about the installation and operation of the AWS Application Discovery Service, its agent, and its components.
59.3 You are responsible for determining compliance and complying with the terms of any third party software you use, including any software that interfaces with the AWS Application Discovery Service, its agent, and its components, in connection with your use of the AWS Application Discovery Service.
60. AWS Professional Services
60.1 “AWS Professional Services” are advisory services and implementation assistance designed to help you use the other Services. If AWS provides AWS Professional Services to you, then this Section 60 will apply. References to “Services” in the Agreement include AWS Professional Services.
60.2 To receive AWS Professional Services, you must sign a statement of work for each specific project, which will describe the project and may include additional terms and conditions applicable to the project (each, a “SOW”). Each SOW is made part of the Agreement. AWS or any of its affiliates may enter into SOWs with you. For the purposes of an SOW, references to “AWS” in the SOW and the Agreement will be interpreted as references to the AWS entity that signs the SOW. No AWS entity other than the AWS entity that signs the SOW has any obligations under such SOW. Any SOW (together with the Agreement as amended by such SOW) is intended by the parties as a final, complete and exclusive expression of the terms of their agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether oral or written) between the parties with respect to such subject matter. If there is a conflict between a SOW and this Section 60, and the SOW explicitly states that it intends to modify the conflicting terms, then the SOW will control.
60.3 Each SOW will show the charges for the AWS Professional Services that AWS will provide. Charges are exclusive of applicable taxes, duties and levies (e.g., VAT, GST, sales tax and use tax). Charges for AWS Professional Services are in addition to any applicable fees for your use of the other Services. AWS will invoice you monthly for the AWS Professional Services and you must pay all invoiced amounts in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. Payments for AWS Professional Services are not refundable.
60.4 You acknowledge that AWS does not provide legal or compliance advice. You are responsible for making your own assessment of your legal and regulatory requirements and whether your proposed use of the Services meets those requirements.
60.5 As stated in the Agreement, you are solely responsible for your use of Third Party Content, and this includes any Third Party Content recommended by AWS. Other than Third Party Content, Content that AWS provides as part of the AWS Professional Services is “AWS Content.” You are solely responsible for testing, deploying, maintaining and supporting Content provided or recommended by AWS.
60.6 Any materials or information that you own or license from a third party that is provided to AWS for the purposes of the AWS Professional Services are “Your Content.” If you choose to provide access to Your Content to AWS, then you will ensure that you have adequate rights and permissions to do so.
60.7 To the extent that there is a conflict between this Section 60 and any AWS Implementation Services Addendum between you and AWS, the terms of the AWS Implementation Services Addendum will control, and references to “Implementation Services” in that addendum include “AWS Professional Services.”
61. Amazon Redshift
61.1 Reserved Node Pricing. You may designate Amazon Redshift nodes as subject to the reserved pricing and payment terms (“Reserved Node Pricing”) set forth on the Amazon Redshift pricing page on the AWS Site (each designated node, a “Reserved Node”). You may designate a node as a Reserved Node by calling to the Purchasing API or selecting the Reserved Nodes option in the Amazon Redshift console. When you designate a node as a Reserved Node, you must designate a region, node type, term, quantity and offering type for the applicable Reserved Node. The Reserved Node may only be used in the designated region. We may change Reserved Node Pricing at any time but price changes will not apply to previously designated Reserved Node. We may terminate the Reserved Node Pricing program at any time. Reserved Node are non-cancellable, and you will owe the Reserved Node Pricing for the duration of the term you selected, even if the Agreement is terminated. Reserved Node are nontransferable and all amounts paid in connection with the Reserved Node are nonrefundable, except that if we terminate the Agreement other than for cause, terminate an individual Reserved Node type, or terminate the Reserved Node Pricing program, we will refund you a pro rata portion of any up-front fee paid in connection with any previously designated Reserved Node. Upon expiration or termination of the term of a Reserved Node, the Reserved Node Pricing will expire and standard on-demand usage prices will apply to the Amazon Redshift node. In addition to being subject to Reserved Node Pricing, Reserved Node are subject to all data transfer and other fees applicable under the Agreement.
62. AWS Server Migration Service
62.1 AWS Server Migration Service requires installation and use of AWS Connector, and you agree to the AWS Connector terms in connection with your use of AWS Connector and the AWS Server Migration Service and its associated software and components.
62.2 You acknowledge that the virtual machine image(s) imported in connection with the AWS Server Migration Service will be converted to an Amazon Machine Image and the service will then delete the original version of the imported virtual machine image(s).
62.3 You consent to the collection and provision of the data collected by the AWS Server Migration Service and its associated software and components, including information about your virtual machine image(s); software packages; system, equipment, and application configuration, processes and performance; network configurations, communications and dependencies; relationships between the foregoing; and information about the installation and operation of the AWS Server Migration Service and its associated software and components (“Migration Information”). Migration Information may be used to operate, maintain, and improve the quality and feature set of the Service Offerings.
62.4 You must comply with the terms of any third party services and Third Party Content that you use in connection the AWS Server Migration Service and its associated software and components.
62.5 You acknowledge that the AWS Server Migration Service is designed to migrate virtual machine images and you shall not use the AWS Server Migration Service for ongoing offsite backup or replication. We may terminate the migration of any image that remains in a migration queue for ninety (90) days or more at our discretion.
63. AWS Organizations
63.1 AWS Organizations enables you to (i) create an “Organization” by joining a single AWS account (the “Master Account”) with one or more AWS accounts (each, a “Member Account”), and (ii) enable only consolidated billing or enable all features. Except as authorized by AWS, only AWS accounts used by you, your affiliates, your employees, or your subcontractors currently doing work on your behalf may be joined in an Organization. By joining an Organization as a Member Account, you agree to disclose your billing, account activity, and account information of the Member Account to the Master Account.
63.2 Consolidated Billing. By only enabling consolidated billing, the Master Account will pay all applicable charges for its Organization’s Member Accounts in accordance with the Master Account’s Agreement. If a Master Account is suspended for non-payment, then all Member Accounts in the Organization will be suspended. Master Accounts and Member Accounts are jointly and severally liable for all fees accrued by Member Accounts while the AWS accounts are joined in an Organization.
63.3 All Features. By enabling all features, (i) the consolidated billing terms as described in Section 63.2 will apply to your Organization; (ii) the Master Account will have full access to and control over its Member Accounts; and (iii) the Master Account is jointly and severally liable for any actions taken by its Member Accounts.
63.4 Created accounts. When a Master Account uses AWS Organizations or the CreateLinkedAccount API to create an account (“Created Account”), the Master Account and each Created Account agree as follows: (i) each Created Account will be a member of the Master Account’s Organization with the AWS Organizations features that the Master Account enables from time to time; (ii) except as authorized by AWS, each Created Account is governed by the terms of the Master Account’s Agreement; and (iii) the Master Account is jointly and severally liable for any actions taken by its Created Accounts. Upon account creation, an IAM role is created in the Created Account that grants the Master Account full administrative access to the Created Account.
64. Amazon Athena
64.1. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, you may incorporate into your programs or applications, and distribute as incorporated in such programs or applications, the Amazon Athena JDBC Driver.
65. Amazon Lex, Amazon Polly, and Amazon Rekognition
65.1. You will not, and will not allow any third-party to, use Amazon Lex, Amazon Polly, or Amazon Rekognition to, indirectly or directly, develop or improve a similar or competing product or service.
65.2. If you use Amazon Lex or Amazon Polly, Your Content may be (a) transferred to and processed in AWS Regions other than those selected by you and (b) retained and used to improve the Service Offerings and other machine learning related products and services offered by AWS and its affiliates.
65.3. If you use Amazon Rekognition, we will not use Your Content to improve the Service Offerings or other products and services offered by AWS and its affiliates without your consent. If you provide us consent to use Your Content for such improvements, Your Content may be transferred to and processed in AWS Regions other than those selected by you.
65.4. We do not retain image recognition data from the images you analyze using Amazon Rekognition unless you provide your consent to use Your Content as described in 65.3, or use our IndexFaces API, in which case we will store image recognition data for the applicable images.
65.5 You are responsible for providing legally adequate privacy notices to End Users of your products or services that may be based on, use, or are derived from, Amazon Lex, Amazon Polly or Amazon Rekognition and obtaining any necessary consent from such End Users for the collection, use, transfer, and storage of End Users’ Content, including providing any required notices and obtaining any required verifiable parental consent under the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (COPPA) or similar laws. If you use Amazon Lex in connection with websites, programs or other applications that are directed or targeted, in whole or in part, to children under age 13 and subject to COPPA or similar laws you must (a) provide any required notices and obtain any required verifiable parental consent under COPPA or similar laws and (b) notify AWS during the Amazon Lex set-up process using the appropriate (i) check box in the AWS console or (ii) boolean parameter in the applicable Amazon Lex Model Building Service API request or response as specified by the Amazon Lex Documentation. Amazon Lex does not store or retain voice or text utterance information from websites, programs, or other applications that you identify in accordance with this Section 65.5 as being directed or targeted, in whole or in part, to children under age 13 and subject to COPPA or similar laws.
65.6 If you use any of the facial recognition aspects of Amazon Rekognition, you understand that you may be required to obtain the consent of the individuals appearing in any images submitted to Amazon Rekognition in order for us to process the images in connection with Amazon Rekognition and for you to use the data received from Amazon Rekognition. You represent to us that you have obtained any necessary consents and provided individuals any required information regarding your, our, and any of your third-parties’ use of data related to facial recognition analysis performed by Amazon Rekognition.
65.7. The distribution of audio output files created by Amazon Polly may require that you obtain license rights from third-party owners or licensors of content that you include in your text inputs into Amazon Polly. You are solely responsible for obtaining these licenses and paying any necessary royalties or fees.
65.8. You are solely responsible for liability that may arise in connection with your use of Amazon Lex, Amazon Polly or Amazon Rekognition for or in connection with life-critical or safety-critical systems, or any other use of Amazon Lex, Amazon Polly or Amazon Rekognition that may result in foreseeable risk of injury, death, or destruction of property.
65.9. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, you may incorporate into your programs or applications, and distribute as incorporated in such programs or applications, the binary code that we distribute for Amazon Lex with the AWS Mobile SDKs.
66. Amazon Lightsail
66.1. You explicitly authorize AWS to peer your Amazon Lightsail VPCs and your Amazon VPCs when using Amazon Lightsail VPC peering.
66.2. Amazon Machine Images from the AWS Marketplace are offered or sold under the terms of the AWS Marketplace and any separate terms and conditions and privacy policies specified by the party offering or selling the Amazon Machine Image.
66.3. You may not use Amazon Lightsail in a manner intended to avoid incurring data transfer fees from other Services (e.g., proxying network traffic from Services to the public Internet or other destinations), and if you do, we may throttle or suspend your data transfer or suspend your account.
67. Amazon EC2 Systems Manager
67.1. Some functionalities of Amazon EC2 Systems Manager and its associated software and components (“Systems Manager”) require installation and use of Amazon SSM Agent and its associated software and components (“Amazon SSM Agent”). These terms for Systems Manager apply to your use of Amazon SSM Agent.
67.2. You must comply with the terms of any third party services and Third Party Content that you use in connection with Systems Manager and Amazon SSM Agent.
67.3. Systems Manager may collect and transmit to AWS information regarding your use of the Service Offerings, including inventory items (e.g., application inventory and custom inventory items); parameters; configuration data (e.g., network and state configuration); telemetry and diagnostics data; update history and registry keys; and patch metadata (“Systems Information”). Systems Information may be used by AWS to operate, maintain, and improve the quality and feature set of the Service Offerings.
68. AWS CodeBuild
68.1. Based on your configuration selections within AWS CodeBuild, you may use other Services, such as Amazon S3, CloudWatch Events, Cloudwatch Logs, Simple Notification Service, KMS, and EC2 Container Registry, and your use of those Services are subject to all the terms that govern those Services. You are responsible for all fees incurred for Services used in connection with your use of AWS CodeBuild.
68.2. AWS may make available reference or sample BuildSpec configuration files and applications for you to use in connection with AWS CodeBuild. These files and applications are provided “as is,” and you are solely responsible for your use of such files and applications. You will be charged the same fees for running them as you would be charged for running your own application.
69. AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate
69.1. You may use AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate to create a collection of AWS resources and provision them.
69.2. AWS may make sample templates available for you to use in connection with AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate. Sample templates may include Chef recipes and/or sample code. All sample templates are offered “as is” and you are solely responsible for your use of the sample templates.
69.3. Any templates you use in connection with AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate must comply with the Agreement and the AWS Acceptable Use Policy and you are solely responsible for your use of any templates.
69.4. In addition to any charges you incur for your use of AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate, you are responsible for all fees incurred for AWS Services used in connection with AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate. By using AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate, you will create a managed Chef server and you are responsible for the charges for the Amazon EC2 instance used to run your managed Chef server.
69.5. You may install and use the AWS OpsWorks agent solely with AWS Opsworks Stacks or AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate. Your use of the AWS OpsWorks agent is governed by the AWS Opsworks Client License Agreement, located here: AWS OpsWorks Client License Agreement.
69.6. In addition to the terms for AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate, your use of AWS OpsWorks for Chef Automate is also subject to Chef Software Inc.’s end user license agreement, currently located here:  https://www.chef.io/aws_eula/   (the “Chef EULA”).
70. AWS X-Ray
70.1. You are solely responsible for all information and data about your end users that you collect or store using AWS X-Ray (“Your X-Ray Data”). Your X-Ray Data is included in the definition of Your Content. Without limiting your obligations under Sections 4 and 9 of the Agreement, you must (a) provide any necessary notice to, and obtain any necessary consent from, end users for the collection, use, transfer, and storage of Your X-Ray Data (including by us), and (b) collect, use, transfer, and store Your X-Ray Data in accordance with any privacy notice you provide, and all applicable laws.
71. Amazon Chime
71.1. Service Charges. The charges for the Service apply on a monthly basis. If an End User account is created after the first of a month, then the monthly fee for that account will be adjusted on a pro rata basis from the first day it was active to the end of that month.
71.2. End Users.
a.
You may enable End Users to use Amazon Chime under your account. Termination of your account’s use of Amazon Chime, will also terminate such End Users’ Pro or Plus tiers associated with your account or organization and all such End Users will be converted to the Free tier.
b.
Amazon Chime End Users can be managed by End Users with administrative privileges (“Amazon Chime Administrators”). Amazon Chime Administrators can (a) upgrade or downgrade End Users’ Amazon Chime tier; (b) suspend End User’s access to Amazon Chime; and (c) access information about End Users’ use of Amazon Chime, including, but not limited to, call details.
71.3. PSTN Service.
a.
The term “PSTN Service” as used in these Terms means the ability for you to integrate inbound and outbound Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) calling features into your Amazon Chime conferencing experience. PSTN Service includes dial in access to meetings from the PSTN via standard toll numbers and toll-free numbers.
b.
By using the PSTN Service, you acknowledge and agree that the following behavior is prohibited: (i) the PSTN Service must not be used in any manner that may expose AWS, its affiliates, or their personnel to criminal or civil liability; (ii) resale of the PSTN Service; (iii) calling PSTN telephone numbers (whether singly, sequentially or automatically) to generate income for you or others as a result of placing the call, other than for your or your End Users’ individual business communications, or (iv) unusual calling patterns inconsistent with normal, individual use. AWS reserves the right to restrict and disable dial-in or domestic dial-out PSTN conferencing if you or your End Users engage in any prohibited behavior or if necessary for AWS to limit abuse or fraud or to maintain service performance. AWS also reserves the right to modify or remove PSTN conferencing dial-in number(s) previously assigned to you or your End Users to maintain good quality of service.
71.4. Telephone numbers. If, as a part of Amazon Chime, AWS provides you or your End Users with any telephone number (whether toll or toll-free), you understand and agree that you do not own the number and you do not have the right to keep that number indefinitely. AWS reserves the right to change, cancel or move telephone numbers in its reasonable discretion.
71.5. Other AWS Services. When using Amazon Chime, you and your End Users may also use the Login With Amazon (LWA) Service or other Amazon or AWS Services, and your use of Amazon Chime is subject to the terms that govern those services. You are responsible for separate fees you or your End Users may accrue for using other AWS or affiliated services.
71.6. Log gathering. When you or your End Users use Amazon Chime, we may send one or more cookies that uniquely identifies your browser enabling you to log in faster and enhancing your navigation through Amazon Chime. A cookie may also convey information to us about how you or your End Users use Amazon Chime and allow us to track usage of Amazon Chime over time. For more information on cookies and how to remove them, please consult your specific device’s instructions. However, some features of the Amazon Chime may not function properly if the ability to accept cookies is disabled. Log file information is automatically reported by your browser or our applications each time you or your End Users access the Service. When you or your End Users use our Service, our servers automatically record certain log file information. These server logs may include anonymous information such as your or your End Users’ device data, access data, call statistics, web request, Internet Protocol (“IP”) address, browser type, referring / exit pages and URLs, how you interact with the Service, and other such information. We also use your and your End Users’ information to send Service-related emails (e.g., account verification, technical and security notices). You and your End Users may not opt out of Service-related e-mails.
71.7. Recording and Retention. You and your End Users have the option to request that Amazon Chime record the applicable audio or video session along with chat and other types of recordings (collectively, “Recording”). If you or your End Users request that an audio or video session or other communications be recorded, Amazon Chime will, in good faith, seek to notify you and your End Users of the Recording by providing a brief audio or visual notice at the time you and your End Users sign in to participate in the applicable session or communication. You and your End Users acknowledge that such notice or attempted notice followed by continued participation in the session or communication constitutes your effective consent to the Recording. You and your End Users understand that use of any Recording may be subject to laws or regulations regarding the recording of telephone calls and other electronic communications, and that it is your and your End Users’ responsibility to comply with all applicable laws regarding the Recording, including properly notifying all participants in a recorded session or to a recorded communication that the session or communication is being recorded and obtain their consent. Neither AWS nor its affiliates will be liable for your or your End Users’ unlawful Recording, including failure to provide notice or obtain consent. Any notice provided by AWS to alert participants that a session or communications is being recorded may not be relied upon by you or your End Users as definitive disclosure for your or your End Users compliance with applicable laws regarding the Recording. Further, if you or your End Users use the Service to “chat” with other users of the Service, AWS may retain these chat logs or Recordings for Service-related purposes, or as necessary to comply with the law or a binding order of a governmental body.
71.8. Service Tiers. Unless stated otherwise, your or your End Users’ subscription to any of Amazon Chime’s free services does not require the payment of a subscription fee. For the avoidance of doubt, your or your End Users’ right and license to access, use, execute and deploy any of Amazon Chime’s free services are not guaranteed for any period of time, and AWS may restrict, change, limit, or terminate the use of "free" or "basic" versions of Amazon Chime by any individual, entity, or group of entities. If you or your End Users sign up and use a paid version (i.e. Pro or Plus tiers) of Amazon Chime and then for any reason, including but not limited to non-payment or breach, your or your End Users’ access to the paid services is terminated, and/or your paid subscription is canceled, you and your End Users may be reverted to the free tier of the Service and may no longer have access to data and other material that you or your End Users may have stored in connection with Amazon Chime and that data and material may be deleted by AWS.
71.9. Emergency Calling. Amazon Chime is not a traditional telephone service or a replacement for traditional telephone service. There are important differences between traditional telephone services and Amazon Chime, including Amazon Chime, does not support or carry emergency calling to any emergency services personnel or public safety answering points ("Emergency Services") such as 911. You and your End Users understand and agree that it is your responsibility to (i) make alternative arrangements for you and your End Users using Amazon Chime to access Emergency Services and (ii) inform all End Users that may use Amazon Chime of these limitations and how they may access Emergency Services via other means, including the alternative arrangements that you have made available. Neither AWS nor its affiliates are liable for any damages resulting from any Emergency Services call or any inability to place or complete an Emergency Services call utilizing Amazon Chime. You agree to indemnify and hold AWS harmless for any claims related to your or your End Users’ accounts referring or relating to any Emergency Services call or any inability to place or complete an Emergency Services call utilizing Amazon Chime.
72. Amazon Connect
72.1. PSTN Service.
a.
The term “PSTN Service” as used in these Service Terms means the inbound and outbound Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) calling features that you may optionally purchase to use with Amazon Connect. PSTN Service includes dial-in access to Amazon Connect from the PSTN via standard toll numbers and toll-free numbers.
b.
PSTN Service is sold and provided by AMCS LLC (“AMCS”) and not AWS, but is otherwise subject to the terms of the Agreement. Your invoice will clearly state which services that you have used are sold to you by AMCS and which are sold by AWS. You do not have to purchase any AMCS services or PSTN Service to use Amazon Connect, and you may purchase PSTN Service calling features (such as inbound or outbound calling) separately, together or not at all from AMCS. For the avoidance of doubt, AWS is not itself a telecommunications provider and does not itself provide any telecommunications-related services.
c.
Your use of Amazon Connect must comply in all respects with the AWS Acceptable Use Policy. Without limiting the generality of the forgoing, by using the PSTN Service, you acknowledge and agree that the following behavior is prohibited: (i) using PSTN Service in any manner that may expose AMCS, its affiliates, or their personnel to criminal or civil liability; (ii) making calls for purposes that may be considered abusive, fraudulent or unlawful; (iii) resale of the PSTN Service; (iv) calling PSTN telephone numbers (whether singly, sequentially or automatically) to generate income for you or others as a result of placing the call, other than for your or your End Users’ individual business communications; or (v) unusual calling patterns inconsistent with normal, individual use. AMCS reserves the right to restrict and disable inbound or outbound PSTN calling if you or your End Users engage in any prohibited behavior or if necessary for AMCS to limit abuse or fraud or to maintain service performance. AMCS also reserves the right to modify or remove PSTN calling inbound calling number(s) previously assigned to you or your End Users to maintain good quality of service.
d.
If as a part of the Amazon Connect service, AMCS provides you with an inbound calling number (whether toll-free or other), you understand and agree that you do not own the number and you do not have the right to keep that number indefinitely. AMCS reserves the right to change, cancel or move telephone numbers in its reasonable discretion.
72.2. No Access to Emergency Services. Amazon Connect is not a replacement for traditional telephone services. There are important differences between traditional telephone services and Amazon Connect. Amazon Connect does not support or carry emergency calling to any emergency services personnel or public safety answering points (“Emergency Services”) such as 911 and cannot determine the physical location of call agents and other End Users. You understand and agree that it is your responsibility to (i) make alternative arrangements for you, your call agents and your other End Users that may use Amazon Connect to access Emergency Services and (ii) inform all call agents and other End Users that may use Amazon Connect of these limitations and how they may access Emergency Services via other means, including the alternative arrangements that you have made available. Neither AWS nor its affiliates will be liable for any damages resulting from any Emergency Services call or any inability to place an Emergency Services call utilizing Amazon Connect. You agree to indemnify and hold AWS and its affiliates harmless for any claims referring or relating to any Emergency Services call or any inability to place an Emergency Services call utilizing Amazon Connect.
72.3. Service Limitations. There are important service limitations with Amazon Connect. You must carefully review and comply with the applicable Documentation at all times, including limitations related to call rates and frequency, automated calling, calls to certain regions and others. If you believe you will exceed any limitations for legitimate reasons, you must contact customer service ahead of time to request applicable exceptions, which we may or may not make in our sole discretion. Amazon Connect does not support calls to or from facsimile machines or modems. Any caller identification service provided as a part of Amazon Connect is not guaranteed to function at all times.
72.4. Regulatory Compliance. It is your responsibility to use Amazon Connect in compliance with the laws and regulations of the countries where you and your call agents are located, including any regulations governing the use of the Internet for voice communications and messaging. In India, you agree that you will not allow your call agents or other End Users located in India to use Amazon Connect to place calls to Indian telephone numbers or otherwise to third parties located in India. AWS may suspend your use of Amazon Connect for noncompliance with such laws and regulations.
72.5. Recording and Retention. You and your End Users have the option to request that Amazon Connect record an applicable audio session along with chat and other types of recordings (collectively, “Recording”). You and your End Users understand that the making of or use of any Recording may be subject to laws or regulations regarding the recording of telephone calls and other electronic communications or of communications generally, and that it is your and your End Users’ responsibility to comply with all applicable laws regarding any Recording, including properly notifying all participants in a recorded session or to a recorded communication that the session or communication is being recorded and obtain their consent. Neither AWS nor its affiliates will be liable for your or your End Users’ unlawful Recording, including failure to provide notice or obtain consent. Further, if you or your End Users use the Service to “chat” with other users of the Service, AWS may retain these chat logs or Recordings for Service-related purposes, or as necessary to comply with the law or a binding order of a governmental body.




Amazon EC2 Service Level Agreement
Last Updated June 1, 2013
This Amazon EC2 Service Level Agreement (“SLA”) is a policy governing the use of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (“Amazon EC2”) and Amazon Elastic Block Store (“Amazon EBS”) under the terms of the Amazon Web Services Customer Agreement (the “AWS Agreement”) between Amazon Web Services, Inc. and its affiliates (“AWS”, “us” or “we”) and users of AWS’ services (“you”). This SLA applies separately to each account using Amazon EC2 or Amazon EBS. Unless otherwise provided herein, this SLA is subject to the terms of the AWS Agreement and capitalized terms will have the meaning specified in the AWS Agreement. We reserve the right to change the terms of this SLA in accordance with the AWS Agreement.
Service Commitment
AWS will use commercially reasonable efforts to make Amazon EC2 and Amazon EBS each available with a Monthly Uptime Percentage (defined below) of at least 99.95%, in each case during any monthly billing cycle (the “Service Commitment”). In the event Amazon EC2 or Amazon EBS does not meet the Service Commitment, you will be eligible to receive a Service Credit as described below.
Definitions
“Monthly Uptime Percentage” is calculated by subtracting from 100% the percentage of minutes during the month in which Amazon EC2 or Amazon EBS, as applicable, was in the state of “Region Unavailable.” Monthly Uptime Percentage measurements exclude downtime resulting directly or indirectly from any Amazon EC2 SLA Exclusion (defined below).
“Region Unavailable” and “Region Unavailability” mean that more than one Availability Zone in which you are running an instance, within the same Region, is “Unavailable” to you.
“Unavailable” and “Unavailability” mean:
o
For Amazon EC2, when all of your running instances have no external connectivity.
o
For Amazon EBS, when all of your attached volumes perform zero read write IO, with pending IO in the queue.
A “Service Credit” is a dollar credit, calculated as set forth below, that we may credit back to an eligible account.
Service Commitments and Service Credits
Service Credits are calculated as a percentage of the total charges paid by you (excluding one-time payments such as upfront payments made for Reserved Instances) for either Amazon EC2 or Amazon EBS (whichever was Unavailable, or both if both were Unavailable) in the Region affected for the monthly billing cycle in which the Region Unavailability occurred in accordance with the schedule below.
Monthly Uptime Percentage
Service Credit Percentage
Less than 99.95% but equal to or greater than 99.0%
10%
Less than 99.0%
30%
We will apply any Service Credits only against future Amazon EC2 or Amazon EBS payments otherwise due from you. At our discretion, we may issue the Service Credit to the credit card you used to pay for the billing cycle in which the Unavailability occurred. Service Credits will not entitle you to any refund or other payment from AWS. A Service Credit will be applicable and issued only if the credit amount for the applicable monthly billing cycle is greater than one dollar ($1 USD). Service Credits may not be transferred or applied to any other account. Unless otherwise provided in the AWS Agreement, your sole and exclusive remedy for any unavailability, non-performance, or other failure by us to provide Amazon EC2 or Amazon EBS is the receipt of a Service Credit (if eligible) in accordance with the terms of this SLA.
Credit Request and Payment Procedures
To receive a Service Credit, you must submit a claim by  opening a case in the AWS Support Center . To be eligible, the credit request must be received by us by the end of the second billing cycle after which the incident occurred and must include:
1.
the words “SLA Credit Request” in the subject line;
2.
the dates and times of each Unavailability incident that you are claiming;
3.
the affected EC2 instance IDs or the affected EBS volume IDs; and
4.
your request logs that document the errors and corroborate your claimed outage (any confidential or sensitive information in these logs should be removed or replaced with asterisks).
If the Monthly Uptime Percentage of such request is confirmed by us and is less than the Service Commitment, then we will issue the Service Credit to you within one billing cycle following the month in which your request is confirmed by us. Your failure to provide the request and other information as required above will disqualify you from receiving a Service Credit.
Amazon EC2 SLA Exclusions
The Service Commitment does not apply to any unavailability, suspension or termination of Amazon EC2 or Amazon EBS, or any other Amazon EC2 or Amazon EBS performance issues: (i) that result from a suspension described in Section 6.1 of the AWS Agreement; (ii) caused by factors outside of our reasonable control, including any force majeure event or Internet access or related problems beyond the demarcation point of Amazon EC2 or Amazon EBS; (iii) that result from any actions or inactions of you or any third party, including failure to acknowledge a recovery volume; (iv) that result from your equipment, software or other technology and/or third party equipment, software or other technology (other than third party equipment within our direct control); (v) that result from failures of individual instances or volumes not attributable to Region Unavailability; (vi) that result from any maintenance as provided for pursuant to the AWS Agreement; or (vii) arising from our suspension and termination of your right to use Amazon EC2 or Amazon EBS in accordance with the AWS Agreement (collectively, the “Amazon EC2 SLA Exclusions”). If availability is impacted by factors other than those used in our Monthly Uptime Percentage calculation, then we may issue a Service Credit considering such factors at our discretion.


Amazon S3 Service Level Agreement

Last Updated September 16, 2015
This Amazon S3 Service Level Agreement (“SLA”) is a policy governing the use of Amazon Simple Storage Service (“Amazon S3”) under the terms of the Amazon Web Services Customer Agreement (the “AWS Agreement”) between Amazon Web Services, Inc. and its affiliates (“AWS”, “us” or “we”) and users of AWS’ services (“you”). This SLA applies separately to each account using Amazon S3. Unless otherwise provided herein, this SLA is subject to the terms of the AWS Agreement and capitalized terms will have the meaning specified in the AWS Agreement. We reserve the right to change the terms of this SLA in accordance with the AWS Agreement.
Service Commitment
AWS will use commercially reasonable efforts to make Amazon S3 available with the applicable Monthly Uptime Percentage (as defined below) during any monthly billing cycle (the “Service Commitment”). In the event Amazon S3 does not meet the Service Commitment, you will be eligible to receive a Service Credit as described below.
Definitions
“Error Rate” means: (i) the total number of internal server errors returned by Amazon S3 as error status “InternalError” or “ServiceUnavailable” divided by (ii) the total number of requests for the applicable request type during that five minute period. We will calculate the Error Rate for each Amazon S3 account as a percentage for each five minute period in the monthly billing cycle. The calculation of the number of internal server errors will not include errors that arise directly or indirectly as a result of any of the Amazon S3 SLA Exclusions (as defined below).
“Monthly Uptime Percentage” is calculated by subtracting from 100% the average of the Error Rates from each five minute period in the monthly billing cycle.
A “Service Credit” is a dollar credit, calculated as set forth below, that we may credit back to an eligible Amazon S3 account.
Service Credits
Service Credits are calculated as a percentage of the total charges paid by you for Amazon S3 for the billing cycle in which the error occurred in accordance with the schedule below.
For all requests not otherwise specified below:
Monthly Uptime Percentage
Service Credit Percentage
Equal to or greater than 99.0% but less than 99.9%
10%
Less than 99.0%
25%
For requests to Amazon S3 Standard – Infrequent Access (Standard-IA):
Monthly Uptime Percentage
Service Credit Percentage
Equal to or greater than 98.0% but less than 99.0%
10%
Less than 98.0%
25%
We will apply any Service Credits only against future Amazon S3 payments otherwise due from you. At our discretion, we may issue the Service Credit to the credit card you used to pay for the billing cycle in which the error occurred. Service Credits will not entitle you to any refund or other payment from AWS. A Service Credit will be applicable and issued only if the credit amount for the applicable monthly billing cycle is greater than one dollar ($1 USD). Service Credits may not be transferred or applied to any other account. Unless otherwise provided in the AWS Agreement, your sole and exclusive remedy for any unavailability, non-performance, or other failure by us to provide Amazon S3 is the receipt of a Service Credit (if eligible) in accordance with the terms of this SLA.
Credit Request and Payment Procedures
To receive a Service Credit, you must submit a claim by  opening a case in the AWS Support Center . To be eligible, the credit request must be received by us by the end of the second billing cycle after which the incident occurred and must include:
1.
the words “SLA Credit Request” in the subject line;
2.
the dates and times of each incident of non-zero Error Rates that you are claiming; and
3.
your request logs that document the errors and corroborate your claimed outage (any confidential or sensitive information in these logs should be removed or replaced with asterisks).
If the Monthly Uptime Percentage applicable to the month of such request is confirmed by us and is less than the applicable Service Commitment, then we will issue the Service Credit to you within one billing cycle following the month in which your request is confirmed by us. Your failure to provide the request and other information as required above will disqualify you from receiving a Service Credit.
Amazon S3 SLA Exclusions
The Service Commitment does not apply to any unavailability, suspension or termination of Amazon S3, or any other Amazon S3 performance issues: (i) that result from a suspension described in Section 6.1 of the AWS Agreement; (ii) caused by factors outside of our reasonable control, including any force majeure event or Internet access or related problems beyond the demarcation point of Amazon S3; (iii) that result from any actions or inactions of you or any third party; (iv) that result from your equipment, software or other technology and/or third party equipment, software or other technology (other than third party equipment within our direct control); or (v) arising from our suspension and termination of your right to use Amazon S3 in accordance with the AWS Agreement (collectively, the “Amazon S3 SLA Exclusions”). If availability is impacted by factors other than those used in our calculation of the Error Rate, then we may issue a Service Credit considering such factors at our discretion.


AWS Acceptable Use Policy
Updated September 16th, 2016

This Acceptable Use Policy (this “Policy”) describes prohibited uses of the web services offered by Amazon Web Services, Inc. and its affiliates (the “Services”) and the website located at 
http://aws.amazon.com  (the “AWS Site”). The examples described in this Policy are not exhaustive. We may modify this Policy at any time by posting a revised version on the AWS Site. By using the Services or accessing the AWS Site, you agree to the latest version of this Policy. If you violate the Policy or authorize or help others to do so, we may suspend or terminate your use of the Services.
No Illegal, Harmful, or Offensive Use or Content
You may not use, or encourage, promote, facilitate or instruct others to use, the Services or AWS Site for any illegal, harmful, fraudulent, infringing or offensive use, or to transmit, store, display, distribute or otherwise make available content that is illegal, harmful, fraudulent, infringing or offensive. Prohibited activities or content include:
Illegal, Harmful or Fraudulent Activities. Any activities that are illegal, that violate the rights of others, or that may be harmful to others, our operations or reputation, including disseminating, promoting or facilitating child pornography, offering or disseminating fraudulent goods, services, schemes, or promotions, make-money-fast schemes, ponzi and pyramid schemes, phishing, or pharming.
Infringing Content. Content that infringes or misappropriates the intellectual property or proprietary rights of others.
Offensive Content. Content that is defamatory, obscene, abusive, invasive of privacy, or otherwise objectionable, including content that constitutes child pornography, relates to bestiality, or depicts non-consensual sex acts.
Harmful Content. Content or other computer technology that may damage, interfere with, surreptitiously intercept, or expropriate any system, program, or data, including viruses, Trojan horses, worms, time bombs, or cancelbots.
No Security Violations
You may not use the Services to violate the security or integrity of any network, computer or communications system, software application, or network or computing device (each, a “System”). Prohibited activities include:
Unauthorized Access. Accessing or using any System without permission, including attempting to probe, scan, or test the vulnerability of a System or to breach any security or authentication measures used by a System.
Interception. Monitoring of data or traffic on a System without permission.
Falsification of Origin. Forging TCP-IP packet headers, e-mail headers, or any part of a message describing its origin or route. The legitimate use of aliases and anonymous remailers is not prohibited by this provision.
No Network Abuse
You may not make network connections to any users, hosts, or networks unless you have permission to communicate with them. Prohibited activities include:
Monitoring or Crawling. Monitoring or crawling of a System that impairs or disrupts the System being monitored or crawled.
Denial of Service (DoS). Inundating a target with communications requests so the target either cannot respond to legitimate traffic or responds so slowly that it becomes ineffective.
Intentional Interference. Interfering with the proper functioning of any System, including any deliberate attempt to overload a system by mail bombing, news bombing, broadcast attacks, or flooding techniques.
Operation of Certain Network Services. Operating network services like open proxies, open mail relays, or open recursive domain name servers.
Avoiding System Restrictions. Using manual or electronic means to avoid any use limitations placed on a System, such as access and storage restrictions.
No E-Mail or Other Message Abuse
You will not distribute, publish, send, or facilitate the sending of unsolicited mass e-mail or other messages, promotions, advertising, or solicitations (like “spam”), including commercial advertising and informational announcements. You will not alter or obscure mail headers or assume a sender’s identity without the sender’s explicit permission. You will not collect replies to messages sent from another internet service provider if those messages violate this Policy or the acceptable use policy of that provider.
Our Monitoring and Enforcement
We reserve the right, but do not assume the obligation, to investigate any violation of this Policy or misuse of the Services or AWS Site. We may:
investigate violations of this Policy or misuse of the Services or AWS Site; or
remove, disable access to, or modify any content or resource that violates this Policy or any other agreement we have with you for use of the Services or the AWS Site.
We may report any activity that we suspect violates any law or regulation to appropriate law enforcement officials, regulators, or other appropriate third parties. Our reporting may include disclosing appropriate customer information. We also may cooperate with appropriate law enforcement agencies, regulators, or other appropriate third parties to help with the investigation and prosecution of illegal conduct by providing network and systems information related to alleged violations of this Policy.
Reporting of Violations of this Policy
If you become aware of any violation of this Policy, you will immediately notify us and provide us with assistance, as requested, to stop or remedy the violation. To report any violation of this Policy, please  follow our abuse reporting process .




AWS ENTERPRISE DISCOUNT PROGRAM ADDENDUM
 
This AWS Enterprise Discount Program Addendum (this “ Addendum ”) to the AWS Customer Agreement available at http://aws.amazon.com/agreement by and between Amazon Web Services, Inc. (“ AWS ”) and MiX Telematics International (Pty) Ltd (“ you ”) or other written agreement between AWS and you governing your use of the Services (the “ Agreement ”) is effective as of April 1, 2017 (the “ Addendum Effective Date ”).
 
1.
Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Addendum have the meanings set forth in the Agreement unless otherwise defined in the table below or elsewhere in this Addendum.
 
Term
Meaning
Addendum Term
The period from the Addendum Effective Date until June 30, 2020, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 6.
Discount Rate
Contract Year 1 (April 1, 2017 – March 31, 2018): 9%
Contract Year 2 (April 1, 2018 – March 31, 2019): 9%
Contract Year 3 (April 1, 2019 – March 31, 2020): 9%
Discount Term
The period from the Addendum Effective Date until March 31, 2020, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 6.
Annual Commitment
Contract Year 1: $1,000,000
Contract Year 2: $1,000,000
Contract Year 3: $1,000,000  
Eligible Services
The Services listed on Attachment 1 used in Eligible Regions under Eligible Accounts.
Eligible Regions
The following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US
West (N. California), US West (Oregon), Canada (Central), EU (Frankfurt),
EU (Ireland), EU (London), Asia Pacific (Mumbai), Asia Pacific (Seoul),
Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), South America (Sao Paulo), GovCloud (US) (if you have access to such Region) and any additional AWS Regions that AWS may include from time to time upon written notice to you.
Eligible Accounts
AWS accounts with the following AWS Account ID(s): 662395065257 (including any Master Account or Member Accounts joined to such accounts via AWS Organizations as described in the Service Terms); provided that the AWS accounts are or have been opened by you for use by you, and are registered with email addresses issued by you.
 
2.
Discount. Fees incurred under the Eligible Accounts for use of Eligible Services during each month of the Discount Term will be the Standard Fees (as defined below) reduced by the Discount Rate applicable to the Contract Year. The discount under this Section will not apply following expiration of the Discount Term or earlier termination of this Addendum. Fees for all Service Offerings other than Eligible Services, and AWS accounts other than Eligible Accounts will be the standard fees then-applicable under the Agreement without modification by this Addendum (such fees being “ Standard Fees ”).
 
3.
Payment. Unless otherwise specified in this Addendum, you will pay AWS for fees incurred under the Eligible Accounts for use of the Eligible Services and AWS Marketplace in each month of the Addendum Term (the “ Monthly Charges ”) and other fees under this Addendum in accordance with the payment terms of the Agreement. AWS may invoice you for all payments due under this Addendum. All fees and dollar values in this Addendum are in U.S. dollars. All payment obligations and AWS’s right to invoice under this Addendum will survive expiration or termination of this Addendum.
 
4.
Annual Commitments.
a.     Annual Commitments . If the total amount of Monthly Charges incurred during any Contract Year excluding Monthly Charges paid for by application of Annual Commitment Payments (as further described below in this paragraph) (such total, the “ Total Payments ”) is less than the Annual Commitment applicable to that Contract Year, then you will pay AWS the amount of the Annual Commitment applicable to that Contract Year less the Total Payments paid during that Contract Year (such payment being an “ Annual Commitment Payment ”).
b.     Application to Charges . If you make an Annual Commitment Payment, for each remaining month of the Addendum Term, your Annual Commitment Payment will be applied to Monthly Charges and any applicable taxes for that month until the balance of your Annual Commitment Payment is zero. If in any month during the Addendum Term the Monthly Charges exceed the remaining balance of your Annual Commitment Payment, then you will pay AWS such excess amount in accordance with the Agreement.
c.     End of Term. Following the expiration of the Addendum Term, AWS may invoice you for the amount of any remaining balance of Annual Commitment Payment as fees for using Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) during the Addendum Term and any Annual Commitment Payment balance will be applied against such invoiced amount. All Annual Commitment Payments are nonrefundable.
 
5.
Other Discounted Pricing. If an Eligible Account is entitled to discounted pricing for an Eligible Service for any period during the Addendum Term under an addendum to the Agreement other than this Addendum, then the discounted pricing in Section 2 of this Addendum will not apply to that Eligible Service for that Eligible Account during such period.
 
6.
Termination.
a.     Term. The term of this Addendum will be the Addendum Term except that this Addendum will automatically terminate upon any termination of the Agreement. Notwithstanding any termination for convenience rights in the Agreement, neither party will terminate the Agreement for convenience during the Addendum Term. Any termination of this Addendum will be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies a party has under the Agreement.
b.     Termination for Cause . AWS may terminate this Addendum for cause upon written notice to you if you do not pay amounts due under this Addendum in accordance with the payments terms of the Agreement. Upon any termination for cause by AWS of this Addendum or the Agreement, AWS may charge you the difference of the Standard Fees for the Eligible Services purchased under this Addendum during the Addendum Term less Monthly Charges you paid AWS during the Addendum Term (such difference being the “ Return Amount ”). AWS will apply any Annual Commitment Payments towards any Return Amount .
 
7.
RI Pricing. During the Addendum Term, Amazon EC2 Reserved Instance Volume Discounts, as described on the AWS Site, will not apply to Eligible Accounts in the Eligible Regions except as provided in this Section. If in any month during the Addendum Term, the Standard Fees for any Amazon EC2 “Reserved Instance” (as described on the AWS Site) in an Eligible Region (“ RI ”) (after applying any Reserved Instance
Volume Discounts) would be less than the amount of fees that would be payable for the same RI if AWS applied the Discount Rate under this Addendum, then the then-current Standard Fees (after applying any Reserved Instance Volume Discounts described on the AWS Site) will apply to any such RI in that Eligible Region ordered in that month.
 
8.
Required Enrollment in Enterprise Support . For each month during the Addendum Term that you are not already enrolled in AWS Support at the Enterprise level (as described on the AWS Site) (“ Enterprise Support ”), you will be automatically enrolled in Enterprise Support for the Eligible Accounts.
 
9.
References. You grant to AWS a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free right and license to (a) use your company name and logo (provided promptly by you to AWS, upon AWS’s request) to identify you as a customer of AWS on (i) the AWS Site and any subpages of the AWS Site, and (ii) customer lists, commercial presentations, flyers, brochures, newsletters and other marketing collateral ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “ Items ”); and (b) reproduce, publish, distribute and translate, for purposes of advertising, merchandising and publicity, all or any part of the Items. The license granted under this Section will survive expiration or termination of this Addendum, provided you may, by giving AWS at least 30 days’ prior written notice, terminate the license granted under this Section at any time following the termination of the Agreement. Upon termination of this license (x) AWS will stop producing any new Items containing your company name or logo; and (y) AWS will remove from the AWS Site your company name and logo; provided AWS’s right to use your company name or logo in any other Items produced prior to the effective date of termination of this license will continue unaffected and AWS will not be obligated to remove your company name or logo from any such Items.
 
10.
Nondisclosure. You agree that the existence and terms of this Addendum and the discount program described herein are not publicly known and will not be disclosed by you.
 
11.
Entire Agreement; Conflict. Except as amended by this Addendum, the Agreement will remain in full force and effect. With respect to the subject matter hereof, this Addendum, together with the Agreement as amended by this Addendum: (a) is intended by the parties as a final, complete and exclusive expression of the terms of their agreement; and (b) supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether oral or written) between the parties. If there is a conflict between the Agreement and this Addendum, this Addendum will prevail. If there is a conflict between this Addendum and any other amendment or addendum to the Agreement or to this Addendum, the document later in time will prevail.
 
12.
Counterparts; Delivery. This Addendum may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which taken together will be deemed to constitute one and the same document. The parties may sign and deliver this Addendum by electronic or facsimile transmission.
 
( Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank )     
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Addendum as of the Addendum Effective Date.
 
AMAZON WEB SERVICES, INC.:     MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL (PTY) LTD:

 
By:
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
 
Title:
 
 
Date signed:
 
 
Date signed:
  
 
 
Catherine Lewis
Managing Director
March 30, 2017
March 30, 2017
Vice President, Global Alliances
Chris Niederman
 
 
(Signature Page to AWS Enterprise Discount Program Addendum )
 
    
 
 
Attachment 1
Eligible Services
 
Amazon API Gateway
Amazon AppStream Amazon CloudFront
Amazon CloudSearch
Amazon CloudWatch
Amazon Cognito
Amazon DynamoDB
Amazon Elasticsearch Service
Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)
Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud Container
Registry (Amazon EC2 Container Registry)
Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS)
Amazon Elastic MapReduce (Amazon EMR)
Amazon Elastic Transcoder
Amazon ElastiCache
Amazon Gamelift
Amazon Glacier
Amazon Kinesis
Amazon Kinesis Firehose
Amazon Machine Learning
Amazon Mobile Analytics
Amazon Redshift
Amazon Relational Database Service
(Amazon RDS)
Amazon Route 53
Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES)
Amazon Simple Notification Service
(Amazon SNS)
Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3)
Amazon Simple Workflow Service
Amazon SimpleDB
Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC)
Amazon WorkDocs
Amazon WorkMail
Amazon WorkSpaces
AWS Config
AWS CodePipeline AWS CodeCommit
AWS Data Pipeline
AWS Data Transfer
AWS Device Farm
AWS Direct Connect
AWS Directory Service
AWS Import/Export
AWS IoT
AWS Key Management Service
AWS Lambda
AWS OpsWorks
AWS Professional Services*
AWS Service Catalog
AWS Snowball
AWS Storage Gateway
AWS Support (except support offerings not described on the AWS Site)
AWS Training*
AWS Web Application Firewall (AWS WAF)
Elastic Load Balancing
The Services listed above are subject to the terms of the Agreement. AWS may add to this list upon notice to you which may be via e-mail.
 
* AWS Professional Services (a) are available only pursuant to a mutually signed Statement of Work, (b) may be provided to you by AWS or its affiliate, and (c) are available only in jurisdictions approved by AWS. AWS Training (x) is available only pursuant to a mutually signed Training Order Form or other written agreement between you and AWS or its affiliate governing your use of private onsite AWS Training, (y) may be provided to you by AWS or its affiliate, and (z) is available only in jurisdictions approved by AWS. This Addendum will not apply to any AWS Professional Services or AWS Training that are provided to you under a Statement of Work or Training Order Form that was entered into prior to the Addendum Effective Date.
 
 
Certificate Of Completion
Envelope Id: B4A8CD7454A24145BCCD0641353E8EC3    Status: Completed
Subject: Please DocuSign: Mix Telematics International (Pty) Lt - AWS Enterprise Discount Program Addend...
EXHIBIT425MIXAWSADDEN_IMAGE5.JPG Document Type: AWSCA
Legal VP: Kimball
Bulk Send: No Source Envelope:
Document Pages: 5
Signatures: 2
Envelope Originator:
Supplemental Document Pages: 0
Initials: 0
Carmen Chan
Certificate Pages: 2
AutoNav: Enabled
EnvelopeId Stamping: Enabled
Time Zone: (UTC-08:00) Pacific Time (US &
Canada)
Payments: 0
ATTN: Legal Department
PO BOX 81226
Seattle, WA 98108 carmchan@amazon.co.uk IP Address: 185.81.101.11
Record Tracking
 
 
Status: Original
             3/30/2017 3:49:38 AM
Holder: Carmen Chan
             carmchan@amazon.co.uk
Location: DocuSign
Signer Events
Signature
Timestamp
Catherine Lewis
Catherine.lewis@mixtelematics.com
Managing Director
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None)
EXHIBIT425MIXAWSADDEN_IMAGE6.JPG
Using IP Address: 196.41.17.67
Sent: 3/30/2017 3:52:12 AM
Viewed: 3/30/2017 4:55:35 AM
Signed: 3/30/2017 5:31:37 AM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:
      Not Offered via DocuSign
      ID:
Chris Niederman niedermc@amazon.com
Vice President, Global Alliances
Amazon
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None)
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:
      Not Offered via DocuSign
      ID:
EXHIBIT425MIXAWSADDEN_IMAGE7.JPG
Using IP Address: 54.240.196.169
Sent: 3/30/2017 6:48:56 AM
Viewed: 3/30/2017 3:41:32 PM
Signed: 3/30/2017 3:41:39 PM
In Person Signer Events
Signature
Timestamp
 
 
 
Editor Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
 
 
 
Agent Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
AWS Contract Signatures
aws-contract-signatures@amazon.com
Amazon
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None)
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:
      Not Offered via DocuSign
      ID:
EXHIBIT425MIXAWSADDEN_IMAGE8.JPG
Using IP Address: 54.240.198.33
Sent: 3/30/2017 5:31:38 AM
Viewed: 3/30/2017 6:43:26 AM
Completed: 3/30/2017 6:48:55 AM
Intermediary Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp

Certified Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
 
 
 
Carbon Copy Events
Status
Timestamp
Yusuf Dawood yddawood@amazon.com
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None)
EXHIBIT425MIXAWSADDEN_IMAGE9.JPG
Sent: 3/30/2017 3:41:40 PM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:
      Not Offered via DocuSign
      ID:
AWS Legal Filing
aws-legal-filing@amazon.com
Amazon
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None)
EXHIBIT425MIXAWSADDEN_IMAGE9.JPG
Sent: 3/30/2017 3:41:40 PM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:
      Not Offered via DocuSign
      ID:
aws-deals@amazon.com aws-deals@amazon.com
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None)
EXHIBIT425MIXAWSADDEN_IMAGE9.JPG
Sent: 3/30/2017 3:41:41 PM
Viewed: 3/30/2017 3:44:56 PM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:
      Not Offered via DocuSign
      ID:
aws-edp-contract@amazon.com aws-edp-contract@amazon.com
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None)
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:
      Not Offered via DocuSign
      ID:
EXHIBIT425MIXAWSADDEN_IMAGE9.JPG
Sent: 3/30/2017 3:41:41 PM
Notary Events
 
Timestamp
 
 
 
Envelope Summary Events
Status
Timestamps
Envelope Sent
Hashed/Encrypted
3/30/2017 3:41:42 PM
Certified Delivered
Security Checked
3/30/2017 3:41:42 PM
Signing Complete
Security Checked
3/30/2017 3:41:42 PM
Completed
Security Checked
3/30/2017 3:41:42 PM
Payment Events
Status
Timestamps



Exhibit 8.1

MiX Telematics Limited
List of Subsidiaries




Name of Subsidiary
Jurisdiction of
    Incorporation
MIX TELEMATICS AFRICA PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Republic of South Africa
MIX TELEMATICS INTERNATIONAL PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Republic of South Africa
MIX TELEMATICS EUROPE LIMITED
United Kingdom
MIX TELEMATICS NORTH AMERICA INCORPORATED
United States of America
MIX TELEMATICS AUSTRALASIA PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Australia
MIX TELEMATICS MIDDLE EAST FZE
United Arab Emirates
MIX TELEMATICS ENTERPRISE SA PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Republic of South Africa
MIX TELEMATICS SERVIÇOS DE TELEMETRIA E RASTREAMENTO DE
VEÍCULOS DO BRAZIL LIMITADA

Brazil
MIX TELEMATICS FLEET SUPPORT PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Republic of South Africa
MIX TELEMATICS EAST AFRICA LIMITED
Uganda
MIX TELEMATICS TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Republic of South Africa
MIX TELEMATICS INVESTMENTS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Republic of South Africa
MIX TELEMATICS ROMANIA SRL
Romania
MIX TELEMATICS (THAILAND) LIMITED
Thailand





























Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Stefan Joselowitz, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of MiX Telematics Limited;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: July 14, 2017
By: /s/ Stefan Joselowitz
Stefan Joselowitz
Chief Executive Officer






Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Paul Dell, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of MiX Telematics Limited;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: July 14, 2017
By: /s/ Paul Dell
Paul Dell
Interim Chief Financial Officer




Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the annual report of MiX Telematics Limited (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company, does hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of our knowledge:
1.
the report, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.
the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: July 14, 2017
By: /s/ Stefan Joselowitz
Stefan Joselowitz
Chief Executive Officer
                                

Date: July 14, 2017
By: /s/ Paul Dell
Paul Dell
Interim Chief Financial Officer






Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S‑8 (No. 333-196723) and S-8 (No. 333-199908) of MiX Telematics Limited of our report dated July 14, 2017 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 20-F.  




/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.
Johannesburg, South Africa
July 14, 2017






Exhibit 99.1

Consolidated statements of financial position
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
at March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016

 



 
Notes
 
March 31, 2017

 
March 31, 2016

 
 
R 000

 
R 000

 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
6
 
294,120

 
235,584

Intangible assets
7
 
881,900

 
846,851

Finance lease receivable
8
 
22

 
167

Deferred tax assets
18
 
28,130

 
30,005

Total non-current assets
 
 
1,204,172

 
1,112,607

 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
Inventory
9
 
26,449

 
64,489

Trade and other receivables
10
 
260,576

 
293,045

Finance lease receivable
8
 
140

 
984

Taxation
28
 
26,302

 
8,886

Restricted cash
11
 
13,268

 
21,134

Cash and cash equivalents
12
 
375,782

 
877,136

Total current assets
 
 
702,517

 
1,265,674

Total assets
 
 
1,906,689

 
2,378,281

 
 
 
 
 
 
EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
Stated capital
13
 
854,345

 
1,320,955

Other reserves
14
 
(4,370
)
 
74,262

Retained earnings
 
 
594,514

 
526,082

Equity attributable to owners of the parent
 
 
1,444,489

 
1,921,299

Non-controlling interest
 
 
(1,558
)
 
(1,491
)
Total equity
 
 
1,442,931

 
1,919,808

 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
18
 
100,067

 
120,981

Provisions
19
 
1,833

 
3,514

Share-based payment liability
20
 

 

Total non-current liabilities
 
 
101,900

 
124,495

 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Trade and other payables
16
 
309,110

 
282,647

Borrowings
15
 

 
1,103

Taxation
 
 
4,521

 
2,795

Provisions
19
 
28,778

 
31,059

Bank overdraft
12
 
19,449

 
16,374

Total current liabilities
 
 
361,858

 
333,978

Total liabilities
 
 
463,758

 
458,473

Total equity and liabilities
 
 
1,906,689

 
2,378,281

 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

1




Consolidated income statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the years ended March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015 

 


 
Notes

 
March 31, 2017

 
March 31, 2016

 
March 31, 2015

 
 
R’000

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
21

 
1,540,058

 
1,465,021

 
1,389,380

Cost of sales
 
 
(498,785
)
 
(439,305
)
 
(449,663
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit
 
 
1,041,273

 
1,025,716

 
939,717

Other income/(expenses) — net
22

 
426

 
1,244

 
3,795

Operating expenses
 
 
(903,837
)
 
(887,876
)
 
(793,651
)
Sales and marketing
 
 
(181,601
)
 
(203,767
)
 
(171,948
)
Administration and other charges
 
 
(722,236
)
 
(684,109
)
 
(621,703
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit
23

 
137,862

 
139,084

 
149,861

Finance income/(costs) — net
 
 
10,391

 
150,327

 
80,778

Finance income
24

 
16,068

 
152,164

 
82,905

Finance costs
25

 
(5,677
)
 
(1,837
)
 
(2,127
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit before taxation
 
 
148,253

 
289,411

 
230,639

Taxation
28

 
(26,812
)
 
(106,920
)
 
(81,623
)
Profit for the year
 
 
121,441

 
182,491

 
149,016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owners of the parent
 
 
121,458

 
182,989

 
149,622

Non-controlling interests
 
 
(17
)
 
(498
)
 
(606
)
 
 
 
121,441

 
182,491

 
149,016

Earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (R)
29

 
0.19

 
0.24

 
0.19

Diluted (R)
29

 
0.19

 
0.23

 
0.19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.


2




Consolidated statements of comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the years ended March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015
 



 
 
 
March 31, 2017

 
March 31, 2016

 
March 31, 2015

 
Notes

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit for the year
 
 
121,441

 
182,491

 
149,016

Other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
 
(80,870
)
 
90,665

 
27,953

Attributable to owners of the parent
14

 
(80,820
)
 
90,784

 
27,754

Attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
(50
)
 
(119
)
 
199

Taxation relating to components of other comprehensive income
14, 18

 
(59
)
 
(2,466
)
 
3,010

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax
 
(80,929
)
 
88,199

 
30,963

Total comprehensive income for the year
 
 
40,512

 
270,690

 
179,979

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owners of the parent
 
 
40,579

 
271,307

 
180,386

Non-controlling interests
 
 
(67
)
 
(617
)
 
(407
)
Total comprehensive income for the year
 
 
40,512

 
270,690

 
179,979

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.



3




Consolidated statements of changes in equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the years ended March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015
 


 
 

Attributable to owners of the parent
 
 

 
 

 
Notes

Stated
capital
R’000

 
Other
reserves
R’000



*
Retained
earnings
R’000

 
Total
R’000

 
Non-
controlling
interest
R’000

 
Total
equity
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at April 1, 2014
1,429,250

 
(58,335
)
 
300,725

 
1,671,640

 
(10
)
 
1,671,630

Total comprehensive income

 
30,764

 
149,622

 
180,386

 
(407
)
 
179,979

Profit for the year
 

 

 
149,622

 
149,622

 
(606
)
 
149,016

Other comprehensive income

 
30,764

 

 
30,764

 
199

 
30,963

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total transactions with owners
7,743

 
5,677

 

 
13,420

 
(457
)
 
12,963

Shares issued in relation to share options exercised
 
7,743

 

 

 
7,743

 

 
7,743

Share-based payment
 

 
5,220

 

 
5,220

 

 
5,220

Transactions with non-controlling interest



 
457

 

 
457

 
(457
)
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2015
1,436,993

 
(21,894
)
 
450,347

 
1,865,446

 
(874
)
 
1,864,572

Total comprehensive income

 
88,318

 
182,989

 
271,307

 
(617
)
 
270,690

Profit for the year
 

 

 
182,989

 
182,989

 
(498
)
 
182,491

Other comprehensive income

 
88,318

 

 
88,318

 
(119
)
 
88,199

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total transactions with owners
(116,038
)
 
7,838

 
(107,254
)
 
(215,454
)
 

 
(215,454
)
Shares issued in relation to share options exercised
13

7,722

 

 

 
7,722

 

 
7,722

Share-based payment
14


 
7,838

 

 
7,838

 

 
7,838

Dividends declared
30


 

 
(107,254
)
 
(107,254
)
 

 
(107,254
)
Share repurchase
13

(123,760
)
 

 

 
(123,760
)
 

 
(123,760
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2016
1,320,955

 
74,262

 
526,082

 
1,921,299

 
(1,491
)
 
1,919,808

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

4




Consolidated statements of changes in equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the years ended March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015
 


 
 

Attributable to owners of the parent
 
 

 
 

 
Notes

Stated
capital
R’000

 
Other
reserves
R’000



*
Retained
earnings
R’000

 
Total
R’000

 
Non-
controlling
interest
R’000

 
Total
equity
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income

 
(80,879
)
 
121,458

 
40,579

 
(67
)
 
40,512

Profit for the year
 

 

 
121,458

 
121,458

 
(17
)
 
121,441

Other comprehensive loss

 
(80,879
)
 

 
(80,879
)
 
(50
)
 
(80,929
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total transactions with owners
(466,610
)
 
2,247

 
(53,026
)
 
(517,389
)
 

 
(517,389
)
Shares issued in relation to share options exercised
13

7,072

 

 

 
7,072

 

 
7,072

Share-based payment
14


 
2,247

 

 
2,247

 

 
2,247

Dividends declared
30


 

 
(53,026
)
 
(53,026
)
 

 
(53,026
)
Share repurchase
13

(473,682
)
 

 

 
(473,682
)
 

 
(473,682
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2017
854,345

 
(4,370
)
 
594,514

 
1,444,489

 
(1,558
)
 
1,442,931

* See note 14 for a composition of and movements in other reserves.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.


5





Consolidated statements of cash flows
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the years ended March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
March 31, 2017

 
March 31, 2016

 
March 31, 2015

 
Notes

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash generated from operations
31.2

 
377,115

 
293,808

 
261,954

Interest received
 
 
14,737

 
7,936

 
8,926

Interest paid
 
 
(5,680
)
 
(1,831
)
 
(2,057
)
Taxation paid
 
 
(62,601
)
 
(59,479
)
 
(51,179
)
Net cash generated from operating activities
 
 
323,571

 
240,434

 
217,644

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
6

 
(180,230
)
 
(155,584
)
 
(63,554
)
Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
 
 
369

 
633

 
605

Purchases of intangible assets
7

 
(115,293
)
 
(86,276
)
 
(65,748
)
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired
 
 

 
(18,000
)
 
(40,000
)
Deferred consideration paid
15

 
(1,103
)
 
(1,361
)
 
(1,241
)
Decrease in restricted cash
 
 
6,951

 
19,346

 

Increase in restricted cash
 
 
(3,588
)
 
(8,472
)
 
(19,907
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
(292,894
)
 
(249,714
)
 
(189,845
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of shares
13

 
7,072

 
7,722

 
7,743

Share repurchase
13

 
(473,682
)
 
(123,760
)
 

Dividends paid to Company’s owners
 
 
(52,966
)
 
(107,150
)
 

Repayments of borrowings
 
 

 
(41
)
 

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities
 
(519,576
)
 
(223,229
)
 
7,743

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
(488,899
)
 
(232,509
)
 
35,542

Net cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
 
860,762

 
927,415

 
802,639

Exchange (losses)/gains on cash and cash equivalents
 
 
(15,530
)
 
165,856

 
89,234

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
12

 
356,333

 
860,762

 
927,415

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.


6




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




 
1. General information
MiX Telematics Limited (the “Company”) is a public company which is incorporated and domiciled in South Africa. The Company’s ordinary shares are publicly traded on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE: MIX) and its American Depositary Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: MIXT). The activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) focus on fleet and mobile asset management solutions delivered as Software-as-a-Service. The address of the Company’s registered office is Matrix Corner, Howick Close, Bekker Road, Waterfall Park, Midrand, South Africa, 1686. The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on July 14, 2017.
2. Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These accounting policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
2.1
Basis of preparation
The annual financial statements of the Group for the year ended March 31, 2017 have been prepared in accordance with:
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”);
IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations applicable to companies reporting under IFRS;
SAICA Financial Reporting guides as issued by the Accounting Practices Committee;
Financial Pronouncements as issued by the Financial Reporting Standards Council (“FRSC”);
the requirements of the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008; and
the JSE Listings Requirements.
The financial statements have been prepared in thousands of Rand (R’000) under the historical cost convention except for certain financial instruments that have been measured at fair value.
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions or estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 4.
2.1.1
Changes in accounting policy and disclosures
2.1.1.1
New standards, amendments and interpretations adopted by the Group
Standards, amendments and interpretations which are effective for the financial year beginning on or after April 1, 2016 did not have a material impact on the Group.









7




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




2.1.1.2
New standards, amendments and interpretations not yet effective
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for March 31, 2017 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. None of these are expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group, except for the following:
Standards and amendments
Executive summary
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
IFRS 9 addresses classification and measurement of financial assets and replaces the multiple classification and measurement models in IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement with a single model that has only two classification categories: amortized cost and fair value.

The IASB also introduced a new impairment model and also aligned hedge accounting more closely with an entity’s risk management. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and would therefore be applicable for the first time for the year ended March 31, 2019. Early adoption is permitted.

The most relevant change to the Group is the requirement to use an expected loss model instead of the incurred loss model which is currently being used when assessing the recoverability of trade and other receivables. The possible impact is to accelerate the timing of impairment loss recognition. Management is yet to assess the likely financial impact and other ancillary impacts that may flow from the standard.




IFRS 15  Revenue from Contracts with Customers
IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 Revenue  and IAS 11 Construction Contracts . It is a single, comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers and has the objective of achieving greater consistency in the recognition and presentation of revenue. In terms of the new standard, revenue is recognized based on the satisfaction of performance obligations, which occurs when control of goods or services transfers to a customer.

The revenue standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and therefore would be applicable for the first time for the year ended March 31, 2019. 

The standard permits a modified retrospective approach for the adoption (in addition to the full retrospective approach).Under this approach entities will recognize transitional adjustments in retained earnings on the date of initial application (e.g. April 1, 2018), i.e. without restating the comparative period. They will only need to apply the new rules to contracts that are not completed as of the date of initial application. The Group has not yet selected which transition approach it will apply. 

The Group’s assessment of the impact of IFRS 15 is still in progress: 

Determining the number of distinct performance obligations in the different types of contracts in which the Group provides both hardware and the related asset management services is an area of significant judgement and could have a significant financial impact.

Management has however determined that contracts in which legal title to the hardware does not transfer to the customer are not leases as defined in IFRS 16 Leases  because the customer does not have the right to direct how and for what purpose the hardware is used. Accordingly, such contracts are within the scope of IFRS 15.



8


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




Standards and amendments
Executive summary
IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 issued in January 2016, which replaces IAS 17 Leases , addresses the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases.
The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 12 months or less or, the underlying asset has a low value. Lessors continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with IFRS 16’s approach to lessor accounting remaining substantially unchanged from its predecessor, IAS 17.
In order to facilitate transition, the standard permits lessees to choose a ‘simplified approach’ that includes certain reliefs related to the measurement of the right-of-use asset and the lease liability, rather than full retrospective application; furthermore, the ‘simplified approach’ does not require a restatement of comparatives. In addition, as a practical expedient, entities are not required to reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at the date of initial application (that is, such contracts are ‘grandfathered’).
IFRS 16 applies to annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 and therefore applies to the Group for the first time for the year ended March 31, 2020.
The Group leases land and buildings, office equipment and vehicles which are currently treated as operating leases. IFRS 16 will require these to be capitalized and a lease liability recognized in the statement of financial position, unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has low value.
Management is yet to perform detailed calculations of the likely impact on transition to IFRS 16. If management elects to transition to IFRS 16 on April 1, 2019 using the simplified method, then on transition, the present value of the future lease payments will need to be recognized as a lease liability and a right of use asset will need to be raised. As at March 31, 2017 there are future gross lease payments totaling R40.0 million (undiscounted) that will be paid in the next five years.

2.2
Consolidation
(a)
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the relevant activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.
Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated income statements, statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in equity and statements of financial position, respectively.
(b)
Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the:
fair values of the assets transferred;
liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business;
equity interests issued by the Group;
fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement; and
fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets.


9


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred, except if related to the issue of equity securities, in which case these costs are also included in equity.
The excess of the:
consideration transferred;
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity; and
acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquired entity
over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognized directly in the income statement as a bargain purchase.
Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of acquisition. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions. Unwinding of the interest element is recognized in the income statement.
Contingent consideration is measured at fair value on acquisition date and classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the income statement.
(c)
Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without a change of control
The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with equity owners of the Group, that is transactions with the owners in their capacity as owners. For purchases from non-controlling interests, the difference between the fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity.
Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also recorded in equity.
(d)
Disposal of subsidiaries
When the Group ceases to consolidate an investment because of a loss of control, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value at the date when control is lost, with the change in the carrying amount recognized in the income statement. The fair value becomes the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets and liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement.
2.3
Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified collectively as the executive committee and the Chief Executive Officer who make strategic decisions.
S ales between segments are carried out at cost plus a margin.
2.4
Foreign currency translation
(a)
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in South African Rand (“R”), which is the Group’s presentation currency.
(b)
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year-end exchange rates are recognized in the income statement.
Foreign exchange gains/(losses) are classified as “Finance income/(cost) — net”.


10


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities such as equities classified as available-for-sale, are included in other comprehensive income.
(c)
Group companies
The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a hyper-inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
(i)
Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that statement of financial position;
(ii)
Income and expenses for each income statement presented are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions);
(iii)
All resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income; and
(iv)
Equity items are measured at historical cost at the time of recording, translated at the rate on the date of the recording and are not retranslated to closing rates at reporting dates.
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of net investments in foreign operations are recognized in other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is fully disposed of or sold (i.e., control is lost), exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognized in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale. A repayment/capitalization of a net investment loan therefore does not result in any exchange differences being transferred from equity to the income statement unless it is part of a transaction resulting in a loss of control.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income.
2.5
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Historical cost includes all expenditure directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. Repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement in the financial period in which they are incurred.
The cost of in-vehicle devices installed in vehicles (including installation and shipping costs) as well as the cost of uninstalled in-vehicle devices is capitalized as property, plant and equipment. The Group depreciates installed in-vehicle devices on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, commencing upon installation, whereas uninstalled in-vehicle devices are not depreciated until installed. The related depreciation expense is recorded as part of cost of sales in the income statement.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to reduce their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful life, as follows:
Property: Buildings
50 years
Plant and equipment
3 — 20 years
Motor vehicles
5 — 7 years
Other: Furniture, fittings and equipment
1 — 10 years
Computer and radio equipment
2 — 5 years
In-vehicle devices installed
1 — 5 years
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount (note 2.7).
Gains and losses on disposal of an asset are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are


11


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




recognized within “Other income/(expenses) net” in the income statement.
2.6
Intangible assets
(a)
Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of businesses and represents the excess of consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill on acquisition of businesses is included in intangible assets. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of the goodwill relating to the entity sold.
Goodwill is not amortized but is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (“CGUs”) for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the operating segment level. The carrying amount of the CGU containing the goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value-in-use and the fair value less costs to sell. Impairment losses recognized as an expense in relation to goodwill are not subsequently reversed.
(b)
Patents and trademarks
Separately acquired patents and trademarks are shown at historical cost. Patents and trademarks acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Patents and trademarks have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of patents and trademarks over their estimated useful lives (three to 20 years).
(c)
Customer relationships
Customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Customer relationships have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is calculated over the expected useful life of the customer relationship (three to 15.5 years) and reflects the pattern in which future economic benefits of the customer relationship are expected to be consumed. The useful life principally reflects management’s view of the average economic life of the customer base and is assessed by reference to factors such as customer churn rates.
(d)
Computer software, technology, in-house software and product development
Acquired computer software licenses are capitalized on the basis of costs incurred to acquire and bring the software into use. The acquired computer software licenses have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. These costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives (one to five years).
In-house software and product development costs that are directly attributable to the design, testing and development of identifiable and unique software and products, controlled by the Group, are recognized as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:
It is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available-for-use;
Management intends to complete the software product and use it or sell it;
There is an ability to use or sell the software product;
It can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits;
Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and use or sell the software product are available; and
The expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.
Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of the intangible assets include software and product development employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.
Other development expenditures that do not meet the criteria are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period if the criteria are


12


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




subsequently met.
Costs, including annual licenses, associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred.
Technology, in-house software and product development costs are capitalized on the basis of costs incurred to acquire and bring them into use. The recognized assets have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.In addition, they are amortized over their estimated useful lives (one to12 years).
2.7
Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life, for example goodwill, or intangible assets that are not ready to use are not subject to amortization or depreciation but are tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Assets that are subject to amortization or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less cost to sell, and value-in-use. In assessing the value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using the pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments on the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.
For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units, i.e. operating segments). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that have suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.
2.8
Financial assets
2.8.1
Classification
The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period, which are classified as non-current assets. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise trade and other receivables, finance lease receivables, restricted cash and cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position.
2.8.2
Recognition and derecognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date (the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset). Investments are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognized at fair value, and transaction costs are expensed in the income statement. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.
2.8.3
Measurement
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.
2.8.4
Impairment of financial assets
The Group assesses, at the end of each reporting period, whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a “loss event”) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.
Loans and receivables
Evidence of impairment may include indications that the debtors or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial


13


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization and where observable data indicates that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults.
For the loans and receivables category, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred), discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The asset’s carrying amount is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognized in the income statement. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract. As a practical expedient, the Group may measure impairment on the basis of an instrument’s fair value using an observable market price.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the income statement.
2.9
Fair value
Fair value is determined in accordance with IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement and is categorized as follows:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices); and
Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).
The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade and other receivables (excluding pre-payments), trade and other payables (excluding leave pay) and the current portion of interest-bearing borrowings and leases approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.
2.10
Offsetting financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty.
2.11
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”), actual cost or weighted average cost basis, depending on the nature of the Group entity in which it is held. The cost of finished goods includes the cost of manufacturing as charged by third parties. It excludes borrowing costs. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs necessary to make the sale.
2.12
Trade receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one year or less they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.
Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment.
2.13
Net cash and cash equivalents
Net cash and cash equivalents included in the statement of cash flows include cash on hand, deposits held on call with banks and bank overdrafts; all of which are available-for-use by the Group and have an original maturity of less than three months. Bank overdrafts are included within current liabilities on the statement of financial position.
2.14
Restricted cash
Restricted cash includes short-term deposits and amounts held that are not highly liquid and is accounted for as loans and receivables.


14


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




2.15
Stated capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental external costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or the exercise of share options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instruments (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the owners of the parent as treasury shares until the shares are canceled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the owners of the parent.
2.16
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.
Trade and other payables are initially recognized at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.
2.17
Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.
Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalized as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.
Borrowings are removed from the statement of financial position when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired.
Finance costs are recognized in the income statement in the period incurred.
2.18
Taxation
2.18.1.
Current and deferred income taxes
The tax expense for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognized in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; and neither are deferred tax liabilities nor deferred tax assets accounted for if they arise from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.
Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences can be utilized.
Deferred tax (‘outside basis’ deferred tax) relating to temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries is considered as follows:


15


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




Deferred tax liabilities are recognized, except to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences, and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and there is sufficient taxable profit available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.
Temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries in the consolidated financial statements are different from those arising in the Company financial statements. This is because in the Company financial statements, an investment in a subsidiary is carried at cost; whereas the carrying amount in the consolidated financial statements is the consolidated net assets of the subsidiary.
Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realized or the deferred tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

2.18.2.
Dividends tax
Dividend withholding tax is currently payable at a rate of 20% (a rate of 15% was applicable for dividends paid before 22 February 2017) on dividends distributed to shareholders. This tax is not attributable to the Company but rather paid to the tax authorities on behalf of the shareholders through use of regulatory intermediaries, with only the net amount of the dividend being remitted to the shareholder.
2.19
Employee benefits
(a)
Short-term benefits
Remuneration to employees in respect of services rendered during a reporting period is recognized as an expense in that reporting period. Provision is made for accumulated leave and for short-term benefits when there is no realistic alternative other than to settle the liability, and there is a formal plan and the amounts to be paid are determined before the time of issuing the financial statements.
(b)
Defined contribution plan
The Group operates defined contribution plans. A defined contribution plan is one under which the Group pays a fixed percentage of employees’ remuneration as contributions into a separate fund, and the Group will have no further legal or constructive obligations to pay additional contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. Contributions to defined contribution plans in respect of services rendered during a period are recognized as staff costs when they are due.
(c)
Short-term incentives — bonus plans
The Group recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses based on the achievement of defined key performance criteria. An accrual is recognized where the Group is contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.
(d)
Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognizes termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognizes costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets , and involves payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value.


16


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




2.20
Share-based payments
Equity settled
The Group operates equity-settled share-based compensation plans, under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments of the Company. The equity instruments that may be issued in terms of the plans include share options, retention shares, performance shares and share appreciation rights. The fair value, determined at grant date, of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of equity instruments is recognized as an expense at Group level with a corresponding credit to equity. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the grant date fair value of the equity instruments granted:
Including any market performance conditions;
Excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions (for example, remaining an employee of the entity over a specified time period); and
Including the impact of any non-vesting conditions.
Non-market performance and service conditions are included in the assumptions about the number of equity instruments that are expected to vest. The total expense is recognized over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of equity instruments that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting and service conditions. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding entry to equity.
When equity-settled instruments are exercised, the Company may elect to issue new shares or use treasury shares to settle its resultant obligations. For share options, the proceeds received, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are credited to stated capital (as there are no par value shares).
The grant by the Company of equity-settled instruments to the employees of subsidiary undertakings in the Group is treated as a capital contribution. The fair value of employee services received, measured by reference to the grant date fair value, is recognized over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with a corresponding credit to equity in the parent entity financial statements.
The Group classifies awards issued with settlement alternatives as equity-settled when the Group holds the choice of settlement and there is no past practice of settling in cash.  If the counterparty holds the choice of settlement, the award is classified as cash-settled.
Cash settled
For cash-settled share-based payment transactions, the Group measures goods or services acquired and the liability incurred at the fair value of the liability. Until the liability is settled, the Group shall re-measure the fair value of the liability at each reporting date and at the date of settlement, with any changes in fair value recognized in the income statement.
2.21
Provisions
Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event for which it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.
Provisions which are expected to be settled in a period greater than 12 months are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as an interest expense.
Provision for the estimated liability on all products under warranty is made on the basis of claims experience.
Provision for the estimated liability for maintenance costs is made on a per unit basis when the obligation to repair occurs.
Provision for the anticipated costs associated with the restoration of leasehold property (decommissioning provision) is based on the Group’s best estimate of those costs required to restore the property to its original condition.
Restructuring provisions are recognized when the Group has developed a detailed formal plan for restructuring and has raised a valid expectation that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to those affected by it. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring and is recorded in administration and other charges in the income statement.


17


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




2.22
Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods or services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue mainly includes amounts earned on the sale of hardware units, subscription service sales to customers and installation revenue. Revenue is shown net of discounts, value added tax, returns and after eliminating sales within the Group.
The Group offers certain arrangements whereby the customer can purchase a combination of the products and services as referred to above. Where such multiple element arrangements exist, the amount of revenue allocated to each element is based on the relative fair values of the various elements offered in the arrangement. When applying the relative fair value approach, the fair values of each element are determined based on the current market price of each of the elements when sold separately.
The Group recognizes revenue when the amount of revenue can be measured reliably and it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and specific criteria have been met for each of the Group’s activities, as outlined below. The Group bases its estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.
Invoicing for the various products and services, when sold separately or as part of a multiple element revenue arrangement, occurs based on the specific contractual terms and conditions.
The Group distributes products to certain small fleet operators and consumers through distributors. Distributors act as agents and hardware revenue is only recognized when the distributor sells the hardware unit to the end customer. Once a unit is sold to a customer, the customer enters into a service agreement directly with the Group for the product. The obligation to supply the service and the credit risk rests with the Group. The service revenue is recognized when the service is rendered (i.e. on a monthly basis).

The Group also sells hardware to motor vehicle dealerships for fitment into their vehicle trading stock. These dealerships purchase the hardware from the Group and are considered principals because they obtain title to the hardware and bear the risks and rewards of ownership. The buyer of the vehicle then enters into a service-only contract with the Group. Revenue is recognized upon sale of the hardware to the dealership and subscription revenue is recognized as the services are provided to the customer.

The Group distributes products to enterprise fleet customers through dealers. Dealers are considered principals in respect of the sale of hardware and revenue is recognized upon sale of the hardware unit to the dealer. Similar to the relationship with consumers and small fleet customers originated through distributors, the responsibility for providing services rests with the Group and revenue is recognized as the service is rendered.
(a)
Subscription revenue
Subscription revenue is recognized over the term of the agreement as it is earned. When contracted services are performed through a number of repetitive acts over the contract period, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period.
(b)
Hardware sales
All hardware has value on a standalone basis. Revenue from hardware sales is recognized once the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred.
(c)
Driver training and other services
Revenue is recognized at the contractual hourly/daily rate as the training is performed.
(d)
Rental revenue
Where hardware is provided as part of a service contract the risk and rewards of ownership do not transfer and service revenue from the rental unit is recognized over the period of the service and included in subscription revenue.
(e)
Installation revenue
Revenue earned from the installation of hardware in customer vehicles is recognized once the installation has been completed.


18


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




(f) Repair services
Revenue in respect of repair services, which forms part of the monthly subscription, is recognized on a monthly basis over the period of the service arrangement.
2.23
Interest income
Interest income is recognized on a time-proportion basis with reference to the principal amount receivable and the effective interest rate applicable.
2.24
Dividend income
Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established.
2.25
Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.
2.25.1.
The Group as a lessor
When assets are leased out under a finance lease, the present value of the minimum lease payments is recognized as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognized as unearned finance income. The method for allocating gross earnings is referred to as the actuarial method. The actuarial method allocates rentals between finance income and repayment of capital in each accounting period in such a way that finance income will emerge as a constant rate of return on the lessor’s net investment in the lease.
Assets leased under operating leases are included under the appropriate category of assets in the statement of financial position. Lease income on operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis.
2.25.2.
The Group as a lessee
Payments made under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
2.26
Dividend distribution
Any dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognized as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.
3.
Financial risk management
3.1
Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, and price risk), credit risk, and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets as it relates to financial risks and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. Risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Board has provided approved formal policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk as well as cash management and banking facilities.
(a)
Market risk
(i)
Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currencies, primarily with respect to the United States Dollar, the South African Rand, the Euro, the Australian Dollar, the Brazilian Real and the British Pound.
Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency.
The Group has implemented a foreign currency hedging policy to limit the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies. The foreign currency policy reduces exchange rate risk on certain recognized assets and liabilities based on economic hedging principles as opposed to using derivative financial instruments.
The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the assets of the Group’s foreign operations is reduced as a result of assets and


19


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




liabilities being denominated in the same foreign currencies.
As a result of our U.S. Dollar cash reserves held in South Africa, the Group has significant foreign currency exposure in respect of United States Dollar-South African Rand exchange rate movements. A financial risk sensitivity analysis is presented in note 36.
(ii)
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates.
The Group’s cash flow interest rate risk arises from restricted cash, cash and cash equivalents and the bank overdraft. Bank overdrafts issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk, which is partly offset by financial assets held at variable rates (i.e. cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash). At March 31, 2017 the Group had no interest-bearing borrowings.
The Group is not exposed to fair value interest rate risk as the Group does not have any fixed rate interest-bearing financial instruments carried at fair value.
Interest rates are constantly monitored and appropriate steps are taken to ensure that the Group’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations is limited. This includes obtaining approval from the Board for all changes to and new borrowing facilities entered into. Refer to note 36 for an interest rate risk sensitivity analysis.
(iii)
Price risk
Currently the Group does not have significant price risk. The Group is not exposed to commodity price risk.
(b)
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation and cause the Group to incur a financial loss. Credit risk arises from restricted cash, cash and cash equivalents as well as credit exposures to customers. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset in the statement of financial position, net of impairment losses where relevant.
Credit risk relating to accounts receivable balances is managed by each local entity which is responsible for managing and analyzing the credit risk for each of their new clients before standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. The Group has a policy in place governing the allowance for credit losses.
Cash investments are only placed with reputable financial institutions rated BBB and above (note 12). All changes in or new banking arrangements entered into are in line with the Board’s approval framework. Refer to note 10 for further disclosure on credit risk.
(c)
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that there will be insufficient funds available to settle obligations when they are due.
The Group has limited liquidity risk due to surplus cash balances and the recurring nature of its income, which generates strong cash inflows. The level of cash balances in the Group is monitored weekly and cash generated from operations is reviewed against planned cash flows on a monthly basis. In addition, working capital reviews are performed monthly.
Surplus cash is invested in interest-bearing current accounts and time deposits that are expected to readily generate cash inflows for managing liquidity risk.
In addition, the Group maintains headroom on its undrawn borrowing facilities to ensure that the Group does not breach borrowing limits on its borrowing facilities. Refer to note 37 for further disclosure on liquidity risk.
3.2
Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern while enhancing the returns for shareholders and ensuring benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors capital by reviewing the net cash position. The Company currently has no long-term borrowings and none of its overdraft facilities, as set out in note 16, were subject to any financial covenants during the 2017 and 2016 fiscal years.
In order to maintain the capital structure, the Group may return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt, where applicable.


20


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




4.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities during the 2017 fiscal year are outlined below:
(a)
Warranty claims
The Group generally offers warranties on its hardware units. Management estimates the related provision for future warranty claims based on historical warranty claim information, as well as recent trends that might suggest that past cost information may differ from future claims.
(b)
Maintenance provision
The Group, in some instances, offers maintenance services as part of its revenue contracts. Management estimates the related provision for maintenance costs per vehicle when the obligation to repair occurs.
(c)
Current and deferred income taxes
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. Where applicable tax legislation is subject to interpretation, management makes assessments, based on expert tax advice, of the relevant tax that is likely to be paid and provides accordingly. When the final outcome is determined and there is a difference, this is recognized in the period in which the final outcome is determined.
Determining how much tax to recognize when an uncertain tax position exists requires judgement. The Group applies the measurement principle in IAS 12 Income Taxes , when measuring the amount of tax to recognize related to an uncertain tax position. Therefore, the Group measures uncertain tax positions based on a weighted average estimate, taking into account all of the tax uncertainties related to the tax position taken.
The Company's interests in subsidiaries include certain loans denominated in foreign currencies which are repayable by agreement of both parties. Realization of such loans will result in taxable foreign exchange differences in accordance with prevailing legislation in South Africa. Although the Company controls the timing of the reversal of these temporary differences, given the volatility of the Rand and based on the Group's current assessment, it is not considered probable that the temporary difference relating to a loan between the Company and a South Africa subsidiary will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Hence, a deferred tax liability has been recognized in respect of these temporary differences (note 18).
The Group applies judgement when recognizing deferred tax assets in respect of tax losses. Deferred tax assets in respect of tax losses are recognized for the carry forward of unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax losses can be utilized. In determining the level of future taxable profit that will be available the Group considers both an entity's historical profitability and estimates of future profitability and recognizes deferred tax for the whole or the part of the temporary difference that is more likely than not to be recovered. Where an entity has incurred historical losses, deferred tax assets are only recognized when the particular entity has shown a reasonable period of starting to return to profitability.
(d)
Impairment estimates
The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 2.7. Other assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped into CGUs at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. The recoverable amount is based on the CGU’s value-in-use. These calculations require the use of estimates (see notes 6 and 7).
(e)
Customer relationships
T he useful life applied principally reflects management’s view of the average economic life of the customer base and is assessed by reference to factors such as customer churn rates. An increase in churn rates may lead to a reduction in the estimated useful life.


21


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




(f)
Product development cost
Product development cost directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group are recorded as intangible assets by the Group when the criteria in note 2.6 have been met. The assessment as to when these criteria have been met is subjective and capitalization has been based on management’s best judgement of facts and circumstances in existence at year-end.
The useful lives of development costs capitalized are reviewed on an at least annual basis. The useful life estimates are based on historical experience with similar assets as well as anticipation of future events such as technological changes, which may impact the useful life. The residual values of product development costs are estimated to be zero.
(g)
Provision for impairment of trade receivables
The provision for impairment of trade receivables reflects the Group’s estimates of losses arising from the failure or inability of the Group’s customers to make required payments. The provision is based on the ageing of customer accounts, customer creditworthiness and the Group’s historical write-off experience. Changes to the allowance may be required if the financial condition of the Group’s customers improves or deteriorates. An improvement in financial condition may result in lower actual write-offs. Historically, changes to the estimate of losses have not been material to the Group’s financial position and results.


22


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




5.    Segment information
Our operating segments are based on the geographical location of our Regional Sales Offices (“RSOs”) and also include our Central Services Organization (“CSO”). CSO is our central services organization that wholesales our products and services to our RSOs who, in turn, interface with our end-customers, distributors and dealers. CSO is also responsible for the development of our hardware and software platforms and provides common marketing, product management, technical and distribution support to each of our other operating segments.

The CODM reviews the segment results on an integral margin basis as defined by management. In respect of revenue, this method of measurement entails reviewing the segmental results based on external revenue only. In respect of Adjusted EBITDA (the profit measure identified by the CODM), the margin generated by CSO, net of any unrealized intercompany profit, is allocated to the geographic region where the external revenue is recorded by our RSOs. The costs remaining in CSO relate mainly to research and development of hardware and software platforms, common marketing, product management and technical and distribution support to each of the RSOs. CSO is a reportable segment of the Group because it produces discrete financial information which is reviewed by the CODM and has the ability to generate external revenues.

Each RSO's results therefore reflect the external revenue earned, as well as the Adjusted EBITDA earned (or loss incurred) by each operating segment before the remaining CSO and corporate costs allocations. Segment assets are not disclosed as segment information is not reviewed on such a basis by the CODM.

The segment information provided to the Group’s CODM for the reportable segments for the year ended March 31, 2017 is as follows:
 
 
 
 
Subscription revenue
R'000

 
Hardware and other revenue
R'000

 
Total
revenue
R’000

 
 Adjusted EBITDA
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regional Sales Offices
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Africa
 
 
 
772,224

 
86,945

 
859,169

 
344,077

 
Europe
 
 
 
113,223

 
64,108

 
177,331

 
52,369

 
Americas
 
 
 
121,462

 
38,957

 
160,419

 
26,804

 
Middle East and Australasia
 
 
 
199,474

 
104,976

 
304,450

 
91,149

 
Brazil
 
 
 
32,653

 
5,158

 
37,811

 
9,394

 
Total Regional Sales Offices
 
 
 
1,239,036

 
300,144

 
1,539,180

 
523,793

 
Central Services Organization
 
 
 
878

 

 
878

 
(127,828
)
 
Total Segment Results
 
 
 
1,239,914

 
300,144

 
1,540,058

 
395,965

 
Corporate and consolidation entries
 
 
 

 

 

 
(94,352
)
 
Total
 
 
 
1,239,914

 
300,144

 
1,540,058

 
301,613

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


23


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 





The segment information provided to the Group’s CODM for the reportable segments for the year ended March 31, 2016 is as follows:
 
 
 
 
Subscription revenue
R'000

 
Hardware and other revenue
R'000

 
Total
revenue
R’000

 
 Adjusted EBITDA
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regional Sales Offices
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Africa
 
 
 
711,208

 
96,699

 
807,907

 
320,466

Europe
 
 
 
110,251

 
51,736

 
161,987

 
35,359

Americas
 
 
 
115,413

 
41,527

 
156,940

 
2,908

Middle East and Australasia
 
 
 
202,163

 
111,764

 
313,927

 
107,279

Brazil
 
 
 
18,063

 
5,066

 
23,129

 
1,931

Total Regional Sales Offices
 
 
 
1,157,098

 
306,792

 
1,463,890

 
467,943

Central Services Organization
 
 
 
1,131

 

 
1,131

 
(113,403
)
Total Segment Results
 
 
 
1,158,229

 
306,792

 
1,465,021

 
354,540

Corporate and consolidation entries
 
 
 

 

 

 
(77,325
)
Total
 
 
 
1,158,229

 
306,792

 
1,465,021

 
277,215


The segment information provided to the Group’s CODM for the reportable segments for the year ended March 31, 2015 is as follows:

 
 
 
Subscription revenue
R'000

 
Hardware and other revenue
R'000

 
Total
revenue
R’000

 
 Adjusted EBITDA
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regional Sales Offices
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Africa
 
 
 
632,809

 
77,119

 
709,928

 
269,766

Europe
 
 
 
87,850

 
72,399

 
160,249

 
39,369

Americas
 
 
 
97,833

 
68,526

 
166,359

 
36,744

Middle East and Australasia
 
 
 
166,243

 
162,284

 
328,527

 
108,823

Brazil
 
 
 
12,682

 
10,369

 
23,051

 
(2,944
)
Total Regional Sales Offices
 
 
 
997,417

 
390,697

 
1,388,114

 
451,758

Central Services Organization
 
 
 
918

 
348

 
1,266

 
(106,680
)
Total Segment Results
 
 
 
998,335

 
391,045

 
1,389,380

 
345,078

Corporate and consolidation entries
 
 
 

 

 

 
(62,084
)
Total
 
 
 
998,335

 
391,045

 
1,389,380

 
282,994


The revenue from external parties reported to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker is measured in a manner consistent with that in the income statement. There are no material non-cash items provided to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker other than disclosed in the reconciliation of profit for the year to Adjusted EBITDA below.

During the 2017 fiscal year, impairments to capitalized product development costs of R2.6 million within the Africa segment and R0.5 million within the CSO segment were recognized in profit or loss. The Brazil segment recognized a reversal of impairment in respect of in-vehicle devices of R0.8 million in profit and loss. During the 2016 fiscal year, impairments to in-house software of R2.9 million were recognized in profit or loss within corporate and consolidation entries and the Brazil segment recognized an impairment to in-vehicle devices of R1.9 million in profit and loss. During the 2015 fiscal year, impairments to furniture and fittings and computer equipment of R0.5 million were recognized in profit or loss by the Middle East and Australasia segment. A R0.6 million impairment related to the helicopter asset was also recognized in profit or loss


24


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




by the Africa segment. The CSO segment recognized impairments of capitalized product development costs of R0.5 million in profit or loss.
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group’s chief operating decision-maker. The Group’s chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified collectively as the executive committee and the Chief Executive Officer of the Group.
The Group’s chief operating decision-maker assesses the performance of the operating segments based on Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as the profit for the period before income taxes, net finance income/(costs) including foreign exchange gains/(losses), depreciation of property, plant and equipment including capitalized in-vehicle devices, amortization of intangible assets including capitalized in-house development costs and intangible assets identified as part of a business combination, share-based compensation costs, transaction costs arising from the acquisition of a business or investigating strategic alternatives, restructuring costs, profits/(losses) on the disposal or impairments of assets or subsidiaries, insurance reimbursements relating to impaired assets and certain litigation costs.
A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year is disclosed below.
 
 
March 31, 2017

 
March 31, 2016

 
March 31, 2015

 
 
R’000

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the year
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
 
301,613

 
277,215

 
282,994

Add:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance reimbursement (1)
 

 

 
3,237

Reversal of impairment (2)
 
791

 

 

Decrease in restructuring cost provision
 

 
333

 

Less:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation (3)
 
(98,508
)
 
(75,037
)
 
(61,099
)
Amortization (4)
 
(44,734
)
 
(47,586
)
 
(46,294
)
Impairment (5)
 
(3,166
)
 
(4,776
)
 
(1,646
)
Share-based compensation costs
 
(3,311
)
 
(5,820
)
 
(7,578
)
Equity-settled share-based compensation costs
 
(2,247
)
 
(7,838
)
 
(5,220
)
Cash-settled share-based compensation costs (6)
 
(1,064
)
 
2,018

 
(2,358
)
Net loss on sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
 
(262
)
 
(208
)
 
(456
)
Increase in restructuring cost provision (7)
 
(14,561
)
 

 
(11,267
)
Transaction costs arising from the acquisition of a business
 

 

 
(93
)
Transaction costs arising from investigating strategic alternatives (8)
 

 
(5,037
)
 

Net litigation costs (9)
 

 

 
(7,937
)
Operating profit
 
137,862

 
139,084

 
149,861

Add: Finance income/(costs) — net
 
10,391

 
150,327

 
80,778

Less:  Taxation
 
(26,812
)
 
(106,920
)
 
(81,623
)
Profit for the year
 
121,441

 
182,491

 
149,016



25


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




(1)  
Insurance reimbursement related to the helicopter asset impaired during the second quarter of the 2015 fiscal year .
(2)
The reversal of impairment of R0.8 million relates to in-vehicle devices in the Brazil segment.
(3) Includes depreciation of property, plant and equipment (including in-vehicle devices).
(4)  
Includes amortization of intangible assets (including capitalized in-house development costs and intangible assets identified as part of a business combination).
(5)  
In fiscal 2017, asset impairments relate to the impairment of capitalized product development costs of R2.6 million in the Africa segment and R0.5 million in the CSO segment. In 2016 includes R2.9 million impairment of in-house software and R1.9 million related to in-vehicle devices. In 2015, asset impairments included R0.5 million impairment of computer equipment and furniture and fittings which is related to the restructuring described in note 19, R0.6 million related to the helicopter asset and R0.5 million impairment of capitalized product development costs.
(6)  
Cash-settled share-based payments are described in note 20.
(7)  
Restructuring costs incurred in 2017 and 2015 are described in note 19.
(8)  
Transaction costs incurred in 2016 arising from investigating strategic alternatives are described in note 23.
(9)  
Net costs relating to litigation and the related insurance proceeds in 2015 are described in note 23.

Revenue generated by the South African-based operating segments of the Group (i.e. Central Services Organization and Africa, excluding East Africa) to its local and foreign-based customers amounted to R836.2  million (2016: R784.5 million, 2015: R696.7 million) for the 2017 fiscal year, whereas revenue generated by the foreign-based segments of the Group (i.e. Europe, Americas, East Africa, Middle East, Brazil and Australasia) to its local and foreign-based customers amounted to R703.9 million (2016: R680.5 million, 2015: R692.7 million).
Total non-current assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets located in South Africa is R621.0 million (2016: R533.8 million, 2015: R472.7 million), and the total of these non-current assets located in foreign countries is R174.6  million (2016: R120.8 million, 2015: R26.9 million). These assets are allocated based on the physical location of the asset and are stated before any inter-company eliminations.



26


Notes to the annual financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 


6.    Property, plant and equipment
 
 
Property
R’000

 
Plant,
equipment,
vehicles
and other
R’000

 
Computer
and radio equipment
R’000

 
In-vehicle
devices
uninstalled
R’000

 
In-vehicle
devices
installed
R’000

 
Total
owned
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At April 1, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost
 
22,269

 
46,127

 
60,976

 
16,643

 
141,110

 
287,125

Accumulated depreciation and impairments
 
(3,871
)
 
(28,855
)
 
(42,117
)
 

 
(76,438
)
 
(151,281
)
Net book amount
 
18,398

 
17,272

 
18,859

 
16,643

 
64,672

 
135,844

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended March 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening net book amount
 
18,398

 
17,272

 
18,859

 
16,643

 
64,672

 
135,844

Additions
 
19

 
7,176

 
5,004

 
155,188

 

 
167,387

Transfers
 

 

 

 
(113,121
)
 
113,121

 

Impairment (notes 5, 23, 29, 31.2)
 

 

 
(20
)
 
(321
)
 
(1,564
)
 
(1,905
)
Disposals*
 

 
(661
)
 
(58
)
 

 
(122
)
 
(841
)
Depreciation charge (notes 5, 23, 31.2)
 
(453
)
 
(7,086
)
 
(10,531
)
 

 
(56,967
)
 
(75,037
)
Currency translation differences
 

 
1,014

 
720

 
3,213

 
5,189

 
10,136

Closing net book amount
 
17,964

 
17,715

 
13,974

 
61,602

 
124,329

 
235,584

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At March 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost
 
22,288

 
51,474

 
65,160

 
61,989

 
216,862

 
417,773

Accumulated depreciation and impairments
 
(4,324
)
 
(33,759
)
 
(51,186
)
 
(387
)
 
(92,533
)
 
(182,189
)
Net book amount
 
17,964

 
17,715

 
13,974

 
61,602

 
124,329

 
235,584

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended March 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening net book amount
 
17,964

 
17,715

 
13,974

 
61,602

 
124,329

 
235,584

Additions
 

 
4,712

 
6,698

 
158,600

 

 
170,010

Transfers
 

 

 

 
(161,532
)
 
161,532

 

Reversal of impairment (notes 5, 23, 29, 31.2)
 

 

 

 

 
791

 
791

Disposals**
 

 
(181
)
 
(80
)
 

 
(370
)
 
(631
)
Depreciation charge (notes 5, 23, 31.2)
 
(453
)
 
(6,759
)
 
(7,785
)
 

 
(83,511
)
 
(98,508
)
Currency translation differences
 

 
(616
)
 
(487
)
 
(3,200
)
 
(8,823
)
 
(13,126
)
Closing net book amount
 
17,511

 
14,871

 
12,320

 
55,470

 
193,948

 
294,120

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

27




Notes to the annual financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 


 
 
Property
R’000

 
Plant,
equipment,
vehicles
and other
R’000

 
Computer
and radio equipment
R’000

 
In-vehicle
devices
uninstalled
R’000

 
In-vehicle
devices
installed
R’000

 
Total
owned
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended March 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost
 
22,288

 
48,186

 
58,048

 
55,470

 
333,057

 
517,049

Accumulated depreciation and impairments
 
(4,777
)
 
(33,315
)
 
(45,728
)
 

 
(139,109
)
 
(222,929
)
Net book amount
 
17,511

 
14,871

 
12,320

 
55,470

 
193,948

 
294,120

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
* The historical costs and accumulated depreciation on fully depreciated assets which were retired and removed from the accounting records during the 2016 fiscal year included R3.1 million relating to plant, equipment, vehicles and other, R2.8 million relating to computer and radio equipment and R43.6 million relating to in-vehicle devices installed.

** The historical costs and accumulated depreciation on fully depreciated assets which were retired and removed from the accounting records during the 2017 fiscal year included R5.2 million relating to plant, equipment, vehicles and other, R10.1 million relating to computer and radio equipment and R31.9 million relating to in-vehicle devices installed.
Additions of R170.0 million made in fiscal 2017 include non-cash additions of uninstalled in-vehicle devices of R1.7 million and plant, equipment, vehicles and other of R0.2 million relating to the Central Services Organization segment. R12.1 million was paid in the current fiscal year which related to uninstalled in-vehicle devices which were accrued and accounted for as non-cash additions in the 2016 fiscal year by the Central Services Organization. Additions of R167.4 million made in 2016 included non-cash additions of uninstalled in-vehicle devices of R12.1 million. R0.3 million was paid in the 2016 fiscal year which related to furniture and fittings which were accrued and accounted for as non-cash additions in the 2015 fiscal year.
Depreciation expense of R85.8 million (2016: R60.2 million, 2015: R48.7 million) has been charged to cost of sales. The remainder has been included in administration and other charges in the income statement.
During the 2017 fiscal year, a reversal of impairment of R0.8 million in respect of in-vehicle devices which were impaired in fiscal 2016 was recognized in profit or loss by the Brazil segment. The improvement in trading conditions in the Brazil segment resulted in the reassessment of its recoverable amount in fiscal 2017. I n fiscal 2017 the assessment indicated that the recoverable amount was higher than its carrying value which led to the aforementioned impairment reversal. The recoverable amount of the Brazil segment, was determined based on value-in-use calculations which require the use of assumptions. The calculations use cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year period. The key assumptions used for the impairment calculation are disclosed in note 20. A 1% increase in the discount rate or 5% decrease in the cash flows utilized in the value in use calculation would have resulted in an impairment of R2.7 million or R0.5 million, respectively, rather than the reversal recorded.
During the 2016 fiscal year, impairments to in-vehicle devices of R1.9 million were recognized in the Brazil segment. In addition, impairments to computer equipment of R0.02 million were recognized in profit or loss by the Middle East and Australasia segment.

 
 

28




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




7.    Intangible assets
 
 
Goodwill
R’000

 
Patents and
trademarks
R’000

 
Customer
relationships
R’000

 
Product
development
costs
R’000

 
Computer software, technology, in-house software   and
other
R’000

 
Total
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At April 1, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost
 
621,426

 
2,990

 
69,445

 
149,967

 
86,854

 
930,682

Accumulated amortization and impairments
 

 
(608
)
 
(31,260
)
 
(57,439
)
 
(62,857
)
 
(152,164
)
Net book amount
 
621,426

 
2,382

 
38,185

 
92,528

 
23,997

 
778,518

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended March 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening net book amount
 
621,426

 
2,382

 
38,185

 
92,528

 
23,997

 
778,518

Additions
 

 
46

 

 
58,869

 
26,432

 
85,347

Transfers
 

 

 

 
3,597

 
(3,597
)
 

Disposals*
 

 

 

 

 

3


Amortization charge (notes 23 and 31.2)
 

 
(805
)
 
(8,337
)
 
(25,110
)
 
(13,334
)
 
(47,586
)
Impairment loss (notes 5, 23, 29, 31.2)
 

 

 

 

 
(2,871
)
 
(2,871
)
Currency translation differences
 
32,903

 

 
137

 
77

 
326

 
33,443

Closing net book amount
 
654,329

 
1,623

 
29,985

 
129,961

 
30,953

 
846,851

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At March 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost
 
654,329

 
3,036

 
40,165

 
206,836

 
93,801

 
998,167

Accumulated amortization and impairments
 

 
(1,413
)
 
(10,180
)
 
(76,875
)
 
(62,848
)
 
(151,316
)
Net book amount
 
654,329

 
1,623

 
29,985

 
129,961

 
30,953

 
846,851

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended March 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening net book amount
 
654,329

 
1,623

 
29,985

 
129,961

 
30,953

 
846,851

Additions
 

 
119

 

 
78,020

 
41,269

 
119,408

Disposals**
 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization charge (notes 23 and 31.2)
 

 
(816
)
 
(6,762
)
 
(28,847
)
 
(8,309
)
 
(44,734
)
Impairment loss (notes 5, 23, 29, 31.2)
 

 

 

 
(3,166
)
 

 
(3,166
)
Currency translation differences
 
(35,419
)
 

 

 
(179
)
 
(861
)
 
(36,459
)
Closing net book amount
 
618,910

 
926

 
23,223

 
175,789

 
63,052

 
881,900

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At March 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost
 
618,910

 
3,155

 
40,165

 
265,637

 
130,131

 
1,057,998

Accumulated amortization and impairments
 

 
(2,229
)
 
(16,942
)
 
(89,848
)
 
(67,079
)
 
(176,098
)
Net book amount
 
618,910

 
926

 
23,223

 
175,789

 
63,052

 
881,900

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
* The historical costs and accumulated amortization on fully depreciated assets which were retired and removed from the accounting records during the 2016 year included R34.8 million relating to customer relationships, R10.0 million relating to product development costs and R10.9 million relating to computer software, technology, in-house software and other.
** The historical costs and accumulated amortization on fully depreciated assets which were retired and removed from the accounting records during the 2017 year included R16.4 million relating to product development costs and R1.7 million relating to computer software, technology, in-house software and other.

29




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 





In fiscal 2017, staff costs of R54.6 million (2016: R45.2 million, 2015: R34.1 million) have been capitalized to product development costs while R1.6 million (2016: R1.3 million, 2015: RNil) was capitalized to in-house software.
Additions of R119.4 million made during 2017 include non-cash additions of R1.9 million relating to capitalized development costs in the CSO segment and R3.1 million related to computer software, technology, in-house software and other intangibles in the Middle East and Australasia segment which have been accrued at March 31, 2017. R0.9 million relating to capitalized development costs were paid in the current fiscal year which were accrued and accounted for as non-cash additions in 2016. Additions of R85.3 million made during 2016 included non-cash additions of R0.9 million relating to capitalized development costs which were accrued and accounted for as non-cash additions in 2016. R1.3 million relating to capitalized development costs and R0.5 million relating to software costs were paid in the 2016 fiscal year which were accrued and accounted for as non-cash additions in 2015.
Amortization expense of R30.1 million (2016: R24.9 million, 2015: R25.4 million) has been charged to cost of sales. The remainder has been included in administration and other charges in the income statement.
During fiscal 2017, impairments to capitalized product development costs of R0.5 million within the CSO segment and R2.6 million within the Africa segment were recognized in profit or loss. During the 2016 fiscal year, impairments to in-house software of R2.9 million were recognized in profit or loss within Corporate and consolidation entries. The impairment losses have been included in administration and other charges in the income statement.
Included in product development costs is product development assets in progress with a net book amount of R51.1 million (2016: R43.6 million , 2015: R24.5 million ). Included in computer software, technology, in-house software and other is internally generated in-house software in progress with a net book amount of R42.8 million (2016: R18.3 million , 2015: R1.1 million).
Change in estimate of useful lives of product development costs capitalized
During fiscal 2017 the CSO segment extended the useful lives of certain projects where on average the useful lives were increased from 4.9 years to 7.5 years. The extension of the useful lives resulted in a R9.0 million reduction in the product development amortization expense relative to what it would have been in fiscal 2017 had the change not occurred. R2.0 million, R1.4 million, R1.6 million, R1.2 million, R0.9 million, R0.9 million, R0.8 million and R0.2 million of this amortization reduction is expected to be charged to the income statement in the 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024 and 2025 fiscal years, respectively.
Impairment tests for goodwill
Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s CGUs identified within its operating segments. It should be noted that, as disclosed in note 5, while CSO is reported as a reportable segment excluding any inter-company revenue and related costs, it remains a CGU, as there remains an active market for the output produced by CSO. The impairment tests for goodwill have been performed on the same basis as the previous financial years.
A summary of the goodwill at operating segment level is presented below:  
 
 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
Foreign currency translation differences
R'000

 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Central Services Organization
 
103,119

 

 
103,119

Europe
 
139,402

 
(29,792
)
 
109,610

Middle East and Australasia
 
58,758

 
(5,627
)
 
53,131

Africa
 
353,050

 

 
353,050

Total
 
654,329

 
(35,419
)
 
618,910

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The recoverable amounts of all CGUs are determined based on value-in-use calculations, which use pre-tax cash flow projections based on approved financial budgets covering a three to five-year period. A five-year period was used to ensure that in respect of the Europe and Middle East and Australasia segments, stable cash flows are used for purposes of calculating terminal values included in the value-in-use calculations. These cash flows are based on the current market conditions and near-term expectations.  

30




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The key assumptions used for the value-in-use calculations are as follows :  
2017
 
Central Services Organization

 
Africa

 
Europe

 
Middle
East and
Australasia

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
– pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections (%)
 
17.6

 
18.6

 
9.8

 
16.0

Growth rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
– growth rate used to extrapolate cash flow beyond the budget period (%)
 
5.5

 
5.5

 
2.3

 
2.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
Central Services Organization
 
Africa
 
Europe
 
Middle
East and
Australasia
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
– pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections (%)
 
19.8
 
18.4
 
8.2
 
13.4
Growth rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
– growth rate used to extrapolate cash flow beyond the budget period (%)
 
5.3
 
5.3
 
2.0
 
3.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The discount rates were calculated using the capital asset pricing model. These rates reflect specific risks relating to the relevant CGUs. The growth rate has been determined based on the expected long-term inflation outlook .
Goodwill sensitivity
Given the significant headroom that exists in the CGUs, management believes that a reasonable change in assumptions would not result in any goodwill impairments.

8.    Finance lease receivable
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Total finance lease receivable
 
162

 
1,151

Short-term portion receivable within 12 months
 
140

 
984

Long-term portion receivable after 12 months
 
22

 
167

 
 
 
 
 
The Group has entered into certain finance lease arrangements with customers to supply fleet management products and services. The terms of the leases vary between 24 and 36 months and the leases are denominated in Euro. The unguaranteed residual values of the assets leased under finance lease are considered negligible.  

31




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The finance lease receivables are neither past due nor impaired. In determining the recoverability of the finance lease receivables, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the finance lease receivable from the date the leases were initially entered into until the end of the current reporting year.
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Gross finance lease receivable –minimum lease payments:
 
 
 
 
Not later than one year
 
145

 
1,015

Later than one year but not later than five years
 
22

 
173

 
 
167

 
1,188

Unearned finance income
 
(5
)
 
(37
)
Net investment in finance leases
 
162

 
1,151

 
 
 
 
 
The net investment in finance leases may be analyzed as follows:
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Not later than one year
 
140

 
984

Later than one year but not later than five years
 
22

 
167

Net investment in finance leases
 
162

 
1,151

 
 
 
 
 
9.    Inventory
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Inventory – finished goods
 
26,449

 
64,489

 
 
 
 
 
During the current year an amount of R10.0 million (2016: R5.3 million) was recognized as a charge in cost of sales as a result of the write down of inventory to net realizable value (notes 23 and 31.2).
10.    Trade and other receivables  
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Trade receivables
 
220,402

 
259,269

Less : Provision for impairment of trade receivables
 
(8,783
)
 
(12,438
)
Trade receivables — net
 
211,619

 
246,831

Pre-payments
 
24,772

 
21,344

Sundry debtors
 
24,185

 
24,870

 
 
260,576

 
293,045

 
 
 
 
 
 

32




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The ageing of trade receivables at the reporting date is as follows: 
 
 
Gross
R’000

 
Provision for
impairment
R’000

 
Net
R'000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
Not past due
 
129,121

 
(920
)
 
128,201

Past due by 1 to 30 days
 
54,340

 
(1,350
)
 
52,990

Past due by 31 to 60 days
 
20,999

 
(1,854
)
 
19,145

Past due by more than 60 days
 
15,942

 
(4,659
)
 
11,283

Total
 
220,402

 
(8,783
)
 
211,619

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
R’000

 
Provision for
impairment
R’000

 
Net
R'000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
Not past due
 
117,946

 
(238
)
 
117,708

Past due by 1 to 30 days
 
70,167

 
(223
)
 
69,944

Past due by 31 to 60 days
 
17,425

 
(207
)
 
17,218

Past due by more than 60 days
 
53,731

 
(11,770
)
 
41,961

Total
 
259,269

 
(12,438
)
 
246,831

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The trade receivables above, which are past due and not impaired, relate to a number of independent customers for whom there is no recent history of default.
With the exception of a single sundry debtor of R4.6 million at March 31, 2017 (March 31, 2016:Nil) which is past due by more than 60 days and which has been impaired in full, sundry debtors are neither past due nor impaired.
The carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:  
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
South African Rand
 
80,037

 
102,802

Australian Dollar
 
21,754

 
19,232

Brazilian Real
 
15,684

 
8,870

Euro
 
24,411

 
30,122

Great Britain Pound
 
18,535

 
21,207

United Arab Emirates Dirham
 
3,354

 
10,122

United States Dollar
 
94,441

 
97,297

Other
 
2,360

 
3,393

 
 
260,576

 
293,045

 
 
 
 
 


33




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




Movements in the Group’s provision for impairment of trade and other receivables are as follows:
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Opening balance
 
(12,438
)
 
(13,255
)
Increase in provision for impairment (note 31.2)
 
(17,713
)
 
(14,735
)
Receivables written off during the year as irrecoverable
 
16,429

 
16,554

Foreign currency translation differences
 
376

 
(1,002
)
Closing balance
 
(13,346
)
 
(12,438
)
 
 
 
 
 
The Group’s provision for impairment of trade and other receivables includes:
 
 
 
 
Trade receivables
 
(8,783
)
 
(12,438
)
Sundry debtors
 
(4,563
)
 

Closing balance
 
(13,346
)
 
(12,438
)
 
 
 
 
 
The creation of the provision for impairment of trade and other receivables is included in administration and other charges in the income statement. In determining the recoverability of a receivable, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the receivable from the date credit was initially granted until the end of the reporting year. Amounts provided for are generally written off when there is no expectation of recovering the amount.
Trade receivables of R11.1 million (2016: R35.3 million) are pledged as security for the Group’s overdraft facilities (note 12, 15).
The fair value of trade and other receivables approximate their carrying values as the impact of discounting is not considered material due to the short-term nature of the receivables. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. Other than 11% of the gross receivable balance relating to two debtors at the end of the 2017 fiscal year (2016: 5% of the gross receivable balance relating to one debtor), the Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, due to its spread of customers across various operations and geographical locations. The Group does not hold any collateral as security.


34




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




11.    Restricted cash  
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Cash securing guarantee issued in terms of the Mobile Telephone Networks Proprietary Limited incentive agreement (denominated in South African Rand)
 
1,000

 
1,000

Cash securing guarantees issued in respect of lease agreements entered into (denominated in South African Rand)
 
393

 
393

Cash securing guarantees issued in respect of products sold by MiX Telematics Europe Limited (denominated in Euro)
 
1,422

 
2,180

Cash securing guarantees issued in respect of MiX Telematics Middle East FZE relating to employee visas in the UAE (denominated in UAE Dirham)
 
4,192

 
4,542

Cash held for purposes of distribution to MiX Telematics Enterprise BEE Trust and MiX Telematics Fleet Support Trust beneficiaries (denominated in South African Rand)
 
5,118

 
5,886

Guarantees issued in respect of corporate credit card agreements entered into in North America (denominated in US Dollar)
 

 
742

Cash securing guarantees issued in respect of lease agreements entered into by MiX Telematics Australasia (denominated in Australian Dollar)
 
1,143

 
1,236

Cash held by MiX Telematics International subject to exchange control restrictions in Nigeria (denominated in Nigerian Naira)
 

 
2,788

Cash held by MiX Telematics Limited to be paid to a participant of the TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme in respect of share options exercised (denominated in South African Rand)
 

 
2,367

 
 
13,268

 
21,134

 
 
 
 
 


  12.    Net cash and cash equivalents
Net cash and cash equivalents included in the statement of cash flow comprise of the following amounts which are included in the statement of financial position:


 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
375,782

 
877,136

 
945,381

Bank overdraft (note 15)
 
(19,449
)
 
(16,374
)
 
(17,966
)
 
 
356,333

 
860,762

 
927,415

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The credit quality of cash and cash equivalents that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to external credit ratings, as follows :  
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA
 

 

 
3,482

AA
 
197,873

 
743,600

 
738,743

A
 
78,605

 
48,757

 
92,841

BBB
 
99,304

 
84,779

 
110,315

 
 
375,782

 
877,136

 
945,381

 
 
 
 
 
 
 



35


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The carrying amounts of net cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
South African Rand
 
100,721

 
87,675

 
140,618

Australian Dollar
 
19,574

 
25,451

 
17,328

Brazilian Real
 
2,987

 
3,625

 
3,495

Euro
 
4,649

 
(55
)
 
9,774

Great Britain Pound
 
48,540

 
45,017

 
37,017

United States Dollar
 
178,768

 
698,166

 
718,096

Other
 
1,094

 
883

 
1,087

 
 
356,333

 
860,762

 
927,415

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

13. Stated capital
 
 
Number of
shares
000s

 
Stated
capital
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At April 1, 2015
 
792,838

 
1,436,993

Shares issued in relation to share options exercised
 
6,300

 
7,722

Treasury shares held by MiX Telematics Investments Proprietary Limited ("MiX Investments")
 
(40,000
)
 
(123,760
)
Balance at March 31, 2016
 
759,138

 
1,320,955

Shares issued in relation to share options exercised
 
5,125

 
7,072

Share repurchase from Imperial Corporate Services Proprietary Limited
 
(200,828
)
 
(473,682
)
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2017
 
563,435

 
854,345

 
 
 
 
 
The total authorized number of ordinary shares at the end of the financial year amounted to 1 billion shares (2016: 1 billion) with no par value. All issued shares are fully paid up and carry one vote per share and the right to dividends. There were no changes to the authorized number of ordinary shares during the current or prior financial year.

In terms of a special resolution approved in fiscal 2014 a new class of no par value shares, consisting of 100 million preference shares, was created. No preference shares have been issued to date.

Fiscal 2017 specific share repurchase from related party
On April 29, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement (the “share repurchase agreement”) with Imperial Holdings Limited ("Imperial Holdings") and Imperial Corporate Services Proprietary Limited ("Imperial Corporate Services"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Imperial Holdings, to repurchase all 200,828,260 of the Company’s shares held by Imperial Corporate Services (the “repurchase shares”) at R2.36 per repurchase share, for an aggregate repurchase consideration of R474.0 million (the “repurchase”). At the special general meeting held on August 1, 2016, shareholders of the Company approved the repurchase in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements and the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008, at which point the transaction was accounted for in terms of IFRS. The repurchase was implemented on August 29, 2016. Subsequent to the repurchase, the shares were delisted and now form part of the authorized unissued share capital of the Company.


36




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The financial effect of the transaction is as follows:
Figures are in thousands unless otherwise stated
 
South African Rand

 
 
 
Aggregate repurchase consideration
 
473,955

Impact of discounting related to the fiscal 2017 share repurchase transaction (note 25)
 
(3,222
)
Transaction costs capitalized
 
2,949

Total share repurchase costs
 
473,682

 
 
 


Fiscal 2016 share repurchase program
During fiscal 2016, the MiX Telematics Board approved a share repurchase program under which the Group could repurchase up to 40,000,000 of its ordinary shares (up to 1,600,000 ADSs) through to March 15, 2016. As of March 31, 2016, 40,000,000 shares had been repurchased at a total cost of R123.8 million (at an average price of R3.09 per share) by MiX Telematics Investments Proprietary Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group. The following terms were applicable to the share repurchase program:
The Group could repurchase its shares from time to time in its discretion through open-market transactions and block trades, based on ongoing assessments of the capital needs of the Group, the market price of its securities and general market conditions.
This share repurchase program could be discontinued at any time by the Board of Directors, and the Group had no obligation to repurchase any amount of its securities under the program.
The repurchase program was funded out of existing cash resources
As a result of the above share repurchase programme, MiX Investments Proprietary Limited holds 40,000,000 treasury shares consisting of 973,954 ADS's (each ADS representing 25 ordinary shares) and 15,651,115 ordinary shares of the Company.
   
Equity incentive plans
The Group has issued share incentives under two equity incentive plans, the TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme and the MiX Telematics Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), to directors and certain key employees within the Group. With the introduction of the LTIP, which was approved by shareholders in terms of an ordinary resolution during 2014, no further awards will be made in terms of the TeliMatrix Group Limited Executive Incentive Scheme going forward.
The LTIP is now being used to issue share incentives to employees and executive members within the Group. The LTIP provides for three types of grants to be issued, namely performance shares, retention shares or share appreciation rights (“SARs”). To date only SARs have been issued.
The table below indicates the total number of awards under the LTIP which are available for issue:
 
Number of awards

 
 
Reconciliation of number of awards available for issue under the LTIP
 
Maximum number of awards that may be issued during the life of the LTIP
120,000,000

Issued in fiscal 2015
(2,900,000
)
Number of awards available for issue as at March 31, 2015
117,100,000

Issued in fiscal 2016
(11,835,000
)
Number of awards available for issue as at March 31, 2016
105,265,000

Issued in fiscal 2017
(13,950,000
)
Number of awards available for issue as at March 31, 2017
91,315,000

 
 


37




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




Both equity incentive plans are discussed in further detail in the sections that follow.

Share options under the TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme
Share options have been granted to directors and certain key employees within the Group. The exercise price of the options granted is equal to the weighted average market value of ordinary shares for the 20 days preceding the date of the grant. The options vest in tranches of 25% per annum, commencing on the second anniversary of the grant date and expire six years after the grant date. In addition to these vesting periods, the vesting of the share options granted are conditional on certain performance conditions being met, namely the share price on the associated measurement date being in excess of the target, after being reduced by the aggregate amount of dividends paid, or an annual total shareholder return in excess of 10% and 5%, taking into account any dividends paid during the vesting period, being achieved. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.
Movements in the total number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows: 
 
 
Weighted
average
exercise price
2017
cents per share

 
Number  of
options
2017
000s

 
Weighted
average
exercise price
2016
cents per share

 
Number  of
options
2016
000s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at the beginning of the year
 
235

 
28,913

 
217

 
36,588

Exercised
 
138

 
(5,125
)
 
123

 
(6,300
)
Forfeited
 
312

 
(5,875
)
 
257

 
(1,375
)
Expired
 
112

 
(3,300
)
 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year
 
266

 
14,613

 
235

 
28,913

Exercisable at the end of the year
 
217

 
8,825

 
184

 
11,250

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The weighted average remaining contractual life on share options outstanding at year-end is 1.87 years (2016: 2.29 years).
Options exercised in 2017 resulted in 5,125,000 shares (2016: 6,300,000 shares) being issued at a weighted average exercise price of 138 cents per share (2016: 123 cents per share). The related weighted average share price at the time of exercise was 307 cents per share (2016: 261 cents per share).

Refer to note 23 for the total expense recognized in fiscal year 2017 in respect of equity-settled instruments granted to employees and directors.
Share options outstanding at the end of the fiscal year have the following exercise prices: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 31,  2017
000's

 
March 31,  2016
000's

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual shareholder return
 
Grant date
 
Expiry date
 
Exercise price
 
 
 
 
5%
 
June 4, 2010
 
June 4, 2016
 
112 cents
 

 
1,975

5%
 
September 13, 2011
 
September 13, 2017
 
130 cents
 
263

 
300

10%
 
January 3, 2012
 
January 3, 2018
 
154 cents
 
2,750

 
3,250

10%
 
November 7, 2012
 
November 7, 2018
 
246 cents
 
8,100

 
10,850

10%
 
September 10, 2014
 
September 10, 2020
 
411 cents
 
3,500

 
6,500

Target share price
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R5
 
June 4, 2010
 
June 4, 2016
 
112 cents
 

 
5,025

R5
 
September 13, 2011
 
September 13, 2017
 
130 cents
 

 
1,013

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,613

 
28,913

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

38




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 





No share options were granted during the 2016 and 2017 fiscal years under this scheme.

Share appreciation rights
Under the LTIP, SARs may be issued to certain directors and key employees. The award price of the SARs granted is equal to the closing market value of ordinary shares on the day preceding the date of the grant. The SARs granted vest in tranches of 25% per annum, commencing on the second anniversary of the grant date and expire six years after the grant date. In addition to these vesting periods, the vesting of the SARs granted are conditional on a performance condition of an annual total shareholder return in excess of 10%, taking into account any dividends paid during the vesting period, being achieved.
Upon exercise of the SARs by participants, the Group will settle the value of the difference between the award and grant price by delivering shares, alternatively as a fall back provision only, by settling the value in cash.
Movements in the total number of SARs outstanding and their related weighted average award prices are as follows:
 
 
Weighted
average
award price
2017
cents per share

 
Number of
options
2017
000s

 
Weighted
average
award price
2016
cents per share

 
Number of
options
2016
000s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at the beginning of the year
 
311

 
14,435

 
305

 
2,900

Granted on August 31, 2015
 

 

 
313

 
11,835

Granted on May 30, 2016
 
294

 
9,950

 

 

Granted on November 24, 2016
 
328

 
4,000

 

 

Forfeited
 
303

 
(7,575
)
 
313

 
(300
)
Outstanding at the end of the year
 
309

 
20,810

 
311

 
14,435

Exercisable at the end of the year
 
305

 
725

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The weighted average remaining contractual life on SARs outstanding at year-end is 4.88 years (2016: 5.28).
No SARs were exercised during the year.

SARs outstanding at the end of the fiscal year have the following award prices:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 31,  2017
000's

 
March 31,  2016
000's

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual shareholder return
 
Grant date
 
Expiry date
 
Award price

 
 
 
 
10%
 
December 16, 2014
 
December 16, 2020
 
305

 
725

 
2,900

10%
 
August 31, 2015
 
August 31, 2021
 
313

 
9,160

 
11,535

10%
 
May 30, 2016
 
May 30, 2022
 
294

 
6,925

 

10%
 
November 24, 2016
 
November 24, 2022
 
328

 
4,000

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20,810

 
14,435

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The weighted average fair value of SARs granted during the 2017 and 2016 fiscal years was determined using a combination of the Monte Carlo Simulation option pricing model and the Binomial Tree option pricing model. The key drivers and assumptions input into the valuation models used to determine these values are disclosed below.
The volatility was calculated using a mixture of the Company's historical data as well as the share data of comparable companies for grants made in all financial years preceding 2017 and the Company's historical share data for grants made in the current year.

39




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 





The salient details of SARs granted during the 2017 fiscal year are provided in the table below: 
 
 
Total
shareholder
return
 
Total
shareholder
return
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grant date
 
November 24, 2016
 
May 30, 2016
 
Fair value (cents per share)
 
131.5
 
111.9
 
Award price (cents per share)
 
328
 
294
 
JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)
 
328
 
289
 
Expiry date
 
November 24, 2022
 
May 30, 2022
 
Performance conditions
 
 
 
 
 
– Total shareholder return of (%)
 
10.0
 
10.0
 
Remaining contractual life at March 31, 2017
 
5.65
 
5.17
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation assumptions and drivers
 
 
 
 
 
Volatility (%)
 
41.8
 
40.3
 
Anticipated forfeiture rate (%)
 
5.0
 
5.0
 
Anticipated dividend yield (%)
 
2.98
 
3.57
 
Annual risk-free interest rate (%)
 
8.20
 
8.74
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The salient details of SARs granted during the 2016 fiscal year are provided in the table below:
 
Total
shareholder
return
 
 
Grant date
August 31, 2015
Fair value (cents per share)
108.1
Award price (cents per share)
313.0
JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)
319.0
Expiry date
August 31, 2021
Performance conditions
 
– Total shareholder return of (%)
10.0
Remaining contractual life at March 31, 2017
4.42
 
 
Valuation assumptions and drivers
 
Volatility (%)
31.7
Anticipated forfeiture rate (%)
5.0
Anticipated dividend yield (%)
3.0
Annual risk-free interest rate (%)
7.95
Refer to note 23 for the total expense recognized in fiscal year 2017 in respect of equity-settled instruments granted to employees and directors.

40




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




Group executives held the following share options outstanding at March 31, 2017 (summarized by grant date):
 
 
January 3,
2012
000s

 
November 7,
2012
000s

 
September 10,
2014
000s

 
Total
000s

S Joselowitz (1)
 

 
2,500

 

 
2,500

C Tasker (1)
 
2,000

 
2,000

 
1,500

 
5,500

G Pretorius
 
750

 
1,500

 
1,000

 
3,250

C Lewis
 

 
1,500

 
1,000

 
2,500

 
 
2,750

 
7,500

 
3,500

 
13,750

Option strike price (cents per share)
 
154

 
246

 
411

 
 
JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)
 
160

 
300

 
411

 
 
Expiry date
 
January 3, 2018

 
November 7, 2018

 
September 10, 2020

 
 
Performance conditions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share price of (Rand)
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
 
Minimum shareholder return of
 
10
%
 
10
%
 
10
%
 
 
(1) Executive director at March 31, 2017.


Group executives held the following SARs outstanding at March 31, 2017 (summarized by grant date):
 
 
August 31,
2015
000s

 
May 30,
2016
000s

 
November 24,
2016
000s

 
Total
000s

S Joselowitz (1)
 
1,000

 
1,000

 

 
2,000

C Tasker (1)
 
750

 
750

 
875

 
2,375

P Dell (2)
 
200

 
200

 
875

 
1,275

G Pretorius
 
500

 
500

 
875

 
1,875

C Lewis
 
500

 
500

 
875

 
1,875

 
 
2,950

 
2,950

 
3,500

 
9,400

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)
 
319

 
289

 
328

 
 
Expiry date
 
August 31, 2021

 
May 30, 2022

 
November 24, 2022

 
 
Performance conditions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share price of (Rand)
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
 
Minimum shareholder return of
 
10
%
 
10
%
 
10
%
 
 
(1) Executive director at March 31, 2017.
(2) Appointed as e xecutive committee member with effect from February 1, 2017 and executive director with effect from February 9, 2017.
In respect of H Scott and R Botha who retired on May 31, 2015 and T Buzer who retired on March 31, 2014, the Board had resolved, as permitted by the share plan rules, that the options not exercised by these executives prior to the retirement date could be exercised upon vesting before the expiry date of the option.

No options were held by retired executives as at March 31, 2017.


41




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The following share options were exercised by Group executives during the 2017 fiscal year:
 
 
Date of
exercise
 
Options
exercised

 
Grant date
 
Strike price
(cents per
share)

 
Performance
condition
(R share price or % minimum shareholder return)

 
Exercise 
date
share 
price
(cents per
share)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M Pydigadu (1)
 
May 30, 2016
 
600,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
10
%
 
289

M Pydigadu (1)
 
November 07, 2016
 
750,000

 
November 07, 2012
 
246

 
10
%
 
323

S Joselowitz
 
June 03, 2016
 
1,500,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
10
%
 
301

B Horan (2)
 
June 07, 2016
 
250,000

 
January 3, 2012
 
154

 
10
%
 
300

(1) Resigned as at 9 February 2017.
(2) Resigned as at 30 September 2016.

The following share options were exercised during the 2017 fiscal year by retired Group executives:
 
 
Date of
exercise
 
Options
exercised

 
Grant date
 
Strike price
(cents per
share)

 
Performance
condition
(R share price or % minimum shareholder return)

 
Exercise 
date
share 
price
(cents per
share)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R Botha
 
June 1, 2016
 
1,375,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
10
%
 
308


Group executives held the following share options outstanding at March 31, 2016 (summarized by grant date):
 
 
June 4,
2010
000s

 
June 4,
2010
000s

 
January 3,
2012
000s

 
November 7,
2012
000s

 
September 10,
2014
000s

 
Total
000s

S Joselowitz (1)
 

 
3,000

 

 
2,500

 

 
5,500

M Pydigadu (1)
 
600

 
500

 

 
1,000

 
1,500

 
3,600

C Tasker (1)
 

 

 
2,000

 
2,000

 
1,500

 
5,500

B Horan
 

 

 
500

 
1,500

 
1,000

 
3,000

G Pretorius
 

 

 
750

 
1,500

 
1,000

 
3,250

C Lewis
 

 

 

 
1,500

 
1,000

 
2,500

 
 
600

 
3,500

 
3,250

 
10,000

 
6,000

 
23,350

Option strike price (cents per share)
 
112

 
112

 
154

 
246

 
411

 
 
JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)
 
104

 
104

 
160

 
300

 
411

 
 
Expiry date
 
June 4, 2016

 
June 4, 2016

 
January 3, 2018

 
November 7, 2018

 
September 10, 2020

 
 
Performance conditions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share price of (Rand)
 
n/a

 
5

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
 
Minimum shareholder return of
 
5
%
 
n/a

 
10
%
 
10
%
 
10
%
 
 
(1) Executive director at March 31, 2016.

42




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 





Group executives held the following SARs outstanding at March 31, 2016 (summarized by grant date):
 
 
August 31,
2015
000s

 
Total
000s

S Joselowitz (1)
 
1,000

 
1,000

M Pydigadu (1)
 
750

 
750

C Tasker (1)
 
750

 
750

B Horan
 
750

 
750

G Pretorius
 
500

 
500

C Lewis
 
500

 
500

 
 
4,250

 
4,250

 
 
 
 
 
JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)
 
319

 
 
Expiry date
 
August 31, 2021

 
 
Performance conditions
 
 
 
 
Share price of (Rand)
 
n/a

 
 
Minimum shareholder return of
 
10
%
 
 

The following share options were exercised by Group executives during the 2016 fiscal year:
 
 
Date of
exercise
 
Options
exercised

 
Grant date
 
Strike price
(cents per
share)

 
Performance
condition
(R share price or % minimum shareholder return)

 
Exercise 
date
share 
price
(cents per
share)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S Joselowitz (1)
 
March 5, 2016
 
1,500,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
5
%
 
220

M Pydigadu (1)
 
February 23, 2016
 
500,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
5
%
 
230

C Tasker (1)
 
March 9, 2016
 
1,500,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
5
%
 
225

B Horan
 
December 9, 2015
 
250,000

 
January 3, 2012
 
154

 
10
%
 
288

 
 
December 9, 2015
 
125,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
5
%
 
288

G Pretorius
 
March 8, 2016
 
125,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
5
%
 
210

C Lewis
 
March 1, 2016
 
125,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
5
%
 
224

(1) Executive director at March 31, 2016.
No SARs were exercised during fiscal year 2016.

43




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The following options were held by retired Group executives at March 31, 2016:
 
 
June 4,
2010
000s

 
June 4,
2010
000s

 
Total
000s

R Botha
 
1,375

 

 
1,375

H Scott
 

 
500

 
500

 
 
1,375

 
500

 
1,875

Option strike price (cents per share)
 
112

 
112

 
 
JSE share price on grant date (cents per share)
 
104

 
104

 
 
Expiry date
 
June 4, 2016

 
June 4, 2016

 
 
Performance conditions
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share price of (Rand)
 
n/a

 
5

 
 
Minimum shareholder return of
 
5
%
 
n/a

 
 

The following share options were exercised during 2016 by retired Group executives:
 
 
Date of
exercise
 
Options
exercised

 
Grant date
 
Strike price
(cents per
share)

 
Performance
condition
(R share price or % minimum shareholder return)

 
Exercise 
date
share 
price
(cents per
share)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
H Scott
 
September 15, 2015
 
375,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
5
%
 
310

T Buzer
 
November 10, 2015
 
375,000

 
June 4, 2010
 
112

 
5
%
 
313

 





14.    Other reserves  
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Opening balance
 
74,262

 
(21,894
)
Foreign currency translation*
 
(80,879
)
 
88,318

– Movement for the year – Gross
 
(80,820
)
 
90,784

– Tax effect of movement
 
(59
)
 
(2,466
)
Share-based payments (notes 23 and 31.2)
 
2,247

 
7,838

Closing balance
 
(4,370
)
 
74,262

 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation*
 
102,802

 
183,681

Reserve on transaction with non-controlling interest**
 
(137,438
)
 
(137,438
)
Share-based payments
 
30,266

 
28,019

Closing balance
 
(4,370
)
 
74,262

 
 
 
 
 

44




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




* T​he foreign currency translation reserve mainly results from the translation of the Group's foreign subsidiaries for which it is considered probable that temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Refer to note 18 for details about deferred taxes recognized for related temporary differences.

** During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008, the Group acquired a non-controlling equity interest held by a minority shareholder in one of its subsidiaries in exchange for a share consideration. R137.9 million (2016: R137.9 million) of the reserve represents the difference between the consideration paid and the Group’s share in the net asset value of the subsidiary acquired which has been recorded in equity. The remainder of R0.5 million is related to the transaction described in note 20, with Edge Gestao Empresarial Ltda ("Edge") in 2015. Edge increased its non-controlling interest in MiX Telematics Servicos De Tlematria E Rastremento De Veiculos Do Brazil Limitada ("MiX Brazil") from 0.0025% to 5.0% in fiscal 2015. The reserve on transaction with non-controlling interests represented the transfer of Edge's share of the historical losses of MiX Brazil from distributable reserves to non-controlling interests.


15.    Borrowings

 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Unsecured loan: Deferred consideration payable
 

 
1,103

 
 

 
1,103

Short-term portion payable within 12 months
 

 
(1,103
)
Long-term portion payable after 12 months
 

 

 
 
 
 
 
Movement for the year
 
 
 
 
Opening balance
 
1,103

 
2,503

Net payments made
 
(1,153
)
 
(1,402
)
Capitalized interest
 
50

 
2

Closing balance
 

 
1,103

 
 
 
 
 

The Group and its subsidiaries have unlimited borrowing capacity as specified in their respective Memorandums of Incorporation.

No new borrowings were raised by the Group during the 2017 and 2016 fiscal years.
The deferred consideration was settled in full during the 2017 fiscal year. The deferred consideration payable was unsecured, bore interest at the prime interest rate of 10.50% per annum during the 2017 fiscal year (2016: varied between 9.25% and 10.50%), and was repayable in monthly installments of R0.1 million. The deferred consideration paid during the 2017 fiscal year amounted to R1.2 million (2016: R1.4 million). The deferred consideration payable was denominated in South African Rand.
   
The Group did not default on any payments or breach any loan agreement term during the current or previous financial year.

 
 
Interest rate
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Undrawn borrowing facilities at floating rates include:
 
 
 
 
 
 
— Standard Bank Limited:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overdraft
 
Prime less 1.2%
 
50,551

 
53,626

Vehicle and asset finance
 
Prime less 1.2%
 
8,500

 
8,500

— Nedbank Limited overdraft
 
Prime less 2%
 
10,000

 
10,000

 
 
 
 
69,051

 
72,126

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

45




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The Standard Bank and Nedbank facilities have no fixed renewal date and are repayable on demand.
Included in the bank overdraft (note 12) is the following Standard Bank Limited facility which was secured by the following at March 31, 2017 and at March 31, 2016:
cross suretyships between the following Group companies:
– MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited;
– MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited; and
– MiX Telematics Limited.
an unrestricted cession of book debts by the following entities:
– MiX Telematics Limited; and
– MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited.
The facility from Nedbank Limited is unsecured.

16.    Trade and other payables
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Trade payables
 
79,892

 
70,231

Accruals
 
152,323

 
131,492

Revenue received in advance
 
62,990

 
64,446

Value added taxes
 
6,624

 
8,918

Other
 
7,281

 
7,560

 
 
309,110

 
282,647

 
 
 
 
 

17.     Retirement benefits
It is the policy of the Group to provide retirement benefits to all its South African, United Kingdom, United States, Brazilian, Romanian and Australian employees. All these retirement benefits are defined contribution plans and are held in separate trustee-administered funds. These plans are funded by members as well as company contributions. The South African plan is subject to the Pension Funds Act of 1956, the UK plan is subject to the United Kingdom Pensions Act 2011 (Commencement No 3) and the Australian plan is subject to the Superannuation Guarantee Administration Act of 1992. In Brazil, the Group contributes to a mandatory state social contribution plan known as Regime Geral de Previdência Social ( “RGPS” ) and a private social contribution plan called Regime de Previdência Complementar ( “RPC” ), which is optional. In Romania there is a mandatory social security contribution paid to the state budget, as defined by the Pension Law (Law 263/2010) and the Fiscal Code (Law 227/2015). For the United States employees a voluntary Internal Revenue Service section 401(k) tax-deferred defined contribution scheme is offered. The full extent of the Group’s liability, in respect of the retirement benefits offered, is the contributions made, which are charged to the income statement as they are incurred. The total Group contribution to such schemes in 2017 was R29.4 million (2016: R27.1 million, 2015: R20.0 million) (note 23).

46




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 





18.    Deferred tax
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
 
Capital allowances for tax purposes
 
33,616

 
27,603

Intangible assets
 
49,807

 
39,088

Pre-payments
 
2,815

 
1,970

Deferred foreign currency gains
 
61,616

 
87,878

Other
 
1,106

 
1,268

Gross deferred tax liabilities
 
148,960

 
157,807

Set-off of deferred tax balances
 
(48,893
)
 
(36,826
)
Net deferred tax liabilities
 
100,067

 
120,981

Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
 
Revenue received in advance
 
14,304

 
13,166

Capital allowances for tax purposes
 
22,107

 
25,609

Provisions, accruals and lease straight-lining
 
28,731

 
25,617

Assessable losses
 
10,736

 
1,043

Deferred foreign currency losses
 

 
487

Other
 
1,145

 
909

Gross deferred tax assets
 
77,023

 
66,831

Set-off of deferred tax balances
 
(48,893
)
 
(36,826
)
Net deferred tax assets
 
28,130

 
30,005

Net deferred tax liability
 
(71,937
)
 
(90,976
)
 
 
 
 
 
The gross movement in net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) is as follows:
 
 
 
 
Beginning of the year
 
(90,976
)
 
(39,818
)
Foreign currency translations
 
(878
)
 
683

Charge to equity (note 14)
 
(59
)
 
(2,466
)
Income statement charge (note 28)
 
19,976

 
(49,375
)
End of the year
 
(71,937
)
 
(90,976
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred foreign currency gains
Deferred foreign currency gains comprises of taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries in respect of which deferred tax has been recognized.


Recognition of deferred tax
Deferred tax at year-end has been recognized using the following corporate tax rates:
South Africa 28% (2016: 28%)
Australia 30% (2016: 30%)
Brazil 34% (2016: 34%)
Romania 16% (2016: 16%)
Thailand 20% (2016: 20%)
Uganda 30% (2016: 30%)

47




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




United Arab Emirates 0% (2016: 0%)
United Kingdom 19% (2016: 20%)
United States of America 34% (2016: 34%)

Deferred tax assets are recognized for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realization of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable. The Group did not recognize deferred tax assets of R34.3 million (2016: R47.3 million) in respect of losses amounting to R133.8 million (2016: R194.3 million) at year-end. During fiscal 2017 the Group raised a deferred tax asset of R5.3 million in respect of a portion of the tax losses available in the Europe segment. These tax losses were incurred in prior years. Since fiscal 2015, the entity started returning to profitability resulting in a re-assessment of its ability to utilize the tax losses and the recognition of a deferred tax asset for a portion thereof.
The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year, prior to taking into account the offsetting of deferred tax balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:
 
 
March 31,  2016

 
Charged/ (credited) to the income statement (note 28)

 
Charged/ (credited) directly to equity (note 14)

 
Foreign 
currency
translation
differences

 
March 31,  2017

 
 
R’000

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital allowances for tax purposes
 
27,603

 
6,013

 

 

 
33,616

Intangible assets
 
39,088

 
10,721

 

 
(2
)
 
49,807

Pre-payments
 
1,970

 
845

 

 

 
2,815

Deferred foreign currency gains
 
87,878

 
(25,834
)
 
(428
)
 

 
61,616

Other
 
1,268

 
(163
)
 

 
1

 
1,106

 
 
157,807

 
(8,418
)
 
(428
)
 
(1
)
 
148,960

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue received in advance
 
(13,166
)
 
(1,138
)
 

 

 
(14,304
)
Capital allowances for tax purposes
 
(25,609
)
 
3,478

 

 
24

 
(22,107
)
Provisions, accruals and lease straight-lining
 
(25,617
)
 
(3,495
)
 

 
381

 
(28,731
)
Assessable losses
 
(1,043
)
 
(10,178
)
 

 
485

 
(10,736
)
Deferred foreign currency losses
 
(487
)
 

 
487

 

 

Other
 
(909
)
 
(225
)
 

 
(11
)
 
(1,145
)
 
 
(66,831
)
 
(11,558
)
 
487

 
879

 
(77,023
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

48




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the prior year, prior to taking into account the offsetting of deferred tax balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:  
 
 
March 31,  2015

 
Charged/ (credited) to the income statement (note 28)

 
Charged/ (credited) directly to equity (note 14)

 
Foreign 
currency
translation
differences

 
March 31,  2016

 
 
R’000

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
R’000

 
R’000

Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital allowances for tax purposes
 
14,527

 
13,076

 

 

 
27,603

Intangible assets
 
32,227

 
6,858

 

 
3

 
39,088

Pre-payments
 
958

 
1,012

 

 

 
1,970

Deferred foreign currency gains
 
38,426

 
49,442

 
10

 

 
87,878

Other
 
4,826

 
(3,558
)
 

 

 
1,268

 
 
90,964

 
66,830

 
10

 
3

 
157,807

Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue received in advance
 
(11,171
)
 
(1,995
)
 

 

 
(13,166
)
Capital allowances for tax purposes
 
(14,071
)
 
(11,531
)
 

 
(7
)
 
(25,609
)
Provisions, accruals and lease straight-lining
 
(18,921
)
 
(5,985
)
 

 
(711
)
 
(25,617
)
Assessable losses
 
(955
)
 
(88
)
 

 

 
(1,043
)
Deferred foreign currency losses
 
(2,943
)
 

 
2,456

 

 
(487
)
Other
 
(3,085
)
 
2,144

 

 
32

 
(909
)
 
 
(51,146
)
 
(17,455
)
 
2,456

 
(686
)
 
(66,831
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


19.    Provisions
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Product warranties
 
 
 
 
Beginning of the year
 
16,564

 
13,500

Income statement charge
 
1,797

 
7,188

Utilized
 
(5,476
)
 
(5,536
)
Foreign currency translation differences
 
(1,347
)
 
1,412

End of the year
 
11,538

 
16,564

Non-current portion
 

 

Current portion
 
11,538

 
16,564

 
 
 
 
 
 
The Group provides warranties on certain products and undertakes to repair or replace items that fail to perform satisfactorily. Management estimates the related provision for future warranty claims based on historical warranty claim information, the product lifetime, as well as recent trends that might suggest that past cost information may differ from future claims.
 

49




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Maintenance provision
 
 
 
 
Beginning of the year
 
4,413

 
7,695

Income statement charge
 
15,182

 
11,804

Utilized
 
(15,944
)
 
(15,431
)
Foreign currency translation differences
 
(140
)
 
345

End of the year
 
3,511

 
4,413

Non-current portion
 
(409
)
 
(1,702
)
Current portion
 
3,102

 
2,711

 
 
 
 
 
The Group provides for maintenance required related to ongoing contracts when the obligation to repair occurs. Management estimates the related provision for maintenance costs per unit based on the estimated costs expected to be incurred to repair the respective units.  
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Decommissioning provision
 
 
 
 
Beginning of the year
 
1,812

 
1,525

Foreign currency translation differences
 
(388
)
 
287

End of the year
 
1,424

 
1,812

Non-current portion
 
(1,424
)
 
(1,812
)
Current portion
 

 

 
 
 
 
 

The Group provides for the anticipated present value of costs associated with the restoration of leasehold property to its condition at inception of the lease, including the removal of items included in plant and equipment that is erected on leased land. The final cash outflow of these costs is not expected to occur in the next 12 months.
 
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring provision
 
 
 
 
Beginning of the year
 
523

 
4,525

Income statement charge/(reversal) (note 23)
 
14,561

 
(333
)
Utilized
 
(2,834
)
 
(3,702
)
Foreign currency translation differences
 
(785
)
 
33

End of the year
 
11,465

 
523

Non-current portion
 

 

Current portion
 
11,465

 
523

 
 
 
 
 


50




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




Restructuring costs
2017
During March 2017, restructuring plans were implemented by the Europe and Middle East and Australasia segments. The total cost of the restructuring plans is expected to approximate R15.0 million. These costs consist of estimated staff costs in respect of affected employees. By March 31, 2017, R2.7 million of the expected restructuring costs had been incurred and the remaining provision of R11.5 million is expected to be fully utilized over the next 12 months.
In respect of a restructuring plan implemented during the 2015 fiscal year, the Africa segment incurred R0.1 million in respect of lease termination costs and reversed the remaining balance of R0.4 million of the restructuring provision during the current financial year.
2016
During October 2015, the Brazil segment implemented a restructuring plan. The total cost of the restructuring was approximately R0.5 million, with all of it being utilized during fiscal 2016.
The opening balance of the provision relates to the 2015 restructuring plans in the Africa and the Middle East and Australasia segments, R2.3 million in staff restructuring costs and R0.9 million in respect of lease termination costs were utilized in fiscal 2016 in respect of the provision previously raised. The Africa segment reversed R0.9 million of the restructuring provision primarily as a result of certain premises being sublet. The remaining provision of R0.5 million at March 31, 2016 related to lease termination costs in the Africa segment.

 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Other provisions
 
 
 
 
Beginning of the year
 
11,261

 

Income statement charge
 
281

 
11,072

Utilized
 
(8,600
)
 

Foreign currency translation differences
 
(269
)
 
189

End of the year
 
2,673

 
11,261

Non-current portion
 

 

Current portion
 
2,673


11,261

 
 
 
 
 

Other provisions
At March 31, 2016, the Group was involved in a supplier dispute and certain taxation matters specific to the respective jurisdictions in which the Group operates. During fiscal 2017, R8.6 million was paid in full settlement of the supplier obligations provided for in fiscal 2016. The remaining provision relates to taxation matters which may not be resolved in a manner that is favorable to the Group. The Group has raised provisions in respect of these matters based on estimates and the probability of an outflow of economic benefits and this should not be construed as an admission of legal liability.


51




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Total provisions
 
 
 
 
Product warranties
 
11,538

 
16,564

Maintenance provision
 
3,511

 
4,413

Decommissioning provision
 
1,424

 
1,812

Restructuring provision
 
11,465

 
523

Other provisions
 
2,673

 
11,261

Total provision
 
30,611

 
34,573

Non-current portion
 
(1,833
)
 
(3,514
)
Current provision
 
28,778

 
31,059

 
 
 
 
 
20.    Share-based payment liability

 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Movement in share-based payment liability for the year
 
 
 
 
Opening balance
 

 
1,950

Share-based payment expense recognized/(reversed) during the year
 
1,064

 
(2,018
)
Payment made in settlement of the share-based payment liability
 
(1,064
)
 

Foreign currency translation differences
 

 
68

Closing balance
 

 

 
 
 
 
 

MiX Fleet Support Trust

The cash-settled share-based payment expense incurred in 2017 is in respect of the sale of the MiX Telematics Fleet Support Trust's 51% interest in MiX Telematics Fleet Support Services Proprietary Limited to MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited. The proceeds from this transaction were distributed to certain employees who are beneficiaries of the trust. The Group has no further obligations in respect of this transaction.

MiX Brazil

In June 2014, the Group entered into an agreement with Edge, whereby Edge was granted a 5% holding in the equity interest of MiX Brazil. Prior to this agreement Edge held a non-controlling interest in MiX Brazil of 0.0025%. Edge is a Brazilian-based investment company controlled by Luiz Munhoz, the Managing Director of MiX Brazil. The increase in the equity interests granted to Edge is in respect of services provided by Luiz Munhoz to MiX Brazil, in his role as Managing Director of MiX Brazil. As part of the quotaholders agreement, Edge has an option to transfer its interest in MiX Brazil back to the Group at fair value.

The agreement with Edge represented a cash-settled share-based payment. The award was fully vested on grant date and a share-based payment expense of R2.4 million (note 23) relating to this agreement was recognized in the income statement in the 2015 fiscal year. The amount expensed in fiscal 2015 represented the fair value of the award that was issued.
In the 2016 and 2017 fiscal years the share-based payment liability was valued using discounted cash flow analysis. The fair value is determined by the use of cash flow projections based on approved budgets covering a five-year period. These cash flows are based on the current market conditions and near-term expectations. On a stand alone basis at the end of fiscal 2017 and 2016, the cash flow projections including debt revealed that the liability was unlikely to result in a cash outflow for the Group and as such its carrying amount is zero. See disclosures in note 6 for further information on the impairment of the Brazil CGU.


52




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis were:
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
 
 
 
– pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections (%)
 
21.0

 
26.5

Growth rate
 
 
 
 
– growth rate used to extrapolate cash flow beyond the budget period (%)
 
4.5

 
5.0

 
 
 
 
 

21.    Revenue
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription revenue
 
1,239,914

 
1,158,229

 
998,335

Hardware sales
 
222,315

 
221,306

 
298,680

Other
 
77,829

 
85,486

 
92,365

 
 
1,540,058

 
1,465,021

 
1,389,380

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

22.    Other income/(expenses) — net
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance reimbursement (notes 5 and 29)
 

 

 
3,237

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note 31.2)
 
(262
)
 
(208
)
 
(456
)
Other
 
688

 
1,452

 
1,014

 
 
426

 
1,244

 
3,795

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

53




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




23.    Operating profit
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit is stated after accounting for the following charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization (notes 7 and 31.2)
 
44,734

 
47,586

 
46,294

Depreciation (notes 6 and 31.2)
 
98,508

 
75,037

 
61,099

Impairment of intangible assets (notes 7 and 31.2)
 
3,166

 
2,871

 
456

(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of property, plant and equipment (notes 6 and 31.2)
 
(791
)
 
1,905

 
1,190

Operating lease charges — premises and equipment
 
24,690

 
23,536

 
20,664

Restructuring costs (note 19)
 
14,561

 
(333
)
 
11,267

Write-down of inventory to net realizable value (notes 9 and 31.2)
 
9,967

 
5,317

 
3,164

Research expenditure
 
2,398

 
1,540

 
1,310

Net litigation costs
 

 

 
7,937

Transaction costs arising from investigating strategic alternatives
 

 
5,037

 

Transaction costs arising from the acquisition of a business
 

 

 
93

Professional fees
 
22,358

 
24,940

 
25,199

Staff costs
 
587,474

 
573,165

 
507,634

– Salaries, wages and other costs
 
554,793

 
540,227

 
480,075

– Pension costs (note 17)
 
29,370

 
27,118

 
19,981

– Equity-settled share-based payments (notes 14 and 31.2)
 
2,247

 
7,838

 
5,220

– Cash-settled share-based payments (note 20)
 
1,064

 
(2,018
)
 
2,358

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of employees at the end of the year
 
1,056

 
1,089

 
1,056

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Investigating strategic alternatives
During the 2016 fiscal year, the Board of Directors entered into a process of investigating strategic alternatives relating to the Group. This extensive review, conducted with guidance from external advisers, included the optimization of capital structures and an evaluation of various ownership options.

Net litigation costs
On June 6, 2014, Inthinc Technology Solutions, Inc. (“Inthinc”) commenced a lawsuit in the US District Court, District of Utah, Central Division, against the Group's wholly owned subsidiary, MiX Telematics North America, Inc. (“MiX North America”) and Charles “Skip” Kinford, whom the Group hired in May 2014 as President and CEO of MiX North America. Inthinc is Mr. Kinford’s previous employer. The claims against MiX North America included misappropriation of trade secrets under Utah state law and tortious interference with a contract. The claims against Mr. Kinford included breach of non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions in his employment agreement with Inthinc, misappropriation of trade secrets under Utah state law and breach of contract. Inthinc voluntarily dismissed MiX North America without prejudice on June 12, 2014, due to its decision to file the lawsuit in Texas discussed below.

On June 12, 2014, Inthinc commenced a lawsuit in the 48th Judicial District of Tarrant County, Texas against MiX North America (“Texas Lawsuit”). Inthinc alleged that MiX North America tortuously interfered with Mr. Kinford’s employment agreement and post-employment restrictive covenants and misappropriated unidentified trade secrets when MiX North America hired Mr. Kinford.

On August 21, 2014, the parties agreed to consolidate the related lawsuits into the Texas Lawsuit. In both of the lawsuits discussed above, Inthinc sought injunctive relief and unspecified money damages.

On or about October 17, 2014, the parties entered into a confidential settlement and release agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the parties filed an Agreed Motion to Dismiss to effectuate the dismissal of all claims, with prejudice,

54




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




in the Texas Lawsuit as well as the dissolution of any injunctions as issued to Mr. Kinford and MiX North America. The settlement, net of insurance proceeds, had been paid in full by the end of the 2015 fiscal year.

24.    Finance income
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current accounts and short-term bank deposits
 
14,052

 
7,292

 
8,594

Finance lease receivable income
 
20

 
267

 
611

Other
 
520

 
567

 
175

 
 
14,592

 
8,126

 
9,380

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net foreign exchange gains
 
1,476

 
144,038

 
73,525

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16,068

 
152,164

 
82,905

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

25.    Finance costs
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overdraft
 
(2,259
)
 
(1,490
)
 
(1,746
)
Impact of discounting related to the fiscal 2017 share repurchase transaction (note 13)
 
(3,222
)
 

 

Other long-term loans
 
(50
)
 
(186
)
 
(345
)
Other
 
(146
)
 
(161
)
 
(36
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5,677
)
 
(1,837
)
 
(2,127
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


26.    Auditors’ remuneration
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditors’ remuneration
 
8,821

 
7,426

 
7,843

 
 
 
 
 
 
 



55




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




27.    Directors’ and executive committee emoluments
Group
 
Directors’
fees
R’000

 
Salary and
allowances
R’000

 
Other
benefits
R’000

 
Retirement
fund
R’000

 
Performance
bonuses
(1)
R’000

 
12 months
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-executive directors
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R Bruyns
 
794

 

 

 

 

 
794

C Ewing
 
570

 

 

 

 

 
570

R Frew (2)
 
566

 

 

 

 

 
566

E Banda
 
470

 

 

 

 

 
470

A Welton
 
650

 

 

 

 

 
650

M Lamberti (2), (3)
 
115

 

 

 

 

 
115

I Jacobs (4)
 
277

 

 

 

 

 
277

G Nakos (5)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
3,442

 

 

 

 

 
3,442

Value added tax (2)
 
95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95

Executive committee (6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S Joselowitz (7)
 

 
7,219

 

 

 
3,404

 
10,623

M Pydigadu (8)
 

 
2,101

 
98

 
80

 
1,206

 
3,485

C Tasker (7)
 

 
3,612

 
178

 
256

 
1,511

 
5,557

B Horan (9)
 

 
1,215

 
63

 
47

 
1,456

 
2,781

P Dell (10)
 

 
275

 
14

 
11

 

 
300

G Pretorius
 

 
2,096

 
129

 
335

 
1,147

 
3,707

C Lewis
 

 
2,328

 

 
144

 
1,099

 
3,571

 
 
3,537

 
18,846

 
482

 
873

 
9,823

 
33,561

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-executive directors
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R Bruyns
 
910

 

 

 

 

 
910

C Ewing
 
538

 

 

 

 

 
538

R Frew (2)
 
387

 

 

 

 

 
387

E Banda
 
442

 

 

 

 

 
442

A Welton
 
604

 

 

 

 

 
604

M Lamberti (2), (3)
 
286

 

 

 

 

 
286

M Akoojee (11)
 

 

 

 

 

 

G Nakos (5)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
3,167

 

 

 

 

 
3,167

Value added tax (2)
 
94

 


 


 


 


 
94

Executive committee (6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S Joselowitz (7)
 

 
7,006

 

 

 
3,806

 
10,812

R Botha (12)
 

 
390

 
1,979

(13)  
15

 
728

 
3,112

M Pydigadu (8)
 

 
2,304

 
109

 
87

 
1,299

 
3,799

H Scott (12)
 

 
586

 
100

(14)  

 
1,054

 
1,740

C Tasker (7)
 

 
3,288

 
45

 
264

 
1,691

 
5,288

B Horan (9)
 

 
2,292

 
118

 
90

 
1,365

 
3,865

G Pretorius
 

 
1,906

 
118

 
308

 
1,120

 
3,452

C Lewis
 

 
2,026

 
52

 
180

 
1,446

 
3,704

 
 
3,261

 
19,798

 
2,521

 
944

 
12,509

 
39,033


56




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




Group
 
Directors’
fees
R’000

 
Salary and
allowances
R’000

 
Other
benefits
R’000

 
Retirement
fund
R’000

 
Performance
bonuses
(1)
R’000

 
12 months
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-executive directors
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R Bruyns
 
858

 

 

 

 

 
858

H Brody (2), (15)
 
161

 

 

 

 

 
161

C Ewing (2)
 
500

 

 

 

 

 
500

R Frew (2)
 
365

 

 

 

 

 
365

E Banda (2)
 
410

 

 

 

 

 
410

F Roji (2), (16)
 
29

 

 

 

 

 
29

A Welton
 
550

 

 

 

 

 
550

M Lamberti (2), (3)
 
99

 

 

 

 

 
99

M Akoojee (11)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
2,972

 

 

 

 

 
2,972

Value added tax (2)
 
86

 

 

 

 

 
86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive committee (6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S Joselowitz (7)
 

 
5,532

 

 

 
2,573

 
8,105

R Botha (12)
 

 
2,328

 
10

 
89

 
643

 
3,070

M Pydigadu (8)
 

 
2,117

 
110

 
83

 
1,082

 
3,392

H Scott (12)
 

 
2,821

 

 

 
1,411

 
4,232

C Tasker (7)
 

 
3,155

 
44

 
255

 
1,416

 
4,870

B Horan (9)
 

 
2,004

 
117

 
79

 
1,330

 
3,530

G Pretorius
 

 
1,910

 
114

 
182

 
1,360

 
3,566

C Lewis
 

 
1,909

 
46

 
174

 
917

 
3,046

 
 
3,058

 
21,776

 
441

 
862

 
10,732

 
36,869

 
(1)  
Performance bonuses are based on actual amounts paid during the fiscal year.
(2)  
Value added tax (“VAT”) included as part of certain invoices received. Directors’ fees shown exclude VAT.
(3)  
Appointed to the Board with effect from November 19, 2014, resigned from the Board with effect from August 18, 2016.
(4)  
Appointed to the Board with effect from June 1, 2016.
(5)  
Appointed as alternate director to Mark Lamberti with effect from November 4, 2015. Subsequently resigned as alternate director to Mark Lamberti with effect from August 18, 2016.
(6)  
All prescribed officers of the Company are included as part of the executive committee.
(7)  
Executive director as at March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015.
(8)  
Resigned from the Board with effect from February 9, 2017.
(9)  
Resigned with effect from September 30, 2016.
(10)  
Appointed as Group executive committee member from February 1, 2017 and to the Board with effect from February 9, 2017.
(11)  
Appointed as alternate director to Mark Lamberti with effect from November 19, 2014. Subsequently resigned as alternate director to Mark Lamberti with effect from November 4, 2015.
(12)  
Resigned from the Board with effect from August 9, 2013 but remained as Group executive committee member. Subsequently retired from the Group executive committee on May 31, 2015. Refer to note 13 for further details of share options held and exercised by these retired executives.
(13)  
Other benefits paid to R Botha include notice pay, severance pay and gratuity payments made as compensation for loss of office.
(14)  
Other benefits paid to H Scott comprise gratuity payments made upon retirement.
(15) Resigned as a non-executive director from the Board with effect from November 5, 2014.
(16) Resigned as a non-executive director from the Board and appointed as alternate director to Hubert Brody with effect from May 13, 2013. Subsequently resigned as alternate director to Hubert Brody with effect from November 5, 2014.

57




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 






The remaining related party transactions are set out in note 32.

28.    Taxation
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Major components of taxation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
Normal taxation
 
(46,788
)
 
(57,545
)
 
(51,519
)
– Current
 
(43,434
)
 
(53,626
)
 
(50,946
)
– Over-provision prior years
 
589

 
175

 
17

– Foreign tax paid
 
(3,711
)
 
(3,768
)
 

– Withholding tax
 
(232
)
 
(326
)
 
(590
)
Deferred taxation (note 18)
 
19,976

 
(49,375
)
 
(30,104
)
– Current year
 
20,748

 
(49,365
)
 
(27,980
)
– Under-provision prior years
 
(772
)
 
(10
)
 
(2,124
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(26,812
)
 
(106,920
)
 
(81,623
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Taxation recognized in other comprehensive income  
 
 
Before tax
R’000

 
Tax impact
R’000

 
After tax
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
 
(80,870
)
 
(59
)
 
(80,929
)
 
 
(80,870
)
 
(59
)
 
(80,929
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Before tax
R’000

 
Tax impact
R’000

 
After tax
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
 
90,665

 
(2,466
)
 
88,199

 
 
90,665

 
(2,466
)
 
88,199

 
 
 
Before tax
R’000

 
Tax impact
R’000

 
After tax
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
 
27,953

 
3,010

 
30,963

 
 
27,953

 
3,010

 
30,963




58




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 





Tax rate reconciliation
The tax on the Group’s profit before taxation differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted average tax rate applicable to profits of the entities as follows:  
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

Profit before taxation
 
148,253

 
289,411

 
230,639

Tax at the applicable tax rate of 28%
 
41,511

 
81,035

 
64,579

Tax effect of:
 
(14,699
)
 
25,885

 
17,044

– Income not subject to tax
 

 
(398
)
 
(313
)
– Expenses not deductible for tax purposes (1)
 
7,409

 
6,869

 
5,851

– (Non-deductible)/non-taxable foreign exchange movements (2)
`
(15,884
)
 
9,376

 
3,042

– Withholding tax
 
232

 
326

 
590

– Utilization of prior year assessed losses
 
(1,461
)
 

 

– Foreign tax paid (3)
 
3,711

 
3,768

 

– Tax rate differential
 
1,281

 
(6,551
)
 
(5,225
)
– Deferred tax not recognized on assessed losses
 
4,049

 
12,833

 
10,281

– Deferred tax asset previously not recognized
 
(5,342
)
 
(531
)
 

– Under/(over)-provision prior years
 
183

 
(165
)
 
2,107

– Tax incentives in addition to incurred cost (4)
 
(10,387
)
 

 

– Imputation of controlled foreign company income
 
1,453

 
358

 
489

– Other
 
57

 

 
222

 
 
26,812

 
106,920

 
81,623

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)  
These non-deductible expenses consist primarily of items of a capital nature and costs attributable to exempt income.
(2)  
The (non-taxable)/non-deductible foreign exchange movements arise as a result of the Group’s internal loan structures.
(3)  
The foreign tax paid relates primarily to withholding taxes on revenue earned in jurisdictions where the Group does not have a legal entity.    
(4)  
The tax incentives relate mainly to the section 11D allowance detailed below.

The Group’s weighted average tax rate is 18.1% (2016: 36.9%, 2015: 35.4%).

Section 11D allowances relating to tax assets recognized

MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited (“MiX International”), a subsidiary of the Group, historically claimed a 150% allowance for research and development spend in terms of section 11D (“S11D”) of the South African Income Tax Act No. 58 of 1962 (“the Act”). As of October 1, 2012, the legislation relating to the allowance was amended. The amendment requires pre-approval of development project expenditure on a project specific basis by the South African Department of Science and Technology (“DST”) in order to claim a deduction of the additional 50% over and above the expenditure incurred (150% allowance). Since the amendments to S11D of the Act, MiX International had been claiming the 150% deduction resulting in a recognized tax benefit. MiX International has complied with the amended legislation by submitting all required documentation to the DST in a timely manner, commencing in October 2012.

In June 2014, correspondence was received from the DST indicating that the research and development expenditure relating to certain projects for which the 150% allowance was claimed in the 2013 and 2014 fiscal years did not, in the DST’s opinion, constitute qualifying expenditure in terms of the Act. MiX International through due legal process, had formally requested a

59




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




review of the DST’s decision not to approve this expenditure. While approvals were obtained for a portion of this project expenditure as a result of a further review performed by the DST in February 2017, we continue to seek approval for the remaining projects and as such the legal process is ongoing. In addition to the approvals that were subject to the legal process, further approvals have been obtained for certain project expenditure, relating to both current and prior financial years. However, at period end, an uncertain tax position remains in relation to S11D deductions in respect of which approvals remain pending.

Since the introduction of the DST pre-approval process, the Group has recognized in the income statement cumulative tax incentives in addition to the incurred cost of R18.2 million in respect of S11D deductions, of which R9.7 million was recognized in the current financial year. R15.4 million relates to deductions in respect of development project expenditure which has been approved by the DST. R2.8 million relates to an uncertain tax position in respect of projects where approvals have not yet been received from the DST. If the Group is unsuccessful in this regard, the Group will not recover the R2.8 million raised at March 31, 2017.

The taxation receivable includes amounts due of R14.9 million in respect of S11D tax incentives at March 31, 2017 (2016: R8.5 million).

During fiscal year 2017, an out of period adjustment which is not considered material to the prior year financial statements of R4.0 million was made to increase the taxation receivable and decrease the tax expense to reflect the impact of approvals related to S11D received from the DST relating to fiscal year 2016. These approvals were obtained after March 31, 2016.
29.    Earnings per share

Basic
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to owners of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit attributable to owners of the parent
 
121,458

 
182,989

 
149,622

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000s)
 
629,626

 
775,139

 
789,316

Basic earnings per share (R)
 
0.19

 
0.24

 
0.19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Diluted
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the diluted profit attributable to owners of the parent by the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. Share options and share appreciation rights granted to employees under the TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme and the MiX Telematics Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), as disclosed in note 13, are considered to be potential ordinary shares. They have been included in the determination of diluted earnings per share if the required target share price or annual shareholder return hurdles (as applicable) would have been met based on the Company's performance up to the reporting date, and to the extent to which they are dilutive. Details relating to the share options and share appreciation rights are set out in note 13.
Share appreciation rights were issued for the first time during the 2015 fiscal year and there were no potentially dilutive share appreciation rights at March 31, 2017, March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015. 
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted profit attributable to owners of the parent
 
121,458

 
182,989

 
149,622

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000s)
 
629,626

 
775,139

 
789,316

Adjusted for: potentially dilutive effect of share options
 
2,193

 
8,275

 
15,069

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000s)
 
631,819

 
783,414

 
804,385

Diluted earnings per share (R)
 
0.19

 
0.23

 
0.19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

60




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 





Adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share is defined as profit attributable to owners of the parent, MiX Telematics Limited, excluding net foreign exchange gains/(losses) net of tax, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of adjusted earnings
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit attributable to owners of the parent
 
121,458

 
182,989

 
149,622

Net foreign exchange gains
 
(1,476
)
 
(144,038
)
 
(73,525
)
Income tax effect on the above component
 
(15,307
)
 
48,647

 
25,873

Adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the parent
 
104,675

 
87,598

 
101,970

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
Basic adjusted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the parent
 
104,675

 
87,598

 
101,970

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000s)
 
629,626

 
775,139

 
789,316

Basic adjusted earnings per share (R)
 
0.17

 
0.11

 
0.13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Diluted
Adjusted diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the diluted adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the parent by the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the parent
 
104,675

 
87,598

 
101,970

Diluted adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000s)
 
631,819

 
783,414

 
804,385

Diluted adjusted earnings per share (R)
 
0.17

 
0.11

 
0.13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Headline earnings per share
Headline earnings per share is a profit measure required for JSE-listed companies and is calculated in accordance with circular 2/2015 issued by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants. The profit measure is determined by taking the profit for the year prior to certain separately identifiable remeasurements of the carrying amount of an asset or liability that arose after the initial recognition of such asset or liability net of related tax (both current and deferred) and related non-controlling interest.

61




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of headline earnings
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit attributable to owners of the parent
 
121,458

 
182,989

 
149,622

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note 31.2)
 
262

 
208

 
456

Impairment of intangible assets (notes 5, 7 and 31.2)
 
3,166

 
2,871

 
456

(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of property, plant and equipment (notes 5, 6 and 31.2)
 
(791
)
 
1,905

 
1,190

Insurance proceeds on impairment of helicopter asset (note 22)
 

 

 
(3,237
)
Non-controlling interest effects of adjustments

 
8

 
(244
)
 

Income tax effect on the above components
 
(661
)
 
2

 
324

Headline earnings attributable to owners of the parent
 
123,442

 
187,731

 
148,811

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Basic
Basic headline earnings per share is calculated by dividing the headline earnings attributable to owners of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Headline earnings attributable to owners of the parent
 
123,442

 
187,731

 
148,811

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000s)
 
629,626

 
775,139

 
789,316

Basic headline earnings per share (R)
 
0.20

 
0.24

 
0.19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Diluted
Diluted headline earnings per share is calculated by dividing the diluted headline earnings attributable to owners of the parent by the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted headline earnings attributable to owners of the parent
 
123,442

 
187,731

 
148,811

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000s)
 
631,819

 
783,414

 
804,385

Diluted headline earnings per share (R)
 
0.20

 
0.24

 
0.18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30.    Dividends
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends declared
 
53,026

 
107,254

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

During fiscal 2016 the Board decided to reintroduce the Company’s policy of paying regular dividends. Dividend payments are currently considered on a quarter-by-quarter basis.


62




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The following dividends were declared by the Company in fiscal 2017 (excluding dividends paid on treasury shares):
In respect of the fourth quarter of the 2016 fiscal year, a dividend of R15.2 million was declared on May 24, 2016 and paid on June 20, 2016. Using shares in issue of 761,337,500 (excluding 40,000,000 treasury shares), this equated to a dividend of 2 cents per share.
In respect of the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 which ended on June 30, 2016 a dividend of R15.3 million was declared on August 4, 2016 and paid on August 29, 2016. Using shares in issue of 763,087,500 (excluding 40,000,000 treasury shares), this equated to a dividend of 2 cents per share.
In respect of the second quarter of fiscal year 2017 which ended on September 30, 2016 a dividend of R11.3 million was declared on November 3, 2016 and paid on November 28, 2016. Using shares in issue of 563,434,240 (excluding 40,000,000 treasury shares), this equated to a dividend of 2 cents per share.
In respect of the third quarter of fiscal year 2017 which ended on December 31, 2016 a dividend of R11.2 million was declared on February 2, 2017 and paid on February 27, 2017. Using shares in issue of 563,434,240 (excluding 40,000,000 treasury shares), this equated to a dividend of 2 cents per share.
The following dividends were declared by the Company in fiscal 2016:
In respect of the 2015 fiscal year, a dividend of R61.5 million was declared on August 25, 2015 and paid on September 21, 2015. Using shares in issue of 768,601,150 (excluding 24,573,850 treasury shares), this equated to a dividend of 8 cents per share.
In respect of the first quarter of fiscal year 2016 which ended on June 30, 2015, a dividend of R15.4 million was declared on August 25, 2015 and paid on September 21, 2015. Using shares in issue of 768,601,150 (excluding 24,573,850 treasury shares), this equated to a dividend of 2 cents per share.
In respect of the second quarter of fiscal year 2016 which ended on September 30, 2015, a dividend of R15.3 million was declared on November 5, 2015 and paid on November 30, 2015. Using shares in issue of 764,140,181 (excluding 30,334,819 treasury shares), this equated to a dividend of 2 cents per share.
In respect of the third quarter of fiscal year 2016 which ended on December 31, 2015, a dividend of R15.1 million was declared on February 4, 2016 and paid on February 29, 2016. Using shares in issue of 755,137,500 (excluding 40,000,000 treasury shares), this equated to a dividend of 2 cents per share.



63


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




31.    Cash flow statement
31.1    The following convention applies to figures other than adjustments:
Outflows of cash are represented by figures in brackets. Inflows of cash are represented by figures without brackets.
31.2    Reconciliation of profit for the year before taxation to cash generated from operations:

 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit before income taxation
 
148,253

 
289,411

 
230,639

Adjustments
 
197,023

 
33,779

 
88,742

– Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note 22)
 
262

 
208

 
456

– Depreciation (notes 6 and 23)
 
98,508

 
75,037

 
61,099

– Amortization (notes 7 and 23)
 
44,734

 
47,586

 
46,294

– Impairment of intangible assets (notes 7 and 23)
 
3,166

 
2,871

 
456

– (Reversal of impairment)/impairment of property, plant and equipment (notes 6 and 23)
 
(791
)
 
1,905

 
1,190

– Finance income (note 24)
 
(14,592
)
 
(8,126
)
 
(9,380
)
– Finance costs (note 25)
 
5,677

 
1,837

 
2,127

– Equity-settled share-based payments (notes 14 and 23)
 
2,247

 
7,838

 
5,220

– Cash-settled share-based payments (notes 20 and 23)
 

 
(2,018
)
 
2,358

– Foreign exchange gains (note 24)
 
(1,476
)
 
(144,038
)
 
(81,449
)
– Impairment of receivables (note 10)
 
17,713

 
14,735

 
16,282

– Write-down of inventory to net realizable value (notes 9 and 23)
 
9,967

 
5,317

 
3,164

– Increase in provisions
 
31,821

 
29,731

 
40,904

– Lease straight-line adjustment
 
(213
)
 
(174
)
 
21

– Finance lease fair value adjustment
 

 
1,070

 

Cash generated from operations before working capital changes
 
345,276

 
323,190

 
319,381

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in working capital
 
31,839

 
(29,382
)
 
(57,427
)
– Decrease/(increase) in inventories
 
28,073

 
(30,872
)
 
(1,969
)
– Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
 
17,404

 
(46,297
)
 
(43,231
)
– Decrease in finance lease receivable
 
1,009

 
4,655

 
7,331

– Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
 
21,993

 
46,712

 
(1,575
)
– Decrease in provisions
 
(32,854
)
 
(24,669
)
 
(35,582
)
– Foreign currency translation differences on working capital
 
(3,786
)
 
21,089

 
17,599

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash generated from operations
 
377,115

 
293,808

 
261,954

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

   

64




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




32.    Related party transactions
Directors’ and executive committee members’ interest
The list of directors and executive committee members and their beneficial interests declared in the Company’s share capital at year-end held directly, indirectly and by associates were as follows:
 
 
March 31, 2017
 
March 31, 2016
 
 
Direct
000s

 
Indirect
000s

 
Associate
000s

 
Direct
000s

 
Indirect
000s

 
Associate
000s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-executive
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R Bruyns
 

 
3,697

 

 

 
3,697

 

C Ewing
 

 

 

 

 

 

R Frew
 

 
63,848

 
70,261

 

 
63,848

 
70,261

A Welton
 

 

 
235

 

 

 
235

E Banda
 

 

 

 

 

 

M Lamberti (1)
 

 

 

 

 

 

M Akoojee (2)
 

 

 

 

 

 

G Nakos (3)
 

 

 

 

 

 

I Jacobs (4)
 
191

 

 
14,281

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S Joselowitz
 
26,342

 

 

 
25,792

 

 

M Pydigadu (5)
 

 

 

 
250

 

 

C Tasker (6)
 
900

 

 
2,428

 

 
3,328

 

P Dell (7)
 
1

 

 

 

 

 

G Pretorius
 
35

 

 

 
35

 

 

B Horan (8)
 

 

 

 
397

 

 
78

C Lewis
 
1,525

 

 

 
1,525

 

 

 
 
28,994

 
67,545

 
87,205

 
27,999

 
70,873

 
70,574

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
Appointed to the Board with effect from November 19, 2014. Subsequently resigned from the board with effect from August 18, 2016.
(2)  
Appointed as alternate director to Mark Lamberti with effect from November 19, 2014. Subsequently resigned as an alternate director to Mark Lamberti with effect from November 4, 2015.
(3)  
Appointed as alternate director to Mark Lamberti with effect from November 4, 2015. Subsequently resigned as an alternate director to Mark Lamberti with effect from August 18, 2016.
(4)  
Appointed to the Board with effect from June 1, 2016.
(5)  
Resigned from the board with effect from February 9, 2017.
(6)  
As at March 31, 2016, 489,834 of the shares indirectly owned were held in MiX Telematics Limited’s brokerage account, as the shares issued in relation to options exercised had not as yet been transferred.
(7)  
Appointed as Group executive committee member from February 1, 2017 and to the Board with effect from February 9, 2017.
(8)  
Resigned from the Group executive committee with effect from September 30, 2016.





65




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




 Interests in contracts
During the year under review, the following were disclosed as contractual arrangements that existed between the Group and parties outside of the Group, in which certain of the directors and executive committee members had interests:
 
Name of director
  
Related party
  
Nature of relationship with the Group
 
 
 
 
 
R Frew
  
TPF Investments Proprietary Limited
  
Lease agreement: Midrand office
R Frew
  
Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited
  
Provides directors’ services
M Lamberti (1)
 
Imperial Group Limited (2)
  
Shareholder and distribution outlet through motor dealer channel and provides director and certain technology consulting services
G Nakos (3)
 
Imperial Group Limited (2)
  
Shareholder and distribution outlet through motor dealer channel and provides director and certain technology consulting services
 
(1)  
Resigned from the board of directors with effect from August 18, 2016.
(2)  
Related party until August 1, 2016. See "Fiscal 2017 specific share repurchase from related party" in note 13 for additional information.
(3)  
Appointed as alternate director to Mark Lamberti with effect from November 3, 2015. Subsequently resigned as alternate director to Mark Lamberti with effect from August 18, 2016.

A list of subsidiaries has been included in note 39.

Transactions with related parties and balances outstanding at year-end are as follows (excluding key management personnel emoluments):  
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of goods and services
 
22,263

 
78,564

 
70,721

– Imperial Group Limited*
 
22,263

 
78,564

 
70,721

Purchases of goods and services
 
11,206

 
35,595

 
30,263

– Masalini Capital Proprietary Limited
 

 

 
10

– Thynk Capital Proprietary Limited**
 

 

 
14

– TPF Investments Proprietary Limited***
 
5,277

 
7,148

 
6,123

– Imperial Group Limited*
 
5,929

 
28,447

 
24,116

Corporate and social investment
 

 
257

 
179

– Heartbeat centre for community development****
 

 
257

 
179

Year-end balance of receivables (included in trade and other receivables – note 10)
 

 
11,144

 
7,417

– Imperial Group Limited*
 

 
11,144

 
7,417

Year-end balance of payables (included in trade and other payables – note 16)
 

 
3,209

 
102

– TPF Investments Proprietary Limited***
 

 

 
40

– Imperial Group Limited*
 

 
842

 
62

– C Tasker*****
 

 
2,367

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Related party until August 1, 2016. See "Fiscal 2017 specific share repurchase" in note 13 for additional information.
**
Thynk Capital Proprietary Limited was a related party in fiscal 2015 due to being related to R Frew
***
Previously known as Thynk Property Fund Proprietary Limited
****
Related party transactions up to May 31, 2015, when R Botha retired from the Group executive committee, have been disclosed.

66




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




***** Cash held by MiX Telematics Limited to be paid to C Tasker, a participant of the TeliMatrix Group Executive Incentive Scheme in respect of share options exercised.

Refer to note 27 for key management personnel emoluments disclosure. Key management personnel include executive committee members.
The related parties included above are related to the Group due to certain shares in these entities being held by executive or non-executive directors of the Company or due to common directorships held.
There were no receivables from related parties at March 31, 2017. The receivables from related parties historically arose from sales transactions and are unsecured and bear no interest. At March 31, 2016, the provision held against receivables from related parties amounted to R1.0 million.

There were no payables to related parties at March 31, 2017. The payable in respect of C Tasker in fiscal 2016 is described above. The remaining payables in fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 to related parties arise mainly from purchase transactions and bear no interest.
33.    Contingencies
Service agreement
In terms of an amended network services agreement with Mobile Telephone Networks Proprietary Limited (“MTN”), MTN is entitled to claw back payments from MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited in the event of early cancellation of the agreement or certain base connections not being maintained over the term of the agreement. No connection incentives will be received in terms of the amended network services agreement. The maximum potential liability under the arrangement is R48.4 million (2016: R53.0 million). No loss is considered probable under this arrangement.

34.    Commitments
Capital commitments
At March 31, the Group had approved, but not yet contracted, capital commitments for:  
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
 

 

 
241

Intangible assets
 
58,036

 
63,670

 
31,739

 
 
58,036

 
63,670

 
31,980

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 At March 31, the Group had approved and contracted capital commitments for:
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
50,074

 
22,471

 
14,621

Intangible assets
 
24,726

 
33,234

 
17,574

 
 
74,800

 
55,705

 
32,195

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Capital commitments will be funded out of a mixture of working capital and cash and cash equivalents.
Operating leases
The Group leases various offices under operating lease agreements. The leases have various terms and escalation clauses and renewal rights.

67




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The future minimum lease payments in respect of land and buildings under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Land and buildings
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within one year
 
15,201

 
19,896

 
14,820

One to five years
 
20,354

 
9,767

 
13,042

 
 
35,555

 
29,663

 
27,862

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Group leases various office equipment and vehicles under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The lease terms are between one and five years with annual escalations between zero and 10% per annum. The Group is required to give up to three months’ notice for the termination of these agreements.
The future minimum lease payments of office equipment and vehicles under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:  
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
March 31,  2015
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office equipment
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within one year
 
853

 
874

 
677

One to five years
 
495

 
1,032

 
1,375

 
 
1,348

 
1,906

 
2,052

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vehicles
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within one year
 
1,507

 
836

 
1,211

One to five years
 
1,626

 
167

 
843

 
 
3,133

 
1,003

 
2,054

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The lease expenditure charged to the income statement during the year is disclosed in note 23.

35.    Events after the reporting period

Other than the items below, the directors are not aware of any matter material or otherwise arising since March 31, 2017 and up to the date of this report, not otherwise dealt with herein.
Share Buy Back
Shareholders are advised that the MiX Telematics Board has approved, on May 23, 2017, a share repurchase programme of up to R270 million under which the Company may repurchase its ordinary shares, including American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”). The Company may repurchase its shares from time to time in its discretion through open market transactions and block trades, based on ongoing assessments of the capital needs of the Company, the market price of its securities and general market conditions. This share repurchase programme may be discontinued at any time by the Board of Directors, and the Company has no obligation to repurchase any amount of its securities under the programme. The repurchase programme will be funded out of existing cash resources.

The repurchase programme will extend from May 29, 2017 unless and until discontinued by the Directors or the date when the R270 million limit is exhausted. Any repurchases effected under the share repurchase programme will be in accordance with the general authority granted by special resolution of the Company’s shareholders passed at the Company’s annual general meeting held on September 14, 2016. Subject to the passing of a special resolution at the Company’s annual general meeting to be held on September 20, 2017, the repurchase programme will continue to be effected under the general authority granted by shareholders at that meeting. Should the special resolution, granting the general authority to repurchase shares, not be passed at the Company’s annual general meeting to be held on September 20, 2017, the repurchase programme will end on September 20, 2017.


68




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




Share repurchases may be made by the Company from time to time in open market transactions at prevailing market prices and in accordance with the Company’s insider trading policy. With respect to repurchases of ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, the Company will effect such transactions in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with JSE listing rules, repurchases effected on the JSE will be at a price not greater than 10% above the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s shares on the JSE over the five business days immediately preceding any particular repurchase.

Any repurchases made are subject to the Company performing the solvency and liquidity tests required by the Companies Act in South Africa.

During June 2017, 5,015,660 shares were repurchased in terms of this share repurchase programme for an aggregate amount of R18.7 million.

Dividend declared
On May 23, 2017 the Board declared in respect of the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 which ended on March 31, 2017, a dividend of 2 South African cents per ordinary share to be paid on June 19, 2017.

36.    Financial risk sensitivity analysis
Interest rate sensitivity
A change in the interest rate at the reporting date of 100 basis points for ZAR denominated instruments and 10 basis points for USD denominated instruments would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for the year ended March 31, 2016.  
 
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
USD denominated instruments
Increase of 10 basis points
 
143

 
600

 
Decrease of 10 basis points
 
(143
)
 
(600
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
ZAR denominated instruments
Increase of 100 basis points
 
1,000

 
960

 
Decrease of 100 basis points
 
(1,000
)
 
(960
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency sensitivity
The Group has used a sensitivity analysis technique that measures the estimated change to profit or loss and equity of an instantaneous 5% strengthening or weakening in the functional currency against all other currencies, from the rate applicable at March 31, 2017, for each class of financial instrument with all other variables remaining constant. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only as, in practice, market rates rarely change in isolation.
The Group is exposed mainly to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates in respect of the South African Rand, Australian Dollar, United States Dollar, the British Pound, the Brazilian Real and the Euro. This analysis considers the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on profit or loss.
A change in the foreign exchange rates to which the Group is exposed at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) profit before taxation by the amounts shown below. The analysis has been performed on the basis of the change occurring at the end of the reporting period.  


69


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




 
 
 
 
Increase/(decrease) in profit
before taxation
 
 
 
Change in
exchange
rate
%
 
Result of
weakening in
functional
currency
R’000

 
Result of
strengthening
in functional
currency
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominated currency: Functional currency
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EUR:GBP
 
5
 
152

 
(152
)
 
USD:GBP
 
5
 
(19
)
 
19

 
USD:ZAR
 
5
 
8,028

 
(8,028
)
 
EUR:ZAR
 
5
 
422

 
(422
)
 
GBP:ZAR
 
5
 
(25
)
 
25

 
ZAR:USD
 
5
 
(41
)
 
41

 
EUR:USD
 
5
 
29

 
(29
)
 
USD:AUD
 
5
 
(73
)
 
73

 
EUR:AUD
 
5
 
(3
)
 
3

 
AUD:ZAR
 
5
 
320

 
(320
)
 
ZAR:GBP
 
5
 
(9
)
 
9

 
ZAR:AUD
 
5
 
(43
)
 
43

 
USD:BRL
 
5
 
(124
)
 
124

 
ZAR:BRL
 
5
 
(2
)
 
2

 
NGN:ZAR
 
5
 
228

 
(228
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominated currency: Functional currency
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EUR:GBP
 
5
 
918

 
(918
)
 
USD:GBP
 
5
 
(8
)
 
8

 
USD:ZAR
 
5
 
28,204

 
(28,204
)
 
EUR:ZAR
 
5
 
(71
)
 
71

 
ZAR:USD
 
5
 
(3
)
 
3

 
EUR:USD
 
5
 
(84
)
 
84

 
USD:AUD
 
5
 
131

 
(131
)
 
EUR:AUD
 
5
 
(4
)
 
4

 
AUD:ZAR
 
5
 
179

 
(179
)
 
ZAR:GBP
 
5
 
(60
)
 
60

 
ZAR:AUD
 
5
 
(42
)
 
42

 
USD:BRL
 
5
 
(35
)
 
35

 
ZAR:BRL
 
5
 
37

 
(37
)
 
USD:EUR
 
5
 
(667
)
 
667

 
NGN:ZAR
 
5
 
223

 
(223
)
 
 


37.    Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that there will be insufficient funds available to settle obligations when they are due.

70




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




The Group has limited risk due to the recurring nature of its income and the availability of liquid resources. The Group meets its financing requirements through a mixture of cash generated from its operations and its access to undrawn borrowing facilities (note 15). In addition, the Group holds the following cash resources:
 
 
March 31,  2017
R’000

 
March 31,  2016
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts (note 12)
 
356,333

 
860,762

 
 
 
 
 
The table below analyzes the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.
 
 
Payable within 1
month or on
demand
R’000

 
Between 1
month and 1
year
R’000

 
Between 1
year and 2
years
R’000

 
Between 2
years and 5
years
R’000

 
More than 5
years
R’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade payables
 
42,720

 
37,172

 

 

 

Accruals and other payables
 
92,353

 
47,610

 

 

 

Bank overdraft
 
19,449

 

 

 

 

Total
 
154,522

 
84,782

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings
 
130

 
1,022

 

 

 

Trade payables
 
29,245

 
40,986

 

 

 

Accruals and other payables
 
39,679

 
77,451

 

 

 

Bank overdraft
 
16,374

 

 

 

 

Total
 
85,428

 
119,459

 

 

 

There have been no significant changes in the Group’s financial risk management described above relative to the prior year.
38.    Exchange rates
The following major rates of exchange were used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements:  
 
 
 
 
March 31,  2017

 
March 31,  2016

 
March 31,  2015

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ZAR:USD
 
– closing
 
13.41

 
14.83

 
12.09

 
 
– average
 
14.06

 
13.78

 
11.06

ZAR:GBP
 
– closing
 
16.75

 
21.31

 
17.94

 
 
– average
 
18.42

 
20.63

 
17.82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


71


Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




39. List of Group companies
MiX Telematics Limited is the parent company of the MiX Telematics Group of companies outlined below. All of the entities listed below have been consolidated.
Name
 
Principal activity
 
Place of
incorporation
 
Legal % ownership
March 31, 2017
%

 
March 31, 2016
%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MiX Telematics Investments Proprietary Limited
 
Treasury company
 
RSA
 
100

 
100

MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited
 
Asset tracking and fleet management products and services
 
RSA
 
100

 
100

MiX Telematics International Proprietary Limited
 
Fleet management products and services and research and development
 
RSA
 
100

 
100

MiX Telematics Europe Limited
 
Fleet management products and services
 
UK
 
100

 
100

MiX Telematics North America Incorporated
 
Fleet management products and services
 
USA
 
100

 
100

MiX Telematics Australasia Proprietary Limited (1)
 
Fleet management products and services
 
Australia
 

 
100

MiX Telematics Serviços De Telemetria E Rastreamento De Veículos Do Brazil Limitada
 
Fleet management products and services
 
Brazil
 
95

 
95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indirect
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MiX Telematics Technology Holdings Proprietary Limited
 
Dormant
 
RSA
 
100

 
100

MiX Telematics Europe GmbH (2)
 
Deregistered
 
Germany
 

 
100

MiX Telematics Middle East FZE
 
Fleet management products and services
 
UAE
 
100

 
100

MiX Telematics Enterprise SA Proprietary Limited  (3)
 
Fleet management products and services
 
RSA
 
85.1

 
85.1

MiX Telematics Fleet Support Services Proprietary Limited (4)
 
Fleet management products and services
 
RSA
 
100

 
49

MiX Telematics East Africa Limited
 
Fleet management products and services
 
Uganda
 
99.9

 
99.9

MiX Telematics Romania SRL (5)
 
Fleet management services
 
Romania
 
99

 
99

MiX Telematics (Thailand) Limited (6)
 
Fleet management products and services
 
Thailand
 
100

 

MiX Telematics Australasia Proprietary Limited (1)
 
Fleet management products and services
 
Australia
 
100

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
During July 2016, MiX Telematics Investments (Proprietary) Limited acquired 100% of the issued share capital in MiX Telematics Australasia (Proprietary) Limited, a fellow subsidiary, from MiX Telematics Limited for a total cash consideration of R483.3 million. As a result, MiX Telematics Australasia (Proprietary) Limited became an indirect subsidiary of MiX Telematics Limited.
(2)  
As of April 11, 2016, MiX Telematics Europe GmbH, a subsidiary of MiX Telematics Europe Limited, was liquidated and deregistered.
(3)  
The remaining shareholding in this company is owned by a structured entity, the MiX Telematics Enterprise Trust (which holds a 14.9% interest in MiX Telematics Enterprise SA Proprietary Limited), which has been fully consolidated. Control of the structured entity was assessed when IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements was adopted with effect from

72




Notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for the year ended March 31, 2017
 




April 1, 2013 and there was no change to the historical accounting treatment applied by the Group. This trust was set up in prior years to invest in the specified Group company and to hold such investment for its beneficiaries.
(4)  
On June 30, 2016, the MiX Telematics Fleet Support Trust sold its 51% interest in MiX Telematics Fleet Support Services Proprietary Limited to MiX Telematics Africa Proprietary Limited. The trust has been fully consolidated. Control of the structured entity was assessed when IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements was adopted with effect from April 1, 2013 and there was no change to the historical accounting treatment applied by the Group. This trust was set up in prior years to invest in the specified Group company and to hold such investment for the benefit of certain MiX employees as beneficiaries. The trust is in the process of being wound up.
(5)  
During the 2015 fiscal year, MiX Telematics Middle East FZE incorporated MiX Telematics Romania SRL and obtained a 99% interest therein. The 1% non-controlling interest has been waived by its holder for the benefit of the Group.
(6)  
During the 2016 fiscal year, MiX Telematics (Thailand) Limited was incorporated and subsequently controlled by the Group.


73